Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1720/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. With over 500,000+ audiobooks, we bring you diverse categories such as Biography & Memoir, Spirituality & Religion, and Business & Career Development. Get 3 free audiobooks to experience. You can listen to books on many devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you save time and enhance knowledge. Don't miss this great opportunity! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1720/ en-US All rights reserved Fri, 17 Jan 2025 04:02:17 GMT Fri, 17 Jan 2025 04:02:17 GMT Notepad++ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1720/ https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1720/logo.jpg https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1720/ thebookvoice.com no Oliver Beahan PhD bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1720/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. With over 500,000+ audiobooks, we bring you diverse categories such as Biography & Memoir, Spirituality & Religion, and Business & Career Development. Get 3 free audiobooks to experience. You can listen to books on many devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you save time and enhance knowledge. Don't miss this great opportunity! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359848 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359848]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Finding Your New Home Author: Max Highstein Narrator: Max Highstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 24 minutes Release date: December 15, 2009 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Use this program when you're planning to move, and want to find your perfect home. Finding Your New Home is a powerful, dynamic program, designed to help you do just that! Use this program to tap into the information that's all around you, focus your energy in a clear and powerful way, and attract your ideal home. In this carefully created program, you'll first clear any negativity connected with your current living situation. That way you'll be free to move forward, without baggage of the past. Next you'll tune into universal energy and begin to receive information about your new home. You'll visualize yourself standing in front of your new home, walking in, and touring every room. Finally, you'll send up a powerful signal to help you find this home, in perfect timing - perhaps tomorrow! Masterfully crafted imagery, gentle narration, and inspiring background music all come together to form a dynamic tool for you to use. Visualize, connect and explore the possibilities! Max Highstein Tue, 15 Dec 2009 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359848 thebookvoice.com 0:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359848]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Finding Your New Home Author: Max Highstein Narrator: Max Highstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 24 minutes Release date: December 15, 2009 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Use this program when you're planning to move, and want to find your perfect home. Finding Your New Home is a powerful, dynamic program, designed to help you do just that! Use this program to tap into the information that's all around you, focus your energy in a clear and powerful way, and attract your ideal home. In this carefully created program, you'll first clear any negativity connected with your current living situation. That way you'll be free to move forward, without baggage of the past. Next you'll tune into universal energy and begin to receive information about your new home. You'll visualize yourself standing in front of your new home, walking in, and touring every room. Finally, you'll send up a powerful signal to help you find this home, in perfect timing - perhaps tomorrow! Masterfully crafted imagery, gentle narration, and inspiring background music all come together to form a dynamic tool for you to use. Visualize, connect and explore the possibilities! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359848]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Finding Your New Home Author: Max Highstein Narrator: Max Highstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 24 minutes Release date: December 15, 2009 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Use this program when you're planning to move, and want to find your perfect home. Finding Your New Home is a powerful, dynamic program, designed to help you do just that! Use this program to tap into the information that's all around you, focus your energy in a clear and powerful way, and attract your ideal home. In this carefully created program, you'll first clear any negativity connected with your current living situation. That way you'll be free to move forward, without baggage of the past. Next you'll tune into universal energy and begin to receive information about your new home. You'll visualize yourself standing in front of your new home, walking in, and touring every room. Finally, you'll send up a powerful signal to help you find this home, in perfect timing - perhaps tomorrow! Masterfully crafted imagery, gentle narration, and inspiring background music all come together to form a dynamic tool for you to use. Visualize, connect and explore the possibilities! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359609 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359609]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Brink of Being: Talking About Miscarriage Author: Julia Bueno Narrator: Julia Bueno, Polly Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 21 minutes Release date: July 2, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Wise and compassionate . . . a profound game-changer of a book.' --Caroline Leavitt, author of Pictures of You Though approximately one in four pregnancies ends in miscarriage, it remains a rarely talked about, under-researched, and largely misunderstood area of women's health. This profoundly necessary book--the first comprehensive portrait of the psychological, emotional, medical, and cultural aspects of miscarriage--aims to help break that silence. With candor, warmth, and empathy, psychotherapist Julia Bueno blends women's stories (including her own) with research and analysis, exploring the effect of pregnancy loss on women and highlighting the ways in which our society fails to effectively respond to it. The result is a galvanizing, urgent, and moving exploration of a too-often-hidden human experience, and a crucial resource for anyone struggling with--or seeking to better understand--miscarriage. Julia Bueno Tue, 02 Jul 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359609 thebookvoice.com 9:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359609]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Brink of Being: Talking About Miscarriage Author: Julia Bueno Narrator: Julia Bueno, Polly Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 21 minutes Release date: July 2, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Wise and compassionate . . . a profound game-changer of a book.' --Caroline Leavitt, author of Pictures of You Though approximately one in four pregnancies ends in miscarriage, it remains a rarely talked about, under-researched, and largely misunderstood area of women's health. This profoundly necessary book--the first comprehensive portrait of the psychological, emotional, medical, and cultural aspects of miscarriage--aims to help break that silence. With candor, warmth, and empathy, psychotherapist Julia Bueno blends women's stories (including her own) with research and analysis, exploring the effect of pregnancy loss on women and highlighting the ways in which our society fails to effectively respond to it. The result is a galvanizing, urgent, and moving exploration of a too-often-hidden human experience, and a crucial resource for anyone struggling with--or seeking to better understand--miscarriage. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359609]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Brink of Being: Talking About Miscarriage Author: Julia Bueno Narrator: Julia Bueno, Polly Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 21 minutes Release date: July 2, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Wise and compassionate . . . a profound game-changer of a book.' --Caroline Leavitt, author of Pictures of You Though approximately one in four pregnancies ends in miscarriage, it remains a rarely talked about, under-researched, and largely misunderstood area of women's health. This profoundly necessary book--the first comprehensive portrait of the psychological, emotional, medical, and cultural aspects of miscarriage--aims to help break that silence. With candor, warmth, and empathy, psychotherapist Julia Bueno blends women's stories (including her own) with research and analysis, exploring the effect of pregnancy loss on women and highlighting the ways in which our society fails to effectively respond to it. The result is a galvanizing, urgent, and moving exploration of a too-often-hidden human experience, and a crucial resource for anyone struggling with--or seeking to better understand--miscarriage. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359606 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359606]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raising a Screen-Smart Kid: Embrace the Good and Avoid the Bad in the Digital Age Author: Julianna Miner Narrator: Julianna Miner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For parents who didn't grow up with smartphones but can't let go of them now, expert advice on raising kids in our constantly connected world Most kids get their first smartphone at the same time that they're experiencing major developmental changes. Making mistakes has always been a part of growing up, but how do parents help their kids navigate childhood and adolescence at a time when social media has the potential to magnify the consequences of those mistakes? Rather than spend all their time worrying about the worst-case scenario, readers get a bigger-picture understanding of their kids' digital landscape. Drawing on research and interviews with educators, psychologists, and kids themselves, Raising a Screen-Smart Kid offers practical advice on how parents can help their kids avoid the pitfalls and reap the benefits of the digital age by: - using social media to enhance connection with friends and family, instead of following strangers and celebrities, which is a predictor of loneliness and depression - finding online support and community for conditions such as depression and eating disorders, while avoiding potential triggers such as #Thinspiration Pinterest boards - learning and developing life skills through technology--for example, by problem-solving in online games--while avoiding inappropriate content Written by a public health expert and the creator of the popular blog Rants from Mommyland, this book shows parents how to help their kids navigate friendships, bullying, dating, self-esteem, and more online. Julianna Miner Tue, 23 Jul 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359606 thebookvoice.com 7:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359606]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raising a Screen-Smart Kid: Embrace the Good and Avoid the Bad in the Digital Age Author: Julianna Miner Narrator: Julianna Miner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For parents who didn't grow up with smartphones but can't let go of them now, expert advice on raising kids in our constantly connected world Most kids get their first smartphone at the same time that they're experiencing major developmental changes. Making mistakes has always been a part of growing up, but how do parents help their kids navigate childhood and adolescence at a time when social media has the potential to magnify the consequences of those mistakes? Rather than spend all their time worrying about the worst-case scenario, readers get a bigger-picture understanding of their kids' digital landscape. Drawing on research and interviews with educators, psychologists, and kids themselves, Raising a Screen-Smart Kid offers practical advice on how parents can help their kids avoid the pitfalls and reap the benefits of the digital age by: - using social media to enhance connection with friends and family, instead of following strangers and celebrities, which is a predictor of loneliness and depression - finding online support and community for conditions such as depression and eating disorders, while avoiding potential triggers such as #Thinspiration Pinterest boards - learning and developing life skills through technology--for example, by problem-solving in online games--while avoiding inappropriate content Written by a public health expert and the creator of the popular blog Rants from Mommyland, this book shows parents how to help their kids navigate friendships, bullying, dating, self-esteem, and more online. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359606]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raising a Screen-Smart Kid: Embrace the Good and Avoid the Bad in the Digital Age Author: Julianna Miner Narrator: Julianna Miner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For parents who didn't grow up with smartphones but can't let go of them now, expert advice on raising kids in our constantly connected world Most kids get their first smartphone at the same time that they're experiencing major developmental changes. Making mistakes has always been a part of growing up, but how do parents help their kids navigate childhood and adolescence at a time when social media has the potential to magnify the consequences of those mistakes? Rather than spend all their time worrying about the worst-case scenario, readers get a bigger-picture understanding of their kids' digital landscape. Drawing on research and interviews with educators, psychologists, and kids themselves, Raising a Screen-Smart Kid offers practical advice on how parents can help their kids avoid the pitfalls and reap the benefits of the digital age by: - using social media to enhance connection with friends and family, instead of following strangers and celebrities, which is a predictor of loneliness and depression - finding online support and community for conditions such as depression and eating disorders, while avoiding potential triggers such as #Thinspiration Pinterest boards - learning and developing life skills through technology--for example, by problem-solving in online games--while avoiding inappropriate content Written by a public health expert and the creator of the popular blog Rants from Mommyland, this book shows parents how to help their kids navigate friendships, bullying, dating, self-esteem, and more online. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359367 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359367]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Character Disturbance: The Phenomenon of Our Age Author: George K. Simon Jr. Ph.D. Narrator: Joel Richards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 46 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Modern permissiveness and the new culture of entitlement allows disturbed people to reach adulthood without proper socialization. In a book meant both for the general public and for professionals, bestselling author and psychologist George Simon explains in plain English: ● How most disturbed characters think. ● The habitual behaviors the disturbed use to avoid responsibility and to manipulate, deceive, and exploit others. ● Why victims in relationships with disturbed characters do not get help they need from traditional therapies. ● A straightforward guide to recognizing and understanding all relevant personality types, especially those most likely to undermine relationships. ● A new framework for making sense of the crazy world many find themselves in when there's a disturbed character in their lives. ● Concrete principles that promote responsibility and positive change when engaging disturbed characters. ● Tactics (for both lay persons and therapists) to lessen the chances for victimization and empower those who would otherwise be victims in their relationships with many types of disturbed characters. George K. Simon Jr. Ph.D. Tue, 13 Nov 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359367 thebookvoice.com 8:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359367]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Character Disturbance: The Phenomenon of Our Age Author: George K. Simon Jr. Ph.D. Narrator: Joel Richards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 46 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Modern permissiveness and the new culture of entitlement allows disturbed people to reach adulthood without proper socialization. In a book meant both for the general public and for professionals, bestselling author and psychologist George Simon explains in plain English: ● How most disturbed characters think. ● The habitual behaviors the disturbed use to avoid responsibility and to manipulate, deceive, and exploit others. ● Why victims in relationships with disturbed characters do not get help they need from traditional therapies. ● A straightforward guide to recognizing and understanding all relevant personality types, especially those most likely to undermine relationships. ● A new framework for making sense of the crazy world many find themselves in when there's a disturbed character in their lives. ● Concrete principles that promote responsibility and positive change when engaging disturbed characters. ● Tactics (for both lay persons and therapists) to lessen the chances for victimization and empower those who would otherwise be victims in their relationships with many types of disturbed characters. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359367]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Character Disturbance: The Phenomenon of Our Age Author: George K. Simon Jr. Ph.D. Narrator: Joel Richards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 46 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Modern permissiveness and the new culture of entitlement allows disturbed people to reach adulthood without proper socialization. In a book meant both for the general public and for professionals, bestselling author and psychologist George Simon explains in plain English: ● How most disturbed characters think. ● The habitual behaviors the disturbed use to avoid responsibility and to manipulate, deceive, and exploit others. ● Why victims in relationships with disturbed characters do not get help they need from traditional therapies. ● A straightforward guide to recognizing and understanding all relevant personality types, especially those most likely to undermine relationships. ● A new framework for making sense of the crazy world many find themselves in when there's a disturbed character in their lives. ● Concrete principles that promote responsibility and positive change when engaging disturbed characters. ● Tactics (for both lay persons and therapists) to lessen the chances for victimization and empower those who would otherwise be victims in their relationships with many types of disturbed characters. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359237 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359237]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Nada es tan terrible: La filosofía de los más fuertes y felices Author: Rafael Santandreu Narrator: Rafa Parra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Escucha ahora Nada es tan terrible, el nuevo libro de Rafael Santandreu. Un manual de autoterapia basado en la psicología cognitiva, la escuela terapéutica más eficaz y científica. El audiolibro de Nada es tan terrible contiene las herramientas de los mejores psicólogos del mundo para: - dejar de preocuparse, - disfrutar más intensamente de la vida, - tener «cero» complejos, - adquirir carisma, - desactivar a las personas difíciles - y acabar con todos los miedos. Así como unas secciones especiales para aprender a: - eliminar los ataques de ansiedad de forma rápida y definitiva - y detener la cháchara mental inútil con el moderno mindfulness de tercera generación. Los mejores títulos de desarrollo personal para escuchar. Rafael Santandreu Thu, 08 Nov 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359237 thebookvoice.com 7:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359237]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Nada es tan terrible: La filosofía de los más fuertes y felices Author: Rafael Santandreu Narrator: Rafa Parra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Escucha ahora Nada es tan terrible, el nuevo libro de Rafael Santandreu. Un manual de autoterapia basado en la psicología cognitiva, la escuela terapéutica más eficaz y científica. El audiolibro de Nada es tan terrible contiene las herramientas de los mejores psicólogos del mundo para: - dejar de preocuparse, - disfrutar más intensamente de la vida, - tener «cero» complejos, - adquirir carisma, - desactivar a las personas difíciles - y acabar con todos los miedos. Así como unas secciones especiales para aprender a: - eliminar los ataques de ansiedad de forma rápida y definitiva - y detener la cháchara mental inútil con el moderno mindfulness de tercera generación. Los mejores títulos de desarrollo personal para escuchar. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359237]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Nada es tan terrible: La filosofía de los más fuertes y felices Author: Rafael Santandreu Narrator: Rafa Parra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Escucha ahora Nada es tan terrible, el nuevo libro de Rafael Santandreu. Un manual de autoterapia basado en la psicología cognitiva, la escuela terapéutica más eficaz y científica. El audiolibro de Nada es tan terrible contiene las herramientas de los mejores psicólogos del mundo para: - dejar de preocuparse, - disfrutar más intensamente de la vida, - tener «cero» complejos, - adquirir carisma, - desactivar a las personas difíciles - y acabar con todos los miedos. Así como unas secciones especiales para aprender a: - eliminar los ataques de ansiedad de forma rápida y definitiva - y detener la cháchara mental inútil con el moderno mindfulness de tercera generación. Los mejores títulos de desarrollo personal para escuchar. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359208 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359208]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: To the River: Losing My Brother Author: Don Gillmor Narrator: Michael Riley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: December 31, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: WINNER OF THE GOVERNOR GENERAL'S LITERARY AWARD FOR NON-FICTION An eloquent and haunting exploration of suicide in which one of Canada's most gifted writers attempts to understand why his brother took his own life. Which leads him to another powerful question: Why are boomers killing themselves at a far greater rate than the Silent Generation before them or the generations that have followed? In the spring of 2006, Don Gillmor travelled to Whitehorse to reconstruct the last days of his brother, David, whose truck and cowboy hat were found at the edge of the Yukon River just outside of town the previous December. David's family, his second wife, and his friends had different theories about his disappearance. Some thought David had run away; some thought he'd met with foul play; but most believed that David, a talented musician who at the age of 48 was about to give up the night life for a day job, had intentionally walked into the water. Just as Don was about to paddle the river looking for traces, David's body was found, six months after he'd gone into the river. And Don's canoe trip turned into an act of remembrance and mourning.      At least David could now be laid to rest. But there was no rest for his survivors. As his brother writes, 'When people die of suicide, one of the things they leave behind is suicide itself. It becomes a country. At first I was a visitor, but eventually I became a citizen.' In this tender, probing, surprising work, Don Gillmor brings back news from that country for all of us who wonder why people kill themselves. And why, for the first time, it's not the teenaged or the elderly who have the highest suicide rate, but the middle aged. Especially men. Don Gillmor Mon, 31 Dec 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359208 thebookvoice.com 5:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359208]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: To the River: Losing My Brother Author: Don Gillmor Narrator: Michael Riley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: December 31, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: WINNER OF THE GOVERNOR GENERAL'S LITERARY AWARD FOR NON-FICTION An eloquent and haunting exploration of suicide in which one of Canada's most gifted writers attempts to understand why his brother took his own life. Which leads him to another powerful question: Why are boomers killing themselves at a far greater rate than the Silent Generation before them or the generations that have followed? In the spring of 2006, Don Gillmor travelled to Whitehorse to reconstruct the last days of his brother, David, whose truck and cowboy hat were found at the edge of the Yukon River just outside of town the previous December. David's family, his second wife, and his friends had different theories about his disappearance. Some thought David had run away; some thought he'd met with foul play; but most believed that David, a talented musician who at the age of 48 was about to give up the night life for a day job, had intentionally walked into the water. Just as Don was about to paddle the river looking for traces, David's body was found, six months after he'd gone into the river. And Don's canoe trip turned into an act of remembrance and mourning.      At least David could now be laid to rest. But there was no rest for his survivors. As his brother writes, 'When people die of suicide, one of the things they leave behind is suicide itself. It becomes a country. At first I was a visitor, but eventually I became a citizen.' In this tender, probing, surprising work, Don Gillmor brings back news from that country for all of us who wonder why people kill themselves. And why, for the first time, it's not the teenaged or the elderly who have the highest suicide rate, but the middle aged. Especially men. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359208]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: To the River: Losing My Brother Author: Don Gillmor Narrator: Michael Riley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: December 31, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: WINNER OF THE GOVERNOR GENERAL'S LITERARY AWARD FOR NON-FICTION An eloquent and haunting exploration of suicide in which one of Canada's most gifted writers attempts to understand why his brother took his own life. Which leads him to another powerful question: Why are boomers killing themselves at a far greater rate than the Silent Generation before them or the generations that have followed? In the spring of 2006, Don Gillmor travelled to Whitehorse to reconstruct the last days of his brother, David, whose truck and cowboy hat were found at the edge of the Yukon River just outside of town the previous December. David's family, his second wife, and his friends had different theories about his disappearance. Some thought David had run away; some thought he'd met with foul play; but most believed that David, a talented musician who at the age of 48 was about to give up the night life for a day job, had intentionally walked into the water. Just as Don was about to paddle the river looking for traces, David's body was found, six months after he'd gone into the river. And Don's canoe trip turned into an act of remembrance and mourning.      At least David could now be laid to rest. But there was no rest for his survivors. As his brother writes, 'When people die of suicide, one of the things they leave behind is suicide itself. It becomes a country. At first I was a visitor, but eventually I became a citizen.' In this tender, probing, surprising work, Don Gillmor brings back news from that country for all of us who wonder why people kill themselves. And why, for the first time, it's not the teenaged or the elderly who have the highest suicide rate, but the middle aged. Especially men. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359203 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359203]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The War for Kindness: Building Empathy in a Fractured World Author: Jamil Zaki Narrator: Jamil Zaki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “In this masterpiece, Jamil Zaki weaves together the very latest science with stories that will stay in your heart forever.”—Angela Duckworth, author of Grit Don’t miss Jamil Zaki’s TED Talk, “We’re experiencing an empathy shortage, but we can fix it together,” online now. Empathy is in short supply. We struggle to understand people who aren’t like us, but find it easy to hate them. Studies show that we are less caring than we were even thirty years ago. In 2006, Barack Obama said that the United States was suffering from an “empathy deficit.” Since then, things seem to have only gotten worse.  It doesn’t have to be this way. In this groundbreaking book, Jamil Zaki shares cutting-edge research, including experiments from his own lab, showing that empathy is not a fixed trait—something we’re born with or not—but rather a skill that can be strengthened through effort. He also tells the stories of people who embody this new perspective, fighting for kindness in the most difficult of circumstances. We meet a former neo-Nazi who is now helping to extract people from hate groups, ex-prisoners discussing novels with the judge who sentenced them, Washington police officers changing their culture to decrease violence among their ranks, and NICU nurses fine-tuning their empathy so that they don’t succumb to burnout. Written with clarity and passion, The War for Kindness is an inspiring call to action. The future may depend on whether we accept the challenge. Praise for The War for Kindness “A wide-ranging practical guide to making the world better.”—NPR “Relating anecdotes and test cases from his fellow researchers, news events and the imaginary world of literature and entertainment, Zaki makes a vital case for ‘fighting for kindness.’ . . . If he’s right—and after reading The War for Kindness, you’ll probably think so—Zaki’s work is right on time.” —San Francisco Chronicle “In this landmark book, Jamil Zaki gives us a revolutionary perspective on empathy: Empathy can be developed, and, when it is, people, relationships, organizations, and cultures are changed.”—Carol Dweck, author of Mindset Jamil Zaki Tue, 04 Jun 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359203 thebookvoice.com 7:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359203]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The War for Kindness: Building Empathy in a Fractured World Author: Jamil Zaki Narrator: Jamil Zaki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “In this masterpiece, Jamil Zaki weaves together the very latest science with stories that will stay in your heart forever.”—Angela Duckworth, author of Grit Don’t miss Jamil Zaki’s TED Talk, “We’re experiencing an empathy shortage, but we can fix it together,” online now. Empathy is in short supply. We struggle to understand people who aren’t like us, but find it easy to hate them. Studies show that we are less caring than we were even thirty years ago. In 2006, Barack Obama said that the United States was suffering from an “empathy deficit.” Since then, things seem to have only gotten worse.  It doesn’t have to be this way. In this groundbreaking book, Jamil Zaki shares cutting-edge research, including experiments from his own lab, showing that empathy is not a fixed trait—something we’re born with or not—but rather a skill that can be strengthened through effort. He also tells the stories of people who embody this new perspective, fighting for kindness in the most difficult of circumstances. We meet a former neo-Nazi who is now helping to extract people from hate groups, ex-prisoners discussing novels with the judge who sentenced them, Washington police officers changing their culture to decrease violence among their ranks, and NICU nurses fine-tuning their empathy so that they don’t succumb to burnout. Written with clarity and passion, The War for Kindness is an inspiring call to action. The future may depend on whether we accept the challenge. Praise for The War for Kindness “A wide-ranging practical guide to making the world better.”—NPR “Relating anecdotes and test cases from his fellow researchers, news events and the imaginary world of literature and entertainment, Zaki makes a vital case for ‘fighting for kindness.’ . . . If he’s right—and after reading The War for Kindness, you’ll probably think so—Zaki’s work is right on time.” —San Francisco Chronicle “In this landmark book, Jamil Zaki gives us a revolutionary perspective on empathy: Empathy can be developed, and, when it is, people, relationships, organizations, and cultures are changed.”—Carol Dweck, author of Mindset Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359203]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The War for Kindness: Building Empathy in a Fractured World Author: Jamil Zaki Narrator: Jamil Zaki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “In this masterpiece, Jamil Zaki weaves together the very latest science with stories that will stay in your heart forever.”—Angela Duckworth, author of Grit Don’t miss Jamil Zaki’s TED Talk, “We’re experiencing an empathy shortage, but we can fix it together,” online now. Empathy is in short supply. We struggle to understand people who aren’t like us, but find it easy to hate them. Studies show that we are less caring than we were even thirty years ago. In 2006, Barack Obama said that the United States was suffering from an “empathy deficit.” Since then, things seem to have only gotten worse.  It doesn’t have to be this way. In this groundbreaking book, Jamil Zaki shares cutting-edge research, including experiments from his own lab, showing that empathy is not a fixed trait—something we’re born with or not—but rather a skill that can be strengthened through effort. He also tells the stories of people who embody this new perspective, fighting for kindness in the most difficult of circumstances. We meet a former neo-Nazi who is now helping to extract people from hate groups, ex-prisoners discussing novels with the judge who sentenced them, Washington police officers changing their culture to decrease violence among their ranks, and NICU nurses fine-tuning their empathy so that they don’t succumb to burnout. Written with clarity and passion, The War for Kindness is an inspiring call to action. The future may depend on whether we accept the challenge. Praise for The War for Kindness “A wide-ranging practical guide to making the world better.”—NPR “Relating anecdotes and test cases from his fellow researchers, news events and the imaginary world of literature and entertainment, Zaki makes a vital case for ‘fighting for kindness.’ . . . If he’s right—and after reading The War for Kindness, you’ll probably think so—Zaki’s work is right on time.” —San Francisco Chronicle “In this landmark book, Jamil Zaki gives us a revolutionary perspective on empathy: Empathy can be developed, and, when it is, people, relationships, organizations, and cultures are changed.”—Carol Dweck, author of Mindset https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359120 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359120]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girl Talk: What Science Can Tell Us About Female Friendship Author: Jacqueline Mroz Narrator: Casey Turner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A veteran science reporter's investigation into the fascinating and distinctive nature of women's friendships In Girl Talk, New York Times science reporter Jacqueline Mroz takes on the science of female friendship -- a phenomenon that's as culturally powerful as it is individually mysterious. She examines friendship from a range of angles, from the historical to the experiential, with a scientific analysis that reveals new truths about what leads us to connect and build alliances, and then 'break up' when a friendship no longer serves us. Mroz takes a new look at how friendship has evolved throughout history, showing how friends tend to share more genetic commonalities than strangers, and that the more friends we have, the more empathy and pleasure chemicals are present in our brains. Scientists have also reported that friendship directly influences health and longevity; women with solid, supportive friendships experience fewer 'fight or flight' impulses and stronger heart function, and women without friendships tend to develop medical challenges on par with those associated with smoking and excessive body weight. With intimate reporting and insightful analysis, Mroz reveals new awareness about the impact of women's friendships, and how they shape our culture at large. Jacqueline Mroz Tue, 13 Nov 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359120 thebookvoice.com 8:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359120]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girl Talk: What Science Can Tell Us About Female Friendship Author: Jacqueline Mroz Narrator: Casey Turner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A veteran science reporter's investigation into the fascinating and distinctive nature of women's friendships In Girl Talk, New York Times science reporter Jacqueline Mroz takes on the science of female friendship -- a phenomenon that's as culturally powerful as it is individually mysterious. She examines friendship from a range of angles, from the historical to the experiential, with a scientific analysis that reveals new truths about what leads us to connect and build alliances, and then 'break up' when a friendship no longer serves us. Mroz takes a new look at how friendship has evolved throughout history, showing how friends tend to share more genetic commonalities than strangers, and that the more friends we have, the more empathy and pleasure chemicals are present in our brains. Scientists have also reported that friendship directly influences health and longevity; women with solid, supportive friendships experience fewer 'fight or flight' impulses and stronger heart function, and women without friendships tend to develop medical challenges on par with those associated with smoking and excessive body weight. With intimate reporting and insightful analysis, Mroz reveals new awareness about the impact of women's friendships, and how they shape our culture at large. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359120]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girl Talk: What Science Can Tell Us About Female Friendship Author: Jacqueline Mroz Narrator: Casey Turner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A veteran science reporter's investigation into the fascinating and distinctive nature of women's friendships In Girl Talk, New York Times science reporter Jacqueline Mroz takes on the science of female friendship -- a phenomenon that's as culturally powerful as it is individually mysterious. She examines friendship from a range of angles, from the historical to the experiential, with a scientific analysis that reveals new truths about what leads us to connect and build alliances, and then 'break up' when a friendship no longer serves us. Mroz takes a new look at how friendship has evolved throughout history, showing how friends tend to share more genetic commonalities than strangers, and that the more friends we have, the more empathy and pleasure chemicals are present in our brains. Scientists have also reported that friendship directly influences health and longevity; women with solid, supportive friendships experience fewer 'fight or flight' impulses and stronger heart function, and women without friendships tend to develop medical challenges on par with those associated with smoking and excessive body weight. With intimate reporting and insightful analysis, Mroz reveals new awareness about the impact of women's friendships, and how they shape our culture at large. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359084 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359084]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Kids Kill: Inside the Minds of School Shooters Author: Peter Langman PhD Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ten years after the school massacre at Columbine High School in Colorado, school shootings are a new and alarming epidemic. While sociologists have attributed the trigger of violence to peer pressure, such as bullying and social isolation, prominent psychologist Peter Langman, argues here that psychological causes are responsible. Drawing on twenty years of clinical experience, Langman offers surprising reasons for why some teens become violent. Langman divides shooters into three categories, and he discusses the role of personality, trauma, and psychosis among school shooters. From examining the material evidence of notorious school shooters at Columbine and Virginia Tech to addressing the mental states of the violent youths he treats, Langman shows how to identify early signs of homicide-prone youth and what preventive measures educators, parents, and communities can take to protect themselves from the tragedy. Contains mature themes. Peter Langman PhD Tue, 06 Nov 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359084 thebookvoice.com 8:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359084]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Kids Kill: Inside the Minds of School Shooters Author: Peter Langman PhD Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ten years after the school massacre at Columbine High School in Colorado, school shootings are a new and alarming epidemic. While sociologists have attributed the trigger of violence to peer pressure, such as bullying and social isolation, prominent psychologist Peter Langman, argues here that psychological causes are responsible. Drawing on twenty years of clinical experience, Langman offers surprising reasons for why some teens become violent. Langman divides shooters into three categories, and he discusses the role of personality, trauma, and psychosis among school shooters. From examining the material evidence of notorious school shooters at Columbine and Virginia Tech to addressing the mental states of the violent youths he treats, Langman shows how to identify early signs of homicide-prone youth and what preventive measures educators, parents, and communities can take to protect themselves from the tragedy. Contains mature themes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359084]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Kids Kill: Inside the Minds of School Shooters Author: Peter Langman PhD Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ten years after the school massacre at Columbine High School in Colorado, school shootings are a new and alarming epidemic. While sociologists have attributed the trigger of violence to peer pressure, such as bullying and social isolation, prominent psychologist Peter Langman, argues here that psychological causes are responsible. Drawing on twenty years of clinical experience, Langman offers surprising reasons for why some teens become violent. Langman divides shooters into three categories, and he discusses the role of personality, trauma, and psychosis among school shooters. From examining the material evidence of notorious school shooters at Columbine and Virginia Tech to addressing the mental states of the violent youths he treats, Langman shows how to identify early signs of homicide-prone youth and what preventive measures educators, parents, and communities can take to protect themselves from the tragedy. Contains mature themes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359028 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359028]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Difficult Mothers, Adult Daughters: A Guide for Separation, Liberation & Inspiration Author: Karen C.L. Anderson Narrator: Sarah Mollo-Christensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: #1 Amazon New Release ─ Transform your relationship with your mother The best news on the planet is that your mother doesn't have to change in order for you to be happy. In fact, author Karen C.L. Anderson will take it a step further and say, your mother doesn't have to change in order for you to be free, peaceful, contented, and joyful. You can emotionally separate without guilt: Inspired by her own journey, Anderson's Difficult Mothers, Adult Daughters: A Guide For Separation, Liberation & Inspiration shows women how to emotionally separate from their mothers without guilt and anxiety so they can finally create a life based on their own values, desires, needs, and preferences. Not to mention being able to like and respect themselves during the process. Learn through the experiences of others: Through personal stories and experiences, practical tools that can used right away to feel better, and journal prompts, Anderson compassionately leads women who struggle in their relationships with their mothers through a process of self-awareness and understanding. Anderson's work with hundreds of women and her own personal work have resulted in profound growth and transformation. Anderson knows the results are nothing short of miraculous. Funny and compassionate: This book is about Anderson discovering and accepting the whole of who she is (separate from her mother), and making her discoveries accessible to women struggling to redefine their challenging relationships with their mothers. Her writing is relatable, real, funny, and compassionate. What you'll learn inside this book: - Why mothers and daughters tend to have difficult relationships - How to heal and transform your mother "wounds" from sources of pain into sources of creativity and wisdom - How to tell your stories in a way that empowers you, rather than making you powerless - How to handle the uncomfortable emotions that seem inevitable when it comes to your relationship with your mother - The art of creating, articulating, and maintaining impeccable boundaries - How to stop "shoulding" when it comes to yourself and your mother - How to "re-mother" yourself and acknowledge, honor, and meet your own preferences and needs - And much, much more Karen C.L. Anderson Thu, 25 Oct 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359028 thebookvoice.com 4:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359028]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Difficult Mothers, Adult Daughters: A Guide for Separation, Liberation & Inspiration Author: Karen C.L. Anderson Narrator: Sarah Mollo-Christensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: #1 Amazon New Release ─ Transform your relationship with your mother The best news on the planet is that your mother doesn't have to change in order for you to be happy. In fact, author Karen C.L. Anderson will take it a step further and say, your mother doesn't have to change in order for you to be free, peaceful, contented, and joyful. You can emotionally separate without guilt: Inspired by her own journey, Anderson's Difficult Mothers, Adult Daughters: A Guide For Separation, Liberation & Inspiration shows women how to emotionally separate from their mothers without guilt and anxiety so they can finally create a life based on their own values, desires, needs, and preferences. Not to mention being able to like and respect themselves during the process. Learn through the experiences of others: Through personal stories and experiences, practical tools that can used right away to feel better, and journal prompts, Anderson compassionately leads women who struggle in their relationships with their mothers through a process of self-awareness and understanding. Anderson's work with hundreds of women and her own personal work have resulted in profound growth and transformation. Anderson knows the results are nothing short of miraculous. Funny and compassionate: This book is about Anderson discovering and accepting the whole of who she is (separate from her mother), and making her discoveries accessible to women struggling to redefine their challenging relationships with their mothers. Her writing is relatable, real, funny, and compassionate. What you'll learn inside this book: - Why mothers and daughters tend to have difficult relationships - How to heal and transform your mother "wounds" from sources of pain into sources of creativity and wisdom - How to tell your stories in a way that empowers you, rather than making you powerless - How to handle the uncomfortable emotions that seem inevitable when it comes to your relationship with your mother - The art of creating, articulating, and maintaining impeccable boundaries - How to stop "shoulding" when it comes to yourself and your mother - How to "re-mother" yourself and acknowledge, honor, and meet your own preferences and needs - And much, much more Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359028]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Difficult Mothers, Adult Daughters: A Guide for Separation, Liberation & Inspiration Author: Karen C.L. Anderson Narrator: Sarah Mollo-Christensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: #1 Amazon New Release ─ Transform your relationship with your mother The best news on the planet is that your mother doesn't have to change in order for you to be happy. In fact, author Karen C.L. Anderson will take it a step further and say, your mother doesn't have to change in order for you to be free, peaceful, contented, and joyful. You can emotionally separate without guilt: Inspired by her own journey, Anderson's Difficult Mothers, Adult Daughters: A Guide For Separation, Liberation & Inspiration shows women how to emotionally separate from their mothers without guilt and anxiety so they can finally create a life based on their own values, desires, needs, and preferences. Not to mention being able to like and respect themselves during the process. Learn through the experiences of others: Through personal stories and experiences, practical tools that can used right away to feel better, and journal prompts, Anderson compassionately leads women who struggle in their relationships with their mothers through a process of self-awareness and understanding. Anderson's work with hundreds of women and her own personal work have resulted in profound growth and transformation. Anderson knows the results are nothing short of miraculous. Funny and compassionate: This book is about Anderson discovering and accepting the whole of who she is (separate from her mother), and making her discoveries accessible to women struggling to redefine their challenging relationships with their mothers. Her writing is relatable, real, funny, and compassionate. What you'll learn inside this book: - Why mothers and daughters tend to have difficult relationships - How to heal and transform your mother "wounds" from sources of pain into sources of creativity and wisdom - How to tell your stories in a way that empowers you, rather than making you powerless - How to handle the uncomfortable emotions that seem inevitable when it comes to your relationship with your mother - The art of creating, articulating, and maintaining impeccable boundaries - How to stop "shoulding" when it comes to yourself and your mother - How to "re-mother" yourself and acknowledge, honor, and meet your own preferences and needs - And much, much more https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358941 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358941]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Clear Blue Sky: A remarkable memoir about family, loss and the will to overcome Author: Duncan Hamilton, Jonny Bairstow Narrator: Paul Tyreman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: November 2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: WINNER OF THE WISDEN BOOK OF THE YEAR As a young boy of eight, Jonny Bairstow was dealt a cruel blow. His father David ‘Bluey’ Bairstow, the combative and very popular wicketkeeper and captain of Yorkshire, took his own life at the age of forty-six. David left behind Jonny, Jonny’s sister Becky and half-brother Andy, and his wife Janet, who had recently been diagnosed with cancer at the time of his death. From these incredibly tough circumstances, Jonny and his family strived to find an even keel and come to terms with the loss of their father and husband. Jonny found his way through his dedication to sport. He was a gifted and natural athlete, with potential careers ahead of him in rugby and football, but he eventually chose cricket and came to build a career that followed in his father’s footsteps, eventually reaching the pinnacle of the sport and breaking the record for most Test runs in a year by a wicketkeeper. Written with multiple-award-winning writer Duncan Hamilton, this is an incredible story of triumph over adversity and a memoir with far-reaching lessons about determination and the will to overcome. Duncan Hamilton, Jonny Bairstow Thu, 02 Nov 2017 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358941 thebookvoice.com 8:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358941]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Clear Blue Sky: A remarkable memoir about family, loss and the will to overcome Author: Duncan Hamilton, Jonny Bairstow Narrator: Paul Tyreman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: November 2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: WINNER OF THE WISDEN BOOK OF THE YEAR As a young boy of eight, Jonny Bairstow was dealt a cruel blow. His father David ‘Bluey’ Bairstow, the combative and very popular wicketkeeper and captain of Yorkshire, took his own life at the age of forty-six. David left behind Jonny, Jonny’s sister Becky and half-brother Andy, and his wife Janet, who had recently been diagnosed with cancer at the time of his death. From these incredibly tough circumstances, Jonny and his family strived to find an even keel and come to terms with the loss of their father and husband. Jonny found his way through his dedication to sport. He was a gifted and natural athlete, with potential careers ahead of him in rugby and football, but he eventually chose cricket and came to build a career that followed in his father’s footsteps, eventually reaching the pinnacle of the sport and breaking the record for most Test runs in a year by a wicketkeeper. Written with multiple-award-winning writer Duncan Hamilton, this is an incredible story of triumph over adversity and a memoir with far-reaching lessons about determination and the will to overcome. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358941]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Clear Blue Sky: A remarkable memoir about family, loss and the will to overcome Author: Duncan Hamilton, Jonny Bairstow Narrator: Paul Tyreman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: November 2, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: WINNER OF THE WISDEN BOOK OF THE YEAR As a young boy of eight, Jonny Bairstow was dealt a cruel blow. His father David ‘Bluey’ Bairstow, the combative and very popular wicketkeeper and captain of Yorkshire, took his own life at the age of forty-six. David left behind Jonny, Jonny’s sister Becky and half-brother Andy, and his wife Janet, who had recently been diagnosed with cancer at the time of his death. From these incredibly tough circumstances, Jonny and his family strived to find an even keel and come to terms with the loss of their father and husband. Jonny found his way through his dedication to sport. He was a gifted and natural athlete, with potential careers ahead of him in rugby and football, but he eventually chose cricket and came to build a career that followed in his father’s footsteps, eventually reaching the pinnacle of the sport and breaking the record for most Test runs in a year by a wicketkeeper. Written with multiple-award-winning writer Duncan Hamilton, this is an incredible story of triumph over adversity and a memoir with far-reaching lessons about determination and the will to overcome. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358895 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358895]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Schadenfreude: The Joy of Another's Misfortune Author: Tiffany Watt Smith Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 20, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An entertaining and insightful exploration of schadenfreude: the deliciously dark and complex joy we've all felt, from time to time, at news of others' misfortunes. You might feel schadenfreude when... the boss calls himself 'Head of Pubic Services' on an important letter a cool guy swings back on his chair, and it tips over. a Celebrity Vegan is caught in the cheese aisle. an aggressive driver cuts you off -- and then gets pulled over. your co-worker heats up fish in the microwave, then gets food poisoning. an urban unicyclist almost collides with a parked car. someone cuts the line for the ATM -- and then it swallows their card. your effortlessly attractive friend gets dumped. We all know the pleasure felt at someone else's misfortune. The Germans named this furtive delight in another's failure schadenfreude (from schaden damage, and freude, joy), and it has perplexed philosophers and psychologists for centuries. Why can it be so satisfying to witness another's distress? And what, if anything, should we do about it? Schadenfreude illuminates this hidden emotion, inviting readers to reflect on its pleasures, and how we use other people's miseries to feel better about ourselves. Written in an exploratory, evocative form, it weaves examples from literature, philosophy, film, and music together with personal observation and historical and cultural analysis. And in today's world of polarized politics, twitter trolls and 'sidebars of shame,' it couldn't be timelier. Engaging, insightful, and entertaining, Schadenfreude makes the case for thinking afresh about the role this much-maligned emotion plays in our lives -- perhaps even embracing it. Tiffany Watt Smith Tue, 20 Nov 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358895 thebookvoice.com 4:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358895]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Schadenfreude: The Joy of Another's Misfortune Author: Tiffany Watt Smith Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 20, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An entertaining and insightful exploration of schadenfreude: the deliciously dark and complex joy we've all felt, from time to time, at news of others' misfortunes. You might feel schadenfreude when... the boss calls himself 'Head of Pubic Services' on an important letter a cool guy swings back on his chair, and it tips over. a Celebrity Vegan is caught in the cheese aisle. an aggressive driver cuts you off -- and then gets pulled over. your co-worker heats up fish in the microwave, then gets food poisoning. an urban unicyclist almost collides with a parked car. someone cuts the line for the ATM -- and then it swallows their card. your effortlessly attractive friend gets dumped. We all know the pleasure felt at someone else's misfortune. The Germans named this furtive delight in another's failure schadenfreude (from schaden damage, and freude, joy), and it has perplexed philosophers and psychologists for centuries. Why can it be so satisfying to witness another's distress? And what, if anything, should we do about it? Schadenfreude illuminates this hidden emotion, inviting readers to reflect on its pleasures, and how we use other people's miseries to feel better about ourselves. Written in an exploratory, evocative form, it weaves examples from literature, philosophy, film, and music together with personal observation and historical and cultural analysis. And in today's world of polarized politics, twitter trolls and 'sidebars of shame,' it couldn't be timelier. Engaging, insightful, and entertaining, Schadenfreude makes the case for thinking afresh about the role this much-maligned emotion plays in our lives -- perhaps even embracing it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358895]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Schadenfreude: The Joy of Another's Misfortune Author: Tiffany Watt Smith Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 20, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An entertaining and insightful exploration of schadenfreude: the deliciously dark and complex joy we've all felt, from time to time, at news of others' misfortunes. You might feel schadenfreude when... the boss calls himself 'Head of Pubic Services' on an important letter a cool guy swings back on his chair, and it tips over. a Celebrity Vegan is caught in the cheese aisle. an aggressive driver cuts you off -- and then gets pulled over. your co-worker heats up fish in the microwave, then gets food poisoning. an urban unicyclist almost collides with a parked car. someone cuts the line for the ATM -- and then it swallows their card. your effortlessly attractive friend gets dumped. We all know the pleasure felt at someone else's misfortune. The Germans named this furtive delight in another's failure schadenfreude (from schaden damage, and freude, joy), and it has perplexed philosophers and psychologists for centuries. Why can it be so satisfying to witness another's distress? And what, if anything, should we do about it? Schadenfreude illuminates this hidden emotion, inviting readers to reflect on its pleasures, and how we use other people's miseries to feel better about ourselves. Written in an exploratory, evocative form, it weaves examples from literature, philosophy, film, and music together with personal observation and historical and cultural analysis. And in today's world of polarized politics, twitter trolls and 'sidebars of shame,' it couldn't be timelier. Engaging, insightful, and entertaining, Schadenfreude makes the case for thinking afresh about the role this much-maligned emotion plays in our lives -- perhaps even embracing it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358704 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358704]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El punto clave (The Tipping Point): Cómo los pequeños detalles pueden marcar una gran diferencia Author: Malcolm Gladwell Narrator: Edson Matus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: December 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ¿Cómo surgen las epidemias, las modas, los éxitos de venta, el fenómeno de boca a boca o cualquiera de esos pequeños cambios que sacuden nuestra vida cotidiana al provocar grandes efectos? Las mejores obras de no ficción en formato audiolibro En esta obra revolucionaria que ocupa desde hace años los primeros puestos en las listas de ventas de Estados Unidos, Gladwell, un auténtico gurú de los negocios, analiza la trayectoria de varios productos y tendencias de gran éxito hasta descubrir cómo y por qué se alcanza el punto de inflexión a partir del cual algo se convierte en un fenómeno de masas: el punto clave. Gladwell nos presenta en este audiolibro a personas responsables de difundir nuevas ideas y tendencias y examina la moda, los programas infantiles de televisión, la conducta de los fumadores y hasta la publicidad directa, con el fin de dilucidar el proceso del contagio de ideas. « La mejor forma de entender los cambios misteriosos que jalonan nuestra vida cotidiana (ya sea la aparición de una tendencia en la moda, el retroceso de las oleadas de crímenes, la transformación de un libro desconocido en un éxito de ventas, el aumento del consumo de tabaco entre los adolescentes, o el fenómeno del boca a oreja) es tratarlos como puras epidemias. Las ideas, los productos, los mensajes y las conductas se extienden entre nosotros igual que los virus.» Malcolm Gladwell Reseñas: «Malcolm Gladwell, escritor de éxito masivo, se ha convertido en uno de los grandes especialistas de nuestro tiempo en iluminar las zonas de sombra con su mezcla de periodismo, estudios científicos, historia y filosofía. Amante de llevar la contraria [...] Su objetivo es colocar junto a la certeza un signo de interrogación. [...]Gladwell define su trabajo como 'no ficción pop'. [...] Es uncheerleader de las ciencias sociales. [...] A la vista de los millones de lectores que han devorado sus libros, cabría decir que hay algo tranquilizador en ver ideas confirmadas por los estudios citados. También es curioso y seductor.» El País Semanal «Un mago en los libros de autoayuda. [...] Con más de 10 millones de ejemplares vendidos,MalcolmGladwell es uno de los principales escritores 'motivacionales', gurú del éxito y analista de 'estrategias para triunfar'. El punto clave, Inteligencia intuitiva, Lo que vio el perro y Fueras de serie son libros que ejecutivos y líderes de todo tipo devoran en los aeropuertos.» La Gaceta de los negocios «Cualquier persona interesada en tendencias debería leer El punto clave.» US Magazine «Una lectura tremendamente gratificante.» The Seattle Times «Un tratado de lo más original que le mantendrá despierto.» Business Week «Gladwell tiene una gran habilidad para transmitir teorías complejas en prosa clara y elegante, y es un guía de lo más carismático.» San Francisco Chronicle «Un estudio ameno, oportuno y atractivo de las modas. Gladwell tiene un don para explicar claramente los experimentos psicológicos.» Alan Wolfe,The New York Times Book Review Malcolm Gladwell Thu, 14 Dec 2017 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358704 thebookvoice.com 9:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358704]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El punto clave (The Tipping Point): Cómo los pequeños detalles pueden marcar una gran diferencia Author: Malcolm Gladwell Narrator: Edson Matus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: December 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ¿Cómo surgen las epidemias, las modas, los éxitos de venta, el fenómeno de boca a boca o cualquiera de esos pequeños cambios que sacuden nuestra vida cotidiana al provocar grandes efectos? Las mejores obras de no ficción en formato audiolibro En esta obra revolucionaria que ocupa desde hace años los primeros puestos en las listas de ventas de Estados Unidos, Gladwell, un auténtico gurú de los negocios, analiza la trayectoria de varios productos y tendencias de gran éxito hasta descubrir cómo y por qué se alcanza el punto de inflexión a partir del cual algo se convierte en un fenómeno de masas: el punto clave. Gladwell nos presenta en este audiolibro a personas responsables de difundir nuevas ideas y tendencias y examina la moda, los programas infantiles de televisión, la conducta de los fumadores y hasta la publicidad directa, con el fin de dilucidar el proceso del contagio de ideas. « La mejor forma de entender los cambios misteriosos que jalonan nuestra vida cotidiana (ya sea la aparición de una tendencia en la moda, el retroceso de las oleadas de crímenes, la transformación de un libro desconocido en un éxito de ventas, el aumento del consumo de tabaco entre los adolescentes, o el fenómeno del boca a oreja) es tratarlos como puras epidemias. Las ideas, los productos, los mensajes y las conductas se extienden entre nosotros igual que los virus.» Malcolm Gladwell Reseñas: «Malcolm Gladwell, escritor de éxito masivo, se ha convertido en uno de los grandes especialistas de nuestro tiempo en iluminar las zonas de sombra con su mezcla de periodismo, estudios científicos, historia y filosofía. Amante de llevar la contraria [...] Su objetivo es colocar junto a la certeza un signo de interrogación. [...]Gladwell define su trabajo como 'no ficción pop'. [...] Es uncheerleader de las ciencias sociales. [...] A la vista de los millones de lectores que han devorado sus libros, cabría decir que hay algo tranquilizador en ver ideas confirmadas por los estudios citados. También es curioso y seductor.» El País Semanal «Un mago en los libros de autoayuda. [...] Con más de 10 millones de ejemplares vendidos,MalcolmGladwell es uno de los principales escritores 'motivacionales', gurú del éxito y analista de 'estrategias para triunfar'. El punto clave, Inteligencia intuitiva, Lo que vio el perro y Fueras de serie son libros que ejecutivos y líderes de todo tipo devoran en los aeropuertos.» La Gaceta de los negocios «Cualquier persona interesada en tendencias debería leer El punto clave.» US Magazine «Una lectura tremendamente gratificante.» The Seattle Times «Un tratado de lo más original que le mantendrá despierto.» Business Week «Gladwell tiene una gran habilidad para transmitir teorías complejas en prosa clara y elegante, y es un guía de lo más carismático.» San Francisco Chronicle «Un estudio ameno, oportuno y atractivo de las modas. Gladwell tiene un don para explicar claramente los experimentos psicológicos.» Alan Wolfe,The New York Times Book Review Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358704]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El punto clave (The Tipping Point): Cómo los pequeños detalles pueden marcar una gran diferencia Author: Malcolm Gladwell Narrator: Edson Matus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: December 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ¿Cómo surgen las epidemias, las modas, los éxitos de venta, el fenómeno de boca a boca o cualquiera de esos pequeños cambios que sacuden nuestra vida cotidiana al provocar grandes efectos? Las mejores obras de no ficción en formato audiolibro En esta obra revolucionaria que ocupa desde hace años los primeros puestos en las listas de ventas de Estados Unidos, Gladwell, un auténtico gurú de los negocios, analiza la trayectoria de varios productos y tendencias de gran éxito hasta descubrir cómo y por qué se alcanza el punto de inflexión a partir del cual algo se convierte en un fenómeno de masas: el punto clave. Gladwell nos presenta en este audiolibro a personas responsables de difundir nuevas ideas y tendencias y examina la moda, los programas infantiles de televisión, la conducta de los fumadores y hasta la publicidad directa, con el fin de dilucidar el proceso del contagio de ideas. « La mejor forma de entender los cambios misteriosos que jalonan nuestra vida cotidiana (ya sea la aparición de una tendencia en la moda, el retroceso de las oleadas de crímenes, la transformación de un libro desconocido en un éxito de ventas, el aumento del consumo de tabaco entre los adolescentes, o el fenómeno del boca a oreja) es tratarlos como puras epidemias. Las ideas, los productos, los mensajes y las conductas se extienden entre nosotros igual que los virus.» Malcolm Gladwell Reseñas: «Malcolm Gladwell, escritor de éxito masivo, se ha convertido en uno de los grandes especialistas de nuestro tiempo en iluminar las zonas de sombra con su mezcla de periodismo, estudios científicos, historia y filosofía. Amante de llevar la contraria [...] Su objetivo es colocar junto a la certeza un signo de interrogación. [...]Gladwell define su trabajo como 'no ficción pop'. [...] Es uncheerleader de las ciencias sociales. [...] A la vista de los millones de lectores que han devorado sus libros, cabría decir que hay algo tranquilizador en ver ideas confirmadas por los estudios citados. También es curioso y seductor.» El País Semanal «Un mago en los libros de autoayuda. [...] Con más de 10 millones de ejemplares vendidos,MalcolmGladwell es uno de los principales escritores 'motivacionales', gurú del éxito y analista de 'estrategias para triunfar'. El punto clave, Inteligencia intuitiva, Lo que vio el perro y Fueras de serie son libros que ejecutivos y líderes de todo tipo devoran en los aeropuertos.» La Gaceta de los negocios «Cualquier persona interesada en tendencias debería leer El punto clave.» US Magazine «Una lectura tremendamente gratificante.» The Seattle Times «Un tratado de lo más original que le mantendrá despierto.» Business Week «Gladwell tiene una gran habilidad para transmitir teorías complejas en prosa clara y elegante, y es un guía de lo más carismático.» San Francisco Chronicle «Un estudio ameno, oportuno y atractivo de las modas. Gladwell tiene un don para explicar claramente los experimentos psicológicos.» Alan Wolfe,The New York Times Book Review https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358575 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358575]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Game of Desire: 5 Surprising Secrets to Dating with Dominance - and Getting What You Want Author: Shannon Boodram Narrator: Shannon Boodram Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Women: gain control and confidence in your love lives and find the relationship you want with this modern, life-changing guide from the certified sex educator, intimacy expert, and YouTube personality. For younger generations, dating is a complicated mystery. Apps like Tinder and Bumble are supposed to foster connection, but instead serve as a reminder of how painfully single we are. Certified sexologist and intimacy coach Shan Boodram—the most sought-after sex educator on the internet—is about to change all that. In this essential how-to guide, she addresses the realities of life today—when the rules of love and attraction are fluid—and teaches a group of young women how to become master daters in just sixty days. It starts with you. Shan makes clear that love and self-discovery go hand in hand—your dating life is just as much about you as it is about other people. She challenges you to look inside yourself for what you want out of a partner, a relationship and, most important, yourself. Once you figure out what you want from dating, she shows you exactly how to get it. The Game of Desire empowers you to take the lead, learn your strengths, and identify and correct your weaknesses, all the while getting inspired watching a group of women learn how to succeed in today’s dating pool. While many books tell women why they can’t get a date, Shan teaches you the skills and techniques necessary to take charge in today’s competitive and often confusing dating scene, providing the tools essential to attract—and retain—the partner(s) you want. From learning love languages to debunking dating myths, she helps women build knowledge and confidence. Featuring conversational case studies, comprehensive facts about the psychology of sex and romance, and expert insight into sex culture, and written with her trademark humor and charm, The Game of Desire is a must for all of Shan’s fans and for every woman struggling to feel loved and desired. Shannon Boodram Tue, 23 Jul 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358575 thebookvoice.com 7:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358575]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Game of Desire: 5 Surprising Secrets to Dating with Dominance - and Getting What You Want Author: Shannon Boodram Narrator: Shannon Boodram Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Women: gain control and confidence in your love lives and find the relationship you want with this modern, life-changing guide from the certified sex educator, intimacy expert, and YouTube personality. For younger generations, dating is a complicated mystery. Apps like Tinder and Bumble are supposed to foster connection, but instead serve as a reminder of how painfully single we are. Certified sexologist and intimacy coach Shan Boodram—the most sought-after sex educator on the internet—is about to change all that. In this essential how-to guide, she addresses the realities of life today—when the rules of love and attraction are fluid—and teaches a group of young women how to become master daters in just sixty days. It starts with you. Shan makes clear that love and self-discovery go hand in hand—your dating life is just as much about you as it is about other people. She challenges you to look inside yourself for what you want out of a partner, a relationship and, most important, yourself. Once you figure out what you want from dating, she shows you exactly how to get it. The Game of Desire empowers you to take the lead, learn your strengths, and identify and correct your weaknesses, all the while getting inspired watching a group of women learn how to succeed in today’s dating pool. While many books tell women why they can’t get a date, Shan teaches you the skills and techniques necessary to take charge in today’s competitive and often confusing dating scene, providing the tools essential to attract—and retain—the partner(s) you want. From learning love languages to debunking dating myths, she helps women build knowledge and confidence. Featuring conversational case studies, comprehensive facts about the psychology of sex and romance, and expert insight into sex culture, and written with her trademark humor and charm, The Game of Desire is a must for all of Shan’s fans and for every woman struggling to feel loved and desired. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358575]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Game of Desire: 5 Surprising Secrets to Dating with Dominance - and Getting What You Want Author: Shannon Boodram Narrator: Shannon Boodram Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Women: gain control and confidence in your love lives and find the relationship you want with this modern, life-changing guide from the certified sex educator, intimacy expert, and YouTube personality. For younger generations, dating is a complicated mystery. Apps like Tinder and Bumble are supposed to foster connection, but instead serve as a reminder of how painfully single we are. Certified sexologist and intimacy coach Shan Boodram—the most sought-after sex educator on the internet—is about to change all that. In this essential how-to guide, she addresses the realities of life today—when the rules of love and attraction are fluid—and teaches a group of young women how to become master daters in just sixty days. It starts with you. Shan makes clear that love and self-discovery go hand in hand—your dating life is just as much about you as it is about other people. She challenges you to look inside yourself for what you want out of a partner, a relationship and, most important, yourself. Once you figure out what you want from dating, she shows you exactly how to get it. The Game of Desire empowers you to take the lead, learn your strengths, and identify and correct your weaknesses, all the while getting inspired watching a group of women learn how to succeed in today’s dating pool. While many books tell women why they can’t get a date, Shan teaches you the skills and techniques necessary to take charge in today’s competitive and often confusing dating scene, providing the tools essential to attract—and retain—the partner(s) you want. From learning love languages to debunking dating myths, she helps women build knowledge and confidence. Featuring conversational case studies, comprehensive facts about the psychology of sex and romance, and expert insight into sex culture, and written with her trademark humor and charm, The Game of Desire is a must for all of Shan’s fans and for every woman struggling to feel loved and desired. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358551 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358551]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Happy: Why More or Less Everything is Absolutely Fine Author: Derren Brown Narrator: Derren Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 33 minutes Release date: November 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 25 Ratings of Narrator: 4.57 of Total 7 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The audiobook edition of Happy, read by Derren Brown. Everyone says they want to be happy. But that's much more easily said than done. What does being happy actually mean? And how do you even know when you feel it? In Happy Derren Brown explores changing concepts of happiness - from the surprisingly modern wisdom of the Stoics and Epicureans in classical times right up until today, when the self-help industry has attempted to claim happiness as its own. He shows how many of self-help's suggested routes to happiness and success - such as positive thinking, self-belief and setting goals - can be disastrous to follow and, indeed, actually cause anxiety. Happy aims to reclaim happiness and to enable us to appreciate the good things in life, in all their transient glory. By taking control of the stories we tell ourselves, by remembering that 'everything's fine' even when it might not feel that way, we can allow ourselves to flourish and to live more happily. 'Crammed with wisdom and insight . . . I'm going to recommend it to everyone I know' Stephen Fry 'Witty, useful and beautifully written' The Sunday Times © Derren Brown 2016 (P) Penguin Audio 2018 Derren Brown Thu, 15 Nov 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358551 thebookvoice.com 14:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358551]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Happy: Why More or Less Everything is Absolutely Fine Author: Derren Brown Narrator: Derren Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 33 minutes Release date: November 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 25 Ratings of Narrator: 4.57 of Total 7 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The audiobook edition of Happy, read by Derren Brown. Everyone says they want to be happy. But that's much more easily said than done. What does being happy actually mean? And how do you even know when you feel it? In Happy Derren Brown explores changing concepts of happiness - from the surprisingly modern wisdom of the Stoics and Epicureans in classical times right up until today, when the self-help industry has attempted to claim happiness as its own. He shows how many of self-help's suggested routes to happiness and success - such as positive thinking, self-belief and setting goals - can be disastrous to follow and, indeed, actually cause anxiety. Happy aims to reclaim happiness and to enable us to appreciate the good things in life, in all their transient glory. By taking control of the stories we tell ourselves, by remembering that 'everything's fine' even when it might not feel that way, we can allow ourselves to flourish and to live more happily. 'Crammed with wisdom and insight . . . I'm going to recommend it to everyone I know' Stephen Fry 'Witty, useful and beautifully written' The Sunday Times © Derren Brown 2016 (P) Penguin Audio 2018 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358551]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Happy: Why More or Less Everything is Absolutely Fine Author: Derren Brown Narrator: Derren Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 33 minutes Release date: November 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 25 Ratings of Narrator: 4.57 of Total 7 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The audiobook edition of Happy, read by Derren Brown. Everyone says they want to be happy. But that's much more easily said than done. What does being happy actually mean? And how do you even know when you feel it? In Happy Derren Brown explores changing concepts of happiness - from the surprisingly modern wisdom of the Stoics and Epicureans in classical times right up until today, when the self-help industry has attempted to claim happiness as its own. He shows how many of self-help's suggested routes to happiness and success - such as positive thinking, self-belief and setting goals - can be disastrous to follow and, indeed, actually cause anxiety. Happy aims to reclaim happiness and to enable us to appreciate the good things in life, in all their transient glory. By taking control of the stories we tell ourselves, by remembering that 'everything's fine' even when it might not feel that way, we can allow ourselves to flourish and to live more happily. 'Crammed with wisdom and insight . . . I'm going to recommend it to everyone I know' Stephen Fry 'Witty, useful and beautifully written' The Sunday Times © Derren Brown 2016 (P) Penguin Audio 2018 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358419 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358419]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Homo Mysterious: Evolutionary Puzzles of Human Nature Author: David P. Barash Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For all that science knows about the living world, notes David P. Barash, there are even more things that we don't know, genuine evolutionary mysteries that perplex the best minds in biology. Paradoxically, many of these mysteries are very close to home, involving some of the most personal aspects of being human. Homo Mysterious examines a number of these evolutionary mysteries, exploring things that we don't yet know about ourselves, laying out the best current hypotheses, and pointing toward insights that scientists are just beginning to glimpse. Why do women experience orgasm? Why do men have a shorter lifespan than women? Why does homosexuality exist? Why does religion exist in virtually every culture? Why do we have a fondness for the arts? Why do we have such large brains? And why does consciousness exist? Listeners are plunged into an ocean of unknowns—the blank spots on the human evolutionary map, the terra incognita of our own species—and are introduced to the major hypotheses that currently occupy scientists who are attempting to unravel each puzzle (including some solutions proposed here for the first time). Throughout the book, readers are invited to share the thrill of science at its cutting edge, a place where we know what we don't know, and, moreover, where we know enough to come up with some compelling and seductive explanations. Homo Mysterious is a guide to creative thought and future explorations, based on the best, most current thinking by evolutionary scientists. It captures the allure of the 'not-yet-known' for those interested in stretching their scientific imaginations. David P. Barash Tue, 30 Oct 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358419 thebookvoice.com 11:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358419]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Homo Mysterious: Evolutionary Puzzles of Human Nature Author: David P. Barash Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For all that science knows about the living world, notes David P. Barash, there are even more things that we don't know, genuine evolutionary mysteries that perplex the best minds in biology. Paradoxically, many of these mysteries are very close to home, involving some of the most personal aspects of being human. Homo Mysterious examines a number of these evolutionary mysteries, exploring things that we don't yet know about ourselves, laying out the best current hypotheses, and pointing toward insights that scientists are just beginning to glimpse. Why do women experience orgasm? Why do men have a shorter lifespan than women? Why does homosexuality exist? Why does religion exist in virtually every culture? Why do we have a fondness for the arts? Why do we have such large brains? And why does consciousness exist? Listeners are plunged into an ocean of unknowns—the blank spots on the human evolutionary map, the terra incognita of our own species—and are introduced to the major hypotheses that currently occupy scientists who are attempting to unravel each puzzle (including some solutions proposed here for the first time). Throughout the book, readers are invited to share the thrill of science at its cutting edge, a place where we know what we don't know, and, moreover, where we know enough to come up with some compelling and seductive explanations. Homo Mysterious is a guide to creative thought and future explorations, based on the best, most current thinking by evolutionary scientists. It captures the allure of the 'not-yet-known' for those interested in stretching their scientific imaginations. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358419]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Homo Mysterious: Evolutionary Puzzles of Human Nature Author: David P. Barash Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For all that science knows about the living world, notes David P. Barash, there are even more things that we don't know, genuine evolutionary mysteries that perplex the best minds in biology. Paradoxically, many of these mysteries are very close to home, involving some of the most personal aspects of being human. Homo Mysterious examines a number of these evolutionary mysteries, exploring things that we don't yet know about ourselves, laying out the best current hypotheses, and pointing toward insights that scientists are just beginning to glimpse. Why do women experience orgasm? Why do men have a shorter lifespan than women? Why does homosexuality exist? Why does religion exist in virtually every culture? Why do we have a fondness for the arts? Why do we have such large brains? And why does consciousness exist? Listeners are plunged into an ocean of unknowns—the blank spots on the human evolutionary map, the terra incognita of our own species—and are introduced to the major hypotheses that currently occupy scientists who are attempting to unravel each puzzle (including some solutions proposed here for the first time). Throughout the book, readers are invited to share the thrill of science at its cutting edge, a place where we know what we don't know, and, moreover, where we know enough to come up with some compelling and seductive explanations. Homo Mysterious is a guide to creative thought and future explorations, based on the best, most current thinking by evolutionary scientists. It captures the allure of the 'not-yet-known' for those interested in stretching their scientific imaginations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358365 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358365]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - MEDICINA DE ÁNGELES Author: Doreen Virtue Narrator: Raquel Meza Quintanar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 29, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Los ángeles te ayudan a sanar tus pensamientos para que alejes el miedo y enfrentes las situaciones con amor. Lo importante no es cómo contactes a los ángeles, sino que SÍ lo hagas, pues ellos no pueden intervenir en tu vida sin tu permiso. Este audiolibro 'Medicina de Ángeles' incluye historias de aventuras espirituales de la autora. También revela resultados de investigaciones científicas, estudios de casos, y métodos que respaldan la importancia del Amor y la Luz tanto en la curación, como en pedir ayuda para que tu vida transcurra en una forma más fácil y placentera. ¡SI QUIERES CURARTE A TI MISMA Y CURAR A OTROS, OBTÉN AQUÍ LA COMPRENSIÓN Y LA FE NECESARIAS PARA HACERLO! Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Doreen Virtue tiene estudios de licenciatura, maestría y doctorado en asesoría psicológica. Trabajó como psicoterapeuta especializada en desórdenes de alimentación y adicciones. Ahora imparte talleres sobre temas relacionados con sus libros y cartas del oráculo. Ha participado en varios programas de televisión y radio estadounidense y ha aparecido, a nivel mundial, en periódicos y revistas. Doreen Virtue Fri, 29 Oct 2021 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358365 thebookvoice.com 3:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358365]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - MEDICINA DE ÁNGELES Author: Doreen Virtue Narrator: Raquel Meza Quintanar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 29, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Los ángeles te ayudan a sanar tus pensamientos para que alejes el miedo y enfrentes las situaciones con amor. Lo importante no es cómo contactes a los ángeles, sino que SÍ lo hagas, pues ellos no pueden intervenir en tu vida sin tu permiso. Este audiolibro 'Medicina de Ángeles' incluye historias de aventuras espirituales de la autora. También revela resultados de investigaciones científicas, estudios de casos, y métodos que respaldan la importancia del Amor y la Luz tanto en la curación, como en pedir ayuda para que tu vida transcurra en una forma más fácil y placentera. ¡SI QUIERES CURARTE A TI MISMA Y CURAR A OTROS, OBTÉN AQUÍ LA COMPRENSIÓN Y LA FE NECESARIAS PARA HACERLO! Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Doreen Virtue tiene estudios de licenciatura, maestría y doctorado en asesoría psicológica. Trabajó como psicoterapeuta especializada en desórdenes de alimentación y adicciones. Ahora imparte talleres sobre temas relacionados con sus libros y cartas del oráculo. Ha participado en varios programas de televisión y radio estadounidense y ha aparecido, a nivel mundial, en periódicos y revistas. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358365]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - MEDICINA DE ÁNGELES Author: Doreen Virtue Narrator: Raquel Meza Quintanar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 29, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Los ángeles te ayudan a sanar tus pensamientos para que alejes el miedo y enfrentes las situaciones con amor. Lo importante no es cómo contactes a los ángeles, sino que SÍ lo hagas, pues ellos no pueden intervenir en tu vida sin tu permiso. Este audiolibro 'Medicina de Ángeles' incluye historias de aventuras espirituales de la autora. También revela resultados de investigaciones científicas, estudios de casos, y métodos que respaldan la importancia del Amor y la Luz tanto en la curación, como en pedir ayuda para que tu vida transcurra en una forma más fácil y placentera. ¡SI QUIERES CURARTE A TI MISMA Y CURAR A OTROS, OBTÉN AQUÍ LA COMPRENSIÓN Y LA FE NECESARIAS PARA HACERLO! Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Doreen Virtue tiene estudios de licenciatura, maestría y doctorado en asesoría psicológica. Trabajó como psicoterapeuta especializada en desórdenes de alimentación y adicciones. Ahora imparte talleres sobre temas relacionados con sus libros y cartas del oráculo. Ha participado en varios programas de televisión y radio estadounidense y ha aparecido, a nivel mundial, en periódicos y revistas. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358345 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358345]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ultralearning: Accelerate Your Career, Master Hard Skills and Outsmart the Competition Author: Scott H. Young Narrator: Scott Young Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: August 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: READ BY THE AUTHOR Future-proof your career and maximize your competitive advantage by learning the skill necessary to stay relevant, reinvent yourself, and adapt to whatever the workplace throws your way in this essential guide. Faced with tumultuous economic times and rapid technological change, staying ahead in your career depends on continual learning—a lifelong mastery of new ideas, subjects, and skills. If you want to accomplish more and stand apart from everyone else, you need to become an ultralearner. Scott Young incorporates the latest research about the most effective learning methods and the stories of other ultralearners like himself—among them Ben Franklin, Judit Polgar, and Richard Feynman, as well as a host of others, such as little-known modern polymaths like Nigel Richards who won the World Championship of French Scrabble—without knowing French. Young documents the methods he and others have used and shows that, far from being an obscure skill limited to aggressive autodidacts, ultralearning is a powerful tool anyone can use to improve their career, studies, and life. Ultralearning explores this fascinating subculture, shares the nine principles behind every successful ultralearning project, and offers insights into how you can organize and execute a plan to learn anything deeply and quickly, without teachers or budget-busting tuition costs. Whether the goal is to be fluent in a language (or ten languages), earn the equivalent of a college degree in a fraction of the time, or master multiple skills to build a product or business from the ground up, the principles in Ultralearning will guide you to success. Scott H. Young Thu, 08 Aug 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358345 thebookvoice.com 7:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358345]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ultralearning: Accelerate Your Career, Master Hard Skills and Outsmart the Competition Author: Scott H. Young Narrator: Scott Young Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: August 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: READ BY THE AUTHOR Future-proof your career and maximize your competitive advantage by learning the skill necessary to stay relevant, reinvent yourself, and adapt to whatever the workplace throws your way in this essential guide. Faced with tumultuous economic times and rapid technological change, staying ahead in your career depends on continual learning—a lifelong mastery of new ideas, subjects, and skills. If you want to accomplish more and stand apart from everyone else, you need to become an ultralearner. Scott Young incorporates the latest research about the most effective learning methods and the stories of other ultralearners like himself—among them Ben Franklin, Judit Polgar, and Richard Feynman, as well as a host of others, such as little-known modern polymaths like Nigel Richards who won the World Championship of French Scrabble—without knowing French. Young documents the methods he and others have used and shows that, far from being an obscure skill limited to aggressive autodidacts, ultralearning is a powerful tool anyone can use to improve their career, studies, and life. Ultralearning explores this fascinating subculture, shares the nine principles behind every successful ultralearning project, and offers insights into how you can organize and execute a plan to learn anything deeply and quickly, without teachers or budget-busting tuition costs. Whether the goal is to be fluent in a language (or ten languages), earn the equivalent of a college degree in a fraction of the time, or master multiple skills to build a product or business from the ground up, the principles in Ultralearning will guide you to success. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358345]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ultralearning: Accelerate Your Career, Master Hard Skills and Outsmart the Competition Author: Scott H. Young Narrator: Scott Young Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: August 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: READ BY THE AUTHOR Future-proof your career and maximize your competitive advantage by learning the skill necessary to stay relevant, reinvent yourself, and adapt to whatever the workplace throws your way in this essential guide. Faced with tumultuous economic times and rapid technological change, staying ahead in your career depends on continual learning—a lifelong mastery of new ideas, subjects, and skills. If you want to accomplish more and stand apart from everyone else, you need to become an ultralearner. Scott Young incorporates the latest research about the most effective learning methods and the stories of other ultralearners like himself—among them Ben Franklin, Judit Polgar, and Richard Feynman, as well as a host of others, such as little-known modern polymaths like Nigel Richards who won the World Championship of French Scrabble—without knowing French. Young documents the methods he and others have used and shows that, far from being an obscure skill limited to aggressive autodidacts, ultralearning is a powerful tool anyone can use to improve their career, studies, and life. Ultralearning explores this fascinating subculture, shares the nine principles behind every successful ultralearning project, and offers insights into how you can organize and execute a plan to learn anything deeply and quickly, without teachers or budget-busting tuition costs. Whether the goal is to be fluent in a language (or ten languages), earn the equivalent of a college degree in a fraction of the time, or master multiple skills to build a product or business from the ground up, the principles in Ultralearning will guide you to success. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358289 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358289]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Así lideras, así compites: Todo lo que necesitas saber para sacar lo mejor de tu gente Author: Patricia Ramírez, óscar García Junyent Narrator: Patricia Ramírez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 18, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Escucha el audiolibro de cómo liderar equipos, sean de fútbol, de trabajo o tu propia familia. «El talento gana juegos, pero el trabajo en equipo y la inteligencia ganan campeonatos» Michael Jordan Si como afirma Jorge Valdano el fútbol es un laboratorio de la vida, la figura del entrenador resulta ideal como punto de partida para comprender las verdaderas claves de la dirección de equipos y de la gestión de personas. Partiendo de esta premisa, Patricia Ramírez explica en Así lideras, así compites las herramientas que le permitirán mejorar sus capacidades cuando se ponga al frente de un grupo de personas, sean estas un departamento de una empresa, un equipo deportivo, los estudiantes de una clase o su propia familia. A partir de su propia experiencia con equipos de fútbol de primer nivel y con deportistas de élite, Patricia ha sido capaz de condensar las características que hacen de una persona un buen entrenador: desde la habilidad para marcar objetivos claros, hasta la capacidad para soportar la presión, pasando por la predisposición para delegar bien. En definitiva, la importancia de contar con un equipo motivado para alcanzar el éxito y las claves para conseguirlo. Porque en última instancia, más que los resultados, lo que cuenta para el éxito a largo plazo es el rendimiento. Escucha los mejores audiolibros Reseñas: «Así lideras, así compites es una gran guía sobre el liderazgo aplicado al deporte, especialmente al fútbol. Además de dar a conocer distintas herramientas y fórmulas para liderar tanto en el ámbito deportivo como para aplicarlo a la propia vida, cada capítulo se cierra con la visión de Óscar García y sus experiencias en el banquillo. Me parece una propuesta diferente y fresca.» Vicente del Bosque, seleccionador nacional «Así lideras, así compites transmite valores de esfuerzo, liderazgo y equipo que comparten el mundo del fútbol y de la empresa, valores imprescindibles para buscar el éxito personal y profesional, y así poder disfrutar de la satisfacción del trabajo bien hecho.» Javier Jiménez, empresario y vicepresidente del Granada CF «Claridad, perspectiva, inteligencia, equilibrio, audacia, lealtad, confianza, credibilidad, buen humor, compromiso... El poder de las expectativas y del ejemplo, la fuerza del grupo... Así lideras, así compites describe de forma práctica y sencilla, ejercicios incluidos, las características de un buen entrenador, un líder, y el camino para acercarse lo más posible a la meta. Una lección de vida.» Óscar Campillo, director del diario Marca «En el deporte profesional es necesario querer poder, pero sobre todo creer. Visualizar el éxito antes de conseguirlo y concienciarse de cada paso que hay que dar en su búsqueda. Y por eso la figura del psicólogo deportivo es tan imprescindible como la del entrenador o el preparador físico. Patricia Ramírez y este audiolibro son buena prueba de ello, y deportistas como Rafa Nadal demuestran a diario que la mente puede vencer a la materia.» Manolo Lama, periodista de la cadena Cope y Deportes Cuatro Patricia Ramírez, óscar García Junyent Thu, 18 Oct 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358289 thebookvoice.com 7:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358289]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Así lideras, así compites: Todo lo que necesitas saber para sacar lo mejor de tu gente Author: Patricia Ramírez, óscar García Junyent Narrator: Patricia Ramírez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 18, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Escucha el audiolibro de cómo liderar equipos, sean de fútbol, de trabajo o tu propia familia. «El talento gana juegos, pero el trabajo en equipo y la inteligencia ganan campeonatos» Michael Jordan Si como afirma Jorge Valdano el fútbol es un laboratorio de la vida, la figura del entrenador resulta ideal como punto de partida para comprender las verdaderas claves de la dirección de equipos y de la gestión de personas. Partiendo de esta premisa, Patricia Ramírez explica en Así lideras, así compites las herramientas que le permitirán mejorar sus capacidades cuando se ponga al frente de un grupo de personas, sean estas un departamento de una empresa, un equipo deportivo, los estudiantes de una clase o su propia familia. A partir de su propia experiencia con equipos de fútbol de primer nivel y con deportistas de élite, Patricia ha sido capaz de condensar las características que hacen de una persona un buen entrenador: desde la habilidad para marcar objetivos claros, hasta la capacidad para soportar la presión, pasando por la predisposición para delegar bien. En definitiva, la importancia de contar con un equipo motivado para alcanzar el éxito y las claves para conseguirlo. Porque en última instancia, más que los resultados, lo que cuenta para el éxito a largo plazo es el rendimiento. Escucha los mejores audiolibros Reseñas: «Así lideras, así compites es una gran guía sobre el liderazgo aplicado al deporte, especialmente al fútbol. Además de dar a conocer distintas herramientas y fórmulas para liderar tanto en el ámbito deportivo como para aplicarlo a la propia vida, cada capítulo se cierra con la visión de Óscar García y sus experiencias en el banquillo. Me parece una propuesta diferente y fresca.» Vicente del Bosque, seleccionador nacional «Así lideras, así compites transmite valores de esfuerzo, liderazgo y equipo que comparten el mundo del fútbol y de la empresa, valores imprescindibles para buscar el éxito personal y profesional, y así poder disfrutar de la satisfacción del trabajo bien hecho.» Javier Jiménez, empresario y vicepresidente del Granada CF «Claridad, perspectiva, inteligencia, equilibrio, audacia, lealtad, confianza, credibilidad, buen humor, compromiso... El poder de las expectativas y del ejemplo, la fuerza del grupo... Así lideras, así compites describe de forma práctica y sencilla, ejercicios incluidos, las características de un buen entrenador, un líder, y el camino para acercarse lo más posible a la meta. Una lección de vida.» Óscar Campillo, director del diario Marca «En el deporte profesional es necesario querer poder, pero sobre todo creer. Visualizar el éxito antes de conseguirlo y concienciarse de cada paso que hay que dar en su búsqueda. Y por eso la figura del psicólogo deportivo es tan imprescindible como la del entrenador o el preparador físico. Patricia Ramírez y este audiolibro son buena prueba de ello, y deportistas como Rafa Nadal demuestran a diario que la mente puede vencer a la materia.» Manolo Lama, periodista de la cadena Cope y Deportes Cuatro Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358289]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Así lideras, así compites: Todo lo que necesitas saber para sacar lo mejor de tu gente Author: Patricia Ramírez, óscar García Junyent Narrator: Patricia Ramírez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 18, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Escucha el audiolibro de cómo liderar equipos, sean de fútbol, de trabajo o tu propia familia. «El talento gana juegos, pero el trabajo en equipo y la inteligencia ganan campeonatos» Michael Jordan Si como afirma Jorge Valdano el fútbol es un laboratorio de la vida, la figura del entrenador resulta ideal como punto de partida para comprender las verdaderas claves de la dirección de equipos y de la gestión de personas. Partiendo de esta premisa, Patricia Ramírez explica en Así lideras, así compites las herramientas que le permitirán mejorar sus capacidades cuando se ponga al frente de un grupo de personas, sean estas un departamento de una empresa, un equipo deportivo, los estudiantes de una clase o su propia familia. A partir de su propia experiencia con equipos de fútbol de primer nivel y con deportistas de élite, Patricia ha sido capaz de condensar las características que hacen de una persona un buen entrenador: desde la habilidad para marcar objetivos claros, hasta la capacidad para soportar la presión, pasando por la predisposición para delegar bien. En definitiva, la importancia de contar con un equipo motivado para alcanzar el éxito y las claves para conseguirlo. Porque en última instancia, más que los resultados, lo que cuenta para el éxito a largo plazo es el rendimiento. Escucha los mejores audiolibros Reseñas: «Así lideras, así compites es una gran guía sobre el liderazgo aplicado al deporte, especialmente al fútbol. Además de dar a conocer distintas herramientas y fórmulas para liderar tanto en el ámbito deportivo como para aplicarlo a la propia vida, cada capítulo se cierra con la visión de Óscar García y sus experiencias en el banquillo. Me parece una propuesta diferente y fresca.» Vicente del Bosque, seleccionador nacional «Así lideras, así compites transmite valores de esfuerzo, liderazgo y equipo que comparten el mundo del fútbol y de la empresa, valores imprescindibles para buscar el éxito personal y profesional, y así poder disfrutar de la satisfacción del trabajo bien hecho.» Javier Jiménez, empresario y vicepresidente del Granada CF «Claridad, perspectiva, inteligencia, equilibrio, audacia, lealtad, confianza, credibilidad, buen humor, compromiso... El poder de las expectativas y del ejemplo, la fuerza del grupo... Así lideras, así compites describe de forma práctica y sencilla, ejercicios incluidos, las características de un buen entrenador, un líder, y el camino para acercarse lo más posible a la meta. Una lección de vida.» Óscar Campillo, director del diario Marca «En el deporte profesional es necesario querer poder, pero sobre todo creer. Visualizar el éxito antes de conseguirlo y concienciarse de cada paso que hay que dar en su búsqueda. Y por eso la figura del psicólogo deportivo es tan imprescindible como la del entrenador o el preparador físico. Patricia Ramírez y este audiolibro son buena prueba de ello, y deportistas como Rafa Nadal demuestran a diario que la mente puede vencer a la materia.» Manolo Lama, periodista de la cadena Cope y Deportes Cuatro https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358287 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358287]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - A dos pasos de la locura Author: Silvia Olmedo Narrator: Silvia Olmedo, Gabriela Ramírez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: November 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Silvia Olmeda te dará las herramientas para que dejes las relaciones tóxicas, detectes tus errores y elijas lo mejor para tu vida. ¿Tu pareja psicópata te da celos y crea un triángulo amoroso para desequilibrarte? ¿Qué es la agorafobia? ¿Cuáles son los grandes enemigos de tu sexualidad? ¿Tu jefe te exige mucho o es un psicópata integrado? El día que me conoció me pidió casarse conmigo, ¿es bipolar o un romántico? ¿Soy demasiado perfeccionista o tengo un trastorno anancástico? ¿Cuál es la adicción más peligrosa? ¿La depresión se hereda? ¿Por qué si tengo un Trastorno Obsesivo Compulsivo me recetan un antidepresivo? ¿Por qué siempre tengo la sensación de que algo malo va a ocurrir? ¿Qué diferencia hay entre un psicópata y un psicótico? Silvia Olmedo Fri, 23 Nov 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358287 thebookvoice.com 5:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358287]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - A dos pasos de la locura Author: Silvia Olmedo Narrator: Silvia Olmedo, Gabriela Ramírez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: November 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Silvia Olmeda te dará las herramientas para que dejes las relaciones tóxicas, detectes tus errores y elijas lo mejor para tu vida. ¿Tu pareja psicópata te da celos y crea un triángulo amoroso para desequilibrarte? ¿Qué es la agorafobia? ¿Cuáles son los grandes enemigos de tu sexualidad? ¿Tu jefe te exige mucho o es un psicópata integrado? El día que me conoció me pidió casarse conmigo, ¿es bipolar o un romántico? ¿Soy demasiado perfeccionista o tengo un trastorno anancástico? ¿Cuál es la adicción más peligrosa? ¿La depresión se hereda? ¿Por qué si tengo un Trastorno Obsesivo Compulsivo me recetan un antidepresivo? ¿Por qué siempre tengo la sensación de que algo malo va a ocurrir? ¿Qué diferencia hay entre un psicópata y un psicótico? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358287]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - A dos pasos de la locura Author: Silvia Olmedo Narrator: Silvia Olmedo, Gabriela Ramírez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: November 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Silvia Olmeda te dará las herramientas para que dejes las relaciones tóxicas, detectes tus errores y elijas lo mejor para tu vida. ¿Tu pareja psicópata te da celos y crea un triángulo amoroso para desequilibrarte? ¿Qué es la agorafobia? ¿Cuáles son los grandes enemigos de tu sexualidad? ¿Tu jefe te exige mucho o es un psicópata integrado? El día que me conoció me pidió casarse conmigo, ¿es bipolar o un romántico? ¿Soy demasiado perfeccionista o tengo un trastorno anancástico? ¿Cuál es la adicción más peligrosa? ¿La depresión se hereda? ¿Por qué si tengo un Trastorno Obsesivo Compulsivo me recetan un antidepresivo? ¿Por qué siempre tengo la sensación de que algo malo va a ocurrir? ¿Qué diferencia hay entre un psicópata y un psicótico? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358121 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358121]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Beginner's Guide to Being Mental: An A-Z Author: Natasha Devon Narrator: Natasha Devon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 17, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ‘Am I normal?’ ‘What’s an anxiety disorder?’ ‘Does therapy work?’ These are just a few of the questions Natasha Devon is asked as she travels the UK campaigning for better mental health awareness and provision. Here, Natasha calls upon experts in the fields of psychology, neuroscience and anthropology to debunk and demystify the full spectrum of mental health. From A (Anxiety) to Z (Zero F**ks Given – or the art of having high self-esteem) via everything from body image and gender to differentiating ‘sadness’ from ‘depression’. Statistically, one in three of us will experience symptoms of a mental illness during our lifetimes. Yet all of us have a brain, and so we ALL have mental health – regardless of age, sexuality, race or background. The past few years have seen an explosion in awareness, yet it seems there is still widespread confusion. A Beginner's Guide to Being Mental is for anyone who wants to have this essential conversation, written as only Natasha - with her combination of expertise, personal experience and humour - knows how. This audiobook contains a bonus interview between Natasha Devon and Jonny Benjamin, author of The Stranger on the Bridge. Natasha Devon Thu, 17 May 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358121 thebookvoice.com 10:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358121]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Beginner's Guide to Being Mental: An A-Z Author: Natasha Devon Narrator: Natasha Devon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 17, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ‘Am I normal?’ ‘What’s an anxiety disorder?’ ‘Does therapy work?’ These are just a few of the questions Natasha Devon is asked as she travels the UK campaigning for better mental health awareness and provision. Here, Natasha calls upon experts in the fields of psychology, neuroscience and anthropology to debunk and demystify the full spectrum of mental health. From A (Anxiety) to Z (Zero F**ks Given – or the art of having high self-esteem) via everything from body image and gender to differentiating ‘sadness’ from ‘depression’. Statistically, one in three of us will experience symptoms of a mental illness during our lifetimes. Yet all of us have a brain, and so we ALL have mental health – regardless of age, sexuality, race or background. The past few years have seen an explosion in awareness, yet it seems there is still widespread confusion. A Beginner's Guide to Being Mental is for anyone who wants to have this essential conversation, written as only Natasha - with her combination of expertise, personal experience and humour - knows how. This audiobook contains a bonus interview between Natasha Devon and Jonny Benjamin, author of The Stranger on the Bridge. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358121]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Beginner's Guide to Being Mental: An A-Z Author: Natasha Devon Narrator: Natasha Devon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 17, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ‘Am I normal?’ ‘What’s an anxiety disorder?’ ‘Does therapy work?’ These are just a few of the questions Natasha Devon is asked as she travels the UK campaigning for better mental health awareness and provision. Here, Natasha calls upon experts in the fields of psychology, neuroscience and anthropology to debunk and demystify the full spectrum of mental health. From A (Anxiety) to Z (Zero F**ks Given – or the art of having high self-esteem) via everything from body image and gender to differentiating ‘sadness’ from ‘depression’. Statistically, one in three of us will experience symptoms of a mental illness during our lifetimes. Yet all of us have a brain, and so we ALL have mental health – regardless of age, sexuality, race or background. The past few years have seen an explosion in awareness, yet it seems there is still widespread confusion. A Beginner's Guide to Being Mental is for anyone who wants to have this essential conversation, written as only Natasha - with her combination of expertise, personal experience and humour - knows how. This audiobook contains a bonus interview between Natasha Devon and Jonny Benjamin, author of The Stranger on the Bridge. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358106 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358106]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Captaincy: What Sport Teaches Us About Leadership Author: Mike Brearley Narrator: Roger May Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 56 minutes Release date: June 15, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'The best book on captaincy, written by an expert' - Mike Atherton Mike Brearley is one of the most successful cricket captains of all time, and, in 1981, he captained the England team to the momentous Ashes series victory against Australia. In The Art of Captaincy, his study on leadership and motivation, he draws directly on his experience of man-managing a team, which included a pugnacious Ian Botham and Geoffrey Boycott, to explain what it takes to be a leader on and off the field. Giving an insight into both his tactical understanding of the game, as well as how to get a group of individuals playing as a team in order to get the best out of them, The Art of Captaincy is a classic handbook on how to generate, nurture and inspire success. With a foreword by former England player and BBC commentator Ed Smith, to celebrate the thirtieth anniversary of its first publication, and an afterword by director Sam Mendes, The Art of Captaincy remains urgently relevant for cricket fans and business leaders alike. Covering the ability to use intuition, resourcefulness, clear-headedness and the importance of empathy as a means of achieving shared goals, Brearley's seminal account of captaincy is both the ultimate blueprint for creating a winning mind set, but also shows how the lessons in the sporting arena can be applied to any walk of personal and professional life. Mike Brearley Thu, 15 Jun 2017 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358106 thebookvoice.com 13:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358106]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Captaincy: What Sport Teaches Us About Leadership Author: Mike Brearley Narrator: Roger May Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 56 minutes Release date: June 15, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'The best book on captaincy, written by an expert' - Mike Atherton Mike Brearley is one of the most successful cricket captains of all time, and, in 1981, he captained the England team to the momentous Ashes series victory against Australia. In The Art of Captaincy, his study on leadership and motivation, he draws directly on his experience of man-managing a team, which included a pugnacious Ian Botham and Geoffrey Boycott, to explain what it takes to be a leader on and off the field. Giving an insight into both his tactical understanding of the game, as well as how to get a group of individuals playing as a team in order to get the best out of them, The Art of Captaincy is a classic handbook on how to generate, nurture and inspire success. With a foreword by former England player and BBC commentator Ed Smith, to celebrate the thirtieth anniversary of its first publication, and an afterword by director Sam Mendes, The Art of Captaincy remains urgently relevant for cricket fans and business leaders alike. Covering the ability to use intuition, resourcefulness, clear-headedness and the importance of empathy as a means of achieving shared goals, Brearley's seminal account of captaincy is both the ultimate blueprint for creating a winning mind set, but also shows how the lessons in the sporting arena can be applied to any walk of personal and professional life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358106]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Captaincy: What Sport Teaches Us About Leadership Author: Mike Brearley Narrator: Roger May Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 56 minutes Release date: June 15, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'The best book on captaincy, written by an expert' - Mike Atherton Mike Brearley is one of the most successful cricket captains of all time, and, in 1981, he captained the England team to the momentous Ashes series victory against Australia. In The Art of Captaincy, his study on leadership and motivation, he draws directly on his experience of man-managing a team, which included a pugnacious Ian Botham and Geoffrey Boycott, to explain what it takes to be a leader on and off the field. Giving an insight into both his tactical understanding of the game, as well as how to get a group of individuals playing as a team in order to get the best out of them, The Art of Captaincy is a classic handbook on how to generate, nurture and inspire success. With a foreword by former England player and BBC commentator Ed Smith, to celebrate the thirtieth anniversary of its first publication, and an afterword by director Sam Mendes, The Art of Captaincy remains urgently relevant for cricket fans and business leaders alike. Covering the ability to use intuition, resourcefulness, clear-headedness and the importance of empathy as a means of achieving shared goals, Brearley's seminal account of captaincy is both the ultimate blueprint for creating a winning mind set, but also shows how the lessons in the sporting arena can be applied to any walk of personal and professional life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357932 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357932]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stranger on the Bridge: My Journey from Suicidal Despair to Hope Author: Britt Pflüger, Jonny Benjamin Narrator: Neil Laybourn, Britt Pflüger, Jonny Benjamin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 4 minutes Release date: May 3, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'In my world, the word inspirational gets bandied around a lot, but Jonny Benjamin is truly deserving of that adjective.' – HRH The Duke of Cambridge 'Jonny Benjamin is the most inspirational man I know. His book shows us how remarkable the human spirit is.' Bryony Gordon, bestselling author of Mad Girl In 2008, twenty-year-old Jonny Benjamin stood on Waterloo Bridge, about to jump. A stranger saw his distress and stopped to talk with him – a decision that saved Jonny's life. Fast forward to 2014 and Jonny, together with Rethink Mental Illness launch a campaign with a short video clip so that Jonny could finally thank that stranger who put him on the path to recovery. More than 319 million people around the world followed the search. ITV's breakfast shows picked up the story until the stranger, whose name is Neil Laybourn, was found and – in an emotional and touching moment – the pair re-united and have remained firm friends ever since. The Stranger on the Bridge is a memoir of the journey Jonny made both personally, and publicly to not only find the person who saved his life, but also to explore how he got to the bridge in the first place and how he continues to manage his diagnosis of schizoaffective disorder. Using extracts from diaries Jonny has been writing from the age of thirteen, this book is a deeply personal memoir with a unique insight on mental health. Jonny was recognised for his work as an influential activist changing the culture around mental health, when he was awarded an MBE in 2017. He and Neil now work full-time together visiting schools, hospitals, prisons and workplaces to help end the stigma by talking about mental health and suicide prevention. The pair ran the London Marathon together in 2017 in aid of HeadsTogether. Following the global campaign to find the stranger, in 2015 Channel 4 made a documentary of Jonny's search which has now been shown around the world. Britt Pflüger, Jonny Benjamin Thu, 03 May 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357932 thebookvoice.com 6:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357932]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stranger on the Bridge: My Journey from Suicidal Despair to Hope Author: Britt Pflüger, Jonny Benjamin Narrator: Neil Laybourn, Britt Pflüger, Jonny Benjamin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 4 minutes Release date: May 3, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'In my world, the word inspirational gets bandied around a lot, but Jonny Benjamin is truly deserving of that adjective.' – HRH The Duke of Cambridge 'Jonny Benjamin is the most inspirational man I know. His book shows us how remarkable the human spirit is.' Bryony Gordon, bestselling author of Mad Girl In 2008, twenty-year-old Jonny Benjamin stood on Waterloo Bridge, about to jump. A stranger saw his distress and stopped to talk with him – a decision that saved Jonny's life. Fast forward to 2014 and Jonny, together with Rethink Mental Illness launch a campaign with a short video clip so that Jonny could finally thank that stranger who put him on the path to recovery. More than 319 million people around the world followed the search. ITV's breakfast shows picked up the story until the stranger, whose name is Neil Laybourn, was found and – in an emotional and touching moment – the pair re-united and have remained firm friends ever since. The Stranger on the Bridge is a memoir of the journey Jonny made both personally, and publicly to not only find the person who saved his life, but also to explore how he got to the bridge in the first place and how he continues to manage his diagnosis of schizoaffective disorder. Using extracts from diaries Jonny has been writing from the age of thirteen, this book is a deeply personal memoir with a unique insight on mental health. Jonny was recognised for his work as an influential activist changing the culture around mental health, when he was awarded an MBE in 2017. He and Neil now work full-time together visiting schools, hospitals, prisons and workplaces to help end the stigma by talking about mental health and suicide prevention. The pair ran the London Marathon together in 2017 in aid of HeadsTogether. Following the global campaign to find the stranger, in 2015 Channel 4 made a documentary of Jonny's search which has now been shown around the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357932]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stranger on the Bridge: My Journey from Suicidal Despair to Hope Author: Britt Pflüger, Jonny Benjamin Narrator: Neil Laybourn, Britt Pflüger, Jonny Benjamin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 4 minutes Release date: May 3, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'In my world, the word inspirational gets bandied around a lot, but Jonny Benjamin is truly deserving of that adjective.' – HRH The Duke of Cambridge 'Jonny Benjamin is the most inspirational man I know. His book shows us how remarkable the human spirit is.' Bryony Gordon, bestselling author of Mad Girl In 2008, twenty-year-old Jonny Benjamin stood on Waterloo Bridge, about to jump. A stranger saw his distress and stopped to talk with him – a decision that saved Jonny's life. Fast forward to 2014 and Jonny, together with Rethink Mental Illness launch a campaign with a short video clip so that Jonny could finally thank that stranger who put him on the path to recovery. More than 319 million people around the world followed the search. ITV's breakfast shows picked up the story until the stranger, whose name is Neil Laybourn, was found and – in an emotional and touching moment – the pair re-united and have remained firm friends ever since. The Stranger on the Bridge is a memoir of the journey Jonny made both personally, and publicly to not only find the person who saved his life, but also to explore how he got to the bridge in the first place and how he continues to manage his diagnosis of schizoaffective disorder. Using extracts from diaries Jonny has been writing from the age of thirteen, this book is a deeply personal memoir with a unique insight on mental health. Jonny was recognised for his work as an influential activist changing the culture around mental health, when he was awarded an MBE in 2017. He and Neil now work full-time together visiting schools, hospitals, prisons and workplaces to help end the stigma by talking about mental health and suicide prevention. The pair ran the London Marathon together in 2017 in aid of HeadsTogether. Following the global campaign to find the stranger, in 2015 Channel 4 made a documentary of Jonny's search which has now been shown around the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357736 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357736]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Winning Mindset: What Sport Can Teach Us About Great Leadership Author: Damian Hughes Narrator: Damian Hughes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: July 14, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This audiobook is skilfully and inspiringly read by the author, Damian Hughes. In The Winning Mindset, Professor Damian Hughes, the acclaimed author of Liquid Thinking and How to Think Like Sir Alex Ferguson, draws on both his lifetime experience and academic background within sport, organization and change psychology to reveal the best ways to create a winning mindset in both personal and professional life. Having worked with some of the top teams in the UK, and watched some of the best coaches in the country at work, Hughes distils the five keys principles that separate the best coaches and teams from the rest: Simplicity; Tripwires; Emotions; Practical; Stories: STEPS. The role of a sports-team leader is fascinating, complex and tough. Fantasy football leagues may convince us that success is all about buying players and selecting a team. In reality, it is about creating winning environments – recruiting, developing and nurturing talent, effectively communicating a shared vision with a diverse collection of individuals, delivering on enormous expectations from a range of stakeholders, overcoming significant challenges, handling pressure and staying focused throughout: a set of challenges familiar to leaders in all sectors. Damian Hughes Thu, 14 Jul 2016 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357736 thebookvoice.com 8:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357736]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Winning Mindset: What Sport Can Teach Us About Great Leadership Author: Damian Hughes Narrator: Damian Hughes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: July 14, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This audiobook is skilfully and inspiringly read by the author, Damian Hughes. In The Winning Mindset, Professor Damian Hughes, the acclaimed author of Liquid Thinking and How to Think Like Sir Alex Ferguson, draws on both his lifetime experience and academic background within sport, organization and change psychology to reveal the best ways to create a winning mindset in both personal and professional life. Having worked with some of the top teams in the UK, and watched some of the best coaches in the country at work, Hughes distils the five keys principles that separate the best coaches and teams from the rest: Simplicity; Tripwires; Emotions; Practical; Stories: STEPS. The role of a sports-team leader is fascinating, complex and tough. Fantasy football leagues may convince us that success is all about buying players and selecting a team. In reality, it is about creating winning environments – recruiting, developing and nurturing talent, effectively communicating a shared vision with a diverse collection of individuals, delivering on enormous expectations from a range of stakeholders, overcoming significant challenges, handling pressure and staying focused throughout: a set of challenges familiar to leaders in all sectors. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357736]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Winning Mindset: What Sport Can Teach Us About Great Leadership Author: Damian Hughes Narrator: Damian Hughes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: July 14, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This audiobook is skilfully and inspiringly read by the author, Damian Hughes. In The Winning Mindset, Professor Damian Hughes, the acclaimed author of Liquid Thinking and How to Think Like Sir Alex Ferguson, draws on both his lifetime experience and academic background within sport, organization and change psychology to reveal the best ways to create a winning mindset in both personal and professional life. Having worked with some of the top teams in the UK, and watched some of the best coaches in the country at work, Hughes distils the five keys principles that separate the best coaches and teams from the rest: Simplicity; Tripwires; Emotions; Practical; Stories: STEPS. The role of a sports-team leader is fascinating, complex and tough. Fantasy football leagues may convince us that success is all about buying players and selecting a team. In reality, it is about creating winning environments – recruiting, developing and nurturing talent, effectively communicating a shared vision with a diverse collection of individuals, delivering on enormous expectations from a range of stakeholders, overcoming significant challenges, handling pressure and staying focused throughout: a set of challenges familiar to leaders in all sectors. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357016 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357016]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Heat of the Moment: A Firefighter’s Stories of Life and Death Decisions Author: Dr Sabrina Cohen-Hatton Narrator: Dr Sabrina Cohen-Hatton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 42 minutes Release date: April 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of The Heat of the Moment written and read by Dr Sabrina Cohen-Hatton. '[One of] the wonder women of our emergency services' Glamour 'An inspirational woman' Good Housekeeping In the face of urgency and uncertainty, would you respond analytically or trust your instincts? How would you decide who lives and who dies? Dr Sabrina Cohen-Hatton has been a firefighter for eighteen years. She decides which of her colleagues rush into a burning building and how they confront the blaze. She makes the call to evacuate if she believes the options have been exhausted or that the situation has escalated beyond hope. This is her astonishing account of a profession defined by the most difficult decisions imaginable. Taking us to the very heart of firefighting, Sabrina uses her award-winning research to reveal the skills that are essential to surviving – and even thriving – in such a fast-paced and emotionally-charged environment. And she immerses us in this extraordinary world; from scenes of devastation and crisis, through triumphs of bravery, to the quieter moments when she questions herself and the decisions made in the most unforgiving circumstances. Here is the truth about how we respond in our most extreme moments. Dr Sabrina Cohen-Hatton Thu, 11 Apr 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357016 thebookvoice.com 6:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357016]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Heat of the Moment: A Firefighter’s Stories of Life and Death Decisions Author: Dr Sabrina Cohen-Hatton Narrator: Dr Sabrina Cohen-Hatton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 42 minutes Release date: April 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of The Heat of the Moment written and read by Dr Sabrina Cohen-Hatton. '[One of] the wonder women of our emergency services' Glamour 'An inspirational woman' Good Housekeeping In the face of urgency and uncertainty, would you respond analytically or trust your instincts? How would you decide who lives and who dies? Dr Sabrina Cohen-Hatton has been a firefighter for eighteen years. She decides which of her colleagues rush into a burning building and how they confront the blaze. She makes the call to evacuate if she believes the options have been exhausted or that the situation has escalated beyond hope. This is her astonishing account of a profession defined by the most difficult decisions imaginable. Taking us to the very heart of firefighting, Sabrina uses her award-winning research to reveal the skills that are essential to surviving – and even thriving – in such a fast-paced and emotionally-charged environment. And she immerses us in this extraordinary world; from scenes of devastation and crisis, through triumphs of bravery, to the quieter moments when she questions herself and the decisions made in the most unforgiving circumstances. Here is the truth about how we respond in our most extreme moments. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357016]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Heat of the Moment: A Firefighter’s Stories of Life and Death Decisions Author: Dr Sabrina Cohen-Hatton Narrator: Dr Sabrina Cohen-Hatton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 42 minutes Release date: April 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of The Heat of the Moment written and read by Dr Sabrina Cohen-Hatton. '[One of] the wonder women of our emergency services' Glamour 'An inspirational woman' Good Housekeeping In the face of urgency and uncertainty, would you respond analytically or trust your instincts? How would you decide who lives and who dies? Dr Sabrina Cohen-Hatton has been a firefighter for eighteen years. She decides which of her colleagues rush into a burning building and how they confront the blaze. She makes the call to evacuate if she believes the options have been exhausted or that the situation has escalated beyond hope. This is her astonishing account of a profession defined by the most difficult decisions imaginable. Taking us to the very heart of firefighting, Sabrina uses her award-winning research to reveal the skills that are essential to surviving – and even thriving – in such a fast-paced and emotionally-charged environment. And she immerses us in this extraordinary world; from scenes of devastation and crisis, through triumphs of bravery, to the quieter moments when she questions herself and the decisions made in the most unforgiving circumstances. Here is the truth about how we respond in our most extreme moments. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356960 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356960]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Charisma: An exploration of that elusive quality Author: Francine Stock Narrator: Francine Stock Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 1, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Francine Stock sets out to explore the elusive quality that is charisma. Can charisma – variously combining charm, magic and power – ever really be pinned down? Moving from St Paul’s coining of the word in the first century of the Christian Era right up to the present day, charisma continues to be a powerful influence, not always for the good, in the fields of politics, banking, terrorism, theatre and film. Along the way, Francine takes in early medieval mystics such as Margery Kempe and Joan of Arc; the Elizabethan belief in the so-called 'Royal Touch' and its different manifestations today; the powerful healing claims of Franz Mesmer; and radical charismatic leaders from Garibaldi to Osama Bin Laden. She explores the power and appeal of charisma with stars such as Sarah Bernhardt; self-made businessmen such as W.K.Kellogg, Henry Ford and Steve Jobs; totalitarian leaders including Hitler, and new forms of political extremism such as the so-called Islamic State; civil rights leaders, Nelson Mandela and the Dalai Lama; and the volatile world of contemporary banking. There is a continuing hunger for charisma; can this gift of grace be turned to a shared advantage? Produced by Beaty Rubens ©2018 BBC Worldwide Ltd (P)2018 BBC Worldwide Ltd Francine Stock Thu, 01 Nov 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356960 thebookvoice.com 2:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356960]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Charisma: An exploration of that elusive quality Author: Francine Stock Narrator: Francine Stock Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 1, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Francine Stock sets out to explore the elusive quality that is charisma. Can charisma – variously combining charm, magic and power – ever really be pinned down? Moving from St Paul’s coining of the word in the first century of the Christian Era right up to the present day, charisma continues to be a powerful influence, not always for the good, in the fields of politics, banking, terrorism, theatre and film. Along the way, Francine takes in early medieval mystics such as Margery Kempe and Joan of Arc; the Elizabethan belief in the so-called 'Royal Touch' and its different manifestations today; the powerful healing claims of Franz Mesmer; and radical charismatic leaders from Garibaldi to Osama Bin Laden. She explores the power and appeal of charisma with stars such as Sarah Bernhardt; self-made businessmen such as W.K.Kellogg, Henry Ford and Steve Jobs; totalitarian leaders including Hitler, and new forms of political extremism such as the so-called Islamic State; civil rights leaders, Nelson Mandela and the Dalai Lama; and the volatile world of contemporary banking. There is a continuing hunger for charisma; can this gift of grace be turned to a shared advantage? Produced by Beaty Rubens ©2018 BBC Worldwide Ltd (P)2018 BBC Worldwide Ltd Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356960]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Charisma: An exploration of that elusive quality Author: Francine Stock Narrator: Francine Stock Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 1, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Francine Stock sets out to explore the elusive quality that is charisma. Can charisma – variously combining charm, magic and power – ever really be pinned down? Moving from St Paul’s coining of the word in the first century of the Christian Era right up to the present day, charisma continues to be a powerful influence, not always for the good, in the fields of politics, banking, terrorism, theatre and film. Along the way, Francine takes in early medieval mystics such as Margery Kempe and Joan of Arc; the Elizabethan belief in the so-called 'Royal Touch' and its different manifestations today; the powerful healing claims of Franz Mesmer; and radical charismatic leaders from Garibaldi to Osama Bin Laden. She explores the power and appeal of charisma with stars such as Sarah Bernhardt; self-made businessmen such as W.K.Kellogg, Henry Ford and Steve Jobs; totalitarian leaders including Hitler, and new forms of political extremism such as the so-called Islamic State; civil rights leaders, Nelson Mandela and the Dalai Lama; and the volatile world of contemporary banking. There is a continuing hunger for charisma; can this gift of grace be turned to a shared advantage? Produced by Beaty Rubens ©2018 BBC Worldwide Ltd (P)2018 BBC Worldwide Ltd https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356951 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356951]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Negative Thinking: and how it can be a powerful route to joy, success and satisfaction Author: Oliver Burkeman Narrator: Oliver Burkeman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 36 minutes Release date: July 18, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Oliver Burkeman explores the virtues of negativity and shows how it can be a surprisingly powerful route to joy, success and satisfaction Oliver Burkeman Thu, 18 Jul 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356951 thebookvoice.com 1:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356951]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Negative Thinking: and how it can be a powerful route to joy, success and satisfaction Author: Oliver Burkeman Narrator: Oliver Burkeman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 36 minutes Release date: July 18, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Oliver Burkeman explores the virtues of negativity and shows how it can be a surprisingly powerful route to joy, success and satisfaction Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356951]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Negative Thinking: and how it can be a powerful route to joy, success and satisfaction Author: Oliver Burkeman Narrator: Oliver Burkeman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 36 minutes Release date: July 18, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Oliver Burkeman explores the virtues of negativity and shows how it can be a surprisingly powerful route to joy, success and satisfaction https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356934 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356934]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Addicted to Busy: Why life has got so hectic Author: Oliver Burkeman Narrator: Oliver Burkeman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 10 minutes Release date: November 8, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: There's a ritual of the modern workplace - one you've heard and most likely indulged in yourself. It's the call and response we go through when you ask a workmate how they're doing: 'Busy!' 'So busy.' It is pretty obviously a boast disguised as a complaint. And our simultaneously grim and half chuckled reply comes as a kind of congratulation: 'Ha, better than the opposite.' When did we start doing that? As if he didn't have enough to do, Oliver Burkeman explores this epidemic of busyness to reveal that it may not be what it at first seems. He asks if we are talking ourselves into feeling overwhelmed with busyness, and if our problem with busyness is not that we do not have the time but rather we literally do not have the head space. He questions whether people have become addicted to busy, either because it makes them feel like heroes fighting the odds, or because problems can be avoided by never sitting still. Finally, he examines whether the solution to busyness is perhaps not to work harder and organise ourselves, but to indulge in a little idleness. Oliver Burkeman is an award-winning feature writer for the Guardian. He writes a popular weekly column on psychology, ‘This Column Will Change Your Life’, and has reported from London, Washington and New York. Produced by Peter McManus. This programme was broadcast on BBC Radio 4 as 'Oliver Burkeman Is Busy.' Oliver Burkeman Thu, 08 Nov 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356934 thebookvoice.com 1:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356934]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Addicted to Busy: Why life has got so hectic Author: Oliver Burkeman Narrator: Oliver Burkeman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 10 minutes Release date: November 8, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: There's a ritual of the modern workplace - one you've heard and most likely indulged in yourself. It's the call and response we go through when you ask a workmate how they're doing: 'Busy!' 'So busy.' It is pretty obviously a boast disguised as a complaint. And our simultaneously grim and half chuckled reply comes as a kind of congratulation: 'Ha, better than the opposite.' When did we start doing that? As if he didn't have enough to do, Oliver Burkeman explores this epidemic of busyness to reveal that it may not be what it at first seems. He asks if we are talking ourselves into feeling overwhelmed with busyness, and if our problem with busyness is not that we do not have the time but rather we literally do not have the head space. He questions whether people have become addicted to busy, either because it makes them feel like heroes fighting the odds, or because problems can be avoided by never sitting still. Finally, he examines whether the solution to busyness is perhaps not to work harder and organise ourselves, but to indulge in a little idleness. Oliver Burkeman is an award-winning feature writer for the Guardian. He writes a popular weekly column on psychology, ‘This Column Will Change Your Life’, and has reported from London, Washington and New York. Produced by Peter McManus. This programme was broadcast on BBC Radio 4 as 'Oliver Burkeman Is Busy.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356934]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Addicted to Busy: Why life has got so hectic Author: Oliver Burkeman Narrator: Oliver Burkeman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 10 minutes Release date: November 8, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: There's a ritual of the modern workplace - one you've heard and most likely indulged in yourself. It's the call and response we go through when you ask a workmate how they're doing: 'Busy!' 'So busy.' It is pretty obviously a boast disguised as a complaint. And our simultaneously grim and half chuckled reply comes as a kind of congratulation: 'Ha, better than the opposite.' When did we start doing that? As if he didn't have enough to do, Oliver Burkeman explores this epidemic of busyness to reveal that it may not be what it at first seems. He asks if we are talking ourselves into feeling overwhelmed with busyness, and if our problem with busyness is not that we do not have the time but rather we literally do not have the head space. He questions whether people have become addicted to busy, either because it makes them feel like heroes fighting the odds, or because problems can be avoided by never sitting still. Finally, he examines whether the solution to busyness is perhaps not to work harder and organise ourselves, but to indulge in a little idleness. Oliver Burkeman is an award-winning feature writer for the Guardian. He writes a popular weekly column on psychology, ‘This Column Will Change Your Life’, and has reported from London, Washington and New York. Produced by Peter McManus. This programme was broadcast on BBC Radio 4 as 'Oliver Burkeman Is Busy.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356905 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356905]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Culture of Fear: Why Americans Are Afraid of the Wrong Things Author: Barry Glassner Narrator: William Dufris, Michael Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The bestselling book revealing why Americans are so fearful, and why we fear the wrong things-now updated for the age of Trump In the age of Trump, our society is defined by fear. Indeed, three out of four Americans say they feel more fearful today than they did only a couple decades ago. But are we living in exceptionally perilous times? In his bestselling book The Culture of Fear, sociologist Barry Glassner demonstrates that it is our perception of danger that has increased, not the actual level of risk. Glassner exposes the people and organizations that manipulate our perceptions and profit from our fears: politicians who win elections by heightening concerns about crime and drug use even as rates for both are declining; advocacy groups that raise money by exaggerating the prevalence of particular diseases; TV shows that create a new scare every week to garner ratings. Glassner spells out the prices we pay for social panics: the huge sums of money that go to waste on unnecessary programs and products as well as time and energy spent worrying about our fears. All the while, we are distracted from the true threats, from climate change to worsening inequality. In this updated edition of a modern classic, Glassner examines the current panics over vaccination and 'political correctness' and reveals why Donald Trump's fearmongering is so dangerously effective. Barry Glassner Tue, 06 Nov 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356905 thebookvoice.com 10:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356905]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Culture of Fear: Why Americans Are Afraid of the Wrong Things Author: Barry Glassner Narrator: William Dufris, Michael Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The bestselling book revealing why Americans are so fearful, and why we fear the wrong things-now updated for the age of Trump In the age of Trump, our society is defined by fear. Indeed, three out of four Americans say they feel more fearful today than they did only a couple decades ago. But are we living in exceptionally perilous times? In his bestselling book The Culture of Fear, sociologist Barry Glassner demonstrates that it is our perception of danger that has increased, not the actual level of risk. Glassner exposes the people and organizations that manipulate our perceptions and profit from our fears: politicians who win elections by heightening concerns about crime and drug use even as rates for both are declining; advocacy groups that raise money by exaggerating the prevalence of particular diseases; TV shows that create a new scare every week to garner ratings. Glassner spells out the prices we pay for social panics: the huge sums of money that go to waste on unnecessary programs and products as well as time and energy spent worrying about our fears. All the while, we are distracted from the true threats, from climate change to worsening inequality. In this updated edition of a modern classic, Glassner examines the current panics over vaccination and 'political correctness' and reveals why Donald Trump's fearmongering is so dangerously effective. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356905]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Culture of Fear: Why Americans Are Afraid of the Wrong Things Author: Barry Glassner Narrator: William Dufris, Michael Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The bestselling book revealing why Americans are so fearful, and why we fear the wrong things-now updated for the age of Trump In the age of Trump, our society is defined by fear. Indeed, three out of four Americans say they feel more fearful today than they did only a couple decades ago. But are we living in exceptionally perilous times? In his bestselling book The Culture of Fear, sociologist Barry Glassner demonstrates that it is our perception of danger that has increased, not the actual level of risk. Glassner exposes the people and organizations that manipulate our perceptions and profit from our fears: politicians who win elections by heightening concerns about crime and drug use even as rates for both are declining; advocacy groups that raise money by exaggerating the prevalence of particular diseases; TV shows that create a new scare every week to garner ratings. Glassner spells out the prices we pay for social panics: the huge sums of money that go to waste on unnecessary programs and products as well as time and energy spent worrying about our fears. All the while, we are distracted from the true threats, from climate change to worsening inequality. In this updated edition of a modern classic, Glassner examines the current panics over vaccination and 'political correctness' and reveals why Donald Trump's fearmongering is so dangerously effective. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356898 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356898]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Formula: The Universal Laws of Success Author: Albert-László Barabási Narrator: Ryan Vincent Anderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the bestselling tradition of Malcom Gladwell, James Gleick, and Nate Silver, prominent professor László Barabási gives us a trailblazing book that promises to transform the very foundations of how our success-obsessed society approaches their professional careers, life pursuits and long-term goals. Too often, accomplishment does not equal success. We did the work but didn't get the promotion; we played hard but weren't recognized; we had the idea but didn't get the credit. We convince ourselves that talent combined with a strong work ethic is the key to getting ahead, but also realize that combination often fails to yield results, without any deeper understanding as to why. Recognizing this striking disconnect, the author, along with a team of renowned researchers and some of the most advanced data-crunching systems on the planet, dedicated themselves to one goal: uncovering that ever-elusive link between performance and success. Now, based on years of academic research, The Formula finally unveils the groundbreaking discoveries of their pioneering study, not only highlighting the scientific and mathematic principles that underpin success, but also revolutionizing our understanding of: Why performance is necessary but not adequate Why 'Experts' are often wrong How to assemble a creative team primed for success How to most effectively engage our networks 'This is not just an important but an imperative project: to approach the problem of randomness and success using the state of the art scientific arsenal we have. Barabasi is the person.'-Nassim Nicholas Taleb, author of the New York Times bestselling The Black Swan and Distinguished Professor of Risk Engineering at NYU Albert-László Barabási Tue, 06 Nov 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356898 thebookvoice.com 8:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356898]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Formula: The Universal Laws of Success Author: Albert-László Barabási Narrator: Ryan Vincent Anderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the bestselling tradition of Malcom Gladwell, James Gleick, and Nate Silver, prominent professor László Barabási gives us a trailblazing book that promises to transform the very foundations of how our success-obsessed society approaches their professional careers, life pursuits and long-term goals. Too often, accomplishment does not equal success. We did the work but didn't get the promotion; we played hard but weren't recognized; we had the idea but didn't get the credit. We convince ourselves that talent combined with a strong work ethic is the key to getting ahead, but also realize that combination often fails to yield results, without any deeper understanding as to why. Recognizing this striking disconnect, the author, along with a team of renowned researchers and some of the most advanced data-crunching systems on the planet, dedicated themselves to one goal: uncovering that ever-elusive link between performance and success. Now, based on years of academic research, The Formula finally unveils the groundbreaking discoveries of their pioneering study, not only highlighting the scientific and mathematic principles that underpin success, but also revolutionizing our understanding of: Why performance is necessary but not adequate Why 'Experts' are often wrong How to assemble a creative team primed for success How to most effectively engage our networks 'This is not just an important but an imperative project: to approach the problem of randomness and success using the state of the art scientific arsenal we have. Barabasi is the person.'-Nassim Nicholas Taleb, author of the New York Times bestselling The Black Swan and Distinguished Professor of Risk Engineering at NYU Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356898]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Formula: The Universal Laws of Success Author: Albert-László Barabási Narrator: Ryan Vincent Anderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the bestselling tradition of Malcom Gladwell, James Gleick, and Nate Silver, prominent professor László Barabási gives us a trailblazing book that promises to transform the very foundations of how our success-obsessed society approaches their professional careers, life pursuits and long-term goals. Too often, accomplishment does not equal success. We did the work but didn't get the promotion; we played hard but weren't recognized; we had the idea but didn't get the credit. We convince ourselves that talent combined with a strong work ethic is the key to getting ahead, but also realize that combination often fails to yield results, without any deeper understanding as to why. Recognizing this striking disconnect, the author, along with a team of renowned researchers and some of the most advanced data-crunching systems on the planet, dedicated themselves to one goal: uncovering that ever-elusive link between performance and success. Now, based on years of academic research, The Formula finally unveils the groundbreaking discoveries of their pioneering study, not only highlighting the scientific and mathematic principles that underpin success, but also revolutionizing our understanding of: Why performance is necessary but not adequate Why 'Experts' are often wrong How to assemble a creative team primed for success How to most effectively engage our networks 'This is not just an important but an imperative project: to approach the problem of randomness and success using the state of the art scientific arsenal we have. Barabasi is the person.'-Nassim Nicholas Taleb, author of the New York Times bestselling The Black Swan and Distinguished Professor of Risk Engineering at NYU https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356880 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356880]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Detox: 7 Steps to Release Toxicity and Energize Joy Author: Sherianna Boyle Narrator: Norah Tocci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Flush out negativity and clear a path for new positive habits, behaviors, and emotions with certified energy healer, yoga instructor, and psychology professor Sherianna Boyle’s emotional detox program, C.L.E.A.N.S.E.—as featured on YogaJournal.com. When we think of a detox, we usually think of a physical experience. But it’s not just our physical bodies that need to be cleansed of the impurities we encounter and absorb in our daily lives—it’s our minds too. When we find ourselves unable to process our negative emotions and feel them becoming toxic to ourselves and those around us, it’s time for an Emotional Detox, a mindful and systematic guide to freedom from these troublesome feelings. Wellness expert Sherianna Boyle has created the revolutionary the 7-step C.L.E.A.N.S.E. method to help you rid yourself of negativity, fear, worry, anger, and doubt, and guide you back toward a natural, energized state of pure joy and acceptance. Learn how to Clear your pathways, Look inward, Emit positivity, Activate, Nourish, Surrender, and Ease your way into your best self and a happier and healthier life. Emotional Detox “will wake you up, turn your views upside down, while providing you with life changing tools and insight” (Elizabeth Hamilton-Guarino, CEO of Best Ever You Network and author of Percolate). Sherianna Boyle Tue, 25 Dec 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356880 thebookvoice.com 7:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356880]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Detox: 7 Steps to Release Toxicity and Energize Joy Author: Sherianna Boyle Narrator: Norah Tocci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Flush out negativity and clear a path for new positive habits, behaviors, and emotions with certified energy healer, yoga instructor, and psychology professor Sherianna Boyle’s emotional detox program, C.L.E.A.N.S.E.—as featured on YogaJournal.com. When we think of a detox, we usually think of a physical experience. But it’s not just our physical bodies that need to be cleansed of the impurities we encounter and absorb in our daily lives—it’s our minds too. When we find ourselves unable to process our negative emotions and feel them becoming toxic to ourselves and those around us, it’s time for an Emotional Detox, a mindful and systematic guide to freedom from these troublesome feelings. Wellness expert Sherianna Boyle has created the revolutionary the 7-step C.L.E.A.N.S.E. method to help you rid yourself of negativity, fear, worry, anger, and doubt, and guide you back toward a natural, energized state of pure joy and acceptance. Learn how to Clear your pathways, Look inward, Emit positivity, Activate, Nourish, Surrender, and Ease your way into your best self and a happier and healthier life. Emotional Detox “will wake you up, turn your views upside down, while providing you with life changing tools and insight” (Elizabeth Hamilton-Guarino, CEO of Best Ever You Network and author of Percolate). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356880]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Detox: 7 Steps to Release Toxicity and Energize Joy Author: Sherianna Boyle Narrator: Norah Tocci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Flush out negativity and clear a path for new positive habits, behaviors, and emotions with certified energy healer, yoga instructor, and psychology professor Sherianna Boyle’s emotional detox program, C.L.E.A.N.S.E.—as featured on YogaJournal.com. When we think of a detox, we usually think of a physical experience. But it’s not just our physical bodies that need to be cleansed of the impurities we encounter and absorb in our daily lives—it’s our minds too. When we find ourselves unable to process our negative emotions and feel them becoming toxic to ourselves and those around us, it’s time for an Emotional Detox, a mindful and systematic guide to freedom from these troublesome feelings. Wellness expert Sherianna Boyle has created the revolutionary the 7-step C.L.E.A.N.S.E. method to help you rid yourself of negativity, fear, worry, anger, and doubt, and guide you back toward a natural, energized state of pure joy and acceptance. Learn how to Clear your pathways, Look inward, Emit positivity, Activate, Nourish, Surrender, and Ease your way into your best self and a happier and healthier life. Emotional Detox “will wake you up, turn your views upside down, while providing you with life changing tools and insight” (Elizabeth Hamilton-Guarino, CEO of Best Ever You Network and author of Percolate). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356779 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356779]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 10 Principles for Doing Effective Couples Therapy Author: John M. Gottman PhD, Julie Schwartz Gottman PhD Narrator: Kitty Hendrix Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In 10 Principles for Doing Effective Couples Therapy, two of the world's leading couple researchers and therapists give listeners an inside tour of what goes on inside the consulting rooms of their practice. They have been doing couples work for decades and still find it challenging and full of learning experiences. This book distills the knowledge they've gained over their years of practice into ten principles at the core of good couples work. Each principle is illustrated with a clinically compiled case plus personal side-notes and storytelling. Topics addressed include: ● You know that you need to 'treat the relationship,' but how are you supposed to get at something as elusive as 'a relationship'? ● How do you empathize with both clients if they have opposite points of view? Later on, if they end up separating does that mean you’ve failed? Are you only successful if you keep couples together? ● Compared to an individual client, a relationship is an entirely different animal. What should you do first? What should you look for? What questions should you ask? If clients give different answers, who should you believe? Contains mature themes. John M. Gottman PhD, Julie Schwartz Gottman PhD Tue, 23 Oct 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356779 thebookvoice.com 7:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356779]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 10 Principles for Doing Effective Couples Therapy Author: John M. Gottman PhD, Julie Schwartz Gottman PhD Narrator: Kitty Hendrix Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In 10 Principles for Doing Effective Couples Therapy, two of the world's leading couple researchers and therapists give listeners an inside tour of what goes on inside the consulting rooms of their practice. They have been doing couples work for decades and still find it challenging and full of learning experiences. This book distills the knowledge they've gained over their years of practice into ten principles at the core of good couples work. Each principle is illustrated with a clinically compiled case plus personal side-notes and storytelling. Topics addressed include: ● You know that you need to 'treat the relationship,' but how are you supposed to get at something as elusive as 'a relationship'? ● How do you empathize with both clients if they have opposite points of view? Later on, if they end up separating does that mean you’ve failed? Are you only successful if you keep couples together? ● Compared to an individual client, a relationship is an entirely different animal. What should you do first? What should you look for? What questions should you ask? If clients give different answers, who should you believe? Contains mature themes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356779]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 10 Principles for Doing Effective Couples Therapy Author: John M. Gottman PhD, Julie Schwartz Gottman PhD Narrator: Kitty Hendrix Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In 10 Principles for Doing Effective Couples Therapy, two of the world's leading couple researchers and therapists give listeners an inside tour of what goes on inside the consulting rooms of their practice. They have been doing couples work for decades and still find it challenging and full of learning experiences. This book distills the knowledge they've gained over their years of practice into ten principles at the core of good couples work. Each principle is illustrated with a clinically compiled case plus personal side-notes and storytelling. Topics addressed include: ● You know that you need to 'treat the relationship,' but how are you supposed to get at something as elusive as 'a relationship'? ● How do you empathize with both clients if they have opposite points of view? Later on, if they end up separating does that mean you’ve failed? Are you only successful if you keep couples together? ● Compared to an individual client, a relationship is an entirely different animal. What should you do first? What should you look for? What questions should you ask? If clients give different answers, who should you believe? Contains mature themes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356707 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356707]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Smart Kids Worry: And What Parents Can Do to Help Author: Allison Edwards Narrator: Allyson Ryan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Being the parent of a smart child is great—until your son or daughter starts asking whether global warming is real, if you are going to die, and what will happen if they don't get into college. Kids who are advanced intellectually often let their imaginations run wild and experience fears beyond their years. So what can you do to help? In Why Smart Kids Worry, Allison Edwards guides you through the mental and emotional process of where your child's fears come from and why they are so hard to move past. Edwards focuses on how to parent a child who is both smart and anxious and brings her years of experience as a therapist to give you the answers to questions such as: ● How do smart kids think differently? ● Should I let my child watch the nightly news on TV? ● How do I answer questions about terrorists, hurricanes, and other scary subjects? Edwards's fifteen specially designed tools for helping smart kids manage their fears will help you and your child work together to help him or her to become more relaxed and worry-free. Allison Edwards Tue, 23 Oct 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356707 thebookvoice.com 6:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356707]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Smart Kids Worry: And What Parents Can Do to Help Author: Allison Edwards Narrator: Allyson Ryan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Being the parent of a smart child is great—until your son or daughter starts asking whether global warming is real, if you are going to die, and what will happen if they don't get into college. Kids who are advanced intellectually often let their imaginations run wild and experience fears beyond their years. So what can you do to help? In Why Smart Kids Worry, Allison Edwards guides you through the mental and emotional process of where your child's fears come from and why they are so hard to move past. Edwards focuses on how to parent a child who is both smart and anxious and brings her years of experience as a therapist to give you the answers to questions such as: ● How do smart kids think differently? ● Should I let my child watch the nightly news on TV? ● How do I answer questions about terrorists, hurricanes, and other scary subjects? Edwards's fifteen specially designed tools for helping smart kids manage their fears will help you and your child work together to help him or her to become more relaxed and worry-free. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356707]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Smart Kids Worry: And What Parents Can Do to Help Author: Allison Edwards Narrator: Allyson Ryan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Being the parent of a smart child is great—until your son or daughter starts asking whether global warming is real, if you are going to die, and what will happen if they don't get into college. Kids who are advanced intellectually often let their imaginations run wild and experience fears beyond their years. So what can you do to help? In Why Smart Kids Worry, Allison Edwards guides you through the mental and emotional process of where your child's fears come from and why they are so hard to move past. Edwards focuses on how to parent a child who is both smart and anxious and brings her years of experience as a therapist to give you the answers to questions such as: ● How do smart kids think differently? ● Should I let my child watch the nightly news on TV? ● How do I answer questions about terrorists, hurricanes, and other scary subjects? Edwards's fifteen specially designed tools for helping smart kids manage their fears will help you and your child work together to help him or her to become more relaxed and worry-free. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356666 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356666]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be Human: An Autistic Man's Guide to Life Author: Jory Fleming Narrator: Lyric Winik, Jory Fleming Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 37 minutes Release date: April 20, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A “beautiful and astonishing” (Walter Isaacson, # 1 New York Times bestselling author of The Code Breaker) narrative that examines the many ways to be fully human, told by the first young adult with autism to attend Oxford University as a Rhodes Scholar. As a child, Jory Fleming was wracked by uncontrollable tantrums, had no tolerance for people, and couldn’t manage the outside world. Slightly more than a decade later, he was bound for England, selected to attend one of the world’s premier universities. How to Be Human is a “profound, thought-provoking” (Barry M. Pizant, PhD, author of Uniquely Human) exploration of life amid a world constructed for neurotypical brains when yours is not. But the miracle of this book is that instead of dwelling on Jory’s limitations, those who inhabit the neurotypical world will begin to better understand their own: they will contemplate what language cannot say, how linear thinking leads to dead ends, and how nefarious emotions can be, particularly when, in Jory’s words, they are “weaponized.” Through a series of deep, personal conversations with writer Lyric Winik, Jory makes a compelling case for logical empathy based on rational thought, asks why we tolerate friends who see us as a means to an end, and explains why he believes personality is a choice. Most movingly, he discusses how, after many hardships, he maintains a deep, abiding faith: “With people, I don’t understand what goes in and what comes out, and how to relate,” he says. “But I can always reconnect with my relationship with my Creator.” Join Jory and Lyric as they examine what it means to be human and ultimately how each of us might become a better one. Jory asks us to consider: Who has value? What is a disability? And how do we correct the imbalances we see in the world? How to Be Human shows us the ways a beautifully different mind can express the very best of our shared humanity. Jory Fleming Tue, 20 Apr 2021 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356666 thebookvoice.com 5:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356666]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be Human: An Autistic Man's Guide to Life Author: Jory Fleming Narrator: Lyric Winik, Jory Fleming Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 37 minutes Release date: April 20, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A “beautiful and astonishing” (Walter Isaacson, # 1 New York Times bestselling author of The Code Breaker) narrative that examines the many ways to be fully human, told by the first young adult with autism to attend Oxford University as a Rhodes Scholar. As a child, Jory Fleming was wracked by uncontrollable tantrums, had no tolerance for people, and couldn’t manage the outside world. Slightly more than a decade later, he was bound for England, selected to attend one of the world’s premier universities. How to Be Human is a “profound, thought-provoking” (Barry M. Pizant, PhD, author of Uniquely Human) exploration of life amid a world constructed for neurotypical brains when yours is not. But the miracle of this book is that instead of dwelling on Jory’s limitations, those who inhabit the neurotypical world will begin to better understand their own: they will contemplate what language cannot say, how linear thinking leads to dead ends, and how nefarious emotions can be, particularly when, in Jory’s words, they are “weaponized.” Through a series of deep, personal conversations with writer Lyric Winik, Jory makes a compelling case for logical empathy based on rational thought, asks why we tolerate friends who see us as a means to an end, and explains why he believes personality is a choice. Most movingly, he discusses how, after many hardships, he maintains a deep, abiding faith: “With people, I don’t understand what goes in and what comes out, and how to relate,” he says. “But I can always reconnect with my relationship with my Creator.” Join Jory and Lyric as they examine what it means to be human and ultimately how each of us might become a better one. Jory asks us to consider: Who has value? What is a disability? And how do we correct the imbalances we see in the world? How to Be Human shows us the ways a beautifully different mind can express the very best of our shared humanity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356666]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be Human: An Autistic Man's Guide to Life Author: Jory Fleming Narrator: Lyric Winik, Jory Fleming Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 37 minutes Release date: April 20, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A “beautiful and astonishing” (Walter Isaacson, # 1 New York Times bestselling author of The Code Breaker) narrative that examines the many ways to be fully human, told by the first young adult with autism to attend Oxford University as a Rhodes Scholar. As a child, Jory Fleming was wracked by uncontrollable tantrums, had no tolerance for people, and couldn’t manage the outside world. Slightly more than a decade later, he was bound for England, selected to attend one of the world’s premier universities. How to Be Human is a “profound, thought-provoking” (Barry M. Pizant, PhD, author of Uniquely Human) exploration of life amid a world constructed for neurotypical brains when yours is not. But the miracle of this book is that instead of dwelling on Jory’s limitations, those who inhabit the neurotypical world will begin to better understand their own: they will contemplate what language cannot say, how linear thinking leads to dead ends, and how nefarious emotions can be, particularly when, in Jory’s words, they are “weaponized.” Through a series of deep, personal conversations with writer Lyric Winik, Jory makes a compelling case for logical empathy based on rational thought, asks why we tolerate friends who see us as a means to an end, and explains why he believes personality is a choice. Most movingly, he discusses how, after many hardships, he maintains a deep, abiding faith: “With people, I don’t understand what goes in and what comes out, and how to relate,” he says. “But I can always reconnect with my relationship with my Creator.” Join Jory and Lyric as they examine what it means to be human and ultimately how each of us might become a better one. Jory asks us to consider: Who has value? What is a disability? And how do we correct the imbalances we see in the world? How to Be Human shows us the ways a beautifully different mind can express the very best of our shared humanity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356556 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356556]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coming Apart: How to Heal Your Broken Heart Author: Daphne Rose Kingma Narrator: Ann Richardson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Next to the death of a loved one, the ending of a relationship is the most painful experience most people will ever go through. Coming Apart is a first aid kit for getting through the ending. It is a tool that will enable you to live through the end of your relationship with your self-esteem intact. Originally published in 1987, and continuously in print since then, Coming Apart has been an important resource for hundreds of thousands of readers experiencing the pain and stress of a breakup. This new edition features a foreword by Katherine Woodward Thomas, author of Conscious Uncoupling. Daphne Rose Kingma, the undisputed expert on matters of the heart, explores the critical facets of relationship breakdowns: Love myths: why we are really in relationshipsThe life-span of loveHow to get through the endingHow to create a personal workbook for finding resolutionTime does a lot to heal our broken hearts, but really understanding what transpired in each of our relationships is what allows us to finally let go and move on. Daphne Rose Kingma Thu, 01 Nov 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356556 thebookvoice.com 6:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356556]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coming Apart: How to Heal Your Broken Heart Author: Daphne Rose Kingma Narrator: Ann Richardson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Next to the death of a loved one, the ending of a relationship is the most painful experience most people will ever go through. Coming Apart is a first aid kit for getting through the ending. It is a tool that will enable you to live through the end of your relationship with your self-esteem intact. Originally published in 1987, and continuously in print since then, Coming Apart has been an important resource for hundreds of thousands of readers experiencing the pain and stress of a breakup. This new edition features a foreword by Katherine Woodward Thomas, author of Conscious Uncoupling. Daphne Rose Kingma, the undisputed expert on matters of the heart, explores the critical facets of relationship breakdowns: Love myths: why we are really in relationshipsThe life-span of loveHow to get through the endingHow to create a personal workbook for finding resolutionTime does a lot to heal our broken hearts, but really understanding what transpired in each of our relationships is what allows us to finally let go and move on. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356556]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coming Apart: How to Heal Your Broken Heart Author: Daphne Rose Kingma Narrator: Ann Richardson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Next to the death of a loved one, the ending of a relationship is the most painful experience most people will ever go through. Coming Apart is a first aid kit for getting through the ending. It is a tool that will enable you to live through the end of your relationship with your self-esteem intact. Originally published in 1987, and continuously in print since then, Coming Apart has been an important resource for hundreds of thousands of readers experiencing the pain and stress of a breakup. This new edition features a foreword by Katherine Woodward Thomas, author of Conscious Uncoupling. Daphne Rose Kingma, the undisputed expert on matters of the heart, explores the critical facets of relationship breakdowns: Love myths: why we are really in relationshipsThe life-span of loveHow to get through the endingHow to create a personal workbook for finding resolutionTime does a lot to heal our broken hearts, but really understanding what transpired in each of our relationships is what allows us to finally let go and move on. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356489 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356489]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life After Suicide: Finding Courage, Comfort & Community After Unthinkable Loss Author: Jennifer Ashton Narrator: Jennifer Ashton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the chief medical correspondent of ABC News, an eloquent, heartbreaking, yet hopeful memoir of surviving the suicide of a loved one, examining this dangerous epidemic and offering first-hand knowledge and advice to help family and friends find peace. Jennifer Ashton, M.D., has witnessed firsthand the impact of a loved one’s suicide. When her ex-husband killed himself soon after their divorce, her world—and that of her children—was shattered. Though she held a very public position with one of the world’s largest media companies, she was hesitant to speak about the personal trauma that she and her family experienced following his death. A woman who addresses the public regularly on intimate health topics, she was uncertain of revealing her devastating loss—the most painful thing she’d ever experienced. But with the high-profile suicides of Kate Spade and Anthony Bourdain, Dr. Ashton recognized the importance of talking about her experience and the power of giving voice to her grief. She shared her story with her Good Morning America family on air—an honest, heartbreaking revelation that provided comfort and solace to others, like her and her family, who have been left behind. In Life After Suicide, she opens up completely for the first time, hoping that her experience and words can inspire those faced with the unthinkable to persevere. Part memoir and part comforting guide that incorporates the latest insights from researchers and health professionals, Life After Suicide is both a call to arms against this dangerous, devastating epidemic, and an affecting story of personal grief and loss. In addition, Dr. Ashton includes stories from others who have survived the death of a loved one by their own hand, showing how they survived the unthinkable and demonstrating the vital roles that conversation and community play in recovering from the suicide of a loved one. The end result is a raw and revealing exploration of a subject that’s been taboo for far too long, providing support, information, and comfort for those attempting to make sense of their loss and find a way to heal. Jennifer Ashton Tue, 07 May 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356489 thebookvoice.com 7:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356489]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life After Suicide: Finding Courage, Comfort & Community After Unthinkable Loss Author: Jennifer Ashton Narrator: Jennifer Ashton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the chief medical correspondent of ABC News, an eloquent, heartbreaking, yet hopeful memoir of surviving the suicide of a loved one, examining this dangerous epidemic and offering first-hand knowledge and advice to help family and friends find peace. Jennifer Ashton, M.D., has witnessed firsthand the impact of a loved one’s suicide. When her ex-husband killed himself soon after their divorce, her world—and that of her children—was shattered. Though she held a very public position with one of the world’s largest media companies, she was hesitant to speak about the personal trauma that she and her family experienced following his death. A woman who addresses the public regularly on intimate health topics, she was uncertain of revealing her devastating loss—the most painful thing she’d ever experienced. But with the high-profile suicides of Kate Spade and Anthony Bourdain, Dr. Ashton recognized the importance of talking about her experience and the power of giving voice to her grief. She shared her story with her Good Morning America family on air—an honest, heartbreaking revelation that provided comfort and solace to others, like her and her family, who have been left behind. In Life After Suicide, she opens up completely for the first time, hoping that her experience and words can inspire those faced with the unthinkable to persevere. Part memoir and part comforting guide that incorporates the latest insights from researchers and health professionals, Life After Suicide is both a call to arms against this dangerous, devastating epidemic, and an affecting story of personal grief and loss. In addition, Dr. Ashton includes stories from others who have survived the death of a loved one by their own hand, showing how they survived the unthinkable and demonstrating the vital roles that conversation and community play in recovering from the suicide of a loved one. The end result is a raw and revealing exploration of a subject that’s been taboo for far too long, providing support, information, and comfort for those attempting to make sense of their loss and find a way to heal. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356489]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life After Suicide: Finding Courage, Comfort & Community After Unthinkable Loss Author: Jennifer Ashton Narrator: Jennifer Ashton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the chief medical correspondent of ABC News, an eloquent, heartbreaking, yet hopeful memoir of surviving the suicide of a loved one, examining this dangerous epidemic and offering first-hand knowledge and advice to help family and friends find peace. Jennifer Ashton, M.D., has witnessed firsthand the impact of a loved one’s suicide. When her ex-husband killed himself soon after their divorce, her world—and that of her children—was shattered. Though she held a very public position with one of the world’s largest media companies, she was hesitant to speak about the personal trauma that she and her family experienced following his death. A woman who addresses the public regularly on intimate health topics, she was uncertain of revealing her devastating loss—the most painful thing she’d ever experienced. But with the high-profile suicides of Kate Spade and Anthony Bourdain, Dr. Ashton recognized the importance of talking about her experience and the power of giving voice to her grief. She shared her story with her Good Morning America family on air—an honest, heartbreaking revelation that provided comfort and solace to others, like her and her family, who have been left behind. In Life After Suicide, she opens up completely for the first time, hoping that her experience and words can inspire those faced with the unthinkable to persevere. Part memoir and part comforting guide that incorporates the latest insights from researchers and health professionals, Life After Suicide is both a call to arms against this dangerous, devastating epidemic, and an affecting story of personal grief and loss. In addition, Dr. Ashton includes stories from others who have survived the death of a loved one by their own hand, showing how they survived the unthinkable and demonstrating the vital roles that conversation and community play in recovering from the suicide of a loved one. The end result is a raw and revealing exploration of a subject that’s been taboo for far too long, providing support, information, and comfort for those attempting to make sense of their loss and find a way to heal. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356425 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356425]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stress: The Psychology of Managing Pressure Author: Dk Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Covering sources of stress in every area of life: work, exams, relationships, social pressure, money, and more, this practical audio guide incorporates self-analysis questionnaires to make information easy to access and apply. This dynamic program, founded on cutting-edge psychological research, enables you to deconstruct and deal with stress head-on. Stress: The Psychology of Managing Pressure helps you identify external and internal sources of stress in your life and reframe unhelpful patterns of thought into powerful psychological solutions that you can apply every day. Underpinned by psychological theory, with relevant findings from psychologists, doctors, and teachers, this audiobook will help you smash the shadow of stress in any area of your life and emerge happier, healthier, and more productive. Dk Tue, 08 Jan 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356425 thebookvoice.com 9:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356425]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stress: The Psychology of Managing Pressure Author: Dk Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Covering sources of stress in every area of life: work, exams, relationships, social pressure, money, and more, this practical audio guide incorporates self-analysis questionnaires to make information easy to access and apply. This dynamic program, founded on cutting-edge psychological research, enables you to deconstruct and deal with stress head-on. Stress: The Psychology of Managing Pressure helps you identify external and internal sources of stress in your life and reframe unhelpful patterns of thought into powerful psychological solutions that you can apply every day. Underpinned by psychological theory, with relevant findings from psychologists, doctors, and teachers, this audiobook will help you smash the shadow of stress in any area of your life and emerge happier, healthier, and more productive. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356425]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stress: The Psychology of Managing Pressure Author: Dk Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Covering sources of stress in every area of life: work, exams, relationships, social pressure, money, and more, this practical audio guide incorporates self-analysis questionnaires to make information easy to access and apply. This dynamic program, founded on cutting-edge psychological research, enables you to deconstruct and deal with stress head-on. Stress: The Psychology of Managing Pressure helps you identify external and internal sources of stress in your life and reframe unhelpful patterns of thought into powerful psychological solutions that you can apply every day. Underpinned by psychological theory, with relevant findings from psychologists, doctors, and teachers, this audiobook will help you smash the shadow of stress in any area of your life and emerge happier, healthier, and more productive. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356410 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356410]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Start at the End: How to Build Products that Create Change Author: Matt Wallaert Narrator: Matt Wallaert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 41 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Nudge meets Hooked in a practical approach to designing products and services that change behavior, from what we buy to how we work. Deciding what to create at modern companies often looks like an episode of Mad Men: people throw ideas around until one sounds sexy enough to execute and then they scale it to everyone. The result? Companies overspend on marketing to drive engagement with products and services that people don't want and won't help them be happier and healthier. Start at the End offers a new framework for design, grounded in behavioral science. Technology executive and behavioral scientist Matt Wallaert argues that the purpose of everything is behavior change. By starting with outcomes instead of processes, the most effective companies understand what people want to do and why they aren't already doing it, then build products and services to bridge the gap. Wallaert is a behavioral psychologist who has led product design at organizations ranging from startups like Clover Health to industry leaders such as Microsoft. Whether dissecting the success behind Uber's ridesharing service or Flamin' Hot Cheetos, he underscores with clarity and humor how this approach can improve the way we work and live. This is an essential roadmap for building products that matter--and changing behavior for the better. Matt Wallaert Tue, 11 Jun 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356410 thebookvoice.com 4:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356410]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Start at the End: How to Build Products that Create Change Author: Matt Wallaert Narrator: Matt Wallaert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 41 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Nudge meets Hooked in a practical approach to designing products and services that change behavior, from what we buy to how we work. Deciding what to create at modern companies often looks like an episode of Mad Men: people throw ideas around until one sounds sexy enough to execute and then they scale it to everyone. The result? Companies overspend on marketing to drive engagement with products and services that people don't want and won't help them be happier and healthier. Start at the End offers a new framework for design, grounded in behavioral science. Technology executive and behavioral scientist Matt Wallaert argues that the purpose of everything is behavior change. By starting with outcomes instead of processes, the most effective companies understand what people want to do and why they aren't already doing it, then build products and services to bridge the gap. Wallaert is a behavioral psychologist who has led product design at organizations ranging from startups like Clover Health to industry leaders such as Microsoft. Whether dissecting the success behind Uber's ridesharing service or Flamin' Hot Cheetos, he underscores with clarity and humor how this approach can improve the way we work and live. This is an essential roadmap for building products that matter--and changing behavior for the better. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356410]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Start at the End: How to Build Products that Create Change Author: Matt Wallaert Narrator: Matt Wallaert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 41 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Nudge meets Hooked in a practical approach to designing products and services that change behavior, from what we buy to how we work. Deciding what to create at modern companies often looks like an episode of Mad Men: people throw ideas around until one sounds sexy enough to execute and then they scale it to everyone. The result? Companies overspend on marketing to drive engagement with products and services that people don't want and won't help them be happier and healthier. Start at the End offers a new framework for design, grounded in behavioral science. Technology executive and behavioral scientist Matt Wallaert argues that the purpose of everything is behavior change. By starting with outcomes instead of processes, the most effective companies understand what people want to do and why they aren't already doing it, then build products and services to bridge the gap. Wallaert is a behavioral psychologist who has led product design at organizations ranging from startups like Clover Health to industry leaders such as Microsoft. Whether dissecting the success behind Uber's ridesharing service or Flamin' Hot Cheetos, he underscores with clarity and humor how this approach can improve the way we work and live. This is an essential roadmap for building products that matter--and changing behavior for the better. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356390 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356390]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Can't We Sleep? Author: Darian Leader Narrator: Darian Leader Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 17 minutes Release date: March 7, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Why Can't We Sleep by Darian Leader. One in four adults sleeps badly. Sleeping pill prescriptions have increased dramatically over the last three decades and our bookshelves and browser histories are littered with experts promising to 'fix' our insomnia. But is this so-called sleep crisis anything new? Our relationship to sleep has always been irregular and changeable, variously shaped by social conventions, commercial imperatives and personal psychologies. Look beneath the headlines and it seems that there is no such thing as a perfect night's sleep. Here Darian Leader reveals the history and pathology of sleeplessness - from the industrial revolution to Freudian dream analysis to the fears around blue light on our phones. Along the way, he dispels the pervasive myths and anxieties around this most universal human experience. Darian Leader Thu, 07 Mar 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356390 thebookvoice.com 5:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356390]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Can't We Sleep? Author: Darian Leader Narrator: Darian Leader Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 17 minutes Release date: March 7, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Why Can't We Sleep by Darian Leader. One in four adults sleeps badly. Sleeping pill prescriptions have increased dramatically over the last three decades and our bookshelves and browser histories are littered with experts promising to 'fix' our insomnia. But is this so-called sleep crisis anything new? Our relationship to sleep has always been irregular and changeable, variously shaped by social conventions, commercial imperatives and personal psychologies. Look beneath the headlines and it seems that there is no such thing as a perfect night's sleep. Here Darian Leader reveals the history and pathology of sleeplessness - from the industrial revolution to Freudian dream analysis to the fears around blue light on our phones. Along the way, he dispels the pervasive myths and anxieties around this most universal human experience. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356390]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Can't We Sleep? Author: Darian Leader Narrator: Darian Leader Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 17 minutes Release date: March 7, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Why Can't We Sleep by Darian Leader. One in four adults sleeps badly. Sleeping pill prescriptions have increased dramatically over the last three decades and our bookshelves and browser histories are littered with experts promising to 'fix' our insomnia. But is this so-called sleep crisis anything new? Our relationship to sleep has always been irregular and changeable, variously shaped by social conventions, commercial imperatives and personal psychologies. Look beneath the headlines and it seems that there is no such thing as a perfect night's sleep. Here Darian Leader reveals the history and pathology of sleeplessness - from the industrial revolution to Freudian dream analysis to the fears around blue light on our phones. Along the way, he dispels the pervasive myths and anxieties around this most universal human experience. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356349 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356349]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Logic in an Illogical World Author: Eugenia Cheng Narrator: Moira Quirk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How both logical and emotional reasoning can help us live better in our post-truth world In a world where fake news stories change election outcomes, has rationality become futile? In The Art of Logic in an Illogical World, Eugenia Cheng throws a lifeline to readers drowning in the illogic of contemporary life. Cheng is a mathematician, so she knows how to make an airtight argument. But even for her, logic sometimes falls prey to emotion, which is why she still fears flying and eats more cookies than she should. If a mathematician can't be logical, what are we to do? In this book, Cheng reveals the inner workings and limitations of logic, and explains why alogic -- for example, emotion -- is vital to how we think and communicate. Cheng shows us how to use logic and alogic together to navigate a world awash in bigotry, mansplaining, and manipulative memes. Insightful, useful, and funny, this essential book is for anyone who wants to think more clearly. Eugenia Cheng Tue, 11 Sep 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356349 thebookvoice.com 9:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356349]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Logic in an Illogical World Author: Eugenia Cheng Narrator: Moira Quirk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How both logical and emotional reasoning can help us live better in our post-truth world In a world where fake news stories change election outcomes, has rationality become futile? In The Art of Logic in an Illogical World, Eugenia Cheng throws a lifeline to readers drowning in the illogic of contemporary life. Cheng is a mathematician, so she knows how to make an airtight argument. But even for her, logic sometimes falls prey to emotion, which is why she still fears flying and eats more cookies than she should. If a mathematician can't be logical, what are we to do? In this book, Cheng reveals the inner workings and limitations of logic, and explains why alogic -- for example, emotion -- is vital to how we think and communicate. Cheng shows us how to use logic and alogic together to navigate a world awash in bigotry, mansplaining, and manipulative memes. Insightful, useful, and funny, this essential book is for anyone who wants to think more clearly. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356349]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Logic in an Illogical World Author: Eugenia Cheng Narrator: Moira Quirk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How both logical and emotional reasoning can help us live better in our post-truth world In a world where fake news stories change election outcomes, has rationality become futile? In The Art of Logic in an Illogical World, Eugenia Cheng throws a lifeline to readers drowning in the illogic of contemporary life. Cheng is a mathematician, so she knows how to make an airtight argument. But even for her, logic sometimes falls prey to emotion, which is why she still fears flying and eats more cookies than she should. If a mathematician can't be logical, what are we to do? In this book, Cheng reveals the inner workings and limitations of logic, and explains why alogic -- for example, emotion -- is vital to how we think and communicate. Cheng shows us how to use logic and alogic together to navigate a world awash in bigotry, mansplaining, and manipulative memes. Insightful, useful, and funny, this essential book is for anyone who wants to think more clearly. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356237 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356237]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Solitude: A Singular Life in a Crowded World Author: Michael Harris Narrator: Kerry Shale Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 9, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Governor General's Award-winner Michael Harris explores the profound emotional and intellectual benefits of solitude, and how we may achieve it in our fast-paced world. The capacity to be alone--properly alone--is one of life's subtlest skills. Real solitude is a contented and productive state that garners tangible rewards: it allows us to reflect and recharge, improving our relationships with ourselves and, paradoxically, with others. Today, the zeitgeist embraces sharing like never before. Fueled by our dependence on online and social media, we have created an ecosystem of obsessive distraction that dangerously undervalues solitude. Many of us now lead lives of strangely crowded loneliness--we are ever-connected, but only shallowly so.      Award-winning author Michael Harris examines why our experience of solitude has become so impoverished, and how we may grow to love it again in the frenzy of our digital landscape. Solitude is an optimistic and encouraging story about discovering true quiet inside the city, inside the crowd, inside our busy and urbane lives. Harris guides readers away from a life of ceaseless pings toward a state of measured connectivity, one that balances solitude and companionship.      Rich with true stories about the life-changing power of solitude, and interwoven with reporting from the world's foremost brain researchers, psychologists and tech entrepreneurs, Solitude is a beautiful and convincing statement on the benefits of being alone. Michael Harris Tue, 09 Jan 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356237 thebookvoice.com 6:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356237]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Solitude: A Singular Life in a Crowded World Author: Michael Harris Narrator: Kerry Shale Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 9, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Governor General's Award-winner Michael Harris explores the profound emotional and intellectual benefits of solitude, and how we may achieve it in our fast-paced world. The capacity to be alone--properly alone--is one of life's subtlest skills. Real solitude is a contented and productive state that garners tangible rewards: it allows us to reflect and recharge, improving our relationships with ourselves and, paradoxically, with others. Today, the zeitgeist embraces sharing like never before. Fueled by our dependence on online and social media, we have created an ecosystem of obsessive distraction that dangerously undervalues solitude. Many of us now lead lives of strangely crowded loneliness--we are ever-connected, but only shallowly so.      Award-winning author Michael Harris examines why our experience of solitude has become so impoverished, and how we may grow to love it again in the frenzy of our digital landscape. Solitude is an optimistic and encouraging story about discovering true quiet inside the city, inside the crowd, inside our busy and urbane lives. Harris guides readers away from a life of ceaseless pings toward a state of measured connectivity, one that balances solitude and companionship.      Rich with true stories about the life-changing power of solitude, and interwoven with reporting from the world's foremost brain researchers, psychologists and tech entrepreneurs, Solitude is a beautiful and convincing statement on the benefits of being alone. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356237]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Solitude: A Singular Life in a Crowded World Author: Michael Harris Narrator: Kerry Shale Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 9, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Governor General's Award-winner Michael Harris explores the profound emotional and intellectual benefits of solitude, and how we may achieve it in our fast-paced world. The capacity to be alone--properly alone--is one of life's subtlest skills. Real solitude is a contented and productive state that garners tangible rewards: it allows us to reflect and recharge, improving our relationships with ourselves and, paradoxically, with others. Today, the zeitgeist embraces sharing like never before. Fueled by our dependence on online and social media, we have created an ecosystem of obsessive distraction that dangerously undervalues solitude. Many of us now lead lives of strangely crowded loneliness--we are ever-connected, but only shallowly so.      Award-winning author Michael Harris examines why our experience of solitude has become so impoverished, and how we may grow to love it again in the frenzy of our digital landscape. Solitude is an optimistic and encouraging story about discovering true quiet inside the city, inside the crowd, inside our busy and urbane lives. Harris guides readers away from a life of ceaseless pings toward a state of measured connectivity, one that balances solitude and companionship.      Rich with true stories about the life-changing power of solitude, and interwoven with reporting from the world's foremost brain researchers, psychologists and tech entrepreneurs, Solitude is a beautiful and convincing statement on the benefits of being alone. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356203 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356203]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In the Realm of Hungry Ghosts: Close Encounters with Addiction Author: Gabor Maté Narrator: Daniel Maté Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 26 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 52 Ratings of Narrator: 4.58 of Total 12 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this timely and profoundly original new book, bestselling writer and physician Gabor Maté looks at the epidemic of addictions in our society, tells us why we are so prone to them and what is needed to liberate ourselves from their hold on our emotions and behaviours. For over seven years Gabor Maté has been the staff physician at the Portland Hotel, a residence and harm reduction facility in Vancouver’s Downtown Eastside. His patients are challenged by life-threatening drug addictions, mental illness, Hepatitis C or HIV and, in many cases, all four. But if Dr. Maté’s patients are at the far end of the spectrum, there are many others among us who are also struggling with addictions. Drugs, alcohol, tobacco, work, food, sex, gambling and excessive inappropriate spending: what is amiss with our lives that we seek such self-destructive ways to comfort ourselves? And why is it so difficult to stop these habits, even as they threaten our health, jeopardize our relationships and corrode our lives? Beginning with a dramatically close view of his drug addicted patients, Dr. Maté looks at his own history of compulsive behaviour. He weaves the stories of real people who have struggled with addiction with the latest research on addiction and the brain. Providing a bold synthesis of clinical experience, insight and cutting edge scientific findings, Dr. Maté sheds light on this most puzzling of human frailties. He proposes a compassionate approach to helping drug addicts and, for the many behaviour addicts among us, to addressing the void addiction is meant to fill. I believe there is one addiction process, whether it manifests in the lethal substance dependencies of my Downtown Eastside patients, the frantic self-soothing of overeaters or shopaholics, the obsessions of gamblers, sexaholics and compulsive internet users, or in the socially acceptable and even admired behaviours of the workaholic. Drug addicts are often dismissed and discounted as unworthy of empathy and respect. In telling their stories my intent is to help their voices to be heard and to shed light on the origins and nature of their ill-fated struggle to overcome suffering through substance use. Both in their flaws and their virtues they share much in common with the society that ostracizes them. If they have chosen a path to nowhere, they still have much to teach the rest of us. In the dark mirror of their lives we can trace outlines of our own. —from In the Realm of Hungry Ghosts Gabor Maté Tue, 24 Jul 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356203 thebookvoice.com 16:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356203]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In the Realm of Hungry Ghosts: Close Encounters with Addiction Author: Gabor Maté Narrator: Daniel Maté Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 26 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 52 Ratings of Narrator: 4.58 of Total 12 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this timely and profoundly original new book, bestselling writer and physician Gabor Maté looks at the epidemic of addictions in our society, tells us why we are so prone to them and what is needed to liberate ourselves from their hold on our emotions and behaviours. For over seven years Gabor Maté has been the staff physician at the Portland Hotel, a residence and harm reduction facility in Vancouver’s Downtown Eastside. His patients are challenged by life-threatening drug addictions, mental illness, Hepatitis C or HIV and, in many cases, all four. But if Dr. Maté’s patients are at the far end of the spectrum, there are many others among us who are also struggling with addictions. Drugs, alcohol, tobacco, work, food, sex, gambling and excessive inappropriate spending: what is amiss with our lives that we seek such self-destructive ways to comfort ourselves? And why is it so difficult to stop these habits, even as they threaten our health, jeopardize our relationships and corrode our lives? Beginning with a dramatically close view of his drug addicted patients, Dr. Maté looks at his own history of compulsive behaviour. He weaves the stories of real people who have struggled with addiction with the latest research on addiction and the brain. Providing a bold synthesis of clinical experience, insight and cutting edge scientific findings, Dr. Maté sheds light on this most puzzling of human frailties. He proposes a compassionate approach to helping drug addicts and, for the many behaviour addicts among us, to addressing the void addiction is meant to fill. I believe there is one addiction process, whether it manifests in the lethal substance dependencies of my Downtown Eastside patients, the frantic self-soothing of overeaters or shopaholics, the obsessions of gamblers, sexaholics and compulsive internet users, or in the socially acceptable and even admired behaviours of the workaholic. Drug addicts are often dismissed and discounted as unworthy of empathy and respect. In telling their stories my intent is to help their voices to be heard and to shed light on the origins and nature of their ill-fated struggle to overcome suffering through substance use. Both in their flaws and their virtues they share much in common with the society that ostracizes them. If they have chosen a path to nowhere, they still have much to teach the rest of us. In the dark mirror of their lives we can trace outlines of our own. —from In the Realm of Hungry Ghosts Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356203]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In the Realm of Hungry Ghosts: Close Encounters with Addiction Author: Gabor Maté Narrator: Daniel Maté Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 26 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 52 Ratings of Narrator: 4.58 of Total 12 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this timely and profoundly original new book, bestselling writer and physician Gabor Maté looks at the epidemic of addictions in our society, tells us why we are so prone to them and what is needed to liberate ourselves from their hold on our emotions and behaviours. For over seven years Gabor Maté has been the staff physician at the Portland Hotel, a residence and harm reduction facility in Vancouver’s Downtown Eastside. His patients are challenged by life-threatening drug addictions, mental illness, Hepatitis C or HIV and, in many cases, all four. But if Dr. Maté’s patients are at the far end of the spectrum, there are many others among us who are also struggling with addictions. Drugs, alcohol, tobacco, work, food, sex, gambling and excessive inappropriate spending: what is amiss with our lives that we seek such self-destructive ways to comfort ourselves? And why is it so difficult to stop these habits, even as they threaten our health, jeopardize our relationships and corrode our lives? Beginning with a dramatically close view of his drug addicted patients, Dr. Maté looks at his own history of compulsive behaviour. He weaves the stories of real people who have struggled with addiction with the latest research on addiction and the brain. Providing a bold synthesis of clinical experience, insight and cutting edge scientific findings, Dr. Maté sheds light on this most puzzling of human frailties. He proposes a compassionate approach to helping drug addicts and, for the many behaviour addicts among us, to addressing the void addiction is meant to fill. I believe there is one addiction process, whether it manifests in the lethal substance dependencies of my Downtown Eastside patients, the frantic self-soothing of overeaters or shopaholics, the obsessions of gamblers, sexaholics and compulsive internet users, or in the socially acceptable and even admired behaviours of the workaholic. Drug addicts are often dismissed and discounted as unworthy of empathy and respect. In telling their stories my intent is to help their voices to be heard and to shed light on the origins and nature of their ill-fated struggle to overcome suffering through substance use. Both in their flaws and their virtues they share much in common with the society that ostracizes them. If they have chosen a path to nowhere, they still have much to teach the rest of us. In the dark mirror of their lives we can trace outlines of our own. —from In the Realm of Hungry Ghosts https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356196 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356196]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hold On to Your Kids: Why Parents Need to Matter More Than Peers Author: Gabor Maté, Gordon Neufeld Narrator: Daniel Maté Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 12 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.88 of Total 25 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 9 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This parenting classic on one of the most disturbing and misunderstood trends of our time--peers replacing parents in the lives of children--is now more relevant than ever. The latest edition includes new material on how social media and video game culture are affecting our children, and what parents can do.   In Hold On to Your Kids, Dr. Neufeld and Dr. Maté explore the phenomenon of peer orientation: the troubling tendency of children and youth to look to their peers for direction--for a sense of right and wrong, for values, identity and codes of behaviour. But peer orientation undermines family cohesion, poisons the school atmosphere, and fosters an aggressively hostile and sexualized youth culture. It provides a powerful explanation for schoolyard bullying and youth violence; it is an escalating trend that has never been adequately described or contested until Hold On to Your Kids. Once understood, it becomes self-evident--as do the solutions. Gabor Maté, Gordon Neufeld Tue, 24 Jul 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356196 thebookvoice.com 14:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356196]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hold On to Your Kids: Why Parents Need to Matter More Than Peers Author: Gabor Maté, Gordon Neufeld Narrator: Daniel Maté Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 12 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.88 of Total 25 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 9 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This parenting classic on one of the most disturbing and misunderstood trends of our time--peers replacing parents in the lives of children--is now more relevant than ever. The latest edition includes new material on how social media and video game culture are affecting our children, and what parents can do.   In Hold On to Your Kids, Dr. Neufeld and Dr. Maté explore the phenomenon of peer orientation: the troubling tendency of children and youth to look to their peers for direction--for a sense of right and wrong, for values, identity and codes of behaviour. But peer orientation undermines family cohesion, poisons the school atmosphere, and fosters an aggressively hostile and sexualized youth culture. It provides a powerful explanation for schoolyard bullying and youth violence; it is an escalating trend that has never been adequately described or contested until Hold On to Your Kids. Once understood, it becomes self-evident--as do the solutions. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356196]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hold On to Your Kids: Why Parents Need to Matter More Than Peers Author: Gabor Maté, Gordon Neufeld Narrator: Daniel Maté Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 12 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.88 of Total 25 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 9 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This parenting classic on one of the most disturbing and misunderstood trends of our time--peers replacing parents in the lives of children--is now more relevant than ever. The latest edition includes new material on how social media and video game culture are affecting our children, and what parents can do.   In Hold On to Your Kids, Dr. Neufeld and Dr. Maté explore the phenomenon of peer orientation: the troubling tendency of children and youth to look to their peers for direction--for a sense of right and wrong, for values, identity and codes of behaviour. But peer orientation undermines family cohesion, poisons the school atmosphere, and fosters an aggressively hostile and sexualized youth culture. It provides a powerful explanation for schoolyard bullying and youth violence; it is an escalating trend that has never been adequately described or contested until Hold On to Your Kids. Once understood, it becomes self-evident--as do the solutions. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356129 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356129]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Smart Girl's Guide to Polyamory: Everything You Need to Know About Open Relationships, Non-Monogamy, and Alternative Love Author: Dedeker Winston Narrator: Stephanie Rose Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: No one likes a know-it-all, but everyone loves a girl with brains and heart. The Smart Girl's Guide to Polyamory is an intelligent and comprehensive guide to polyamory, open relationships, and other forms of alternative love, offering relationship advice radically different from anything you'll find on the magazine rack. This practical guidebook will help women break free of the mold of traditional monogamy, without the constraints of jealousy, possessiveness, insecurity, and competition. The Smart Girl's Guide to Polyamory incorporates interviews and real-world advice from women of all ages in nontraditional relationships, as well as exercises for building self-awareness, confidence in communication, and strategies for managing and eliminating jealousy. If you're curious about exploring group sex, opening up your current monogamous relationship, or ready to 'come out' as polyamorous, this book covers it all! Whether you're a seasoned graduate, a timid freshman, or somewhere in between, you'll learn how to discover and craft unique relationships that are healthy, happy, sexy, and tailor-made for you. Because when it comes to your love life, being a know-it-all is actually a great thing to be. Dedeker Winston Tue, 16 Oct 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356129 thebookvoice.com 9:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356129]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Smart Girl's Guide to Polyamory: Everything You Need to Know About Open Relationships, Non-Monogamy, and Alternative Love Author: Dedeker Winston Narrator: Stephanie Rose Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: No one likes a know-it-all, but everyone loves a girl with brains and heart. The Smart Girl's Guide to Polyamory is an intelligent and comprehensive guide to polyamory, open relationships, and other forms of alternative love, offering relationship advice radically different from anything you'll find on the magazine rack. This practical guidebook will help women break free of the mold of traditional monogamy, without the constraints of jealousy, possessiveness, insecurity, and competition. The Smart Girl's Guide to Polyamory incorporates interviews and real-world advice from women of all ages in nontraditional relationships, as well as exercises for building self-awareness, confidence in communication, and strategies for managing and eliminating jealousy. If you're curious about exploring group sex, opening up your current monogamous relationship, or ready to 'come out' as polyamorous, this book covers it all! Whether you're a seasoned graduate, a timid freshman, or somewhere in between, you'll learn how to discover and craft unique relationships that are healthy, happy, sexy, and tailor-made for you. Because when it comes to your love life, being a know-it-all is actually a great thing to be. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356129]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Smart Girl's Guide to Polyamory: Everything You Need to Know About Open Relationships, Non-Monogamy, and Alternative Love Author: Dedeker Winston Narrator: Stephanie Rose Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: No one likes a know-it-all, but everyone loves a girl with brains and heart. The Smart Girl's Guide to Polyamory is an intelligent and comprehensive guide to polyamory, open relationships, and other forms of alternative love, offering relationship advice radically different from anything you'll find on the magazine rack. This practical guidebook will help women break free of the mold of traditional monogamy, without the constraints of jealousy, possessiveness, insecurity, and competition. The Smart Girl's Guide to Polyamory incorporates interviews and real-world advice from women of all ages in nontraditional relationships, as well as exercises for building self-awareness, confidence in communication, and strategies for managing and eliminating jealousy. If you're curious about exploring group sex, opening up your current monogamous relationship, or ready to 'come out' as polyamorous, this book covers it all! Whether you're a seasoned graduate, a timid freshman, or somewhere in between, you'll learn how to discover and craft unique relationships that are healthy, happy, sexy, and tailor-made for you. Because when it comes to your love life, being a know-it-all is actually a great thing to be. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356107 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356107]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Science and Human Behavior Author: B.F. Skinner Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The psychology classic—a detailed study of scientific theories of human nature and the possible ways in which human behavior can be predicted and controlled—from one of the most influential behaviorists of the twentieth century and the author of Walden Two. B.F. Skinner Tue, 16 Oct 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356107 thebookvoice.com 19:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356107]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Science and Human Behavior Author: B.F. Skinner Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The psychology classic—a detailed study of scientific theories of human nature and the possible ways in which human behavior can be predicted and controlled—from one of the most influential behaviorists of the twentieth century and the author of Walden Two. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356107]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Science and Human Behavior Author: B.F. Skinner Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The psychology classic—a detailed study of scientific theories of human nature and the possible ways in which human behavior can be predicted and controlled—from one of the most influential behaviorists of the twentieth century and the author of Walden Two. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356089 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356089]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Innate: How the Wiring of Our Brains Shapes Who We Are Author: Kevin J. Mitchell Narrator: Michael Page Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 8 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A leading neuroscientist explains why your personal traits are more innate than you think What makes you the way you are—and what makes each of us different from everyone else? In Innate, leading neuroscientist and popular science blogger Kevin Mitchell traces human diversity and individual differences to their deepest level: in the wiring of our brains. Deftly guiding us through important new research, including his own groundbreaking work, he explains how variations in the way our brains develop before birth strongly influence our psychology and behavior throughout our lives, shaping our personality, intelligence, sexuality, and even the way we perceive the world. We all share a genetic program for making a human brain, and the program for making a brain like yours is specifically encoded in your DNA. But, as Mitchell explains, the way that program plays out is affected by random processes of development that manifest uniquely in each person, even identical twins. The key insight of Innate is that the combination of these developmental and genetic variations creates innate differences in how our brains are wired—differences that impact all aspects of our psychology—and this insight promises to transform the way we see the interplay of nature and nurture. Kevin J. Mitchell Tue, 16 Oct 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356089 thebookvoice.com 10:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356089]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Innate: How the Wiring of Our Brains Shapes Who We Are Author: Kevin J. Mitchell Narrator: Michael Page Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 8 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A leading neuroscientist explains why your personal traits are more innate than you think What makes you the way you are—and what makes each of us different from everyone else? In Innate, leading neuroscientist and popular science blogger Kevin Mitchell traces human diversity and individual differences to their deepest level: in the wiring of our brains. Deftly guiding us through important new research, including his own groundbreaking work, he explains how variations in the way our brains develop before birth strongly influence our psychology and behavior throughout our lives, shaping our personality, intelligence, sexuality, and even the way we perceive the world. We all share a genetic program for making a human brain, and the program for making a brain like yours is specifically encoded in your DNA. But, as Mitchell explains, the way that program plays out is affected by random processes of development that manifest uniquely in each person, even identical twins. The key insight of Innate is that the combination of these developmental and genetic variations creates innate differences in how our brains are wired—differences that impact all aspects of our psychology—and this insight promises to transform the way we see the interplay of nature and nurture. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356089]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Innate: How the Wiring of Our Brains Shapes Who We Are Author: Kevin J. Mitchell Narrator: Michael Page Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 8 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A leading neuroscientist explains why your personal traits are more innate than you think What makes you the way you are—and what makes each of us different from everyone else? In Innate, leading neuroscientist and popular science blogger Kevin Mitchell traces human diversity and individual differences to their deepest level: in the wiring of our brains. Deftly guiding us through important new research, including his own groundbreaking work, he explains how variations in the way our brains develop before birth strongly influence our psychology and behavior throughout our lives, shaping our personality, intelligence, sexuality, and even the way we perceive the world. We all share a genetic program for making a human brain, and the program for making a brain like yours is specifically encoded in your DNA. But, as Mitchell explains, the way that program plays out is affected by random processes of development that manifest uniquely in each person, even identical twins. The key insight of Innate is that the combination of these developmental and genetic variations creates innate differences in how our brains are wired—differences that impact all aspects of our psychology—and this insight promises to transform the way we see the interplay of nature and nurture. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356054 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356054]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Science of Storytelling: Why Stories Make Us Human, and How to Tell Them Better Author: Will Storr Narrator: Will Storr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 4 minutes Release date: April 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER ‘If you want to write a novel or a script, read this book’ Sunday Times ‘The best book on the craft of storytelling I’ve ever read’ Matt Haig ‘Rarely has a book engrossed me more, and forced me to question everything I’ve ever read, seen or written. A masterpiece’ Adam Rutherford Why stories make us human and how to tell them better. There have been many attempts to understand what makes a good story – but few have used a scientific approach. In this incisive, thought-provoking book, award-winning writer Will Storr demonstrates how master storytellers manipulate and compel us. Applying dazzling psychological research and cutting-edge neuroscience to the foundations of our myths and archetypes, he shows how we can use these tools to tell better stories – and make sense of our chaotic modern world. INCLUDES NEW MATERIAL. Will Storr Thu, 04 Apr 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356054 thebookvoice.com 7:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356054]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Science of Storytelling: Why Stories Make Us Human, and How to Tell Them Better Author: Will Storr Narrator: Will Storr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 4 minutes Release date: April 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER ‘If you want to write a novel or a script, read this book’ Sunday Times ‘The best book on the craft of storytelling I’ve ever read’ Matt Haig ‘Rarely has a book engrossed me more, and forced me to question everything I’ve ever read, seen or written. A masterpiece’ Adam Rutherford Why stories make us human and how to tell them better. There have been many attempts to understand what makes a good story – but few have used a scientific approach. In this incisive, thought-provoking book, award-winning writer Will Storr demonstrates how master storytellers manipulate and compel us. Applying dazzling psychological research and cutting-edge neuroscience to the foundations of our myths and archetypes, he shows how we can use these tools to tell better stories – and make sense of our chaotic modern world. INCLUDES NEW MATERIAL. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356054]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Science of Storytelling: Why Stories Make Us Human, and How to Tell Them Better Author: Will Storr Narrator: Will Storr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 4 minutes Release date: April 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER ‘If you want to write a novel or a script, read this book’ Sunday Times ‘The best book on the craft of storytelling I’ve ever read’ Matt Haig ‘Rarely has a book engrossed me more, and forced me to question everything I’ve ever read, seen or written. A masterpiece’ Adam Rutherford Why stories make us human and how to tell them better. There have been many attempts to understand what makes a good story – but few have used a scientific approach. In this incisive, thought-provoking book, award-winning writer Will Storr demonstrates how master storytellers manipulate and compel us. Applying dazzling psychological research and cutting-edge neuroscience to the foundations of our myths and archetypes, he shows how we can use these tools to tell better stories – and make sense of our chaotic modern world. INCLUDES NEW MATERIAL. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355948 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355948]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creating Things That Matter: The Art and Science of Innovations That Last Author: David Edwards Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Most things we create will not matter. This book is about creating things that do, from a master innovator who brings science and art together in his cutting edge labs. Art and science are famous opposites. Contemporary innovation mostly keeps them far apart. But in this book, David Edwards―world-renowned inventor; Harvard professor of the practice of idea translation; creator of breathable insulin, edible food packaging, and digital scents―reveals that the secret to creating very new things of lasting benefit, including innovations we will need to sustain human life on the planet, lies in perceiving art and science as one. Here Edwards shares how he discovered a way of creating that transcends disciplines and incorporates the principles of aesthetics. He introduces us to cutting-edge artists, musicians, architects, physicists, mathematicians, engineers, chefs, choreographers, and novelists (among others) and uncovers a three-step cycle they all share in creating things that durably matter. This creator cycle looks unlike what we associate with game-changing innovation today, and aligns the most expressive art and the most revolutionary science in a radical reimagining of how we live. David Edwards and the innovators he profiles belong to an emerging grassroots renaissance flourishing in special environments that we all can make in our schools, companies and homes. Creating Things That Matter is a book for anyone wondering what tomorrow might be, and at last half believing that what they do can make a difference. David Edwards Tue, 16 Oct 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355948 thebookvoice.com 7:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355948]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creating Things That Matter: The Art and Science of Innovations That Last Author: David Edwards Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Most things we create will not matter. This book is about creating things that do, from a master innovator who brings science and art together in his cutting edge labs. Art and science are famous opposites. Contemporary innovation mostly keeps them far apart. But in this book, David Edwards―world-renowned inventor; Harvard professor of the practice of idea translation; creator of breathable insulin, edible food packaging, and digital scents―reveals that the secret to creating very new things of lasting benefit, including innovations we will need to sustain human life on the planet, lies in perceiving art and science as one. Here Edwards shares how he discovered a way of creating that transcends disciplines and incorporates the principles of aesthetics. He introduces us to cutting-edge artists, musicians, architects, physicists, mathematicians, engineers, chefs, choreographers, and novelists (among others) and uncovers a three-step cycle they all share in creating things that durably matter. This creator cycle looks unlike what we associate with game-changing innovation today, and aligns the most expressive art and the most revolutionary science in a radical reimagining of how we live. David Edwards and the innovators he profiles belong to an emerging grassroots renaissance flourishing in special environments that we all can make in our schools, companies and homes. Creating Things That Matter is a book for anyone wondering what tomorrow might be, and at last half believing that what they do can make a difference. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355948]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creating Things That Matter: The Art and Science of Innovations That Last Author: David Edwards Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Most things we create will not matter. This book is about creating things that do, from a master innovator who brings science and art together in his cutting edge labs. Art and science are famous opposites. Contemporary innovation mostly keeps them far apart. But in this book, David Edwards―world-renowned inventor; Harvard professor of the practice of idea translation; creator of breathable insulin, edible food packaging, and digital scents―reveals that the secret to creating very new things of lasting benefit, including innovations we will need to sustain human life on the planet, lies in perceiving art and science as one. Here Edwards shares how he discovered a way of creating that transcends disciplines and incorporates the principles of aesthetics. He introduces us to cutting-edge artists, musicians, architects, physicists, mathematicians, engineers, chefs, choreographers, and novelists (among others) and uncovers a three-step cycle they all share in creating things that durably matter. This creator cycle looks unlike what we associate with game-changing innovation today, and aligns the most expressive art and the most revolutionary science in a radical reimagining of how we live. David Edwards and the innovators he profiles belong to an emerging grassroots renaissance flourishing in special environments that we all can make in our schools, companies and homes. Creating Things That Matter is a book for anyone wondering what tomorrow might be, and at last half believing that what they do can make a difference. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355813 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355813]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brain Health As You Age: A Practical Guide to Maintenance and Prevention Author: Jodi L. Lyons, William E. Mansbach, Steven P. Simmons Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: November 8, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Have you ever spent 10 minutes looking for your reading glasses, and they were on the top of your head? Or, have you walked into a room and forgotten why you went there? Where are your car keys? What’s normal aging? When should you be concerned? Is there anything you can do to maintain your brain health as you age? This book provides useful, achievable actions you can take, accurate information about identifying problems, and real solutions. Our team offers anecdotes and scientifically validated information -- important tools in separating myth from reality. Our book is different from others on the market because our information and recommendations are based on scientifically validated, peer-reviewed studies published in reputable journals by world-renowned researchers in the neuroscience field, including our authors. We separate fact from fiction to ensure that our recommendations are practical, useful, achievable, and measurable. Our authors are recognized experts in the field of aging, cognition, and brain health. Most of the competition is not. Written by a world-renowned cognitive specialist, an extraordinary housecall physician, and an award-winning author on eldercare issues – all of whom specialize in caring for those with cognitive impairment -- this book is based on our expertise, practical experience, and peer-reviewed research. In addition to providing scientifically validated information and practical advice, our book separates myth from reality. Brain health, cognitive impairment, and mood disorders are serious issues. With the Baby Boomer market growing older and growing concerned about their and their parents’ brain health, the marketplace has attracted frauds, charlatans, and some well-meaning but poorly informed people who offer unproven and often dangerous products. Our authors are recognized experts, our practical experience is solid, and our science is peer-reviewed and validated. Jodi L. Lyons, William E. Mansbach, Steven P. Simmons Thu, 08 Nov 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355813 thebookvoice.com 7:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355813]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brain Health As You Age: A Practical Guide to Maintenance and Prevention Author: Jodi L. Lyons, William E. Mansbach, Steven P. Simmons Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: November 8, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Have you ever spent 10 minutes looking for your reading glasses, and they were on the top of your head? Or, have you walked into a room and forgotten why you went there? Where are your car keys? What’s normal aging? When should you be concerned? Is there anything you can do to maintain your brain health as you age? This book provides useful, achievable actions you can take, accurate information about identifying problems, and real solutions. Our team offers anecdotes and scientifically validated information -- important tools in separating myth from reality. Our book is different from others on the market because our information and recommendations are based on scientifically validated, peer-reviewed studies published in reputable journals by world-renowned researchers in the neuroscience field, including our authors. We separate fact from fiction to ensure that our recommendations are practical, useful, achievable, and measurable. Our authors are recognized experts in the field of aging, cognition, and brain health. Most of the competition is not. Written by a world-renowned cognitive specialist, an extraordinary housecall physician, and an award-winning author on eldercare issues – all of whom specialize in caring for those with cognitive impairment -- this book is based on our expertise, practical experience, and peer-reviewed research. In addition to providing scientifically validated information and practical advice, our book separates myth from reality. Brain health, cognitive impairment, and mood disorders are serious issues. With the Baby Boomer market growing older and growing concerned about their and their parents’ brain health, the marketplace has attracted frauds, charlatans, and some well-meaning but poorly informed people who offer unproven and often dangerous products. Our authors are recognized experts, our practical experience is solid, and our science is peer-reviewed and validated. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355813]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brain Health As You Age: A Practical Guide to Maintenance and Prevention Author: Jodi L. Lyons, William E. Mansbach, Steven P. Simmons Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: November 8, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Have you ever spent 10 minutes looking for your reading glasses, and they were on the top of your head? Or, have you walked into a room and forgotten why you went there? Where are your car keys? What’s normal aging? When should you be concerned? Is there anything you can do to maintain your brain health as you age? This book provides useful, achievable actions you can take, accurate information about identifying problems, and real solutions. Our team offers anecdotes and scientifically validated information -- important tools in separating myth from reality. Our book is different from others on the market because our information and recommendations are based on scientifically validated, peer-reviewed studies published in reputable journals by world-renowned researchers in the neuroscience field, including our authors. We separate fact from fiction to ensure that our recommendations are practical, useful, achievable, and measurable. Our authors are recognized experts in the field of aging, cognition, and brain health. Most of the competition is not. Written by a world-renowned cognitive specialist, an extraordinary housecall physician, and an award-winning author on eldercare issues – all of whom specialize in caring for those with cognitive impairment -- this book is based on our expertise, practical experience, and peer-reviewed research. In addition to providing scientifically validated information and practical advice, our book separates myth from reality. Brain health, cognitive impairment, and mood disorders are serious issues. With the Baby Boomer market growing older and growing concerned about their and their parents’ brain health, the marketplace has attracted frauds, charlatans, and some well-meaning but poorly informed people who offer unproven and often dangerous products. Our authors are recognized experts, our practical experience is solid, and our science is peer-reviewed and validated. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355800 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355800]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gaslighting: Recognize Manipulative and Emotionally Abusive People -- and Break Free Author: Stephanie Moulton Sarkis Narrator: Suehyla El-Attar, Stephanie Moulton Sarkis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A mental health expert sheds light on 'gaslighting'--the manipulative technique used by sociopaths, narcissists, and others--offering practical strategies to cope and break free. He's the charmer -- the witty, confident, but overly controlling date. She's the woman on your team who always manages to take credit for your good work. He's the neighbor who swears you've been putting your garbage into his trash cans, the politician who can never admit to a mistake. Gaslighters are master controllers and manipulators, often challenging your very sense of reality. Whether it's a spouse, parent, coworker, or friend, gaslighters distort the truth -- by lying, withholding, triangulation, and more -- making their victims question their own reality and sanity. Dr. Stephanie Sarkis delves into this hidden manipulation technique, covering gaslighting in every life scenario, sharing: - Why gaslighters seem so 'normal' at first - Warning signs and examples - Gaslighter 'red flags' on a first date - Practical strategies for coping - How to coparent with a gaslighter - How to protect yourself from a gaslighter at work - How to walk away and rebuild your life With clear-eyed wisdom and empathy, Dr. Sarkis not only helps you determine if you are being victimized by a gaslighter -- she gives you the tools to break free and heal. Stephanie Moulton Sarkis Tue, 02 Oct 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355800 thebookvoice.com 8:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355800]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gaslighting: Recognize Manipulative and Emotionally Abusive People -- and Break Free Author: Stephanie Moulton Sarkis Narrator: Suehyla El-Attar, Stephanie Moulton Sarkis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A mental health expert sheds light on 'gaslighting'--the manipulative technique used by sociopaths, narcissists, and others--offering practical strategies to cope and break free. He's the charmer -- the witty, confident, but overly controlling date. She's the woman on your team who always manages to take credit for your good work. He's the neighbor who swears you've been putting your garbage into his trash cans, the politician who can never admit to a mistake. Gaslighters are master controllers and manipulators, often challenging your very sense of reality. Whether it's a spouse, parent, coworker, or friend, gaslighters distort the truth -- by lying, withholding, triangulation, and more -- making their victims question their own reality and sanity. Dr. Stephanie Sarkis delves into this hidden manipulation technique, covering gaslighting in every life scenario, sharing: - Why gaslighters seem so 'normal' at first - Warning signs and examples - Gaslighter 'red flags' on a first date - Practical strategies for coping - How to coparent with a gaslighter - How to protect yourself from a gaslighter at work - How to walk away and rebuild your life With clear-eyed wisdom and empathy, Dr. Sarkis not only helps you determine if you are being victimized by a gaslighter -- she gives you the tools to break free and heal. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355800]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gaslighting: Recognize Manipulative and Emotionally Abusive People -- and Break Free Author: Stephanie Moulton Sarkis Narrator: Suehyla El-Attar, Stephanie Moulton Sarkis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A mental health expert sheds light on 'gaslighting'--the manipulative technique used by sociopaths, narcissists, and others--offering practical strategies to cope and break free. He's the charmer -- the witty, confident, but overly controlling date. She's the woman on your team who always manages to take credit for your good work. He's the neighbor who swears you've been putting your garbage into his trash cans, the politician who can never admit to a mistake. Gaslighters are master controllers and manipulators, often challenging your very sense of reality. Whether it's a spouse, parent, coworker, or friend, gaslighters distort the truth -- by lying, withholding, triangulation, and more -- making their victims question their own reality and sanity. Dr. Stephanie Sarkis delves into this hidden manipulation technique, covering gaslighting in every life scenario, sharing: - Why gaslighters seem so 'normal' at first - Warning signs and examples - Gaslighter 'red flags' on a first date - Practical strategies for coping - How to coparent with a gaslighter - How to protect yourself from a gaslighter at work - How to walk away and rebuild your life With clear-eyed wisdom and empathy, Dr. Sarkis not only helps you determine if you are being victimized by a gaslighter -- she gives you the tools to break free and heal. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355768 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355768]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Molecule of More: How a Single Chemical in Your Brain Drives Love, Sex, and Creativity--and Will Determine the Fate of the Human Race Author: Daniel Z. Lieberman, M.D., Michael E. Long Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 50 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Why are we obsessed with the things we want and bored when we get them? Why is addiction “perfectly logical” to an addict? Why does love change so quickly from passion to disinterest? Why are some people diehard liberals and others hardcore conservatives? Why are we always hopeful for solutions even in the darkest times—and so good at figuring them out? The answer is found in a single chemical in your brain: dopamine. Dopamine ensured the survival of early man. Thousands of years later, it is the source of our most basic behaviors and cultural ideas—and progress itself. Dopamine is the chemical of desire that always asks for more—more stuff, more stimulation, and more surprises. In pursuit of these things, it is undeterred by emotion, fear, or morality. Dopamine is the source of our every urge, that little bit of biology that makes an ambitious business professional sacrifice everything in pursuit of success, or that drives a satisfied spouse to risk it all for the thrill of someone new. Simply put, it is why we seek and succeed; it is why we discover and prosper. Yet, at the same time, it’s why we gamble and squander. From dopamine’s point of view, it’s not the having that matters. It’s getting something—anything—that’s new. From this understanding—the difference between possessing something versus anticipating it—we can understand in a revolutionary new way why we behave as we do in love, business, addiction, politics, religion – and we can even predict those behaviors in ourselves and others. In The Molecule of More: How a Single Chemical in Your Brain Drives Love, Sex, and Creativity—and will Determine the Fate of the Human Race, George Washington University professor and psychiatrist Daniel Z. Lieberman, MD, and Georgetown University lecturer Michael E. Long present a potentially life-changing proposal: Much of human life has an unconsidered component that explains an array of behaviors previously thought to be unrelated, including why winners cheat, why geniuses often suffer with mental illness, why nearly all diets fail, and why the brains of liberals and conservatives really are different. Daniel Z. Lieberman, M.D., Michael E. Long Tue, 02 Oct 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355768 thebookvoice.com 8:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355768]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Molecule of More: How a Single Chemical in Your Brain Drives Love, Sex, and Creativity--and Will Determine the Fate of the Human Race Author: Daniel Z. Lieberman, M.D., Michael E. Long Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 50 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Why are we obsessed with the things we want and bored when we get them? Why is addiction “perfectly logical” to an addict? Why does love change so quickly from passion to disinterest? Why are some people diehard liberals and others hardcore conservatives? Why are we always hopeful for solutions even in the darkest times—and so good at figuring them out? The answer is found in a single chemical in your brain: dopamine. Dopamine ensured the survival of early man. Thousands of years later, it is the source of our most basic behaviors and cultural ideas—and progress itself. Dopamine is the chemical of desire that always asks for more—more stuff, more stimulation, and more surprises. In pursuit of these things, it is undeterred by emotion, fear, or morality. Dopamine is the source of our every urge, that little bit of biology that makes an ambitious business professional sacrifice everything in pursuit of success, or that drives a satisfied spouse to risk it all for the thrill of someone new. Simply put, it is why we seek and succeed; it is why we discover and prosper. Yet, at the same time, it’s why we gamble and squander. From dopamine’s point of view, it’s not the having that matters. It’s getting something—anything—that’s new. From this understanding—the difference between possessing something versus anticipating it—we can understand in a revolutionary new way why we behave as we do in love, business, addiction, politics, religion – and we can even predict those behaviors in ourselves and others. In The Molecule of More: How a Single Chemical in Your Brain Drives Love, Sex, and Creativity—and will Determine the Fate of the Human Race, George Washington University professor and psychiatrist Daniel Z. Lieberman, MD, and Georgetown University lecturer Michael E. Long present a potentially life-changing proposal: Much of human life has an unconsidered component that explains an array of behaviors previously thought to be unrelated, including why winners cheat, why geniuses often suffer with mental illness, why nearly all diets fail, and why the brains of liberals and conservatives really are different. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355768]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Molecule of More: How a Single Chemical in Your Brain Drives Love, Sex, and Creativity--and Will Determine the Fate of the Human Race Author: Daniel Z. Lieberman, M.D., Michael E. Long Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 50 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Why are we obsessed with the things we want and bored when we get them? Why is addiction “perfectly logical” to an addict? Why does love change so quickly from passion to disinterest? Why are some people diehard liberals and others hardcore conservatives? Why are we always hopeful for solutions even in the darkest times—and so good at figuring them out? The answer is found in a single chemical in your brain: dopamine. Dopamine ensured the survival of early man. Thousands of years later, it is the source of our most basic behaviors and cultural ideas—and progress itself. Dopamine is the chemical of desire that always asks for more—more stuff, more stimulation, and more surprises. In pursuit of these things, it is undeterred by emotion, fear, or morality. Dopamine is the source of our every urge, that little bit of biology that makes an ambitious business professional sacrifice everything in pursuit of success, or that drives a satisfied spouse to risk it all for the thrill of someone new. Simply put, it is why we seek and succeed; it is why we discover and prosper. Yet, at the same time, it’s why we gamble and squander. From dopamine’s point of view, it’s not the having that matters. It’s getting something—anything—that’s new. From this understanding—the difference between possessing something versus anticipating it—we can understand in a revolutionary new way why we behave as we do in love, business, addiction, politics, religion – and we can even predict those behaviors in ourselves and others. In The Molecule of More: How a Single Chemical in Your Brain Drives Love, Sex, and Creativity—and will Determine the Fate of the Human Race, George Washington University professor and psychiatrist Daniel Z. Lieberman, MD, and Georgetown University lecturer Michael E. Long present a potentially life-changing proposal: Much of human life has an unconsidered component that explains an array of behaviors previously thought to be unrelated, including why winners cheat, why geniuses often suffer with mental illness, why nearly all diets fail, and why the brains of liberals and conservatives really are different. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355683 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355683]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Scout Mindset: Why Some People See Things Clearly and Others Don't Author: Julia Galef Narrator: Julia Galef Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 13, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: '...an engaging and enlightening account from which we all can benefit.'—The Wall Street Journal   A better way to combat knee-jerk biases and make smarter decisions, from Julia Galef, the acclaimed expert on rational decision-making. When it comes to what we believe, humans see what they want to see. In other words, we have what Julia Galef calls a 'soldier' mindset. From tribalism and wishful thinking, to rationalizing in our personal lives and everything in between, we are driven to defend the ideas we most want to believe—and shoot down those we don't. But if we want to get things right more often, argues Galef, we should train ourselves to have a 'scout' mindset. Unlike the soldier, a scout's goal isn't to defend one side over the other. It's to go out, survey the territory, and come back with as accurate a map as possible. Regardless of what they hope to be the case, above all, the scout wants to know what's actually true. In The Scout Mindset, Galef shows that what makes scouts better at getting things right isn't that they're smarter or more knowledgeable than everyone else. It's a handful of emotional skills, habits, and ways of looking at the world—which anyone can learn. With fascinating examples ranging from how to survive being stranded in the middle of the ocean, to how Jeff Bezos avoids overconfidence, to how superforecasters outperform CIA operatives, to Reddit threads and modern partisan politics, Galef explores why our brains deceive us and what we can do to change the way we think. Julia Galef Tue, 13 Apr 2021 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355683 thebookvoice.com 6:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355683]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Scout Mindset: Why Some People See Things Clearly and Others Don't Author: Julia Galef Narrator: Julia Galef Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 13, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: '...an engaging and enlightening account from which we all can benefit.'—The Wall Street Journal   A better way to combat knee-jerk biases and make smarter decisions, from Julia Galef, the acclaimed expert on rational decision-making. When it comes to what we believe, humans see what they want to see. In other words, we have what Julia Galef calls a 'soldier' mindset. From tribalism and wishful thinking, to rationalizing in our personal lives and everything in between, we are driven to defend the ideas we most want to believe—and shoot down those we don't. But if we want to get things right more often, argues Galef, we should train ourselves to have a 'scout' mindset. Unlike the soldier, a scout's goal isn't to defend one side over the other. It's to go out, survey the territory, and come back with as accurate a map as possible. Regardless of what they hope to be the case, above all, the scout wants to know what's actually true. In The Scout Mindset, Galef shows that what makes scouts better at getting things right isn't that they're smarter or more knowledgeable than everyone else. It's a handful of emotional skills, habits, and ways of looking at the world—which anyone can learn. With fascinating examples ranging from how to survive being stranded in the middle of the ocean, to how Jeff Bezos avoids overconfidence, to how superforecasters outperform CIA operatives, to Reddit threads and modern partisan politics, Galef explores why our brains deceive us and what we can do to change the way we think. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355683]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Scout Mindset: Why Some People See Things Clearly and Others Don't Author: Julia Galef Narrator: Julia Galef Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 13, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: '...an engaging and enlightening account from which we all can benefit.'—The Wall Street Journal   A better way to combat knee-jerk biases and make smarter decisions, from Julia Galef, the acclaimed expert on rational decision-making. When it comes to what we believe, humans see what they want to see. In other words, we have what Julia Galef calls a 'soldier' mindset. From tribalism and wishful thinking, to rationalizing in our personal lives and everything in between, we are driven to defend the ideas we most want to believe—and shoot down those we don't. But if we want to get things right more often, argues Galef, we should train ourselves to have a 'scout' mindset. Unlike the soldier, a scout's goal isn't to defend one side over the other. It's to go out, survey the territory, and come back with as accurate a map as possible. Regardless of what they hope to be the case, above all, the scout wants to know what's actually true. In The Scout Mindset, Galef shows that what makes scouts better at getting things right isn't that they're smarter or more knowledgeable than everyone else. It's a handful of emotional skills, habits, and ways of looking at the world—which anyone can learn. With fascinating examples ranging from how to survive being stranded in the middle of the ocean, to how Jeff Bezos avoids overconfidence, to how superforecasters outperform CIA operatives, to Reddit threads and modern partisan politics, Galef explores why our brains deceive us and what we can do to change the way we think. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355666 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355666]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Not Good Enough Mother Author: Sharon Lamb Narrator: Rosemary Benson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A psychologist who evaluates the fitness of parents when their children have been removed from their custody finds herself reassessing her own mothering when her son falls victim to the opioid crisis. Psychologist and expert witness Dr. Sharon Lamb evaluates parents, particularly in high-stakes cases concerning the termination of parental rights. The conclusions she reaches can mean that some children are returned home from foster homes. Others are freed for adoption. Well-trained, Lamb generally can decide what’s in the best interests of the child. But when her son’s struggle with opioid addiction comes to light, she starts to doubt her right to make judgments about other mothers. As an expert, a professor, and a mother, Lamb gives voice to the near impossible standards demanded by a society prone to blame mothers when anything befalls their children. She describes vividly the plight of individual parents, mothers in particular, struggling with addiction and mental illness and trying to make stable homes for their kids amid the economic and emotional turmoil of their lives—all in the context of the opioid epidemic that has ravaged her home state of Vermont. In her office, during visits with their children, and in the family court, the parents we meet wait anxiously for Lamb’s verdict: Have they turned their lives around under child welfare’s watchful eye? Do they understand their children’s needs? In short, are they good enough? But what is good enough? Lamb turns that question on herself in the midst of her gradual realization of her son’s opioid addiction. Amazed at her own denial, feeling powerless to help him, Lamb confronts the heartache she can bring into the lives of others and her power to tear families apart. Sharon Lamb Tue, 25 Jun 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355666 thebookvoice.com 8:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355666]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Not Good Enough Mother Author: Sharon Lamb Narrator: Rosemary Benson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A psychologist who evaluates the fitness of parents when their children have been removed from their custody finds herself reassessing her own mothering when her son falls victim to the opioid crisis. Psychologist and expert witness Dr. Sharon Lamb evaluates parents, particularly in high-stakes cases concerning the termination of parental rights. The conclusions she reaches can mean that some children are returned home from foster homes. Others are freed for adoption. Well-trained, Lamb generally can decide what’s in the best interests of the child. But when her son’s struggle with opioid addiction comes to light, she starts to doubt her right to make judgments about other mothers. As an expert, a professor, and a mother, Lamb gives voice to the near impossible standards demanded by a society prone to blame mothers when anything befalls their children. She describes vividly the plight of individual parents, mothers in particular, struggling with addiction and mental illness and trying to make stable homes for their kids amid the economic and emotional turmoil of their lives—all in the context of the opioid epidemic that has ravaged her home state of Vermont. In her office, during visits with their children, and in the family court, the parents we meet wait anxiously for Lamb’s verdict: Have they turned their lives around under child welfare’s watchful eye? Do they understand their children’s needs? In short, are they good enough? But what is good enough? Lamb turns that question on herself in the midst of her gradual realization of her son’s opioid addiction. Amazed at her own denial, feeling powerless to help him, Lamb confronts the heartache she can bring into the lives of others and her power to tear families apart. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355666]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Not Good Enough Mother Author: Sharon Lamb Narrator: Rosemary Benson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A psychologist who evaluates the fitness of parents when their children have been removed from their custody finds herself reassessing her own mothering when her son falls victim to the opioid crisis. Psychologist and expert witness Dr. Sharon Lamb evaluates parents, particularly in high-stakes cases concerning the termination of parental rights. The conclusions she reaches can mean that some children are returned home from foster homes. Others are freed for adoption. Well-trained, Lamb generally can decide what’s in the best interests of the child. But when her son’s struggle with opioid addiction comes to light, she starts to doubt her right to make judgments about other mothers. As an expert, a professor, and a mother, Lamb gives voice to the near impossible standards demanded by a society prone to blame mothers when anything befalls their children. She describes vividly the plight of individual parents, mothers in particular, struggling with addiction and mental illness and trying to make stable homes for their kids amid the economic and emotional turmoil of their lives—all in the context of the opioid epidemic that has ravaged her home state of Vermont. In her office, during visits with their children, and in the family court, the parents we meet wait anxiously for Lamb’s verdict: Have they turned their lives around under child welfare’s watchful eye? Do they understand their children’s needs? In short, are they good enough? But what is good enough? Lamb turns that question on herself in the midst of her gradual realization of her son’s opioid addiction. Amazed at her own denial, feeling powerless to help him, Lamb confronts the heartache she can bring into the lives of others and her power to tear families apart. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355537 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355537]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Subconscious Power: Use Your Inner Mind to Create the Life You've Always Wanted Author: Kimberly Friedmutter Narrator: Kimberly Friedmutter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Activate the raw power of your subconscious to create the life you’ve always wanted, using six essential lessons from one of the world’s most renowned hypnotherapists in this “nourishing and healing book” (Michael Bernard Beckwith, author of Spiritual Liberation). Unsatisfying careers. Volatile, unhealthy relationships. Unfulfilled dreams. Too many of us are living lives that fall short of what we truly desire. But as celebrity hypnotist Kimberly Friedmutter explains in this life-changing book, not only is it possible to design the life of your dreams, but the power to do so already lies within you, in your subconscious mind. The subconscious is the root of your true power and desire; it’s your inner child, your authentic self. It is the honest compass that will lead you to a life of happiness, so long as you are able to follow its direction. We all have the power to access it but as we grow up we’re taught to stop daydreaming and to follow society’s rules, which makes us disconnect from our subconscious, often with tragic results. In Subconscious Power, Kimberly guides you through six principles that bring your conscious mind in line with your subconscious desires. She shares practical, three-minute exercises that will help you transform your relationships, find true love, lose weight after years of struggling with the scale, overcome addictions, and achieve new career successes and heights. Featuring inspiring success stories and the practical tools you need to make meaningful change, Subconscious Power gives “you a pathway to achieve your goals and dreams in an effective and easily understandable manner. This book will improve your life in ways you never thought of” (David Zelon, producer of Soul Surfer). Kimberly Friedmutter Tue, 09 Apr 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355537 thebookvoice.com 8:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355537]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Subconscious Power: Use Your Inner Mind to Create the Life You've Always Wanted Author: Kimberly Friedmutter Narrator: Kimberly Friedmutter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Activate the raw power of your subconscious to create the life you’ve always wanted, using six essential lessons from one of the world’s most renowned hypnotherapists in this “nourishing and healing book” (Michael Bernard Beckwith, author of Spiritual Liberation). Unsatisfying careers. Volatile, unhealthy relationships. Unfulfilled dreams. Too many of us are living lives that fall short of what we truly desire. But as celebrity hypnotist Kimberly Friedmutter explains in this life-changing book, not only is it possible to design the life of your dreams, but the power to do so already lies within you, in your subconscious mind. The subconscious is the root of your true power and desire; it’s your inner child, your authentic self. It is the honest compass that will lead you to a life of happiness, so long as you are able to follow its direction. We all have the power to access it but as we grow up we’re taught to stop daydreaming and to follow society’s rules, which makes us disconnect from our subconscious, often with tragic results. In Subconscious Power, Kimberly guides you through six principles that bring your conscious mind in line with your subconscious desires. She shares practical, three-minute exercises that will help you transform your relationships, find true love, lose weight after years of struggling with the scale, overcome addictions, and achieve new career successes and heights. Featuring inspiring success stories and the practical tools you need to make meaningful change, Subconscious Power gives “you a pathway to achieve your goals and dreams in an effective and easily understandable manner. This book will improve your life in ways you never thought of” (David Zelon, producer of Soul Surfer). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355537]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Subconscious Power: Use Your Inner Mind to Create the Life You've Always Wanted Author: Kimberly Friedmutter Narrator: Kimberly Friedmutter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Activate the raw power of your subconscious to create the life you’ve always wanted, using six essential lessons from one of the world’s most renowned hypnotherapists in this “nourishing and healing book” (Michael Bernard Beckwith, author of Spiritual Liberation). Unsatisfying careers. Volatile, unhealthy relationships. Unfulfilled dreams. Too many of us are living lives that fall short of what we truly desire. But as celebrity hypnotist Kimberly Friedmutter explains in this life-changing book, not only is it possible to design the life of your dreams, but the power to do so already lies within you, in your subconscious mind. The subconscious is the root of your true power and desire; it’s your inner child, your authentic self. It is the honest compass that will lead you to a life of happiness, so long as you are able to follow its direction. We all have the power to access it but as we grow up we’re taught to stop daydreaming and to follow society’s rules, which makes us disconnect from our subconscious, often with tragic results. In Subconscious Power, Kimberly guides you through six principles that bring your conscious mind in line with your subconscious desires. She shares practical, three-minute exercises that will help you transform your relationships, find true love, lose weight after years of struggling with the scale, overcome addictions, and achieve new career successes and heights. Featuring inspiring success stories and the practical tools you need to make meaningful change, Subconscious Power gives “you a pathway to achieve your goals and dreams in an effective and easily understandable manner. This book will improve your life in ways you never thought of” (David Zelon, producer of Soul Surfer). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355525 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355525]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Is It Always About You?: The Seven Deadly Sins of Narcissism Author: Sandy Hotchkiss Narrator: Amanda Carlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 14 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “A practical and accessible book about one of the most prevalent personality disorders of our time.” —Drew Pinsky, M.D. In this groundbreaking book on narcissism, clinical social worker and psychotherapist Sandy Hotchkiss shows you how to cope with controlling, egotistical people who are incapable of the fundamental give-and-take that sustains healthy relationships. Exploring how individuals come to have this shortcoming, why you get drawn into their perilous orbit, and what you can do to break free, Hotchkiss describes the 'Seven Deadly Sins of Narcissism' and their origins. You will learn to recognize these hallmarks of unhealthy narcissism—Shamelessness, Magical Thinking, Arrogance, Envy, Entitlement, Exploitation, Bad Boundaries—and to understand the roles that parenting and culture play in their creation. Whether the narcissist in question is a coworker, spouse, parent, or child, Why Is It Always About You? provides abundant practical advice for anyone struggling to break narcissism's insidious spread to the next generation, and for anyone who encounters narcissists in everyday life. Sandy Hotchkiss Tue, 29 Jan 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355525 thebookvoice.com 7:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355525]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Is It Always About You?: The Seven Deadly Sins of Narcissism Author: Sandy Hotchkiss Narrator: Amanda Carlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 14 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “A practical and accessible book about one of the most prevalent personality disorders of our time.” —Drew Pinsky, M.D. In this groundbreaking book on narcissism, clinical social worker and psychotherapist Sandy Hotchkiss shows you how to cope with controlling, egotistical people who are incapable of the fundamental give-and-take that sustains healthy relationships. Exploring how individuals come to have this shortcoming, why you get drawn into their perilous orbit, and what you can do to break free, Hotchkiss describes the 'Seven Deadly Sins of Narcissism' and their origins. You will learn to recognize these hallmarks of unhealthy narcissism—Shamelessness, Magical Thinking, Arrogance, Envy, Entitlement, Exploitation, Bad Boundaries—and to understand the roles that parenting and culture play in their creation. Whether the narcissist in question is a coworker, spouse, parent, or child, Why Is It Always About You? provides abundant practical advice for anyone struggling to break narcissism's insidious spread to the next generation, and for anyone who encounters narcissists in everyday life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355525]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Is It Always About You?: The Seven Deadly Sins of Narcissism Author: Sandy Hotchkiss Narrator: Amanda Carlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 14 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “A practical and accessible book about one of the most prevalent personality disorders of our time.” —Drew Pinsky, M.D. In this groundbreaking book on narcissism, clinical social worker and psychotherapist Sandy Hotchkiss shows you how to cope with controlling, egotistical people who are incapable of the fundamental give-and-take that sustains healthy relationships. Exploring how individuals come to have this shortcoming, why you get drawn into their perilous orbit, and what you can do to break free, Hotchkiss describes the 'Seven Deadly Sins of Narcissism' and their origins. You will learn to recognize these hallmarks of unhealthy narcissism—Shamelessness, Magical Thinking, Arrogance, Envy, Entitlement, Exploitation, Bad Boundaries—and to understand the roles that parenting and culture play in their creation. Whether the narcissist in question is a coworker, spouse, parent, or child, Why Is It Always About You? provides abundant practical advice for anyone struggling to break narcissism's insidious spread to the next generation, and for anyone who encounters narcissists in everyday life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355367 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355367]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Animal Assisted Therapy Author: Centre of Excellence Narrator: Jane Branch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 24, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Pet owners know of the positive therapeutic properties that their non-human family member has on both their psyche and in the case of certain pets, their physicality. The Animal Assisted Therapy Audiobook discusses this further: giving information on the effectiveness of animals on human mental, physical and psychological health through Animal Assisted Activities (AAA) and Animal Assisted Therapies (AAT). Centre of Excellence Wed, 24 Oct 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355367 thebookvoice.com 3:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355367]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Animal Assisted Therapy Author: Centre of Excellence Narrator: Jane Branch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 24, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Pet owners know of the positive therapeutic properties that their non-human family member has on both their psyche and in the case of certain pets, their physicality. The Animal Assisted Therapy Audiobook discusses this further: giving information on the effectiveness of animals on human mental, physical and psychological health through Animal Assisted Activities (AAA) and Animal Assisted Therapies (AAT). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355367]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Animal Assisted Therapy Author: Centre of Excellence Narrator: Jane Branch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 24, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Pet owners know of the positive therapeutic properties that their non-human family member has on both their psyche and in the case of certain pets, their physicality. The Animal Assisted Therapy Audiobook discusses this further: giving information on the effectiveness of animals on human mental, physical and psychological health through Animal Assisted Activities (AAA) and Animal Assisted Therapies (AAT). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355345 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355345]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Italian] - Cyberbullismo Author: Juan Moisés De La Serna Narrator: Sandro Dell'orto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 22 minutes Release date: September 26, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Il Cyberbullismo è una forma moderna di bullismo che può colpire chiunque, ma diventa particolarmente preoccupante quando ad esserne colpiti sono i minori.In questa breve guida si offrono le risposte alle domande più importanti che riguardano questa tematica, risposte che ogni genitore con figli in età scolare dovrebbe tenere presente, come ad esempio: cos'è il Cyberbullismo? Come influisce sulla vita di chi ne è vittima? È possibile prevenire il Cyberbullismo? E soprattutto, cosa fare se nostro figlio è vittima di Cyberbullismo? Scopra tutti gli aspetti chiave del Cyberbullismo, grazie anche ai risultati delle ultime ricerche eseguite al riguardo in campo psicologico. ? PUBLISHER: TEKTIME Juan Moisés De La Serna Wed, 26 Sep 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355345 thebookvoice.com 1:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355345]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Italian] - Cyberbullismo Author: Juan Moisés De La Serna Narrator: Sandro Dell'orto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 22 minutes Release date: September 26, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Il Cyberbullismo è una forma moderna di bullismo che può colpire chiunque, ma diventa particolarmente preoccupante quando ad esserne colpiti sono i minori.In questa breve guida si offrono le risposte alle domande più importanti che riguardano questa tematica, risposte che ogni genitore con figli in età scolare dovrebbe tenere presente, come ad esempio: cos'è il Cyberbullismo? Come influisce sulla vita di chi ne è vittima? È possibile prevenire il Cyberbullismo? E soprattutto, cosa fare se nostro figlio è vittima di Cyberbullismo? Scopra tutti gli aspetti chiave del Cyberbullismo, grazie anche ai risultati delle ultime ricerche eseguite al riguardo in campo psicologico. ? PUBLISHER: TEKTIME Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355345]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Italian] - Cyberbullismo Author: Juan Moisés De La Serna Narrator: Sandro Dell'orto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 22 minutes Release date: September 26, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Il Cyberbullismo è una forma moderna di bullismo che può colpire chiunque, ma diventa particolarmente preoccupante quando ad esserne colpiti sono i minori.In questa breve guida si offrono le risposte alle domande più importanti che riguardano questa tematica, risposte che ogni genitore con figli in età scolare dovrebbe tenere presente, come ad esempio: cos'è il Cyberbullismo? Come influisce sulla vita di chi ne è vittima? È possibile prevenire il Cyberbullismo? E soprattutto, cosa fare se nostro figlio è vittima di Cyberbullismo? Scopra tutti gli aspetti chiave del Cyberbullismo, grazie anche ai risultati delle ultime ricerche eseguite al riguardo in campo psicologico. ? PUBLISHER: TEKTIME https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355142 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355142]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Night Falls Fast: Understanding Suicide Author: Kay Redfield Jamison Narrator: Sarah Mollo-Christensen, Kay Redfield Jamison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Critical reading for parents, educators, and anyone wanting to understand the tragic epidemic of suicide—”a powerful book [that] will change people's lives—and, doubtless, save a few' (Newsday). The first major book in a quarter century on suicide—and its terrible pull on the young in particular—Night Falls Fast is tragically timely: suicide has become one of the most common killers of Americans between the ages of fifteen and forty-five. From the author of the best-selling memoir, An Unquiet Mind—and an internationally acknowledged authority on depression—Dr. Jamison has also known suicide firsthand: after years of struggling with manic-depression, she tried at age twenty-eight to kill herself. Weaving together a historical and scientific exploration of the subject with personal essays on individual suicides, she brings not only her remarkable compassion and literary skill but also all of her knowledge and research to bear on this devastating problem. This is a book that helps us to understand the suicidal mind, to recognize and come to the aid of those at risk, and to comprehend the profound effects on those left behind. Kay Redfield Jamison Tue, 16 Jul 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355142 thebookvoice.com 11:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355142]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Night Falls Fast: Understanding Suicide Author: Kay Redfield Jamison Narrator: Sarah Mollo-Christensen, Kay Redfield Jamison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Critical reading for parents, educators, and anyone wanting to understand the tragic epidemic of suicide—”a powerful book [that] will change people's lives—and, doubtless, save a few' (Newsday). The first major book in a quarter century on suicide—and its terrible pull on the young in particular—Night Falls Fast is tragically timely: suicide has become one of the most common killers of Americans between the ages of fifteen and forty-five. From the author of the best-selling memoir, An Unquiet Mind—and an internationally acknowledged authority on depression—Dr. Jamison has also known suicide firsthand: after years of struggling with manic-depression, she tried at age twenty-eight to kill herself. Weaving together a historical and scientific exploration of the subject with personal essays on individual suicides, she brings not only her remarkable compassion and literary skill but also all of her knowledge and research to bear on this devastating problem. This is a book that helps us to understand the suicidal mind, to recognize and come to the aid of those at risk, and to comprehend the profound effects on those left behind. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355142]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Night Falls Fast: Understanding Suicide Author: Kay Redfield Jamison Narrator: Sarah Mollo-Christensen, Kay Redfield Jamison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Critical reading for parents, educators, and anyone wanting to understand the tragic epidemic of suicide—”a powerful book [that] will change people's lives—and, doubtless, save a few' (Newsday). The first major book in a quarter century on suicide—and its terrible pull on the young in particular—Night Falls Fast is tragically timely: suicide has become one of the most common killers of Americans between the ages of fifteen and forty-five. From the author of the best-selling memoir, An Unquiet Mind—and an internationally acknowledged authority on depression—Dr. Jamison has also known suicide firsthand: after years of struggling with manic-depression, she tried at age twenty-eight to kill herself. Weaving together a historical and scientific exploration of the subject with personal essays on individual suicides, she brings not only her remarkable compassion and literary skill but also all of her knowledge and research to bear on this devastating problem. This is a book that helps us to understand the suicidal mind, to recognize and come to the aid of those at risk, and to comprehend the profound effects on those left behind. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355093 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355093]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Unspeakable Mind: Stories of Trauma and Healing from the Frontlines of PTSD Science Author: Shaili Jain, M.D. Narrator: Carol Jacobanis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 54 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From a physician and post-traumatic stress disorder specialist comes a nuanced cartography of PTSD, a widely misunderstood yet crushing condition that afflicts millions of Americans. The Unspeakable Mind is the definitive guide for a trauma-burdened age. With profound empathy and meticulous research, Shaili Jain, M.D.—a practicing psychiatrist and PTSD specialist at one of America’s top VA hospitals, trauma scientist at the National Center for PTSD, and a Stanford Professor—shines a long-overdue light on the PTSD epidemic affecting today’s fractured world. Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder goes far beyond the horrors of war and is an inescapable part of all our lives. At any given moment, more than six million Americans are suffering with PTSD. Dr. Jain’s groundbreaking work demonstrates the ways this disorder cuts to the heart of life, interfering with one’s capacity to love, create, and work—incapacity brought on by a complex interplay between biology, genetics, and environment. Beyond the struggles of individuals, PTSD has a tangible imprint on our cultures and societies around the world. Since 9/11 and the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, there has been a huge growth in the science of PTSD, a body of evidence that continues to grow exponentially. With this new knowledge have come dramatic advances in the effective treatment of this condition. Jain draws on a decade of her own clinical innovation and research and argues for a paradigm shift in how PTSD should be approached in the new millennium. She highlights the myriads of ways PTSD care is being transformed to make it more accessible, acceptable, and available to sufferers via integrated care models, use of peer support programs, and technology. By identifying those among us who are most vulnerable to developing PTSD, cutting edge medical interventions that hold the promise of preventing the onset of PTSD are becoming more of a reality than ever before. Combining vividly recounted patient stories, interviews with some of the world’s top trauma scientists, and her professional expertise from working on the frontlines of PTSD, The Unspeakable Mind offers a textured portrait of this invisible illness that is unrivaled in scope and lays bare PTSD's roots, inner workings, and paths to healing. This audiobook is essential listening for understanding how humans can recover from unspeakable trauma. The Unspeakable Mind stands as the definitive guide to PTSD and offers lasting hope to sufferers, their loved ones, and health care providers everywhere. Shaili Jain, M.D. Tue, 07 May 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355093 thebookvoice.com 10:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355093]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Unspeakable Mind: Stories of Trauma and Healing from the Frontlines of PTSD Science Author: Shaili Jain, M.D. Narrator: Carol Jacobanis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 54 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From a physician and post-traumatic stress disorder specialist comes a nuanced cartography of PTSD, a widely misunderstood yet crushing condition that afflicts millions of Americans. The Unspeakable Mind is the definitive guide for a trauma-burdened age. With profound empathy and meticulous research, Shaili Jain, M.D.—a practicing psychiatrist and PTSD specialist at one of America’s top VA hospitals, trauma scientist at the National Center for PTSD, and a Stanford Professor—shines a long-overdue light on the PTSD epidemic affecting today’s fractured world. Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder goes far beyond the horrors of war and is an inescapable part of all our lives. At any given moment, more than six million Americans are suffering with PTSD. Dr. Jain’s groundbreaking work demonstrates the ways this disorder cuts to the heart of life, interfering with one’s capacity to love, create, and work—incapacity brought on by a complex interplay between biology, genetics, and environment. Beyond the struggles of individuals, PTSD has a tangible imprint on our cultures and societies around the world. Since 9/11 and the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, there has been a huge growth in the science of PTSD, a body of evidence that continues to grow exponentially. With this new knowledge have come dramatic advances in the effective treatment of this condition. Jain draws on a decade of her own clinical innovation and research and argues for a paradigm shift in how PTSD should be approached in the new millennium. She highlights the myriads of ways PTSD care is being transformed to make it more accessible, acceptable, and available to sufferers via integrated care models, use of peer support programs, and technology. By identifying those among us who are most vulnerable to developing PTSD, cutting edge medical interventions that hold the promise of preventing the onset of PTSD are becoming more of a reality than ever before. Combining vividly recounted patient stories, interviews with some of the world’s top trauma scientists, and her professional expertise from working on the frontlines of PTSD, The Unspeakable Mind offers a textured portrait of this invisible illness that is unrivaled in scope and lays bare PTSD's roots, inner workings, and paths to healing. This audiobook is essential listening for understanding how humans can recover from unspeakable trauma. The Unspeakable Mind stands as the definitive guide to PTSD and offers lasting hope to sufferers, their loved ones, and health care providers everywhere. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355093]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Unspeakable Mind: Stories of Trauma and Healing from the Frontlines of PTSD Science Author: Shaili Jain, M.D. Narrator: Carol Jacobanis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 54 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From a physician and post-traumatic stress disorder specialist comes a nuanced cartography of PTSD, a widely misunderstood yet crushing condition that afflicts millions of Americans. The Unspeakable Mind is the definitive guide for a trauma-burdened age. With profound empathy and meticulous research, Shaili Jain, M.D.—a practicing psychiatrist and PTSD specialist at one of America’s top VA hospitals, trauma scientist at the National Center for PTSD, and a Stanford Professor—shines a long-overdue light on the PTSD epidemic affecting today’s fractured world. Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder goes far beyond the horrors of war and is an inescapable part of all our lives. At any given moment, more than six million Americans are suffering with PTSD. Dr. Jain’s groundbreaking work demonstrates the ways this disorder cuts to the heart of life, interfering with one’s capacity to love, create, and work—incapacity brought on by a complex interplay between biology, genetics, and environment. Beyond the struggles of individuals, PTSD has a tangible imprint on our cultures and societies around the world. Since 9/11 and the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, there has been a huge growth in the science of PTSD, a body of evidence that continues to grow exponentially. With this new knowledge have come dramatic advances in the effective treatment of this condition. Jain draws on a decade of her own clinical innovation and research and argues for a paradigm shift in how PTSD should be approached in the new millennium. She highlights the myriads of ways PTSD care is being transformed to make it more accessible, acceptable, and available to sufferers via integrated care models, use of peer support programs, and technology. By identifying those among us who are most vulnerable to developing PTSD, cutting edge medical interventions that hold the promise of preventing the onset of PTSD are becoming more of a reality than ever before. Combining vividly recounted patient stories, interviews with some of the world’s top trauma scientists, and her professional expertise from working on the frontlines of PTSD, The Unspeakable Mind offers a textured portrait of this invisible illness that is unrivaled in scope and lays bare PTSD's roots, inner workings, and paths to healing. This audiobook is essential listening for understanding how humans can recover from unspeakable trauma. The Unspeakable Mind stands as the definitive guide to PTSD and offers lasting hope to sufferers, their loved ones, and health care providers everywhere. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355082 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355082]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All the Rage: Mothers, Fathers, and the Myth of Equal Partnership Author: Darcy Lockman Narrator: Abby Craden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Picking up where All Joy and No Fun left off, All the Rage sets out to understand why, in an age of so-called equality, full-time working mothers still carry. The inequity of domestic life is one of the most profound and perplexing conundrums of our time. In an era of seemingly unprecedented feminist activism, enlightenment, and change, data show that one area of gender inequality stubbornly remains: the unequal amount of parental work that falls on women, no matter their class or professional status. All the Rage investigates the cause of this pervasive inequity to answer why, in households where both parents work full-time, mothers’ contributions—even those women who earn more than their partners—still outweigh fathers’ when it comes to raising children and maintaining a home. How can this be? How, in a culture that has studied and lauded the benefits of fathers’ being active, present partners in child-rearing—benefits that extend far beyond the well-being of the kids themselves—can a commitment to fairness in marriage melt away upon the arrival of children? Darcy Lockman drills deep to find answers, exploring how the feminist promise of true domestic partnership almost never, in fact, comes to pass. Starting with her own case-study as Ground Zero, she moves outward, chronicling the experiences of a diverse cross-section of women raising children with men; visiting new mothers’ groups and pioneering co-parenting specialists; and interviewing experts across academic fields, from gender studies professors and anthropologists to neuroscientists and primatologists. Lockman identifies three tenets that have upheld the cultural gender division of labor and peels back the reasons both men and women are culpable. Her findings are startling—and offer a catalyst for true change. Darcy Lockman Tue, 07 May 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355082 thebookvoice.com 8:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355082]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All the Rage: Mothers, Fathers, and the Myth of Equal Partnership Author: Darcy Lockman Narrator: Abby Craden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Picking up where All Joy and No Fun left off, All the Rage sets out to understand why, in an age of so-called equality, full-time working mothers still carry. The inequity of domestic life is one of the most profound and perplexing conundrums of our time. In an era of seemingly unprecedented feminist activism, enlightenment, and change, data show that one area of gender inequality stubbornly remains: the unequal amount of parental work that falls on women, no matter their class or professional status. All the Rage investigates the cause of this pervasive inequity to answer why, in households where both parents work full-time, mothers’ contributions—even those women who earn more than their partners—still outweigh fathers’ when it comes to raising children and maintaining a home. How can this be? How, in a culture that has studied and lauded the benefits of fathers’ being active, present partners in child-rearing—benefits that extend far beyond the well-being of the kids themselves—can a commitment to fairness in marriage melt away upon the arrival of children? Darcy Lockman drills deep to find answers, exploring how the feminist promise of true domestic partnership almost never, in fact, comes to pass. Starting with her own case-study as Ground Zero, she moves outward, chronicling the experiences of a diverse cross-section of women raising children with men; visiting new mothers’ groups and pioneering co-parenting specialists; and interviewing experts across academic fields, from gender studies professors and anthropologists to neuroscientists and primatologists. Lockman identifies three tenets that have upheld the cultural gender division of labor and peels back the reasons both men and women are culpable. Her findings are startling—and offer a catalyst for true change. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355082]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All the Rage: Mothers, Fathers, and the Myth of Equal Partnership Author: Darcy Lockman Narrator: Abby Craden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Picking up where All Joy and No Fun left off, All the Rage sets out to understand why, in an age of so-called equality, full-time working mothers still carry. The inequity of domestic life is one of the most profound and perplexing conundrums of our time. In an era of seemingly unprecedented feminist activism, enlightenment, and change, data show that one area of gender inequality stubbornly remains: the unequal amount of parental work that falls on women, no matter their class or professional status. All the Rage investigates the cause of this pervasive inequity to answer why, in households where both parents work full-time, mothers’ contributions—even those women who earn more than their partners—still outweigh fathers’ when it comes to raising children and maintaining a home. How can this be? How, in a culture that has studied and lauded the benefits of fathers’ being active, present partners in child-rearing—benefits that extend far beyond the well-being of the kids themselves—can a commitment to fairness in marriage melt away upon the arrival of children? Darcy Lockman drills deep to find answers, exploring how the feminist promise of true domestic partnership almost never, in fact, comes to pass. Starting with her own case-study as Ground Zero, she moves outward, chronicling the experiences of a diverse cross-section of women raising children with men; visiting new mothers’ groups and pioneering co-parenting specialists; and interviewing experts across academic fields, from gender studies professors and anthropologists to neuroscientists and primatologists. Lockman identifies three tenets that have upheld the cultural gender division of labor and peels back the reasons both men and women are culpable. Her findings are startling—and offer a catalyst for true change. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354981 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354981]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ten Worlds: The New Psychology of Happiness Author: Ash ElDifrawi PsyD, Alex Lickerman MD Narrator: Adam Lofbomm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 6 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this highly engaging and eminently practical book—told in the form of a Platonic dialogue recounting real-life patient experiences—Drs. Lickerman and ElDifrawi assert that the reason genuine, long-lasting happiness is so difficult to achieve and maintain is that we're profoundly confused not only about how to go about it but also about what happiness is. In identifying nine basic erroneous views we all have about what we need to be happy—views they term the core delusions—Lickerman and ElDifrawi show us that our happiness depends not on our external possessions or even on our experiences but rather on the beliefs we have that shape our most fundamental thinking. These beliefs, they argue, create ten internal life-conditions, or worlds, through which we continuously cycle and that determine how happy we're able to be. Drawing on the latest scientific research as well as Buddhist philosophy, Lickerman and ElDifrawi argue that once we learn to embrace a correct understanding of happiness, we can free ourselves from the suffering the core delusions cause us and enjoy the kind of happiness we all want, the kind found in the highest of the Ten Worlds, the world of Enlightenment. Ash ElDifrawi PsyD, Alex Lickerman MD Tue, 02 Oct 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354981 thebookvoice.com 11:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354981]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ten Worlds: The New Psychology of Happiness Author: Ash ElDifrawi PsyD, Alex Lickerman MD Narrator: Adam Lofbomm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 6 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this highly engaging and eminently practical book—told in the form of a Platonic dialogue recounting real-life patient experiences—Drs. Lickerman and ElDifrawi assert that the reason genuine, long-lasting happiness is so difficult to achieve and maintain is that we're profoundly confused not only about how to go about it but also about what happiness is. In identifying nine basic erroneous views we all have about what we need to be happy—views they term the core delusions—Lickerman and ElDifrawi show us that our happiness depends not on our external possessions or even on our experiences but rather on the beliefs we have that shape our most fundamental thinking. These beliefs, they argue, create ten internal life-conditions, or worlds, through which we continuously cycle and that determine how happy we're able to be. Drawing on the latest scientific research as well as Buddhist philosophy, Lickerman and ElDifrawi argue that once we learn to embrace a correct understanding of happiness, we can free ourselves from the suffering the core delusions cause us and enjoy the kind of happiness we all want, the kind found in the highest of the Ten Worlds, the world of Enlightenment. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354981]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Ten Worlds: The New Psychology of Happiness Author: Ash ElDifrawi PsyD, Alex Lickerman MD Narrator: Adam Lofbomm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 6 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this highly engaging and eminently practical book—told in the form of a Platonic dialogue recounting real-life patient experiences—Drs. Lickerman and ElDifrawi assert that the reason genuine, long-lasting happiness is so difficult to achieve and maintain is that we're profoundly confused not only about how to go about it but also about what happiness is. In identifying nine basic erroneous views we all have about what we need to be happy—views they term the core delusions—Lickerman and ElDifrawi show us that our happiness depends not on our external possessions or even on our experiences but rather on the beliefs we have that shape our most fundamental thinking. These beliefs, they argue, create ten internal life-conditions, or worlds, through which we continuously cycle and that determine how happy we're able to be. Drawing on the latest scientific research as well as Buddhist philosophy, Lickerman and ElDifrawi argue that once we learn to embrace a correct understanding of happiness, we can free ourselves from the suffering the core delusions cause us and enjoy the kind of happiness we all want, the kind found in the highest of the Ten Worlds, the world of Enlightenment. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354902 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354902]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Biased Author: Jennifer Eberhardt Narrator: Jennifer Eberhardt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: April 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Biased written and read by Jennifer Eberhardt. 'Jennifer Eberhardt makes it clear that racism operates at all levels, and it fills me with hope to know that she is fighting it at all levels. More power to you, sister. The world needs you.' BENJAMIN ZEPHANIAH ‘Poignant... striking... important and illuminating.’ NEW YORK TIMES No matter how fair-minded we think we are, we still don't treat people equally. Why not? Every day, unconscious biases affect our visual perception, attention, memory and behaviour in ways that are subtle and very difficult to recognise without in-depth scientific studies. In a single interaction, they might slip by unnoticed. Over thousands of interactions, they become a huge and powerful force. Jennifer Eberhardt is a pioneering social psychologist one of the world's leading experts on unconscious bias. In this landmark book, she lays out how these biases affect every sector of society, leading to enormous disparities from the classroom to the courtroom to the boardroom. But unconscious bias is not a sin to be condemned. It's a universal human condition, and as Eberhardt shows, one that can – and must – be overcome. 'A critically important book.' DAVID OLUSOGA, author of Black and British ‘Groundbreaking... essential reading for anyone interested in how we become a more just society.’ BRYAN STEVENSON, author of Just Mercy 'Jennifer Eberhardt’s ground-breaking work has the power to shift the debate and help shape a fairer society.' DAVID LAMMY MP ‘Jennifer Eberhardt gives us the opportunity to talk about race in new ways, ultimately transforming our thinking about ourselves and the world we want to create.’ MICHELLE ALEXANDER, author of The New Jim Crow ‘An illuminating and readable account of how racial stereotypes and assumptions can cause social devastation and keep huge inequalities in place.’ DR PRIYAMVADA GOPAL, University of Cambridge 'This books should be required reading for everyone.' ROBIN DIANGELO, author of White Fragility 'Read this book. Biased will enlighten your journey through race relations and associations.’ DAWN BUTLER MP Jennifer Eberhardt Thu, 04 Apr 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354902 thebookvoice.com 10:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354902]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Biased Author: Jennifer Eberhardt Narrator: Jennifer Eberhardt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: April 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Biased written and read by Jennifer Eberhardt. 'Jennifer Eberhardt makes it clear that racism operates at all levels, and it fills me with hope to know that she is fighting it at all levels. More power to you, sister. The world needs you.' BENJAMIN ZEPHANIAH ‘Poignant... striking... important and illuminating.’ NEW YORK TIMES No matter how fair-minded we think we are, we still don't treat people equally. Why not? Every day, unconscious biases affect our visual perception, attention, memory and behaviour in ways that are subtle and very difficult to recognise without in-depth scientific studies. In a single interaction, they might slip by unnoticed. Over thousands of interactions, they become a huge and powerful force. Jennifer Eberhardt is a pioneering social psychologist one of the world's leading experts on unconscious bias. In this landmark book, she lays out how these biases affect every sector of society, leading to enormous disparities from the classroom to the courtroom to the boardroom. But unconscious bias is not a sin to be condemned. It's a universal human condition, and as Eberhardt shows, one that can – and must – be overcome. 'A critically important book.' DAVID OLUSOGA, author of Black and British ‘Groundbreaking... essential reading for anyone interested in how we become a more just society.’ BRYAN STEVENSON, author of Just Mercy 'Jennifer Eberhardt’s ground-breaking work has the power to shift the debate and help shape a fairer society.' DAVID LAMMY MP ‘Jennifer Eberhardt gives us the opportunity to talk about race in new ways, ultimately transforming our thinking about ourselves and the world we want to create.’ MICHELLE ALEXANDER, author of The New Jim Crow ‘An illuminating and readable account of how racial stereotypes and assumptions can cause social devastation and keep huge inequalities in place.’ DR PRIYAMVADA GOPAL, University of Cambridge 'This books should be required reading for everyone.' ROBIN DIANGELO, author of White Fragility 'Read this book. Biased will enlighten your journey through race relations and associations.’ DAWN BUTLER MP Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354902]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Biased Author: Jennifer Eberhardt Narrator: Jennifer Eberhardt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: April 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Biased written and read by Jennifer Eberhardt. 'Jennifer Eberhardt makes it clear that racism operates at all levels, and it fills me with hope to know that she is fighting it at all levels. More power to you, sister. The world needs you.' BENJAMIN ZEPHANIAH ‘Poignant... striking... important and illuminating.’ NEW YORK TIMES No matter how fair-minded we think we are, we still don't treat people equally. Why not? Every day, unconscious biases affect our visual perception, attention, memory and behaviour in ways that are subtle and very difficult to recognise without in-depth scientific studies. In a single interaction, they might slip by unnoticed. Over thousands of interactions, they become a huge and powerful force. Jennifer Eberhardt is a pioneering social psychologist one of the world's leading experts on unconscious bias. In this landmark book, she lays out how these biases affect every sector of society, leading to enormous disparities from the classroom to the courtroom to the boardroom. But unconscious bias is not a sin to be condemned. It's a universal human condition, and as Eberhardt shows, one that can – and must – be overcome. 'A critically important book.' DAVID OLUSOGA, author of Black and British ‘Groundbreaking... essential reading for anyone interested in how we become a more just society.’ BRYAN STEVENSON, author of Just Mercy 'Jennifer Eberhardt’s ground-breaking work has the power to shift the debate and help shape a fairer society.' DAVID LAMMY MP ‘Jennifer Eberhardt gives us the opportunity to talk about race in new ways, ultimately transforming our thinking about ourselves and the world we want to create.’ MICHELLE ALEXANDER, author of The New Jim Crow ‘An illuminating and readable account of how racial stereotypes and assumptions can cause social devastation and keep huge inequalities in place.’ DR PRIYAMVADA GOPAL, University of Cambridge 'This books should be required reading for everyone.' ROBIN DIANGELO, author of White Fragility 'Read this book. Biased will enlighten your journey through race relations and associations.’ DAWN BUTLER MP https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354727 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354727]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Genius Checklist: Nine Paradoxical Tips On How You Can Become A Creative Genius Author: Dean Keith Simonton Narrator: Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What it takes to be a genius: nine essential and contradictory ingredients.What does it take to be a genius? A high score on an IQ test? Brilliant physicist Richard Feynman's IQ was too low for membership in Mensa. Suffering from varying degrees of mental illness? Creativity is often considered a marker of mental health. Be a child prodigy like Mozart, or a later bloomer like Beethoven? Die tragically young, like Keats, or live to a ripe old age like Goethe? In The Genius Checklist, Dean Keith Simonton examines the key factors in creative genius and finds that they are more than a little contradictory. Simonton, who has studied creativity and genius for more than four decades, draws on both scientific research and stories from the lives of famous creative geniuses that range from Isaac Newton to Vincent van Gogh to Virginia Woolf. He explains the origin of IQ tests and the art of estimating the IQ of long-dead historical figures (John Stuart Mill: 200; Charles Darwin: 160). He compares IQ scores with achieved eminence as measures of genius, and he draws a distinction between artistic and scientific genius. He rules out birth order as a determining factor (in the James family alone, three geniuses at three different birth-order positions: William James, firs-tborn; Henry James, second born; Alice James, born fifth and last); considers Malcolm Gladwell's 10,000 hour rule; and describes how the 'lone' genius gets enmeshed in social networks.Genius, Simonton explains, operates in ways so subtle that they seem contradictory. Genius is born and made, the domain of child prodigies and their elders. Simonton's checklist gives us a new, integrative way to understand geniuses?and perhaps even to nurture your own genius! Dean Keith Simonton Tue, 02 Oct 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354727 thebookvoice.com 8:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354727]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Genius Checklist: Nine Paradoxical Tips On How You Can Become A Creative Genius Author: Dean Keith Simonton Narrator: Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What it takes to be a genius: nine essential and contradictory ingredients.What does it take to be a genius? A high score on an IQ test? Brilliant physicist Richard Feynman's IQ was too low for membership in Mensa. Suffering from varying degrees of mental illness? Creativity is often considered a marker of mental health. Be a child prodigy like Mozart, or a later bloomer like Beethoven? Die tragically young, like Keats, or live to a ripe old age like Goethe? In The Genius Checklist, Dean Keith Simonton examines the key factors in creative genius and finds that they are more than a little contradictory. Simonton, who has studied creativity and genius for more than four decades, draws on both scientific research and stories from the lives of famous creative geniuses that range from Isaac Newton to Vincent van Gogh to Virginia Woolf. He explains the origin of IQ tests and the art of estimating the IQ of long-dead historical figures (John Stuart Mill: 200; Charles Darwin: 160). He compares IQ scores with achieved eminence as measures of genius, and he draws a distinction between artistic and scientific genius. He rules out birth order as a determining factor (in the James family alone, three geniuses at three different birth-order positions: William James, firs-tborn; Henry James, second born; Alice James, born fifth and last); considers Malcolm Gladwell's 10,000 hour rule; and describes how the 'lone' genius gets enmeshed in social networks.Genius, Simonton explains, operates in ways so subtle that they seem contradictory. Genius is born and made, the domain of child prodigies and their elders. Simonton's checklist gives us a new, integrative way to understand geniuses?and perhaps even to nurture your own genius! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354727]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Genius Checklist: Nine Paradoxical Tips On How You Can Become A Creative Genius Author: Dean Keith Simonton Narrator: Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What it takes to be a genius: nine essential and contradictory ingredients.What does it take to be a genius? A high score on an IQ test? Brilliant physicist Richard Feynman's IQ was too low for membership in Mensa. Suffering from varying degrees of mental illness? Creativity is often considered a marker of mental health. Be a child prodigy like Mozart, or a later bloomer like Beethoven? Die tragically young, like Keats, or live to a ripe old age like Goethe? In The Genius Checklist, Dean Keith Simonton examines the key factors in creative genius and finds that they are more than a little contradictory. Simonton, who has studied creativity and genius for more than four decades, draws on both scientific research and stories from the lives of famous creative geniuses that range from Isaac Newton to Vincent van Gogh to Virginia Woolf. He explains the origin of IQ tests and the art of estimating the IQ of long-dead historical figures (John Stuart Mill: 200; Charles Darwin: 160). He compares IQ scores with achieved eminence as measures of genius, and he draws a distinction between artistic and scientific genius. He rules out birth order as a determining factor (in the James family alone, three geniuses at three different birth-order positions: William James, firs-tborn; Henry James, second born; Alice James, born fifth and last); considers Malcolm Gladwell's 10,000 hour rule; and describes how the 'lone' genius gets enmeshed in social networks.Genius, Simonton explains, operates in ways so subtle that they seem contradictory. Genius is born and made, the domain of child prodigies and their elders. Simonton's checklist gives us a new, integrative way to understand geniuses?and perhaps even to nurture your own genius! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354685 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354685]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Fu*k it. Disfruta tu vida, manda todo al carajo Author: John Parkin Narrator: Eduardo Millán Portillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 29, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Fu*k It, Manda Todo Al Carajo' es un atajo maravilloso y milagroso hacia la liberación en tu vida. Las cosas no importan tanto como creemos nuestro problemas surgen porque nos tomamos las cosas demasiado en serio. John Parkin estudió Filosofías Orientales durante 20 años y practicó todo tipo de meditaciones. De pronto se dio cuenta que utilizar la expresión FU*K IT, y practicar la filosofía contenida en ella, tiene un efecto sumamente parecido a todo lo que había estudiado. Con base en su descubrimiento, ha escrito una serie de libros que ha sido muy exitosa. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - John C. Parkin, En el Reino Unido lo llaman 'maestro de sabiduría'. Proviene de una familia de predicadores anglicanos. Tras escribir su best seller, lo han entrevistado en un sinnúmero de medios de todo el mundo, incluidos The Times, The Guardian, The Observer, Psychologies y Cosmopolitan. Siendo congruente consigo mismo, mando al carajo su excelente empleo en Londres y se escapó a Italia con su esposa Gaia y sus gemelos, donde ambos trabajan juntos y se dedica a difundir su filosofía que, aunque en muchas ocasiones hace reír a la gente, les ayuda, a trabajar en su propio proceso espiritual. Gaia Pollini, Junto con su esposo John dirige su propio Centro de Retiros. Ella es terapeuta y utiliza varias técnicas que ayudan a que las personas se liberen y vivan mejor. John Parkin Fri, 29 Oct 2021 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354685 thebookvoice.com 0:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354685]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Fu*k it. Disfruta tu vida, manda todo al carajo Author: John Parkin Narrator: Eduardo Millán Portillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 29, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Fu*k It, Manda Todo Al Carajo' es un atajo maravilloso y milagroso hacia la liberación en tu vida. Las cosas no importan tanto como creemos nuestro problemas surgen porque nos tomamos las cosas demasiado en serio. John Parkin estudió Filosofías Orientales durante 20 años y practicó todo tipo de meditaciones. De pronto se dio cuenta que utilizar la expresión FU*K IT, y practicar la filosofía contenida en ella, tiene un efecto sumamente parecido a todo lo que había estudiado. Con base en su descubrimiento, ha escrito una serie de libros que ha sido muy exitosa. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - John C. Parkin, En el Reino Unido lo llaman 'maestro de sabiduría'. Proviene de una familia de predicadores anglicanos. Tras escribir su best seller, lo han entrevistado en un sinnúmero de medios de todo el mundo, incluidos The Times, The Guardian, The Observer, Psychologies y Cosmopolitan. Siendo congruente consigo mismo, mando al carajo su excelente empleo en Londres y se escapó a Italia con su esposa Gaia y sus gemelos, donde ambos trabajan juntos y se dedica a difundir su filosofía que, aunque en muchas ocasiones hace reír a la gente, les ayuda, a trabajar en su propio proceso espiritual. Gaia Pollini, Junto con su esposo John dirige su propio Centro de Retiros. Ella es terapeuta y utiliza varias técnicas que ayudan a que las personas se liberen y vivan mejor. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354685]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Fu*k it. Disfruta tu vida, manda todo al carajo Author: John Parkin Narrator: Eduardo Millán Portillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 29, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Fu*k It, Manda Todo Al Carajo' es un atajo maravilloso y milagroso hacia la liberación en tu vida. Las cosas no importan tanto como creemos nuestro problemas surgen porque nos tomamos las cosas demasiado en serio. John Parkin estudió Filosofías Orientales durante 20 años y practicó todo tipo de meditaciones. De pronto se dio cuenta que utilizar la expresión FU*K IT, y practicar la filosofía contenida en ella, tiene un efecto sumamente parecido a todo lo que había estudiado. Con base en su descubrimiento, ha escrito una serie de libros que ha sido muy exitosa. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - John C. Parkin, En el Reino Unido lo llaman 'maestro de sabiduría'. Proviene de una familia de predicadores anglicanos. Tras escribir su best seller, lo han entrevistado en un sinnúmero de medios de todo el mundo, incluidos The Times, The Guardian, The Observer, Psychologies y Cosmopolitan. Siendo congruente consigo mismo, mando al carajo su excelente empleo en Londres y se escapó a Italia con su esposa Gaia y sus gemelos, donde ambos trabajan juntos y se dedica a difundir su filosofía que, aunque en muchas ocasiones hace reír a la gente, les ayuda, a trabajar en su propio proceso espiritual. Gaia Pollini, Junto con su esposo John dirige su propio Centro de Retiros. Ella es terapeuta y utiliza varias técnicas que ayudan a que las personas se liberen y vivan mejor. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354513 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354513]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dreaming Sally: A True Story of First Love, Sudden Death and Long Shadows Author: James Fitzgerald Narrator: Thomas Hauff, Mikaela Dyke, Jesse Lavercombe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 23 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Prize-winning author James FitzGerald explores how the death of an eighteen-year-old girl in the summer of 1968 forever changed his life and the life of the other man who loved her. Dreaming Sally is a deeply moving exploration of the weight of a life cut short. Sally will die in Europe this summer.      George Orr dreamed that his girlfriend, Sally Wodehouse, would die on the trip she wanted to take, and he begged her not to go. But Sally did not take him seriously--how could she? She left for Europe in July 1968 with twenty-five other private-school kids, on 'The Odyssey,' a Sixties version of the Grand Tour. In August 1968, only hours after becoming engaged to George via telegram, she died as he had dreamed she would, in a freak accident.      Sally was George's first love, but she was also James FitzGerald's. James first met Sally at a family cottage; he was drawn to her energy and warmth, a stunning contrast to the chilly emotional life of his own family. At seventeen, not exactly a hit with the girls, James was delighted when he realized that he'd be spending the summer with his old friend. And soon, even though he knew that Sally had a serious boyfriend back home, they became inseparable, touring the glories of Western culture by day, dancing and drinking the nights away--giddily unshackled from the expectations and requirements of their class and upbringing.      To George and James, both sons of parents who knew how to make demands of their children but not how to love them, Sally represented all the optimism and promised freedom of the '60s. Her death has haunted both men for fifty years--arresting their development, miring them in grief and unreasoning guilt. Dreaming Sally is a profound and evocative exploration of the long shadow left by an eighteen-year-old girl, an uncanny story of first love, sudden death and the complexity of trauma and mourning. James Fitzgerald Tue, 28 Aug 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354513 thebookvoice.com 11:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354513]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dreaming Sally: A True Story of First Love, Sudden Death and Long Shadows Author: James Fitzgerald Narrator: Thomas Hauff, Mikaela Dyke, Jesse Lavercombe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 23 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Prize-winning author James FitzGerald explores how the death of an eighteen-year-old girl in the summer of 1968 forever changed his life and the life of the other man who loved her. Dreaming Sally is a deeply moving exploration of the weight of a life cut short. Sally will die in Europe this summer.      George Orr dreamed that his girlfriend, Sally Wodehouse, would die on the trip she wanted to take, and he begged her not to go. But Sally did not take him seriously--how could she? She left for Europe in July 1968 with twenty-five other private-school kids, on 'The Odyssey,' a Sixties version of the Grand Tour. In August 1968, only hours after becoming engaged to George via telegram, she died as he had dreamed she would, in a freak accident.      Sally was George's first love, but she was also James FitzGerald's. James first met Sally at a family cottage; he was drawn to her energy and warmth, a stunning contrast to the chilly emotional life of his own family. At seventeen, not exactly a hit with the girls, James was delighted when he realized that he'd be spending the summer with his old friend. And soon, even though he knew that Sally had a serious boyfriend back home, they became inseparable, touring the glories of Western culture by day, dancing and drinking the nights away--giddily unshackled from the expectations and requirements of their class and upbringing.      To George and James, both sons of parents who knew how to make demands of their children but not how to love them, Sally represented all the optimism and promised freedom of the '60s. Her death has haunted both men for fifty years--arresting their development, miring them in grief and unreasoning guilt. Dreaming Sally is a profound and evocative exploration of the long shadow left by an eighteen-year-old girl, an uncanny story of first love, sudden death and the complexity of trauma and mourning. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354513]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dreaming Sally: A True Story of First Love, Sudden Death and Long Shadows Author: James Fitzgerald Narrator: Thomas Hauff, Mikaela Dyke, Jesse Lavercombe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 23 minutes Release date: August 28, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Prize-winning author James FitzGerald explores how the death of an eighteen-year-old girl in the summer of 1968 forever changed his life and the life of the other man who loved her. Dreaming Sally is a deeply moving exploration of the weight of a life cut short. Sally will die in Europe this summer.      George Orr dreamed that his girlfriend, Sally Wodehouse, would die on the trip she wanted to take, and he begged her not to go. But Sally did not take him seriously--how could she? She left for Europe in July 1968 with twenty-five other private-school kids, on 'The Odyssey,' a Sixties version of the Grand Tour. In August 1968, only hours after becoming engaged to George via telegram, she died as he had dreamed she would, in a freak accident.      Sally was George's first love, but she was also James FitzGerald's. James first met Sally at a family cottage; he was drawn to her energy and warmth, a stunning contrast to the chilly emotional life of his own family. At seventeen, not exactly a hit with the girls, James was delighted when he realized that he'd be spending the summer with his old friend. And soon, even though he knew that Sally had a serious boyfriend back home, they became inseparable, touring the glories of Western culture by day, dancing and drinking the nights away--giddily unshackled from the expectations and requirements of their class and upbringing.      To George and James, both sons of parents who knew how to make demands of their children but not how to love them, Sally represented all the optimism and promised freedom of the '60s. Her death has haunted both men for fifty years--arresting their development, miring them in grief and unreasoning guilt. Dreaming Sally is a profound and evocative exploration of the long shadow left by an eighteen-year-old girl, an uncanny story of first love, sudden death and the complexity of trauma and mourning. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354406 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354406]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Insane: America's Criminal Treatment of Mental Illness Author: Alisa Roth Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 9 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.69 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An urgent exposé of the mental health crisis in our courts, jails, and prisons. America has made mental illness a crime. Jails in New York, Los Angeles, and Chicago each house more people with mental illnesses than any hospital. As many as half of all people in America's jails and prisons have a psychiatric disorder. One in four fatal police shootings involves a person with such disorders. In this revelatory book, journalist Alisa Roth goes deep inside the criminal justice system to show how and why it has become a warehouse where inmates are denied proper treatment, abused, and punished in ways that make them sicker. Through intimate stories of people in the system and those trying to fix it, Roth reveals the hidden forces behind this crisis and suggests how a fairer and more humane approach might look. Insane is a galvanizing wake-up call for criminal justice reformers and anyone concerned about the plight of our most vulnerable. Alisa Roth Tue, 25 Sep 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354406 thebookvoice.com 10:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354406]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Insane: America's Criminal Treatment of Mental Illness Author: Alisa Roth Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 9 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.69 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An urgent exposé of the mental health crisis in our courts, jails, and prisons. America has made mental illness a crime. Jails in New York, Los Angeles, and Chicago each house more people with mental illnesses than any hospital. As many as half of all people in America's jails and prisons have a psychiatric disorder. One in four fatal police shootings involves a person with such disorders. In this revelatory book, journalist Alisa Roth goes deep inside the criminal justice system to show how and why it has become a warehouse where inmates are denied proper treatment, abused, and punished in ways that make them sicker. Through intimate stories of people in the system and those trying to fix it, Roth reveals the hidden forces behind this crisis and suggests how a fairer and more humane approach might look. Insane is a galvanizing wake-up call for criminal justice reformers and anyone concerned about the plight of our most vulnerable. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354406]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Insane: America's Criminal Treatment of Mental Illness Author: Alisa Roth Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 9 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.69 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An urgent exposé of the mental health crisis in our courts, jails, and prisons. America has made mental illness a crime. Jails in New York, Los Angeles, and Chicago each house more people with mental illnesses than any hospital. As many as half of all people in America's jails and prisons have a psychiatric disorder. One in four fatal police shootings involves a person with such disorders. In this revelatory book, journalist Alisa Roth goes deep inside the criminal justice system to show how and why it has become a warehouse where inmates are denied proper treatment, abused, and punished in ways that make them sicker. Through intimate stories of people in the system and those trying to fix it, Roth reveals the hidden forces behind this crisis and suggests how a fairer and more humane approach might look. Insane is a galvanizing wake-up call for criminal justice reformers and anyone concerned about the plight of our most vulnerable. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354402 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354402]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Elephant in the Brain: Hidden Motives in Everyday Life Author: Robin Hanson, Kevin Simler Narrator: Jeffrey Kafer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Human beings are primates, and primates are political animals. Our brains, therefore, are designed not just to hunt and gather, but also to help us get ahead socially, often via deception and self-deception. But while we may be self-interested schemers, we benefit by pretending otherwise. The less we know about our own ugly motives, the better—and thus we don't like to talk or even think about the extent of our selfishness. This is 'the elephant in the brain.' Such an introspective taboo makes it hard for us to think clearly about our nature and the explanations for our behavior. The aim of this book, then, is to confront our hidden motives directly—to track down the darker, unexamined corners of our psyches and blast them with floodlights. Then, once everything is clearly visible, we can work to better understand ourselves: Why do we laugh? Why are artists sexy? Why do we brag about travel? Why do we prefer to speak rather than listen? Our unconscious motives drive more than just our private behavior; they also infect our venerated social institutions such as Art, School, Charity, Medicine, Politics, and Religion. In fact, these institutions are in many ways designed to accommodate our hidden motives, to serve covert agendas alongside their 'official' ones. The existence of big hidden motives can upend the usual political debates, leading one to question the legitimacy of these social institutions, and of standard policies designed to favor or discourage them. You won't see yourself—or the world—the same after confronting the elephant in the brain. Robin Hanson, Kevin Simler Tue, 25 Sep 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354402 thebookvoice.com 10:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354402]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Elephant in the Brain: Hidden Motives in Everyday Life Author: Robin Hanson, Kevin Simler Narrator: Jeffrey Kafer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Human beings are primates, and primates are political animals. Our brains, therefore, are designed not just to hunt and gather, but also to help us get ahead socially, often via deception and self-deception. But while we may be self-interested schemers, we benefit by pretending otherwise. The less we know about our own ugly motives, the better—and thus we don't like to talk or even think about the extent of our selfishness. This is 'the elephant in the brain.' Such an introspective taboo makes it hard for us to think clearly about our nature and the explanations for our behavior. The aim of this book, then, is to confront our hidden motives directly—to track down the darker, unexamined corners of our psyches and blast them with floodlights. Then, once everything is clearly visible, we can work to better understand ourselves: Why do we laugh? Why are artists sexy? Why do we brag about travel? Why do we prefer to speak rather than listen? Our unconscious motives drive more than just our private behavior; they also infect our venerated social institutions such as Art, School, Charity, Medicine, Politics, and Religion. In fact, these institutions are in many ways designed to accommodate our hidden motives, to serve covert agendas alongside their 'official' ones. The existence of big hidden motives can upend the usual political debates, leading one to question the legitimacy of these social institutions, and of standard policies designed to favor or discourage them. You won't see yourself—or the world—the same after confronting the elephant in the brain. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354402]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Elephant in the Brain: Hidden Motives in Everyday Life Author: Robin Hanson, Kevin Simler Narrator: Jeffrey Kafer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Human beings are primates, and primates are political animals. Our brains, therefore, are designed not just to hunt and gather, but also to help us get ahead socially, often via deception and self-deception. But while we may be self-interested schemers, we benefit by pretending otherwise. The less we know about our own ugly motives, the better—and thus we don't like to talk or even think about the extent of our selfishness. This is 'the elephant in the brain.' Such an introspective taboo makes it hard for us to think clearly about our nature and the explanations for our behavior. The aim of this book, then, is to confront our hidden motives directly—to track down the darker, unexamined corners of our psyches and blast them with floodlights. Then, once everything is clearly visible, we can work to better understand ourselves: Why do we laugh? Why are artists sexy? Why do we brag about travel? Why do we prefer to speak rather than listen? Our unconscious motives drive more than just our private behavior; they also infect our venerated social institutions such as Art, School, Charity, Medicine, Politics, and Religion. In fact, these institutions are in many ways designed to accommodate our hidden motives, to serve covert agendas alongside their 'official' ones. The existence of big hidden motives can upend the usual political debates, leading one to question the legitimacy of these social institutions, and of standard policies designed to favor or discourage them. You won't see yourself—or the world—the same after confronting the elephant in the brain. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354296 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354296]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mind Fixers: Psychiatry's Troubled Search for the Biology of Mental Illness Author: Anne Harrington Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 51 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Mind Fixers tells the history of psychiatry’s quest to understand the biological basis of mental illness and asks where we need to go from here. In Mind Fixers, Anne Harrington, author of The Cure Within, explores psychiatry’s repeatedly frustrated struggle to understand mental disorder in biomedical terms. She shows how the stalling of early twentieth century efforts in this direction allowed Freudians and social scientists to insist, with some justification, that they had better ways of analyzing and fixing minds. But when the Freudians overreached, they drove psychiatry into a state of crisis that a new “biological revolution” was meant to alleviate. Harrington shows how little that biological revolution had to do with breakthroughs in science, and why the field has fallen into a state of crisis in our own time. Mind Fixers makes clear that psychiatry’s waxing and waning biological enthusiasms have been shaped not just by developments in the clinic and lab, but also by a surprising range of social factors, including immigration, warfare, grassroots activism, and assumptions about race and gender. Government programs designed to empty the state mental hospitals, acrid rivalries between different factions in the field, industry profit mongering, consumerism, and an uncritical media have all contributed to the story as well. In focusing particularly on the search for the biological roots of schizophrenia, depression, and bipolar disorder, Harrington underscores the high human stakes for the millions of people who have sought medical answers for their mental suffering. This is not just a story about doctors and scientists, but about countless ordinary people and their loved ones. A clear-eyed, evenhanded, and yet passionate tour de force, Mind Fixers recounts the past and present struggle to make mental illness a biological problem in order to lay the groundwork for creating a better future, both for those who suffer and for those whose job it is to care for them. Anne Harrington Tue, 16 Apr 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354296 thebookvoice.com 11:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354296]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mind Fixers: Psychiatry's Troubled Search for the Biology of Mental Illness Author: Anne Harrington Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 51 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Mind Fixers tells the history of psychiatry’s quest to understand the biological basis of mental illness and asks where we need to go from here. In Mind Fixers, Anne Harrington, author of The Cure Within, explores psychiatry’s repeatedly frustrated struggle to understand mental disorder in biomedical terms. She shows how the stalling of early twentieth century efforts in this direction allowed Freudians and social scientists to insist, with some justification, that they had better ways of analyzing and fixing minds. But when the Freudians overreached, they drove psychiatry into a state of crisis that a new “biological revolution” was meant to alleviate. Harrington shows how little that biological revolution had to do with breakthroughs in science, and why the field has fallen into a state of crisis in our own time. Mind Fixers makes clear that psychiatry’s waxing and waning biological enthusiasms have been shaped not just by developments in the clinic and lab, but also by a surprising range of social factors, including immigration, warfare, grassroots activism, and assumptions about race and gender. Government programs designed to empty the state mental hospitals, acrid rivalries between different factions in the field, industry profit mongering, consumerism, and an uncritical media have all contributed to the story as well. In focusing particularly on the search for the biological roots of schizophrenia, depression, and bipolar disorder, Harrington underscores the high human stakes for the millions of people who have sought medical answers for their mental suffering. This is not just a story about doctors and scientists, but about countless ordinary people and their loved ones. A clear-eyed, evenhanded, and yet passionate tour de force, Mind Fixers recounts the past and present struggle to make mental illness a biological problem in order to lay the groundwork for creating a better future, both for those who suffer and for those whose job it is to care for them. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354296]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mind Fixers: Psychiatry's Troubled Search for the Biology of Mental Illness Author: Anne Harrington Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 51 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Mind Fixers tells the history of psychiatry’s quest to understand the biological basis of mental illness and asks where we need to go from here. In Mind Fixers, Anne Harrington, author of The Cure Within, explores psychiatry’s repeatedly frustrated struggle to understand mental disorder in biomedical terms. She shows how the stalling of early twentieth century efforts in this direction allowed Freudians and social scientists to insist, with some justification, that they had better ways of analyzing and fixing minds. But when the Freudians overreached, they drove psychiatry into a state of crisis that a new “biological revolution” was meant to alleviate. Harrington shows how little that biological revolution had to do with breakthroughs in science, and why the field has fallen into a state of crisis in our own time. Mind Fixers makes clear that psychiatry’s waxing and waning biological enthusiasms have been shaped not just by developments in the clinic and lab, but also by a surprising range of social factors, including immigration, warfare, grassroots activism, and assumptions about race and gender. Government programs designed to empty the state mental hospitals, acrid rivalries between different factions in the field, industry profit mongering, consumerism, and an uncritical media have all contributed to the story as well. In focusing particularly on the search for the biological roots of schizophrenia, depression, and bipolar disorder, Harrington underscores the high human stakes for the millions of people who have sought medical answers for their mental suffering. This is not just a story about doctors and scientists, but about countless ordinary people and their loved ones. A clear-eyed, evenhanded, and yet passionate tour de force, Mind Fixers recounts the past and present struggle to make mental illness a biological problem in order to lay the groundwork for creating a better future, both for those who suffer and for those whose job it is to care for them. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354226 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354226]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Empathy Effect: Seven Neuroscience-Based Keys for Transforming the Way We Live, Love, Work, and Connect Across Differences Author: Helen Riess, M.D. Narrator: Emily Durante, Alan Alda Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 10 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “We are all connected on a neurobiological level far more than we have previously realized. Consciously or not, we are in constant, natural resonance with one another’s feelings. When we are engaged in shared mind awareness, the possibilities for mutual aid and collaborative problem solving abound.” —Helen Riess, MD A Revolutionary Guide for Understanding and Changing the Way We Connect Empathy is undergoing a new evolution. In a global and interconnected culture, we can no longer afford to identify only with people who seem to be a part of our “tribe.” As Dr. Helen Riess has learned, our capacity for empathy is not just an innate trait—it is also a skill that we can learn and expand. With The Empathy Effect, Dr. Riess presents a definitive resource on empathy: the science behind how it works, new research on how empathy develops from birth to adulthood, and tools for building your capacity to create authentic emotional connection with others in any situation. Dr. Riess emerged as leading researcher on empathy by creating a breakthrough training curriculum now used internationally in health care, business, and education. Drawing from this successful program and the latest science, she presents: - The E.M.P.A.T.H.Y.® method—a powerful seven-step system for understanding and increasing empathy, starting with Eye Contact and ending with Your Response - How empathy works—a comprehensive synthesis emerging from neuroscience, sociology, developmental psychology, and evolutionary theory - Tools for recognizing and promoting empathic behavior in yourself and others - Parenting and teaching empathy in kids—guidance for every stage of development - Texts, emojis, and digital empathy—the modern challenge of authentic connection in the information age - Empathy through art and literature—exploring the power of creative expression to expand our emotional experience - Leading with empathy—how political and business leaders can combine compassion with efficiency through group empathy skills and shared mind intelligence - Digging deep for empathy—how to reverse scapegoating and recognize shared humanity with those we normally keep at a distance - Self-compassion—why your ability to express love toward yourself affects every other relationship in your life “Nourishing empathy lets us help not just ourselves,” says Dr. Riess, “but also everyone we interact with, whether for a moment or a lifetime.” The Empathy Effect is a life-changing book that will revolutionize the way you understand yourself, relate to your loved ones, and connect to every person in your life. Helen Riess, M.D. Tue, 27 Nov 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354226 thebookvoice.com 8:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354226]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Empathy Effect: Seven Neuroscience-Based Keys for Transforming the Way We Live, Love, Work, and Connect Across Differences Author: Helen Riess, M.D. Narrator: Emily Durante, Alan Alda Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 10 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “We are all connected on a neurobiological level far more than we have previously realized. Consciously or not, we are in constant, natural resonance with one another’s feelings. When we are engaged in shared mind awareness, the possibilities for mutual aid and collaborative problem solving abound.” —Helen Riess, MD A Revolutionary Guide for Understanding and Changing the Way We Connect Empathy is undergoing a new evolution. In a global and interconnected culture, we can no longer afford to identify only with people who seem to be a part of our “tribe.” As Dr. Helen Riess has learned, our capacity for empathy is not just an innate trait—it is also a skill that we can learn and expand. With The Empathy Effect, Dr. Riess presents a definitive resource on empathy: the science behind how it works, new research on how empathy develops from birth to adulthood, and tools for building your capacity to create authentic emotional connection with others in any situation. Dr. Riess emerged as leading researcher on empathy by creating a breakthrough training curriculum now used internationally in health care, business, and education. Drawing from this successful program and the latest science, she presents: - The E.M.P.A.T.H.Y.® method—a powerful seven-step system for understanding and increasing empathy, starting with Eye Contact and ending with Your Response - How empathy works—a comprehensive synthesis emerging from neuroscience, sociology, developmental psychology, and evolutionary theory - Tools for recognizing and promoting empathic behavior in yourself and others - Parenting and teaching empathy in kids—guidance for every stage of development - Texts, emojis, and digital empathy—the modern challenge of authentic connection in the information age - Empathy through art and literature—exploring the power of creative expression to expand our emotional experience - Leading with empathy—how political and business leaders can combine compassion with efficiency through group empathy skills and shared mind intelligence - Digging deep for empathy—how to reverse scapegoating and recognize shared humanity with those we normally keep at a distance - Self-compassion—why your ability to express love toward yourself affects every other relationship in your life “Nourishing empathy lets us help not just ourselves,” says Dr. Riess, “but also everyone we interact with, whether for a moment or a lifetime.” The Empathy Effect is a life-changing book that will revolutionize the way you understand yourself, relate to your loved ones, and connect to every person in your life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354226]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Empathy Effect: Seven Neuroscience-Based Keys for Transforming the Way We Live, Love, Work, and Connect Across Differences Author: Helen Riess, M.D. Narrator: Emily Durante, Alan Alda Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 10 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “We are all connected on a neurobiological level far more than we have previously realized. Consciously or not, we are in constant, natural resonance with one another’s feelings. When we are engaged in shared mind awareness, the possibilities for mutual aid and collaborative problem solving abound.” —Helen Riess, MD A Revolutionary Guide for Understanding and Changing the Way We Connect Empathy is undergoing a new evolution. In a global and interconnected culture, we can no longer afford to identify only with people who seem to be a part of our “tribe.” As Dr. Helen Riess has learned, our capacity for empathy is not just an innate trait—it is also a skill that we can learn and expand. With The Empathy Effect, Dr. Riess presents a definitive resource on empathy: the science behind how it works, new research on how empathy develops from birth to adulthood, and tools for building your capacity to create authentic emotional connection with others in any situation. Dr. Riess emerged as leading researcher on empathy by creating a breakthrough training curriculum now used internationally in health care, business, and education. Drawing from this successful program and the latest science, she presents: - The E.M.P.A.T.H.Y.® method—a powerful seven-step system for understanding and increasing empathy, starting with Eye Contact and ending with Your Response - How empathy works—a comprehensive synthesis emerging from neuroscience, sociology, developmental psychology, and evolutionary theory - Tools for recognizing and promoting empathic behavior in yourself and others - Parenting and teaching empathy in kids—guidance for every stage of development - Texts, emojis, and digital empathy—the modern challenge of authentic connection in the information age - Empathy through art and literature—exploring the power of creative expression to expand our emotional experience - Leading with empathy—how political and business leaders can combine compassion with efficiency through group empathy skills and shared mind intelligence - Digging deep for empathy—how to reverse scapegoating and recognize shared humanity with those we normally keep at a distance - Self-compassion—why your ability to express love toward yourself affects every other relationship in your life “Nourishing empathy lets us help not just ourselves,” says Dr. Riess, “but also everyone we interact with, whether for a moment or a lifetime.” The Empathy Effect is a life-changing book that will revolutionize the way you understand yourself, relate to your loved ones, and connect to every person in your life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354039 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354039]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Social Intelligence: The New Science of Success Author: Karl Albrecht Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Karl Albrecht defines social intelligence (SI) as the ability to get along well with others while winning their cooperation. SI is a combination of sensitivity to the needs and interests of others, sometimes called your 'social radar,' an attitude of generosity and consideration, and a set of practical skills for interacting successfully with people in any setting. Social Intelligence provides a highly accessible and comprehensive model for describing, assessing, and developing social intelligence at a personal level. This book is filled with intriguing concepts, enlightening examples, stories, cases, situational strategies, and a self-assessment tool—all designed to help you learn to navigate social situations more successfully. Karl Albrecht Wed, 19 Sep 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354039 thebookvoice.com 9:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354039]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Social Intelligence: The New Science of Success Author: Karl Albrecht Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Karl Albrecht defines social intelligence (SI) as the ability to get along well with others while winning their cooperation. SI is a combination of sensitivity to the needs and interests of others, sometimes called your 'social radar,' an attitude of generosity and consideration, and a set of practical skills for interacting successfully with people in any setting. Social Intelligence provides a highly accessible and comprehensive model for describing, assessing, and developing social intelligence at a personal level. This book is filled with intriguing concepts, enlightening examples, stories, cases, situational strategies, and a self-assessment tool—all designed to help you learn to navigate social situations more successfully. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354039]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Social Intelligence: The New Science of Success Author: Karl Albrecht Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Karl Albrecht defines social intelligence (SI) as the ability to get along well with others while winning their cooperation. SI is a combination of sensitivity to the needs and interests of others, sometimes called your 'social radar,' an attitude of generosity and consideration, and a set of practical skills for interacting successfully with people in any setting. Social Intelligence provides a highly accessible and comprehensive model for describing, assessing, and developing social intelligence at a personal level. This book is filled with intriguing concepts, enlightening examples, stories, cases, situational strategies, and a self-assessment tool—all designed to help you learn to navigate social situations more successfully. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354036 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354036]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Remember It!: The Names of People You Meet, All of Your Passwords, Where You Left Your Keys, and Everything Else You Tend to Forget Author: Nelson Dellis Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Throughout his research into memory theory, Nelson Dellis found existing memory improvement guides to be wanting—overcomplicated, dry, and stodgy. So he decided to write a book that is approachable and fun, centered on what people actually need to remember. In Remember It!, Dellis teaches us how to make the most of our memory, using his competition-winning techniques. Presenting the information in a user-friendly way, Dellis offers bite-size chapters, addressing things we wish we could remember but often forget: names, grocery lists, phone numbers, where you left your keys—you name it! This fast-paced, highly illustrated tour of the inner workings of the brain makes improving your memory simple and fun. Nelson Dellis Tue, 25 Sep 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354036 thebookvoice.com 6:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354036]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Remember It!: The Names of People You Meet, All of Your Passwords, Where You Left Your Keys, and Everything Else You Tend to Forget Author: Nelson Dellis Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Throughout his research into memory theory, Nelson Dellis found existing memory improvement guides to be wanting—overcomplicated, dry, and stodgy. So he decided to write a book that is approachable and fun, centered on what people actually need to remember. In Remember It!, Dellis teaches us how to make the most of our memory, using his competition-winning techniques. Presenting the information in a user-friendly way, Dellis offers bite-size chapters, addressing things we wish we could remember but often forget: names, grocery lists, phone numbers, where you left your keys—you name it! This fast-paced, highly illustrated tour of the inner workings of the brain makes improving your memory simple and fun. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354036]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Remember It!: The Names of People You Meet, All of Your Passwords, Where You Left Your Keys, and Everything Else You Tend to Forget Author: Nelson Dellis Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Throughout his research into memory theory, Nelson Dellis found existing memory improvement guides to be wanting—overcomplicated, dry, and stodgy. So he decided to write a book that is approachable and fun, centered on what people actually need to remember. In Remember It!, Dellis teaches us how to make the most of our memory, using his competition-winning techniques. Presenting the information in a user-friendly way, Dellis offers bite-size chapters, addressing things we wish we could remember but often forget: names, grocery lists, phone numbers, where you left your keys—you name it! This fast-paced, highly illustrated tour of the inner workings of the brain makes improving your memory simple and fun. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354032 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354032]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Character Gap: How Good Are We? Author: Christian B. Miller Narrator: Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 19, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We like to think of ourselves, our friends, and our families as decent people. We may not be saints, but we are still honest, relatively kind, and mostly trustworthy. Miller argues here that we are badly mistaken in thinking this. Hundreds of recent studies in psychology tell a different story: that we all have serious character flaws that prevent us from being as good as we think we are—and that we do not even recognize that these flaws exist. But neither are most of us cruel or dishonest. Instead, Miller argues, we are a mixed bag. On the one hand, most of us in a group of bystanders will do nothing as someone cries out for help in an emergency. Yet it is also true that there will be many times when we will selflessly come to the aid of a complete stranger—and resist the urge to lie, cheat, or steal even if we could get away with it. Much depends on cues in our social environment. Miller uses this recent psychological literature to explain what the notion of 'character' really means today, and how we can use this new understanding to develop a character better in sync with the kind of people we want to be. Christian B. Miller Wed, 19 Sep 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354032 thebookvoice.com 5:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354032]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Character Gap: How Good Are We? Author: Christian B. Miller Narrator: Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 19, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We like to think of ourselves, our friends, and our families as decent people. We may not be saints, but we are still honest, relatively kind, and mostly trustworthy. Miller argues here that we are badly mistaken in thinking this. Hundreds of recent studies in psychology tell a different story: that we all have serious character flaws that prevent us from being as good as we think we are—and that we do not even recognize that these flaws exist. But neither are most of us cruel or dishonest. Instead, Miller argues, we are a mixed bag. On the one hand, most of us in a group of bystanders will do nothing as someone cries out for help in an emergency. Yet it is also true that there will be many times when we will selflessly come to the aid of a complete stranger—and resist the urge to lie, cheat, or steal even if we could get away with it. Much depends on cues in our social environment. Miller uses this recent psychological literature to explain what the notion of 'character' really means today, and how we can use this new understanding to develop a character better in sync with the kind of people we want to be. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354032]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Character Gap: How Good Are We? Author: Christian B. Miller Narrator: Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 19, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We like to think of ourselves, our friends, and our families as decent people. We may not be saints, but we are still honest, relatively kind, and mostly trustworthy. Miller argues here that we are badly mistaken in thinking this. Hundreds of recent studies in psychology tell a different story: that we all have serious character flaws that prevent us from being as good as we think we are—and that we do not even recognize that these flaws exist. But neither are most of us cruel or dishonest. Instead, Miller argues, we are a mixed bag. On the one hand, most of us in a group of bystanders will do nothing as someone cries out for help in an emergency. Yet it is also true that there will be many times when we will selflessly come to the aid of a complete stranger—and resist the urge to lie, cheat, or steal even if we could get away with it. Much depends on cues in our social environment. Miller uses this recent psychological literature to explain what the notion of 'character' really means today, and how we can use this new understanding to develop a character better in sync with the kind of people we want to be. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354014 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354014]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: He's Not Lazy: Empowering Your Son to Believe In Himself Author: Adam Price PhD Narrator: Shawn Compton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: On the surface, capable teenage boys may look lazy. But dig a little deeper, writes child psychologist Adam Price in He's Not Lazy, and you'll often find conflicted boys who want to do well in middle and high school but are afraid to fail, and so do not try. This book can help you become an ally with your son, as he discovers greater self-confidence and accepts responsibility for his future. Adam Price PhD Wed, 19 Sep 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354014 thebookvoice.com 6:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354014]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: He's Not Lazy: Empowering Your Son to Believe In Himself Author: Adam Price PhD Narrator: Shawn Compton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: On the surface, capable teenage boys may look lazy. But dig a little deeper, writes child psychologist Adam Price in He's Not Lazy, and you'll often find conflicted boys who want to do well in middle and high school but are afraid to fail, and so do not try. This book can help you become an ally with your son, as he discovers greater self-confidence and accepts responsibility for his future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354014]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: He's Not Lazy: Empowering Your Son to Believe In Himself Author: Adam Price PhD Narrator: Shawn Compton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: On the surface, capable teenage boys may look lazy. But dig a little deeper, writes child psychologist Adam Price in He's Not Lazy, and you'll often find conflicted boys who want to do well in middle and high school but are afraid to fail, and so do not try. This book can help you become an ally with your son, as he discovers greater self-confidence and accepts responsibility for his future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351373 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351373]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Disagree: A beginner's guide to having better arguments Author: Timandra Harkness Narrator: Timandra Harkness Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 10 minutes Release date: October 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We seem to have forgotten how to argue about important things without descending into tribalism, insults, and generally thinking the worst of our opponents. This is no good. We'll never get out of the bitter divisions cleaving society if we don't learn to disagree fruitfully. In this series, Timandra Harkness explores the best ways to disagree with other people - constructively. She examines how clashes of interests, competing moral visions, factual disputes, arguments about strategies and even different personal preferences over which film to watch at the cinema can all be managed better. With the help of a trade union negotiator, an expert on neighbour disputes, and scientists, Timandra examines how best to deal with competing points of view, and – when it comes to personal preferences – asks why we try so hard to find reasons for what we want to do or believe. And she has a disagreement over the merits of disagreement. Produced by Martin Rosenbaum. Timandra Harkness Thu, 04 Oct 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351373 thebookvoice.com 1:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351373]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Disagree: A beginner's guide to having better arguments Author: Timandra Harkness Narrator: Timandra Harkness Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 10 minutes Release date: October 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We seem to have forgotten how to argue about important things without descending into tribalism, insults, and generally thinking the worst of our opponents. This is no good. We'll never get out of the bitter divisions cleaving society if we don't learn to disagree fruitfully. In this series, Timandra Harkness explores the best ways to disagree with other people - constructively. She examines how clashes of interests, competing moral visions, factual disputes, arguments about strategies and even different personal preferences over which film to watch at the cinema can all be managed better. With the help of a trade union negotiator, an expert on neighbour disputes, and scientists, Timandra examines how best to deal with competing points of view, and – when it comes to personal preferences – asks why we try so hard to find reasons for what we want to do or believe. And she has a disagreement over the merits of disagreement. Produced by Martin Rosenbaum. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351373]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Disagree: A beginner's guide to having better arguments Author: Timandra Harkness Narrator: Timandra Harkness Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 10 minutes Release date: October 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We seem to have forgotten how to argue about important things without descending into tribalism, insults, and generally thinking the worst of our opponents. This is no good. We'll never get out of the bitter divisions cleaving society if we don't learn to disagree fruitfully. In this series, Timandra Harkness explores the best ways to disagree with other people - constructively. She examines how clashes of interests, competing moral visions, factual disputes, arguments about strategies and even different personal preferences over which film to watch at the cinema can all be managed better. With the help of a trade union negotiator, an expert on neighbour disputes, and scientists, Timandra examines how best to deal with competing points of view, and – when it comes to personal preferences – asks why we try so hard to find reasons for what we want to do or believe. And she has a disagreement over the merits of disagreement. Produced by Martin Rosenbaum. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351121 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351121]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Happy Fat: Taking Up Space in a World That Wants to Shrink You Author: Sofie Hagen Narrator: Sofie Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: May 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ‘Perfect, kind, hilarious and persuasive’ Lena Dunham ‘You need this book. Your mum needs this book. Your best friend needs this book. Everyone needs a dose of Happy Fat!’ Julie Murphy ‘I am a fat person and I love my body. I feel lucky to be able to say that – it has taken a lot of work and a lot of time. I want to tell you what I have learned and how I got here.’ In Happy Fat, comedian Sofie Hagen shares how she removed fatphobic influences from her daily life and found self-acceptance in a world where judgement and discrimination are rife. From shame and sex to airplane seats, love and getting stuck in public toilets, Sofie provides practical tips for readers – drawing wisdom from other Fat Liberation champions along the way. Part memoir, part social commentary, Happy Fat is a funny, angry and impassioned look at how taking up space in a culture that is desperate to reduce you can be radical, emboldening and life-changing. Sofie Hagen Thu, 02 May 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351121 thebookvoice.com 9:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351121]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Happy Fat: Taking Up Space in a World That Wants to Shrink You Author: Sofie Hagen Narrator: Sofie Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: May 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ‘Perfect, kind, hilarious and persuasive’ Lena Dunham ‘You need this book. Your mum needs this book. Your best friend needs this book. Everyone needs a dose of Happy Fat!’ Julie Murphy ‘I am a fat person and I love my body. I feel lucky to be able to say that – it has taken a lot of work and a lot of time. I want to tell you what I have learned and how I got here.’ In Happy Fat, comedian Sofie Hagen shares how she removed fatphobic influences from her daily life and found self-acceptance in a world where judgement and discrimination are rife. From shame and sex to airplane seats, love and getting stuck in public toilets, Sofie provides practical tips for readers – drawing wisdom from other Fat Liberation champions along the way. Part memoir, part social commentary, Happy Fat is a funny, angry and impassioned look at how taking up space in a culture that is desperate to reduce you can be radical, emboldening and life-changing. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/351121]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Happy Fat: Taking Up Space in a World That Wants to Shrink You Author: Sofie Hagen Narrator: Sofie Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: May 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ‘Perfect, kind, hilarious and persuasive’ Lena Dunham ‘You need this book. Your mum needs this book. Your best friend needs this book. Everyone needs a dose of Happy Fat!’ Julie Murphy ‘I am a fat person and I love my body. I feel lucky to be able to say that – it has taken a lot of work and a lot of time. I want to tell you what I have learned and how I got here.’ In Happy Fat, comedian Sofie Hagen shares how she removed fatphobic influences from her daily life and found self-acceptance in a world where judgement and discrimination are rife. From shame and sex to airplane seats, love and getting stuck in public toilets, Sofie provides practical tips for readers – drawing wisdom from other Fat Liberation champions along the way. Part memoir, part social commentary, Happy Fat is a funny, angry and impassioned look at how taking up space in a culture that is desperate to reduce you can be radical, emboldening and life-changing. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350849 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350849]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Noticing: 131 Ways to Spark Creativity, Find Inspiration, and Discover Joy in the Everyday Author: Rob Walker Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 52 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An imaginative, thought-provoking gift book to awaken your senses and attune them to the things that matter in your life. Welcome to the era of white noise. Our lives are in constant tether to phones, to email, and to social media. In this age of distraction, the ability to experience and be present is often lost: to think and to see and to listen. Enter Rob Walker's The Art of Noticing. This audiobook edition will spark your creativity--and most importantly, help you see the world anew. Through a series of simple and playful exercises--131 of them--Walker maps ways for you to become a clearer thinker, a better listener, a more creative workplace colleague and finally, to rediscover your sense of passion and to notice what really matters to you. Rob Walker Tue, 07 May 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350849 thebookvoice.com 4:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350849]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Noticing: 131 Ways to Spark Creativity, Find Inspiration, and Discover Joy in the Everyday Author: Rob Walker Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 52 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An imaginative, thought-provoking gift book to awaken your senses and attune them to the things that matter in your life. Welcome to the era of white noise. Our lives are in constant tether to phones, to email, and to social media. In this age of distraction, the ability to experience and be present is often lost: to think and to see and to listen. Enter Rob Walker's The Art of Noticing. This audiobook edition will spark your creativity--and most importantly, help you see the world anew. Through a series of simple and playful exercises--131 of them--Walker maps ways for you to become a clearer thinker, a better listener, a more creative workplace colleague and finally, to rediscover your sense of passion and to notice what really matters to you. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350849]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Noticing: 131 Ways to Spark Creativity, Find Inspiration, and Discover Joy in the Everyday Author: Rob Walker Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 52 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An imaginative, thought-provoking gift book to awaken your senses and attune them to the things that matter in your life. Welcome to the era of white noise. Our lives are in constant tether to phones, to email, and to social media. In this age of distraction, the ability to experience and be present is often lost: to think and to see and to listen. Enter Rob Walker's The Art of Noticing. This audiobook edition will spark your creativity--and most importantly, help you see the world anew. Through a series of simple and playful exercises--131 of them--Walker maps ways for you to become a clearer thinker, a better listener, a more creative workplace colleague and finally, to rediscover your sense of passion and to notice what really matters to you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350844 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350844]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Range: Why Generalists Triumph in a Specialized World Author: David Epstein Narrator: Will Damron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 46 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 92 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 15 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The #1 New York Times bestseller that has all America talking: as seen/heard on CNN's Fareed Zakaria GPS, Morning Joe, CBS This Morning, The Bill Simmons Podcast, Rich Roll, and more. “The most important business—and parenting—book of the year.” —Forbes “Urgent and important. . . an essential read for bosses, parents, coaches, and anyone who cares about improving performance.” —Daniel H. Pink   Shortlisted for the Financial Times/McKinsey Business Book of the Year Award Plenty of experts argue that anyone who wants to develop a skill, play an instrument, or lead their field should start early, focus intensely, and rack up as many hours of deliberate practice as possible. If you dabble or delay, you’ll never catch up to the people who got a head start. But a closer look at research on the world’s top performers, from professional athletes to Nobel laureates, shows that early specialization is the exception, not the rule.     David Epstein examined the world’s most successful athletes, artists, musicians, inventors, forecasters and scientists. He discovered that in most fields—especially those that are complex and unpredictable—generalists, not specialists, are primed to excel. Generalists often find their path late, and they juggle many interests rather than focusing on one. They’re also more creative, more agile, and able to make connections their more specialized peers can’t see. Provocative, rigorous, and engrossing, Range makes a compelling case for actively cultivating inefficiency. Failing a test is the best way to learn. Frequent quitters end up with the most fulfilling careers. The most impactful inventors cross domains rather than deepening their knowledge in a single area. As experts silo themselves further while computers master more of the skills once reserved for highly focused humans, people who think broadly and embrace diverse experiences and perspectives will increasingly thrive. David Epstein Tue, 28 May 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350844 thebookvoice.com 10:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350844]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Range: Why Generalists Triumph in a Specialized World Author: David Epstein Narrator: Will Damron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 46 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 92 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 15 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The #1 New York Times bestseller that has all America talking: as seen/heard on CNN's Fareed Zakaria GPS, Morning Joe, CBS This Morning, The Bill Simmons Podcast, Rich Roll, and more. “The most important business—and parenting—book of the year.” —Forbes “Urgent and important. . . an essential read for bosses, parents, coaches, and anyone who cares about improving performance.” —Daniel H. Pink   Shortlisted for the Financial Times/McKinsey Business Book of the Year Award Plenty of experts argue that anyone who wants to develop a skill, play an instrument, or lead their field should start early, focus intensely, and rack up as many hours of deliberate practice as possible. If you dabble or delay, you’ll never catch up to the people who got a head start. But a closer look at research on the world’s top performers, from professional athletes to Nobel laureates, shows that early specialization is the exception, not the rule.     David Epstein examined the world’s most successful athletes, artists, musicians, inventors, forecasters and scientists. He discovered that in most fields—especially those that are complex and unpredictable—generalists, not specialists, are primed to excel. Generalists often find their path late, and they juggle many interests rather than focusing on one. They’re also more creative, more agile, and able to make connections their more specialized peers can’t see. Provocative, rigorous, and engrossing, Range makes a compelling case for actively cultivating inefficiency. Failing a test is the best way to learn. Frequent quitters end up with the most fulfilling careers. The most impactful inventors cross domains rather than deepening their knowledge in a single area. As experts silo themselves further while computers master more of the skills once reserved for highly focused humans, people who think broadly and embrace diverse experiences and perspectives will increasingly thrive. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350844]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Range: Why Generalists Triumph in a Specialized World Author: David Epstein Narrator: Will Damron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 46 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 92 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 15 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The #1 New York Times bestseller that has all America talking: as seen/heard on CNN's Fareed Zakaria GPS, Morning Joe, CBS This Morning, The Bill Simmons Podcast, Rich Roll, and more. “The most important business—and parenting—book of the year.” —Forbes “Urgent and important. . . an essential read for bosses, parents, coaches, and anyone who cares about improving performance.” —Daniel H. Pink   Shortlisted for the Financial Times/McKinsey Business Book of the Year Award Plenty of experts argue that anyone who wants to develop a skill, play an instrument, or lead their field should start early, focus intensely, and rack up as many hours of deliberate practice as possible. If you dabble or delay, you’ll never catch up to the people who got a head start. But a closer look at research on the world’s top performers, from professional athletes to Nobel laureates, shows that early specialization is the exception, not the rule.     David Epstein examined the world’s most successful athletes, artists, musicians, inventors, forecasters and scientists. He discovered that in most fields—especially those that are complex and unpredictable—generalists, not specialists, are primed to excel. Generalists often find their path late, and they juggle many interests rather than focusing on one. They’re also more creative, more agile, and able to make connections their more specialized peers can’t see. Provocative, rigorous, and engrossing, Range makes a compelling case for actively cultivating inefficiency. Failing a test is the best way to learn. Frequent quitters end up with the most fulfilling careers. The most impactful inventors cross domains rather than deepening their knowledge in a single area. As experts silo themselves further while computers master more of the skills once reserved for highly focused humans, people who think broadly and embrace diverse experiences and perspectives will increasingly thrive. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350671 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350671]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Hold a Grudge: From Resentment to Contentment—The Power of Grudges to Transform Your Life Author: Sophie Hannah Narrator: Sophie Hannah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: January 1, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NAMED ONE OF THE 100 MUST-READ BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY TIME MAGAZINE The first and only comprehensive examination of the universal but widely misunderstood practice of grudge-holding that will show you how to use grudges to be your happiest, most optimistic, and most forgiving self. Secretly, we all hold grudges, but most of us probably think we shouldn’t, and many of us deny that we do. To bear a grudge is too negative, right? Shouldn’t we just forgive and move on? Wrong, says self-appointed grudge guru Sophie Hannah, in her groundbreaking and irreverent self-help guide. Yes, it’s essential to think positively if we want to live happy lives, but even more crucial is how we get to the positive. Denying our negative emotions and experiences is likely to lead only to more pain, conflict, and stress. What if our grudges are good for us? What if we could embrace them, and use them to help ourselves and others, instead of feeling ashamed of our inability to banish negative emotions and memories from our lives? With contributions from expert psychotherapists as well as extracts from her own extensive catalog of grudges, Sophie Hannah investigates the psychological origins of grudges and also offers not-so-obvious insights into how we should acknowledge—and embrace—them in order to improve the quality of our interpersonal relationships and senses of self. Grudges do not have to fill us with hate or make us toxic, bitter, and miserable. If we approach the practice of grudge-holding in an enlightened way, it will do the opposite—we will become more forgiving. Practical, compassionate, and downright funny, How to Hold a Grudge reveals everything we need to know about the many different forms of grudge, the difference between a grudge and not-a-grudge (not as obvious as it seems), when we should let a grudge go, and how to honor a grudge and distill lessons from it that will turn us into better, happier people—for our own benefit and for the sake of spreading good and limiting harm in the world. Sophie Hannah Tue, 01 Jan 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350671 thebookvoice.com 8:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350671]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Hold a Grudge: From Resentment to Contentment—The Power of Grudges to Transform Your Life Author: Sophie Hannah Narrator: Sophie Hannah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: January 1, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NAMED ONE OF THE 100 MUST-READ BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY TIME MAGAZINE The first and only comprehensive examination of the universal but widely misunderstood practice of grudge-holding that will show you how to use grudges to be your happiest, most optimistic, and most forgiving self. Secretly, we all hold grudges, but most of us probably think we shouldn’t, and many of us deny that we do. To bear a grudge is too negative, right? Shouldn’t we just forgive and move on? Wrong, says self-appointed grudge guru Sophie Hannah, in her groundbreaking and irreverent self-help guide. Yes, it’s essential to think positively if we want to live happy lives, but even more crucial is how we get to the positive. Denying our negative emotions and experiences is likely to lead only to more pain, conflict, and stress. What if our grudges are good for us? What if we could embrace them, and use them to help ourselves and others, instead of feeling ashamed of our inability to banish negative emotions and memories from our lives? With contributions from expert psychotherapists as well as extracts from her own extensive catalog of grudges, Sophie Hannah investigates the psychological origins of grudges and also offers not-so-obvious insights into how we should acknowledge—and embrace—them in order to improve the quality of our interpersonal relationships and senses of self. Grudges do not have to fill us with hate or make us toxic, bitter, and miserable. If we approach the practice of grudge-holding in an enlightened way, it will do the opposite—we will become more forgiving. Practical, compassionate, and downright funny, How to Hold a Grudge reveals everything we need to know about the many different forms of grudge, the difference between a grudge and not-a-grudge (not as obvious as it seems), when we should let a grudge go, and how to honor a grudge and distill lessons from it that will turn us into better, happier people—for our own benefit and for the sake of spreading good and limiting harm in the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350671]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Hold a Grudge: From Resentment to Contentment—The Power of Grudges to Transform Your Life Author: Sophie Hannah Narrator: Sophie Hannah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: January 1, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NAMED ONE OF THE 100 MUST-READ BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY TIME MAGAZINE The first and only comprehensive examination of the universal but widely misunderstood practice of grudge-holding that will show you how to use grudges to be your happiest, most optimistic, and most forgiving self. Secretly, we all hold grudges, but most of us probably think we shouldn’t, and many of us deny that we do. To bear a grudge is too negative, right? Shouldn’t we just forgive and move on? Wrong, says self-appointed grudge guru Sophie Hannah, in her groundbreaking and irreverent self-help guide. Yes, it’s essential to think positively if we want to live happy lives, but even more crucial is how we get to the positive. Denying our negative emotions and experiences is likely to lead only to more pain, conflict, and stress. What if our grudges are good for us? What if we could embrace them, and use them to help ourselves and others, instead of feeling ashamed of our inability to banish negative emotions and memories from our lives? With contributions from expert psychotherapists as well as extracts from her own extensive catalog of grudges, Sophie Hannah investigates the psychological origins of grudges and also offers not-so-obvious insights into how we should acknowledge—and embrace—them in order to improve the quality of our interpersonal relationships and senses of self. Grudges do not have to fill us with hate or make us toxic, bitter, and miserable. If we approach the practice of grudge-holding in an enlightened way, it will do the opposite—we will become more forgiving. Practical, compassionate, and downright funny, How to Hold a Grudge reveals everything we need to know about the many different forms of grudge, the difference between a grudge and not-a-grudge (not as obvious as it seems), when we should let a grudge go, and how to honor a grudge and distill lessons from it that will turn us into better, happier people—for our own benefit and for the sake of spreading good and limiting harm in the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350578 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350578]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Social Psychology Author: Centre Of Excellence Narrator: Jane Branch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 1 minute Release date: August 22, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Social Psychology Audiobook teaches you how people work – yourself included. You’ll gain insight into the subject, its principles, and how it explains human behaviour. You’ll learn how people think in different scenarios, explore the reasons behind our thoughts and actions, and follow major studies in the field, discovering what they have taught us about ourselves. Centre Of Excellence Wed, 22 Aug 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350578 thebookvoice.com 2:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350578]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Social Psychology Author: Centre Of Excellence Narrator: Jane Branch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 1 minute Release date: August 22, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Social Psychology Audiobook teaches you how people work – yourself included. You’ll gain insight into the subject, its principles, and how it explains human behaviour. You’ll learn how people think in different scenarios, explore the reasons behind our thoughts and actions, and follow major studies in the field, discovering what they have taught us about ourselves. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350578]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Social Psychology Author: Centre Of Excellence Narrator: Jane Branch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 1 minute Release date: August 22, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Social Psychology Audiobook teaches you how people work – yourself included. You’ll gain insight into the subject, its principles, and how it explains human behaviour. You’ll learn how people think in different scenarios, explore the reasons behind our thoughts and actions, and follow major studies in the field, discovering what they have taught us about ourselves. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350574 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350574]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pathological Demand Avoidance Author: Centre Of Excellence Narrator: Jane Branch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 48 minutes Release date: August 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A pervasive developmental disorder that is common in individuals on the autistic spectrum, pathological demand avoidance (PDA) is characterised by an avoidance of demand-framed requests by an individual and causes difficulties with social communication and interaction with others. Listen to the Pathological Demand Avoidance Audiobook and you’ll learn support structures and effective strategies to aid young children and adolescents with the condition. Centre Of Excellence Wed, 22 Aug 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350574 thebookvoice.com 2:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350574]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pathological Demand Avoidance Author: Centre Of Excellence Narrator: Jane Branch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 48 minutes Release date: August 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A pervasive developmental disorder that is common in individuals on the autistic spectrum, pathological demand avoidance (PDA) is characterised by an avoidance of demand-framed requests by an individual and causes difficulties with social communication and interaction with others. Listen to the Pathological Demand Avoidance Audiobook and you’ll learn support structures and effective strategies to aid young children and adolescents with the condition. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350574]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pathological Demand Avoidance Author: Centre Of Excellence Narrator: Jane Branch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 48 minutes Release date: August 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A pervasive developmental disorder that is common in individuals on the autistic spectrum, pathological demand avoidance (PDA) is characterised by an avoidance of demand-framed requests by an individual and causes difficulties with social communication and interaction with others. Listen to the Pathological Demand Avoidance Audiobook and you’ll learn support structures and effective strategies to aid young children and adolescents with the condition. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350576 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350576]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psychology Author: Centre Of Excellence Narrator: Jane Branch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: August 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.89 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Psychology is not only a science and a profession but its concepts can also be used in everyday life. Listen to the Psychology Audiobook and you gain a greater knowledge of feelings, abilities and personalities. Centre Of Excellence Wed, 22 Aug 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350576 thebookvoice.com 5:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350576]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psychology Author: Centre Of Excellence Narrator: Jane Branch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: August 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.89 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Psychology is not only a science and a profession but its concepts can also be used in everyday life. Listen to the Psychology Audiobook and you gain a greater knowledge of feelings, abilities and personalities. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350576]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psychology Author: Centre Of Excellence Narrator: Jane Branch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: August 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.89 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Psychology is not only a science and a profession but its concepts can also be used in everyday life. Listen to the Psychology Audiobook and you gain a greater knowledge of feelings, abilities and personalities. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350504 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350504]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gestalt Therapy Author: Centre Of Excellence Narrator: Jane Branch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 36 minutes Release date: August 22, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Gestalt Therapy Audiobook teaches the history, underlying concepts, neurobiology, and techniques that make up Gestalt Therapy. You will discover how to use this information as a holistic therapist and create a business helping others while improving your self-awareness. Centre Of Excellence Wed, 22 Aug 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350504 thebookvoice.com 2:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350504]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gestalt Therapy Author: Centre Of Excellence Narrator: Jane Branch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 36 minutes Release date: August 22, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Gestalt Therapy Audiobook teaches the history, underlying concepts, neurobiology, and techniques that make up Gestalt Therapy. You will discover how to use this information as a holistic therapist and create a business helping others while improving your self-awareness. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350504]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gestalt Therapy Author: Centre Of Excellence Narrator: Jane Branch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 36 minutes Release date: August 22, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Gestalt Therapy Audiobook teaches the history, underlying concepts, neurobiology, and techniques that make up Gestalt Therapy. You will discover how to use this information as a holistic therapist and create a business helping others while improving your self-awareness. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350500 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350500]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Intelligence Author: Centre Of Excellence Narrator: Jane Branch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 7 minutes Release date: August 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: To understand how to cultivate emotional intelligence, we must first understand emotion itself. The Emotional Intelligence Audiobook explains how the brain and these natural responses have evolved with you, why they exist at all, and why it is that emotions are often able to take over our thoughts. Centre Of Excellence Wed, 22 Aug 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350500 thebookvoice.com 3:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350500]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Intelligence Author: Centre Of Excellence Narrator: Jane Branch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 7 minutes Release date: August 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: To understand how to cultivate emotional intelligence, we must first understand emotion itself. The Emotional Intelligence Audiobook explains how the brain and these natural responses have evolved with you, why they exist at all, and why it is that emotions are often able to take over our thoughts. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350500]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Intelligence Author: Centre Of Excellence Narrator: Jane Branch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 7 minutes Release date: August 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: To understand how to cultivate emotional intelligence, we must first understand emotion itself. The Emotional Intelligence Audiobook explains how the brain and these natural responses have evolved with you, why they exist at all, and why it is that emotions are often able to take over our thoughts. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350490 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350490]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anger and Aggression Management Author: Centre of Excellence Narrator: Jane Branch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 40 minutes Release date: August 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Why do some of us get so angry, whilst others remain calm in even the most stressful of situations? This audiobook uncovers the reasons behind our anger, the effects it has on our mind and body and on others, and how to relieve and prevent anger through proven techniques, strategies and lifestyle choices. Centre of Excellence Wed, 22 Aug 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350490 thebookvoice.com 5:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350490]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anger and Aggression Management Author: Centre of Excellence Narrator: Jane Branch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 40 minutes Release date: August 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Why do some of us get so angry, whilst others remain calm in even the most stressful of situations? This audiobook uncovers the reasons behind our anger, the effects it has on our mind and body and on others, and how to relieve and prevent anger through proven techniques, strategies and lifestyle choices. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350490]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anger and Aggression Management Author: Centre of Excellence Narrator: Jane Branch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 40 minutes Release date: August 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Why do some of us get so angry, whilst others remain calm in even the most stressful of situations? This audiobook uncovers the reasons behind our anger, the effects it has on our mind and body and on others, and how to relieve and prevent anger through proven techniques, strategies and lifestyle choices. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350461 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pragmatische Psychologie Author: Susanna Mittermaier Narrator: Susanna Mittermaier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: March 21, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Was sind psychische Krankheiten? Sind es wirklich Störungen oder verbrigt sich dahinter etwas ganz Anderes? Wie wäre es, wenn du das "Normal sein müssen" loslassen würdest und entdecken könntest wozu du wahrhaftig fähig bist? Susanna Mittermaier Wed, 21 Mar 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350461 thebookvoice.com 6:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pragmatische Psychologie Author: Susanna Mittermaier Narrator: Susanna Mittermaier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: March 21, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Was sind psychische Krankheiten? Sind es wirklich Störungen oder verbrigt sich dahinter etwas ganz Anderes? Wie wäre es, wenn du das "Normal sein müssen" loslassen würdest und entdecken könntest wozu du wahrhaftig fähig bist? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pragmatische Psychologie Author: Susanna Mittermaier Narrator: Susanna Mittermaier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: March 21, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Was sind psychische Krankheiten? Sind es wirklich Störungen oder verbrigt sich dahinter etwas ganz Anderes? Wie wäre es, wenn du das "Normal sein müssen" loslassen würdest und entdecken könntest wozu du wahrhaftig fähig bist? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350457 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350457]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Neuropsychology Author: Centre of Excellence Narrator: Jane Branch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 42 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Navigate the labyrinth of the most complex organ and system ever discovered, the brain. Listen to the Neuropsychology Audiobook and explore how it is we are able to express and understand emotions, acquire and use language, learn, remember, and plan, and how consciousness and unconscious experiences are shaped by the brain. Build a foundation of biological knowledge, understand the functions of various areas of the brain, and how these relate to developmental disorders and mental health problems, as well as the effects of brain damage. Centre of Excellence Tue, 21 Aug 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350457 thebookvoice.com 5:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350457]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Neuropsychology Author: Centre of Excellence Narrator: Jane Branch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 42 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Navigate the labyrinth of the most complex organ and system ever discovered, the brain. Listen to the Neuropsychology Audiobook and explore how it is we are able to express and understand emotions, acquire and use language, learn, remember, and plan, and how consciousness and unconscious experiences are shaped by the brain. Build a foundation of biological knowledge, understand the functions of various areas of the brain, and how these relate to developmental disorders and mental health problems, as well as the effects of brain damage. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350457]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Neuropsychology Author: Centre of Excellence Narrator: Jane Branch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 42 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Navigate the labyrinth of the most complex organ and system ever discovered, the brain. Listen to the Neuropsychology Audiobook and explore how it is we are able to express and understand emotions, acquire and use language, learn, remember, and plan, and how consciousness and unconscious experiences are shaped by the brain. Build a foundation of biological knowledge, understand the functions of various areas of the brain, and how these relate to developmental disorders and mental health problems, as well as the effects of brain damage. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350405 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350405]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Revolutionary Trauma Release Process: Transcend Your Toughest Times Author: David Berceli PhD Narrator: Paul Brion Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Life is stressful, anxiety provoking, and frequently traumatic. The result is that many of us are hurting, and often we are unaware of how deep our hurt runs. The painful experiences we go through aren't simply 'over and done with' once we pass through them, however. They each leave their mark, etched deep into both the psyche and the body, affecting how well we function from this point onwards. The Revolutionary Trauma Release Process shows, in simple language, the effects that stress, anxiety, and trauma have on our mental wellbeing and our physical health. We discover that trauma is par for the course in any life, but that even the most damaging events can become a pathway to a more fulfilling and meaningful experience. The magic of the approach of David Berceli's Trauma Release Process is that it can be utilized by anyone, any place on the planet, even when professional help is beyond the individual's reach. A person can use the process either as a stand-alone stress reduction or trauma release process or in conjunction with other modalities. The exercises are versatile and can be used to affect a wide range of hyperarousal states such as anxiety, irritability, exaggerated, startle response, etc. These exercises can help to reestablish a person's psychophysical homeostasis by relaxing body tension and returning them to an emotionally healthy place. David Berceli PhD Tue, 11 Sep 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350405 thebookvoice.com 4:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350405]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Revolutionary Trauma Release Process: Transcend Your Toughest Times Author: David Berceli PhD Narrator: Paul Brion Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Life is stressful, anxiety provoking, and frequently traumatic. The result is that many of us are hurting, and often we are unaware of how deep our hurt runs. The painful experiences we go through aren't simply 'over and done with' once we pass through them, however. They each leave their mark, etched deep into both the psyche and the body, affecting how well we function from this point onwards. The Revolutionary Trauma Release Process shows, in simple language, the effects that stress, anxiety, and trauma have on our mental wellbeing and our physical health. We discover that trauma is par for the course in any life, but that even the most damaging events can become a pathway to a more fulfilling and meaningful experience. The magic of the approach of David Berceli's Trauma Release Process is that it can be utilized by anyone, any place on the planet, even when professional help is beyond the individual's reach. A person can use the process either as a stand-alone stress reduction or trauma release process or in conjunction with other modalities. The exercises are versatile and can be used to affect a wide range of hyperarousal states such as anxiety, irritability, exaggerated, startle response, etc. These exercises can help to reestablish a person's psychophysical homeostasis by relaxing body tension and returning them to an emotionally healthy place. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350405]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Revolutionary Trauma Release Process: Transcend Your Toughest Times Author: David Berceli PhD Narrator: Paul Brion Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Life is stressful, anxiety provoking, and frequently traumatic. The result is that many of us are hurting, and often we are unaware of how deep our hurt runs. The painful experiences we go through aren't simply 'over and done with' once we pass through them, however. They each leave their mark, etched deep into both the psyche and the body, affecting how well we function from this point onwards. The Revolutionary Trauma Release Process shows, in simple language, the effects that stress, anxiety, and trauma have on our mental wellbeing and our physical health. We discover that trauma is par for the course in any life, but that even the most damaging events can become a pathway to a more fulfilling and meaningful experience. The magic of the approach of David Berceli's Trauma Release Process is that it can be utilized by anyone, any place on the planet, even when professional help is beyond the individual's reach. A person can use the process either as a stand-alone stress reduction or trauma release process or in conjunction with other modalities. The exercises are versatile and can be used to affect a wide range of hyperarousal states such as anxiety, irritability, exaggerated, startle response, etc. These exercises can help to reestablish a person's psychophysical homeostasis by relaxing body tension and returning them to an emotionally healthy place. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350343 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350343]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bipolar Disorder: A Guide for Patients and Families, 3rd Edition Author: Francis Mark Mondimore MD Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Compassionate and comprehensive, Dr. Francis Mondimore's pathbreaking guide has helped thousands of people and their loved ones cope with bipolar disorder. Now in its third edition, Bipolar Disorder has been thoroughly updated with new information about the causes of the disorder, tools for diagnosis, and advances in treatment. Dr. Mondimore surveys new medications for treating bipolar disorder, including asenapine, iloperidone, paliperidone, lurasidone, and oxcarbazepine, exploring the benefits and potential side effects of each. He also reviews the scientific studies that back up claims for recommended nutritional supplements, such as omega-3s and NAC—and tells you which ones to leave on the shelf. Dr. Mondimore discusses recent changes in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-5) and reviews the exciting new findings of the largest multicenter evaluation of best-treatment practices for bipolar disorder ever carried out, the Systematic Treatment Enhancement Program for Bipolar Disorder (STEP-BD). He describes how these findings, gleaned from the treatment experiences of thousands of patients, will improve treatment decisions. With insight and sensitivity, Dr. Mondimore makes complex medical concepts easy to understand and describes what it is like for people to live with bipolar disorder. He recommends changes to daily routines and lifestyle that will improve the quality of life for patients and offers expert advice on planning for emergencies and identifying when and how to seek help. Throughout the book, Dr. Mondimore focuses on the importance of building a support system for everyone affected by this unpredictable illness. Francis Mark Mondimore MD Tue, 11 Sep 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350343 thebookvoice.com 11:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350343]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bipolar Disorder: A Guide for Patients and Families, 3rd Edition Author: Francis Mark Mondimore MD Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Compassionate and comprehensive, Dr. Francis Mondimore's pathbreaking guide has helped thousands of people and their loved ones cope with bipolar disorder. Now in its third edition, Bipolar Disorder has been thoroughly updated with new information about the causes of the disorder, tools for diagnosis, and advances in treatment. Dr. Mondimore surveys new medications for treating bipolar disorder, including asenapine, iloperidone, paliperidone, lurasidone, and oxcarbazepine, exploring the benefits and potential side effects of each. He also reviews the scientific studies that back up claims for recommended nutritional supplements, such as omega-3s and NAC—and tells you which ones to leave on the shelf. Dr. Mondimore discusses recent changes in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-5) and reviews the exciting new findings of the largest multicenter evaluation of best-treatment practices for bipolar disorder ever carried out, the Systematic Treatment Enhancement Program for Bipolar Disorder (STEP-BD). He describes how these findings, gleaned from the treatment experiences of thousands of patients, will improve treatment decisions. With insight and sensitivity, Dr. Mondimore makes complex medical concepts easy to understand and describes what it is like for people to live with bipolar disorder. He recommends changes to daily routines and lifestyle that will improve the quality of life for patients and offers expert advice on planning for emergencies and identifying when and how to seek help. Throughout the book, Dr. Mondimore focuses on the importance of building a support system for everyone affected by this unpredictable illness. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350343]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bipolar Disorder: A Guide for Patients and Families, 3rd Edition Author: Francis Mark Mondimore MD Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Compassionate and comprehensive, Dr. Francis Mondimore's pathbreaking guide has helped thousands of people and their loved ones cope with bipolar disorder. Now in its third edition, Bipolar Disorder has been thoroughly updated with new information about the causes of the disorder, tools for diagnosis, and advances in treatment. Dr. Mondimore surveys new medications for treating bipolar disorder, including asenapine, iloperidone, paliperidone, lurasidone, and oxcarbazepine, exploring the benefits and potential side effects of each. He also reviews the scientific studies that back up claims for recommended nutritional supplements, such as omega-3s and NAC—and tells you which ones to leave on the shelf. Dr. Mondimore discusses recent changes in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-5) and reviews the exciting new findings of the largest multicenter evaluation of best-treatment practices for bipolar disorder ever carried out, the Systematic Treatment Enhancement Program for Bipolar Disorder (STEP-BD). He describes how these findings, gleaned from the treatment experiences of thousands of patients, will improve treatment decisions. With insight and sensitivity, Dr. Mondimore makes complex medical concepts easy to understand and describes what it is like for people to live with bipolar disorder. He recommends changes to daily routines and lifestyle that will improve the quality of life for patients and offers expert advice on planning for emergencies and identifying when and how to seek help. Throughout the book, Dr. Mondimore focuses on the importance of building a support system for everyone affected by this unpredictable illness. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350152 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350152]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Edge of Every Day: Sketches of Schizophrenia Author: Marin Sardy Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The debut of an important new literary voice: Marin Sardy's extraordinarily affecting, fiercely intelligent memoir unflinchingly traces the path of the schizophrenia that runs in her family. Against the starkly beautiful backdrop of Anchorage, Alaska, where the author grew up, Marin Sardy weaves a fearless account of the shapeless thief—the schizophrenia—that kept her mother immersed in a world of private delusion and later manifested in her brother, ultimately claiming his life. Composed of exquisite, self-contained chapters that take us through three generations of this adventurous, artistic, and often haunted family, The Edge of Every Day draws in topics from neuroscience and evolution to the mythology and art rock to shape its brilliant inquiry into how the mind works. In the process, Sardy casts new light on the treatment of the mentally ill in our society. Through it all runs her blazing compassion and relentless curiosity, as her meditations takes us to the very edge of love and loss—and invite us to look at what comes after. Marin Sardy Tue, 21 May 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350152 thebookvoice.com 9:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350152]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Edge of Every Day: Sketches of Schizophrenia Author: Marin Sardy Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The debut of an important new literary voice: Marin Sardy's extraordinarily affecting, fiercely intelligent memoir unflinchingly traces the path of the schizophrenia that runs in her family. Against the starkly beautiful backdrop of Anchorage, Alaska, where the author grew up, Marin Sardy weaves a fearless account of the shapeless thief—the schizophrenia—that kept her mother immersed in a world of private delusion and later manifested in her brother, ultimately claiming his life. Composed of exquisite, self-contained chapters that take us through three generations of this adventurous, artistic, and often haunted family, The Edge of Every Day draws in topics from neuroscience and evolution to the mythology and art rock to shape its brilliant inquiry into how the mind works. In the process, Sardy casts new light on the treatment of the mentally ill in our society. Through it all runs her blazing compassion and relentless curiosity, as her meditations takes us to the very edge of love and loss—and invite us to look at what comes after. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350152]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Edge of Every Day: Sketches of Schizophrenia Author: Marin Sardy Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The debut of an important new literary voice: Marin Sardy's extraordinarily affecting, fiercely intelligent memoir unflinchingly traces the path of the schizophrenia that runs in her family. Against the starkly beautiful backdrop of Anchorage, Alaska, where the author grew up, Marin Sardy weaves a fearless account of the shapeless thief—the schizophrenia—that kept her mother immersed in a world of private delusion and later manifested in her brother, ultimately claiming his life. Composed of exquisite, self-contained chapters that take us through three generations of this adventurous, artistic, and often haunted family, The Edge of Every Day draws in topics from neuroscience and evolution to the mythology and art rock to shape its brilliant inquiry into how the mind works. In the process, Sardy casts new light on the treatment of the mentally ill in our society. Through it all runs her blazing compassion and relentless curiosity, as her meditations takes us to the very edge of love and loss—and invite us to look at what comes after. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350120 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350120]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lonely American: Drifting Apart in the Twenty-first Century Author: Richard S. Schwartz, Jacqueline Olds Narrator: Joy Shaw Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In today's world, it is more acceptable to be depressed than to be lonely-yet loneliness appears to be the inevitable byproduct of our frenetic contemporary lifestyle. According to the 2004 General Social Survey, one out of four Americans talked to no one about something of importance to them during the last six months. Another remarkable fact emerged from the 2000 U.S. Census: more people are living alone today than at any point in the country's history—fully 25 percent of households consist of one person only. In this crucial look at one of America's few remaining taboo subjects—loneliness—Drs. Jacqueline Olds and Richard S. Schwartz set out to understand the cultural imperatives, psychological dynamics, and physical mechanisms underlying social isolation. In The Lonely American, cutting-edge research on the physiological and cognitive effects of social exclusion and emerging work in the neurobiology of attachment uncover startling, sobering ripple effects of loneliness in areas as varied as physical health, children's emotional problems, substance abuse, and even global warming. Surprising new studies tell a grim truth about social isolation: being disconnected diminishes happiness, health, and longevity; increases aggression; and correlates with increasing rates of violent crime. Loneliness doesn't apply simply to single people, either—today's busy parents 'cocoon' themselves by devoting most of their non-work hours to children, leaving little time for friends, and other forms of social contact, and unhealthily relying on the marriage to fulfill all social needs. As a core population of socially isolated individuals and families continues to balloon in size, it is more important than ever to understand the effects of a culture that idealizes busyness and self-reliance. It's time to bring loneliness—a very real and little-discussed social epidemic with frightening consequences-out into the open, and find a way to navigate the tension between freedom and connection in our lives. Richard S. Schwartz, Jacqueline Olds Tue, 18 Dec 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350120 thebookvoice.com 6:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350120]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lonely American: Drifting Apart in the Twenty-first Century Author: Richard S. Schwartz, Jacqueline Olds Narrator: Joy Shaw Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In today's world, it is more acceptable to be depressed than to be lonely-yet loneliness appears to be the inevitable byproduct of our frenetic contemporary lifestyle. According to the 2004 General Social Survey, one out of four Americans talked to no one about something of importance to them during the last six months. Another remarkable fact emerged from the 2000 U.S. Census: more people are living alone today than at any point in the country's history—fully 25 percent of households consist of one person only. In this crucial look at one of America's few remaining taboo subjects—loneliness—Drs. Jacqueline Olds and Richard S. Schwartz set out to understand the cultural imperatives, psychological dynamics, and physical mechanisms underlying social isolation. In The Lonely American, cutting-edge research on the physiological and cognitive effects of social exclusion and emerging work in the neurobiology of attachment uncover startling, sobering ripple effects of loneliness in areas as varied as physical health, children's emotional problems, substance abuse, and even global warming. Surprising new studies tell a grim truth about social isolation: being disconnected diminishes happiness, health, and longevity; increases aggression; and correlates with increasing rates of violent crime. Loneliness doesn't apply simply to single people, either—today's busy parents 'cocoon' themselves by devoting most of their non-work hours to children, leaving little time for friends, and other forms of social contact, and unhealthily relying on the marriage to fulfill all social needs. As a core population of socially isolated individuals and families continues to balloon in size, it is more important than ever to understand the effects of a culture that idealizes busyness and self-reliance. It's time to bring loneliness—a very real and little-discussed social epidemic with frightening consequences-out into the open, and find a way to navigate the tension between freedom and connection in our lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350120]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lonely American: Drifting Apart in the Twenty-first Century Author: Richard S. Schwartz, Jacqueline Olds Narrator: Joy Shaw Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: December 18, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In today's world, it is more acceptable to be depressed than to be lonely-yet loneliness appears to be the inevitable byproduct of our frenetic contemporary lifestyle. According to the 2004 General Social Survey, one out of four Americans talked to no one about something of importance to them during the last six months. Another remarkable fact emerged from the 2000 U.S. Census: more people are living alone today than at any point in the country's history—fully 25 percent of households consist of one person only. In this crucial look at one of America's few remaining taboo subjects—loneliness—Drs. Jacqueline Olds and Richard S. Schwartz set out to understand the cultural imperatives, psychological dynamics, and physical mechanisms underlying social isolation. In The Lonely American, cutting-edge research on the physiological and cognitive effects of social exclusion and emerging work in the neurobiology of attachment uncover startling, sobering ripple effects of loneliness in areas as varied as physical health, children's emotional problems, substance abuse, and even global warming. Surprising new studies tell a grim truth about social isolation: being disconnected diminishes happiness, health, and longevity; increases aggression; and correlates with increasing rates of violent crime. Loneliness doesn't apply simply to single people, either—today's busy parents 'cocoon' themselves by devoting most of their non-work hours to children, leaving little time for friends, and other forms of social contact, and unhealthily relying on the marriage to fulfill all social needs. As a core population of socially isolated individuals and families continues to balloon in size, it is more important than ever to understand the effects of a culture that idealizes busyness and self-reliance. It's time to bring loneliness—a very real and little-discussed social epidemic with frightening consequences-out into the open, and find a way to navigate the tension between freedom and connection in our lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349801 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349801]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting beyond Hello: Miss Mingle’s Guide to Social Success: Answers to Mingling Dilemma Author: Jeanne Martinet Narrator: Jeanne Martinet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 7, 2010 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Getting beyond Hello is a practical and amusing book of advice and wisdom from Miss Mingle, who answers a variety of questions about social situations. 'Relax,' says Miss Mingle. It's easy to avoid the 'hell' in 'hello,' deflect the unwanted greeting kiss, feel okay when you're dressed all wrong, solve modern dilemmas such as meeting same-sex couples, and much more. Jeanne Martinet Fri, 07 May 2010 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349801 thebookvoice.com 2:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349801]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting beyond Hello: Miss Mingle’s Guide to Social Success: Answers to Mingling Dilemma Author: Jeanne Martinet Narrator: Jeanne Martinet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 7, 2010 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Getting beyond Hello is a practical and amusing book of advice and wisdom from Miss Mingle, who answers a variety of questions about social situations. 'Relax,' says Miss Mingle. It's easy to avoid the 'hell' in 'hello,' deflect the unwanted greeting kiss, feel okay when you're dressed all wrong, solve modern dilemmas such as meeting same-sex couples, and much more. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349801]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting beyond Hello: Miss Mingle’s Guide to Social Success: Answers to Mingling Dilemma Author: Jeanne Martinet Narrator: Jeanne Martinet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 7, 2010 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Getting beyond Hello is a practical and amusing book of advice and wisdom from Miss Mingle, who answers a variety of questions about social situations. 'Relax,' says Miss Mingle. It's easy to avoid the 'hell' in 'hello,' deflect the unwanted greeting kiss, feel okay when you're dressed all wrong, solve modern dilemmas such as meeting same-sex couples, and much more. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349760 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349760]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Drama of the Gifted Child: The Search for the True Self Author: Alice Miller Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 51 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.59 of Total 29 Ratings of Narrator: 3.6 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This bestselling book examines childhood trauma and the enduring effects it has on an individual's management of repressed anger and pain. Why are many of the most successful people plagued by feelings of emptiness and alienation? This wise and profound book has provided millions of readers with an answer--and has helped them to apply it to their own lives. Far too many of us had to learn as children to hide our own feelings, needs, and memories skillfully in order to meet our parents' expectations and win their "love." Alice Miller writes, "When I used the word 'gifted' in the title, I had in mind neither children who receive high grades in school nor children talented in a special way. I simply meant all of us who have survived an abusive childhood thanks to an ability to adapt even to unspeakable cruelty by becoming numb.... Without this 'gift' offered us by nature, we would not have survived." But merely surviving is not enough. The Drama of the Gifted Child helps us to reclaim our life by discovering our own crucial needs and our own truth. Alice Miller Tue, 25 Sep 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349760 thebookvoice.com 3:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349760]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Drama of the Gifted Child: The Search for the True Self Author: Alice Miller Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 51 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.59 of Total 29 Ratings of Narrator: 3.6 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This bestselling book examines childhood trauma and the enduring effects it has on an individual's management of repressed anger and pain. Why are many of the most successful people plagued by feelings of emptiness and alienation? This wise and profound book has provided millions of readers with an answer--and has helped them to apply it to their own lives. Far too many of us had to learn as children to hide our own feelings, needs, and memories skillfully in order to meet our parents' expectations and win their "love." Alice Miller writes, "When I used the word 'gifted' in the title, I had in mind neither children who receive high grades in school nor children talented in a special way. I simply meant all of us who have survived an abusive childhood thanks to an ability to adapt even to unspeakable cruelty by becoming numb.... Without this 'gift' offered us by nature, we would not have survived." But merely surviving is not enough. The Drama of the Gifted Child helps us to reclaim our life by discovering our own crucial needs and our own truth. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349760]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Drama of the Gifted Child: The Search for the True Self Author: Alice Miller Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 51 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.59 of Total 29 Ratings of Narrator: 3.6 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This bestselling book examines childhood trauma and the enduring effects it has on an individual's management of repressed anger and pain. Why are many of the most successful people plagued by feelings of emptiness and alienation? This wise and profound book has provided millions of readers with an answer--and has helped them to apply it to their own lives. Far too many of us had to learn as children to hide our own feelings, needs, and memories skillfully in order to meet our parents' expectations and win their "love." Alice Miller writes, "When I used the word 'gifted' in the title, I had in mind neither children who receive high grades in school nor children talented in a special way. I simply meant all of us who have survived an abusive childhood thanks to an ability to adapt even to unspeakable cruelty by becoming numb.... Without this 'gift' offered us by nature, we would not have survived." But merely surviving is not enough. The Drama of the Gifted Child helps us to reclaim our life by discovering our own crucial needs and our own truth. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349758 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349758]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anxiety: The Missing Stage of Grief: A Revolutionary Approach to Understanding and Healing the Impact of Loss Author: Claire Bidwell Smith Narrator: Claire Bidwell Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: With this groundbreaking book, discover the critical connections between anxiety and grief—and learn practical strategies for healing, based on the Kübler-Ross stages model. If you're suffering from anxiety but not sure why, or if you're struggling with loss and looking for solace, Anxiety: The Missing Stage of Grief offers help and answers. As grief expert Claire Bidwell Smith discovered in her own life—and in her practice with her therapy clients—significant loss and unresolved grief are primary underpinnings of anxiety. Using research and real life stories, Smith breaks down the physiology of anxiety, providing a concrete explanation that will help you heal. Starting with the basics questions—“What is anxiety?” and “What is grief?” and moving to concrete approaches such as making amends, taking charge, and retraining your brain, Anxiety takes a big step beyond Elisabeth Kübler-Ross's widely accepted five stages to unpack everything from our age-old fears about mortality to the bare vulnerability a loss can make us feel. With concrete tools and coping strategies for panic attacks, getting a handle on anxious thoughts, and more, Smith bridges these two emotions in a way that is deeply empathetic and profoundly practical. Claire Bidwell Smith Tue, 25 Sep 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349758 thebookvoice.com 6:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349758]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anxiety: The Missing Stage of Grief: A Revolutionary Approach to Understanding and Healing the Impact of Loss Author: Claire Bidwell Smith Narrator: Claire Bidwell Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: With this groundbreaking book, discover the critical connections between anxiety and grief—and learn practical strategies for healing, based on the Kübler-Ross stages model. If you're suffering from anxiety but not sure why, or if you're struggling with loss and looking for solace, Anxiety: The Missing Stage of Grief offers help and answers. As grief expert Claire Bidwell Smith discovered in her own life—and in her practice with her therapy clients—significant loss and unresolved grief are primary underpinnings of anxiety. Using research and real life stories, Smith breaks down the physiology of anxiety, providing a concrete explanation that will help you heal. Starting with the basics questions—“What is anxiety?” and “What is grief?” and moving to concrete approaches such as making amends, taking charge, and retraining your brain, Anxiety takes a big step beyond Elisabeth Kübler-Ross's widely accepted five stages to unpack everything from our age-old fears about mortality to the bare vulnerability a loss can make us feel. With concrete tools and coping strategies for panic attacks, getting a handle on anxious thoughts, and more, Smith bridges these two emotions in a way that is deeply empathetic and profoundly practical. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349758]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anxiety: The Missing Stage of Grief: A Revolutionary Approach to Understanding and Healing the Impact of Loss Author: Claire Bidwell Smith Narrator: Claire Bidwell Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: With this groundbreaking book, discover the critical connections between anxiety and grief—and learn practical strategies for healing, based on the Kübler-Ross stages model. If you're suffering from anxiety but not sure why, or if you're struggling with loss and looking for solace, Anxiety: The Missing Stage of Grief offers help and answers. As grief expert Claire Bidwell Smith discovered in her own life—and in her practice with her therapy clients—significant loss and unresolved grief are primary underpinnings of anxiety. Using research and real life stories, Smith breaks down the physiology of anxiety, providing a concrete explanation that will help you heal. Starting with the basics questions—“What is anxiety?” and “What is grief?” and moving to concrete approaches such as making amends, taking charge, and retraining your brain, Anxiety takes a big step beyond Elisabeth Kübler-Ross's widely accepted five stages to unpack everything from our age-old fears about mortality to the bare vulnerability a loss can make us feel. With concrete tools and coping strategies for panic attacks, getting a handle on anxious thoughts, and more, Smith bridges these two emotions in a way that is deeply empathetic and profoundly practical. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349664 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349664]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brainwashing: The Science of Thought Control Author: Kathleen Taylor Narrator: Jennifer M. Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 3 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Throughout history, humans have attempted to influence and control the thoughts of others. Since the word 'brainwashing' was coined in the aftermath of the Korean War, it has become part of the popular culture and been exploited to create sensational headlines. It has also been the subject of learned discussion from many disciplines: including history, sociology, psychology, and psychotherapy. But until now, a crucial part of the debate has been missing: that of any serious reference to the science of the human brain. Descriptions of how opinions can be changed, whether by persuasion, deceit, or force, have been almost entirely psychological. In Brainwashing, Kathleen Taylor brought the worlds of neuroscience and social psychology together for the first time. In elegant and accessible prose, and with abundant use of anecdotes and case-studies, she examines the ethical problems involved in carrying out the required experiments on humans, the limitations of animal models, and the frightening implications of such research. She also explores the history of thought-control and shows how it persists all around us, from marketing and television, to politics and education. This edition includes a new preface from the author reflecting on the uses of brainwashing today, including by the Islamic State. Kathleen Taylor Tue, 04 Sep 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349664 thebookvoice.com 15:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349664]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brainwashing: The Science of Thought Control Author: Kathleen Taylor Narrator: Jennifer M. Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 3 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Throughout history, humans have attempted to influence and control the thoughts of others. Since the word 'brainwashing' was coined in the aftermath of the Korean War, it has become part of the popular culture and been exploited to create sensational headlines. It has also been the subject of learned discussion from many disciplines: including history, sociology, psychology, and psychotherapy. But until now, a crucial part of the debate has been missing: that of any serious reference to the science of the human brain. Descriptions of how opinions can be changed, whether by persuasion, deceit, or force, have been almost entirely psychological. In Brainwashing, Kathleen Taylor brought the worlds of neuroscience and social psychology together for the first time. In elegant and accessible prose, and with abundant use of anecdotes and case-studies, she examines the ethical problems involved in carrying out the required experiments on humans, the limitations of animal models, and the frightening implications of such research. She also explores the history of thought-control and shows how it persists all around us, from marketing and television, to politics and education. This edition includes a new preface from the author reflecting on the uses of brainwashing today, including by the Islamic State. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349664]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brainwashing: The Science of Thought Control Author: Kathleen Taylor Narrator: Jennifer M. Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 3 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Throughout history, humans have attempted to influence and control the thoughts of others. Since the word 'brainwashing' was coined in the aftermath of the Korean War, it has become part of the popular culture and been exploited to create sensational headlines. It has also been the subject of learned discussion from many disciplines: including history, sociology, psychology, and psychotherapy. But until now, a crucial part of the debate has been missing: that of any serious reference to the science of the human brain. Descriptions of how opinions can be changed, whether by persuasion, deceit, or force, have been almost entirely psychological. In Brainwashing, Kathleen Taylor brought the worlds of neuroscience and social psychology together for the first time. In elegant and accessible prose, and with abundant use of anecdotes and case-studies, she examines the ethical problems involved in carrying out the required experiments on humans, the limitations of animal models, and the frightening implications of such research. She also explores the history of thought-control and shows how it persists all around us, from marketing and television, to politics and education. This edition includes a new preface from the author reflecting on the uses of brainwashing today, including by the Islamic State. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349194 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349194]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You're Doing It Wrong Author: Adam Buxton Narrator: Adam Buxton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 10 minutes Release date: October 4, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Adam Buxton takes a sideways look at some of our confusing modern ideas, and explains why you're definitely doing it all wrong. Across five episodes he explores the worlds of work, parenting, diet, the environment and family. Is the idea of a 'dream job' - one that inspires and fulfils us and makes our lives worth living - really possible? Does your toddler eat strictly rationed organic produce, or are they allowed to eat what they want? Does installing solar panels and despairing over plastic bottles make a difference if we continue to jet off on holidays and eat imported guava?! It doesn't really matter what you answer to these incessant questions, as long as you know that you are wrong wrong wrong! Produced by Emily Knight. Adam Buxton Thu, 04 Oct 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349194 thebookvoice.com 1:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349194]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You're Doing It Wrong Author: Adam Buxton Narrator: Adam Buxton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 10 minutes Release date: October 4, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Adam Buxton takes a sideways look at some of our confusing modern ideas, and explains why you're definitely doing it all wrong. Across five episodes he explores the worlds of work, parenting, diet, the environment and family. Is the idea of a 'dream job' - one that inspires and fulfils us and makes our lives worth living - really possible? Does your toddler eat strictly rationed organic produce, or are they allowed to eat what they want? Does installing solar panels and despairing over plastic bottles make a difference if we continue to jet off on holidays and eat imported guava?! It doesn't really matter what you answer to these incessant questions, as long as you know that you are wrong wrong wrong! Produced by Emily Knight. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349194]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You're Doing It Wrong Author: Adam Buxton Narrator: Adam Buxton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 10 minutes Release date: October 4, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Adam Buxton takes a sideways look at some of our confusing modern ideas, and explains why you're definitely doing it all wrong. Across five episodes he explores the worlds of work, parenting, diet, the environment and family. Is the idea of a 'dream job' - one that inspires and fulfils us and makes our lives worth living - really possible? Does your toddler eat strictly rationed organic produce, or are they allowed to eat what they want? Does installing solar panels and despairing over plastic bottles make a difference if we continue to jet off on holidays and eat imported guava?! It doesn't really matter what you answer to these incessant questions, as long as you know that you are wrong wrong wrong! Produced by Emily Knight. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349088 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349088]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Psychology: Learn To Influence Anyone Using Mind Control, Manipulation And Deception With Secret Techniques Of Dark Persuasion, Undetected Mind Control, Mind Games, Hypnotism And Brainwashing Author: Adam Brown Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Dark Psychology tactics are used by people around us every day to manipulate, coerce, and influence us to get what they want. Are you using them? Today only, get this audio bestseller for a special price. Dark Psychology is the art and science of manipulation and mind control. While Psychology is the study of human behavior and is central to our thoughts, actions, and interactions, the term Dark Psychology is the phenomenon by which people use tactics of motivation, persuasion, manipulation and coercion to get what they want. - Here Is A Preview Of What You'll Learn... - What Makes Manipulators So Effective? - Does Mind Control and Brainwashing Really Work? - How Can You Leverage NLP Techniques to Get What You Want? - How Cults and Organizations Use Mind Control - Subliminal Influencing Through Advertising and Media - Learn to Protect Yourself Against Being Manipulated - And much, much more! Download your copy today! Take action today and download this book now at a special price! Adam Brown Tue, 30 Aug 2022 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349088 thebookvoice.com 0:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349088]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Psychology: Learn To Influence Anyone Using Mind Control, Manipulation And Deception With Secret Techniques Of Dark Persuasion, Undetected Mind Control, Mind Games, Hypnotism And Brainwashing Author: Adam Brown Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Dark Psychology tactics are used by people around us every day to manipulate, coerce, and influence us to get what they want. Are you using them? Today only, get this audio bestseller for a special price. Dark Psychology is the art and science of manipulation and mind control. While Psychology is the study of human behavior and is central to our thoughts, actions, and interactions, the term Dark Psychology is the phenomenon by which people use tactics of motivation, persuasion, manipulation and coercion to get what they want. - Here Is A Preview Of What You'll Learn... - What Makes Manipulators So Effective? - Does Mind Control and Brainwashing Really Work? - How Can You Leverage NLP Techniques to Get What You Want? - How Cults and Organizations Use Mind Control - Subliminal Influencing Through Advertising and Media - Learn to Protect Yourself Against Being Manipulated - And much, much more! Download your copy today! Take action today and download this book now at a special price! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349088]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Psychology: Learn To Influence Anyone Using Mind Control, Manipulation And Deception With Secret Techniques Of Dark Persuasion, Undetected Mind Control, Mind Games, Hypnotism And Brainwashing Author: Adam Brown Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Dark Psychology tactics are used by people around us every day to manipulate, coerce, and influence us to get what they want. Are you using them? Today only, get this audio bestseller for a special price. Dark Psychology is the art and science of manipulation and mind control. While Psychology is the study of human behavior and is central to our thoughts, actions, and interactions, the term Dark Psychology is the phenomenon by which people use tactics of motivation, persuasion, manipulation and coercion to get what they want. - Here Is A Preview Of What You'll Learn... - What Makes Manipulators So Effective? - Does Mind Control and Brainwashing Really Work? - How Can You Leverage NLP Techniques to Get What You Want? - How Cults and Organizations Use Mind Control - Subliminal Influencing Through Advertising and Media - Learn to Protect Yourself Against Being Manipulated - And much, much more! Download your copy today! Take action today and download this book now at a special price! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349075 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349075]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Prince Boofhead Syndrome Author: Michael Carr-Gregg, Elly Robinson Narrator: Michael Carr-Gregg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 1, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The long-awaited, highly anticipated companion volume to The Princess Bitchface Syndrome - the must-have manual for all parents of teenage boys. Dr Michael Carr-Gregg believes that too many Australian boys have got it too easy - and the result is a generation of 'boofheads': boys with huge egos who think they are too good to stack the dishwasher or turn up to school. They expect the world and give little in return. But things are about to change. From the author of the groundbreaking Australian bestseller The Princess Bitchface Syndrome and researcher Elly Robinson comes this essential companion book for boys. It serves as both a warning and a rescue manual for all desperate parents - why have some boys today become such egotistical and lazy creatures, what can you do to prevent it, and how do you deal with the situation if you're caught up in the crisis? This book will ask the tough questions and deliver straightforward advice so that the parents of today can take back control. It is essential reading for everyone living with a teenage boy. Michael Carr-Gregg, Elly Robinson Thu, 01 Mar 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349075 thebookvoice.com 5:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349075]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Prince Boofhead Syndrome Author: Michael Carr-Gregg, Elly Robinson Narrator: Michael Carr-Gregg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 1, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The long-awaited, highly anticipated companion volume to The Princess Bitchface Syndrome - the must-have manual for all parents of teenage boys. Dr Michael Carr-Gregg believes that too many Australian boys have got it too easy - and the result is a generation of 'boofheads': boys with huge egos who think they are too good to stack the dishwasher or turn up to school. They expect the world and give little in return. But things are about to change. From the author of the groundbreaking Australian bestseller The Princess Bitchface Syndrome and researcher Elly Robinson comes this essential companion book for boys. It serves as both a warning and a rescue manual for all desperate parents - why have some boys today become such egotistical and lazy creatures, what can you do to prevent it, and how do you deal with the situation if you're caught up in the crisis? This book will ask the tough questions and deliver straightforward advice so that the parents of today can take back control. It is essential reading for everyone living with a teenage boy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349075]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Prince Boofhead Syndrome Author: Michael Carr-Gregg, Elly Robinson Narrator: Michael Carr-Gregg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 1, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The long-awaited, highly anticipated companion volume to The Princess Bitchface Syndrome - the must-have manual for all parents of teenage boys. Dr Michael Carr-Gregg believes that too many Australian boys have got it too easy - and the result is a generation of 'boofheads': boys with huge egos who think they are too good to stack the dishwasher or turn up to school. They expect the world and give little in return. But things are about to change. From the author of the groundbreaking Australian bestseller The Princess Bitchface Syndrome and researcher Elly Robinson comes this essential companion book for boys. It serves as both a warning and a rescue manual for all desperate parents - why have some boys today become such egotistical and lazy creatures, what can you do to prevent it, and how do you deal with the situation if you're caught up in the crisis? This book will ask the tough questions and deliver straightforward advice so that the parents of today can take back control. It is essential reading for everyone living with a teenage boy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349052 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349052]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sleepyhead: The Neuroscience of a Good Night's Rest Author: Henry Nicholls Narrator: Henry Drury Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A narcoleptic's tireless journey through the neuroscience of disordered sleep Whether it's a bout of bad jet lag or a stress-induced all-nighter, we've all suffered from nights that left us feeling less than well-rested. But for some people, getting a bad night's sleep isn't just an inconvenience: it's a nightmare. In Sleepyhead, science writer Henry Nicholls uses his own experience with chronic narcolepsy as a gateway to better understanding the cryptic, curious, and relatively uncharted world of sleep disorders. We meet insomniacs who can't get any sleep, narcoleptics who can't control when they sleep, and sleep apnea victims who nearly suffocate in their sleep. We learn the underlying difference between morning larks and night owls; why our sleeping habits shift as we grow older; and the evolutionary significance of REM sleep and dreaming. Charming, eye-opening, and deeply humanizing, Sleepyhead will help us all uncover the secrets of a good night's sleep. Henry Nicholls Tue, 04 Sep 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349052 thebookvoice.com 9:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349052]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sleepyhead: The Neuroscience of a Good Night's Rest Author: Henry Nicholls Narrator: Henry Drury Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A narcoleptic's tireless journey through the neuroscience of disordered sleep Whether it's a bout of bad jet lag or a stress-induced all-nighter, we've all suffered from nights that left us feeling less than well-rested. But for some people, getting a bad night's sleep isn't just an inconvenience: it's a nightmare. In Sleepyhead, science writer Henry Nicholls uses his own experience with chronic narcolepsy as a gateway to better understanding the cryptic, curious, and relatively uncharted world of sleep disorders. We meet insomniacs who can't get any sleep, narcoleptics who can't control when they sleep, and sleep apnea victims who nearly suffocate in their sleep. We learn the underlying difference between morning larks and night owls; why our sleeping habits shift as we grow older; and the evolutionary significance of REM sleep and dreaming. Charming, eye-opening, and deeply humanizing, Sleepyhead will help us all uncover the secrets of a good night's sleep. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349052]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sleepyhead: The Neuroscience of a Good Night's Rest Author: Henry Nicholls Narrator: Henry Drury Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A narcoleptic's tireless journey through the neuroscience of disordered sleep Whether it's a bout of bad jet lag or a stress-induced all-nighter, we've all suffered from nights that left us feeling less than well-rested. But for some people, getting a bad night's sleep isn't just an inconvenience: it's a nightmare. In Sleepyhead, science writer Henry Nicholls uses his own experience with chronic narcolepsy as a gateway to better understanding the cryptic, curious, and relatively uncharted world of sleep disorders. We meet insomniacs who can't get any sleep, narcoleptics who can't control when they sleep, and sleep apnea victims who nearly suffocate in their sleep. We learn the underlying difference between morning larks and night owls; why our sleeping habits shift as we grow older; and the evolutionary significance of REM sleep and dreaming. Charming, eye-opening, and deeply humanizing, Sleepyhead will help us all uncover the secrets of a good night's sleep. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349048 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349048]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Incurable Romantic: And Other Tales of Madness and Desire Author: Frank Tallis Narrator: Simon Shepherd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A psychologist explores the intersection of love and madness through the riveting stories of the patients he has treated In The Incurable Romantic, Frank Tallis recounts the extraordinary stories of patients who are, quite literally, madly in love: a woman becomes utterly convinced that her dentist is secretly infatuated with her and drives him to leave the country; a man destroys his massive fortune through trysts with over three thousand prostitutes -- because his ego requires that they fall in love with him; a beautiful woman's pathological jealousy destroys the men who love her. Along the way, we learn a great deal about the history of psychiatry and the role of neuroscience in addressing disordered love. Elegantly written and infused with deep sympathy, The Incurable Romantic shows how all of us can become a bit crazy in love. Frank Tallis Tue, 18 Sep 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349048 thebookvoice.com 8:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349048]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Incurable Romantic: And Other Tales of Madness and Desire Author: Frank Tallis Narrator: Simon Shepherd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A psychologist explores the intersection of love and madness through the riveting stories of the patients he has treated In The Incurable Romantic, Frank Tallis recounts the extraordinary stories of patients who are, quite literally, madly in love: a woman becomes utterly convinced that her dentist is secretly infatuated with her and drives him to leave the country; a man destroys his massive fortune through trysts with over three thousand prostitutes -- because his ego requires that they fall in love with him; a beautiful woman's pathological jealousy destroys the men who love her. Along the way, we learn a great deal about the history of psychiatry and the role of neuroscience in addressing disordered love. Elegantly written and infused with deep sympathy, The Incurable Romantic shows how all of us can become a bit crazy in love. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349048]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Incurable Romantic: And Other Tales of Madness and Desire Author: Frank Tallis Narrator: Simon Shepherd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A psychologist explores the intersection of love and madness through the riveting stories of the patients he has treated In The Incurable Romantic, Frank Tallis recounts the extraordinary stories of patients who are, quite literally, madly in love: a woman becomes utterly convinced that her dentist is secretly infatuated with her and drives him to leave the country; a man destroys his massive fortune through trysts with over three thousand prostitutes -- because his ego requires that they fall in love with him; a beautiful woman's pathological jealousy destroys the men who love her. Along the way, we learn a great deal about the history of psychiatry and the role of neuroscience in addressing disordered love. Elegantly written and infused with deep sympathy, The Incurable Romantic shows how all of us can become a bit crazy in love. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349041 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349041]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Untrue: Why Nearly Everything We Believe About Women, Lust, and Infidelity Is Wrong and How the New Science Can Set Us Free Author: Wednesday Martin Narrator: Thursday Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the #1 New York Times bestselling author of Primates of Park Avenue, a bold, timely reconsideration of female infidelity that will upend everything you thought you knew about women and sex. What do straight, married female revelers at an all-women's sex club in LA have in common with nomadic pastoralists in Namibia who bear children by men not their husbands? Like women worldwide, they crave sexual variety, novelty, and excitement. In ancient Greek tragedies, Netflix series, tabloids and pop songs, we've long portrayed such cheating women as dangerous and damaged. We love to hate women who are untrue. But who are they really? And why, in this age of female empowerment, do we continue to judge them so harshly? In Untrue, feminist author and cultural critic Wednesday Martin takes us on a bold, fascinating journey to reveal the unexpected evolutionary legacy and social realities that drive female faithlessness, while laying bare our motivations to contain women who step out. Blending accessible social science and interviews with sex researchers, anthropologists, and real women from all walks of life, Untrue challenges our deepest assumptions about ourselves, monogamy, and the women we think we know. From recent data suggesting women may struggle more than men with sexual exclusivity to the revolutionary idea that females of many species evolved to be 'promiscuous' to Martin's trenchant assertion that female sexual autonomy is the ultimate metric of gender equality, Untrue will change the way you think about women and sex forever. Wednesday Martin Tue, 18 Sep 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349041 thebookvoice.com 10:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349041]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Untrue: Why Nearly Everything We Believe About Women, Lust, and Infidelity Is Wrong and How the New Science Can Set Us Free Author: Wednesday Martin Narrator: Thursday Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the #1 New York Times bestselling author of Primates of Park Avenue, a bold, timely reconsideration of female infidelity that will upend everything you thought you knew about women and sex. What do straight, married female revelers at an all-women's sex club in LA have in common with nomadic pastoralists in Namibia who bear children by men not their husbands? Like women worldwide, they crave sexual variety, novelty, and excitement. In ancient Greek tragedies, Netflix series, tabloids and pop songs, we've long portrayed such cheating women as dangerous and damaged. We love to hate women who are untrue. But who are they really? And why, in this age of female empowerment, do we continue to judge them so harshly? In Untrue, feminist author and cultural critic Wednesday Martin takes us on a bold, fascinating journey to reveal the unexpected evolutionary legacy and social realities that drive female faithlessness, while laying bare our motivations to contain women who step out. Blending accessible social science and interviews with sex researchers, anthropologists, and real women from all walks of life, Untrue challenges our deepest assumptions about ourselves, monogamy, and the women we think we know. From recent data suggesting women may struggle more than men with sexual exclusivity to the revolutionary idea that females of many species evolved to be 'promiscuous' to Martin's trenchant assertion that female sexual autonomy is the ultimate metric of gender equality, Untrue will change the way you think about women and sex forever. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349041]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Untrue: Why Nearly Everything We Believe About Women, Lust, and Infidelity Is Wrong and How the New Science Can Set Us Free Author: Wednesday Martin Narrator: Thursday Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the #1 New York Times bestselling author of Primates of Park Avenue, a bold, timely reconsideration of female infidelity that will upend everything you thought you knew about women and sex. What do straight, married female revelers at an all-women's sex club in LA have in common with nomadic pastoralists in Namibia who bear children by men not their husbands? Like women worldwide, they crave sexual variety, novelty, and excitement. In ancient Greek tragedies, Netflix series, tabloids and pop songs, we've long portrayed such cheating women as dangerous and damaged. We love to hate women who are untrue. But who are they really? And why, in this age of female empowerment, do we continue to judge them so harshly? In Untrue, feminist author and cultural critic Wednesday Martin takes us on a bold, fascinating journey to reveal the unexpected evolutionary legacy and social realities that drive female faithlessness, while laying bare our motivations to contain women who step out. Blending accessible social science and interviews with sex researchers, anthropologists, and real women from all walks of life, Untrue challenges our deepest assumptions about ourselves, monogamy, and the women we think we know. From recent data suggesting women may struggle more than men with sexual exclusivity to the revolutionary idea that females of many species evolved to be 'promiscuous' to Martin's trenchant assertion that female sexual autonomy is the ultimate metric of gender equality, Untrue will change the way you think about women and sex forever. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349013 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349013]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rage Becomes Her: The Power of Women's Anger Author: Soraya Chemaly Narrator: Soraya Chemaly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ***A BEST BOOK OF 2018 SELECTION*** NPR * The Washington Post * Book Riot * Autostraddle * Psychology Today ***A BEST FEMINIST BOOK SELECTION*** Refinery 29, Book Riot, Autostraddle, BITCH Rage Becomes Her is an “utterly eye opening” (Bustle) book that gives voice to the causes, expressions, and possibilities of female rage. As women, we’ve been urged for so long to bottle up our anger, letting it corrode our bodies and minds in ways we don’t even realize. Yet there are so, so many legitimate reasons for us to feel angry, ranging from blatant, horrifying acts of misogyny to the subtle drip, drip drip of daily sexism that reinforces the absurdly damaging gender norms of our society. In Rage Becomes Her, Soraya Chemaly argues that our anger is not only justified, it is also an active part of the solution. We are so often encouraged to resist our rage or punished for justifiably expressing it, yet how many remarkable achievements would never have gotten off the ground without the kernel of anger that fueled them? Approached with conscious intention, anger is a vital instrument, a radar for injustice and a catalyst for change. On the flip side, the societal and cultural belittlement of our anger is a cunning way of limiting and controlling our power—one we can no longer abide. “A work of great spirit and verve” (Time), Rage Becomes Her is a validating, energizing read that will change the way you interact with the world around you. Soraya Chemaly Tue, 11 Sep 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349013 thebookvoice.com 11:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349013]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rage Becomes Her: The Power of Women's Anger Author: Soraya Chemaly Narrator: Soraya Chemaly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ***A BEST BOOK OF 2018 SELECTION*** NPR * The Washington Post * Book Riot * Autostraddle * Psychology Today ***A BEST FEMINIST BOOK SELECTION*** Refinery 29, Book Riot, Autostraddle, BITCH Rage Becomes Her is an “utterly eye opening” (Bustle) book that gives voice to the causes, expressions, and possibilities of female rage. As women, we’ve been urged for so long to bottle up our anger, letting it corrode our bodies and minds in ways we don’t even realize. Yet there are so, so many legitimate reasons for us to feel angry, ranging from blatant, horrifying acts of misogyny to the subtle drip, drip drip of daily sexism that reinforces the absurdly damaging gender norms of our society. In Rage Becomes Her, Soraya Chemaly argues that our anger is not only justified, it is also an active part of the solution. We are so often encouraged to resist our rage or punished for justifiably expressing it, yet how many remarkable achievements would never have gotten off the ground without the kernel of anger that fueled them? Approached with conscious intention, anger is a vital instrument, a radar for injustice and a catalyst for change. On the flip side, the societal and cultural belittlement of our anger is a cunning way of limiting and controlling our power—one we can no longer abide. “A work of great spirit and verve” (Time), Rage Becomes Her is a validating, energizing read that will change the way you interact with the world around you. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349013]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rage Becomes Her: The Power of Women's Anger Author: Soraya Chemaly Narrator: Soraya Chemaly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ***A BEST BOOK OF 2018 SELECTION*** NPR * The Washington Post * Book Riot * Autostraddle * Psychology Today ***A BEST FEMINIST BOOK SELECTION*** Refinery 29, Book Riot, Autostraddle, BITCH Rage Becomes Her is an “utterly eye opening” (Bustle) book that gives voice to the causes, expressions, and possibilities of female rage. As women, we’ve been urged for so long to bottle up our anger, letting it corrode our bodies and minds in ways we don’t even realize. Yet there are so, so many legitimate reasons for us to feel angry, ranging from blatant, horrifying acts of misogyny to the subtle drip, drip drip of daily sexism that reinforces the absurdly damaging gender norms of our society. In Rage Becomes Her, Soraya Chemaly argues that our anger is not only justified, it is also an active part of the solution. We are so often encouraged to resist our rage or punished for justifiably expressing it, yet how many remarkable achievements would never have gotten off the ground without the kernel of anger that fueled them? Approached with conscious intention, anger is a vital instrument, a radar for injustice and a catalyst for change. On the flip side, the societal and cultural belittlement of our anger is a cunning way of limiting and controlling our power—one we can no longer abide. “A work of great spirit and verve” (Time), Rage Becomes Her is a validating, energizing read that will change the way you interact with the world around you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349011 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349011]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rule Makers, Rule Breakers: How Tight and Loose Cultures Wire Our World Author: Michele Gelfand Narrator: Katherine Fenton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A celebrated social psychologist offers a radical new perspective on cultural differences that reveals why some countries, cultures, and individuals take rules more seriously and how following the rules influences the way we think and act. In Rule Makers, Rule Breakers, Michele Gelfand, “an engaging writer with intellectual range” (The New York Times Book Review), takes us on an epic journey through human cultures, offering a startling new view of the world and ourselves. With a mix of brilliantly conceived studies and surprising on-the-ground discoveries, she shows that much of the diversity in the way we think and act derives from a key difference—how tightly or loosely we adhere to social norms. Just as DNA affects everything from eye color to height, our tight-loose social coding influences much of what we do. Why are clocks in Germany so accurate while those in Brazil are frequently wrong? Why do New Zealand’s women have the highest number of sexual partners? Why are red and blue states really so divided? Why was the Daimler-Chrysler merger ill-fated from the start? Why is the driver of a Jaguar more likely to run a red light than the driver of a plumber’s van? Why does one spouse prize running a tight ship while the other refuses to sweat the small stuff? In search of a common answer, Gelfand spent two decades conducting research in more than fifty countries. Across all age groups, family variations, social classes, businesses, states, and nationalities, she has identified a primal pattern that can trigger cooperation or conflict. Her fascinating conclusion: behavior is highly influenced by the perception of threat. “A useful and engaging take on human behavior” (Kirkus Reviews) with an approach that is consistently riveting, Rule Makers, Ruler Breakers thrusts many of the puzzling attitudes and actions we observe into sudden and surprising clarity. Michele Gelfand Tue, 11 Sep 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349011 thebookvoice.com 8:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349011]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rule Makers, Rule Breakers: How Tight and Loose Cultures Wire Our World Author: Michele Gelfand Narrator: Katherine Fenton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A celebrated social psychologist offers a radical new perspective on cultural differences that reveals why some countries, cultures, and individuals take rules more seriously and how following the rules influences the way we think and act. In Rule Makers, Rule Breakers, Michele Gelfand, “an engaging writer with intellectual range” (The New York Times Book Review), takes us on an epic journey through human cultures, offering a startling new view of the world and ourselves. With a mix of brilliantly conceived studies and surprising on-the-ground discoveries, she shows that much of the diversity in the way we think and act derives from a key difference—how tightly or loosely we adhere to social norms. Just as DNA affects everything from eye color to height, our tight-loose social coding influences much of what we do. Why are clocks in Germany so accurate while those in Brazil are frequently wrong? Why do New Zealand’s women have the highest number of sexual partners? Why are red and blue states really so divided? Why was the Daimler-Chrysler merger ill-fated from the start? Why is the driver of a Jaguar more likely to run a red light than the driver of a plumber’s van? Why does one spouse prize running a tight ship while the other refuses to sweat the small stuff? In search of a common answer, Gelfand spent two decades conducting research in more than fifty countries. Across all age groups, family variations, social classes, businesses, states, and nationalities, she has identified a primal pattern that can trigger cooperation or conflict. Her fascinating conclusion: behavior is highly influenced by the perception of threat. “A useful and engaging take on human behavior” (Kirkus Reviews) with an approach that is consistently riveting, Rule Makers, Ruler Breakers thrusts many of the puzzling attitudes and actions we observe into sudden and surprising clarity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349011]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rule Makers, Rule Breakers: How Tight and Loose Cultures Wire Our World Author: Michele Gelfand Narrator: Katherine Fenton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A celebrated social psychologist offers a radical new perspective on cultural differences that reveals why some countries, cultures, and individuals take rules more seriously and how following the rules influences the way we think and act. In Rule Makers, Rule Breakers, Michele Gelfand, “an engaging writer with intellectual range” (The New York Times Book Review), takes us on an epic journey through human cultures, offering a startling new view of the world and ourselves. With a mix of brilliantly conceived studies and surprising on-the-ground discoveries, she shows that much of the diversity in the way we think and act derives from a key difference—how tightly or loosely we adhere to social norms. Just as DNA affects everything from eye color to height, our tight-loose social coding influences much of what we do. Why are clocks in Germany so accurate while those in Brazil are frequently wrong? Why do New Zealand’s women have the highest number of sexual partners? Why are red and blue states really so divided? Why was the Daimler-Chrysler merger ill-fated from the start? Why is the driver of a Jaguar more likely to run a red light than the driver of a plumber’s van? Why does one spouse prize running a tight ship while the other refuses to sweat the small stuff? In search of a common answer, Gelfand spent two decades conducting research in more than fifty countries. Across all age groups, family variations, social classes, businesses, states, and nationalities, she has identified a primal pattern that can trigger cooperation or conflict. Her fascinating conclusion: behavior is highly influenced by the perception of threat. “A useful and engaging take on human behavior” (Kirkus Reviews) with an approach that is consistently riveting, Rule Makers, Ruler Breakers thrusts many of the puzzling attitudes and actions we observe into sudden and surprising clarity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348891 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348891]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Little Book of Calm: Tame Your Anxieties, Face Your Fears, and Live Free Author: Aaron Balick Narrator: Aaron Balick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 23 minutes Release date: September 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of The Little Book of Calm written and read by Dr Aaron Balcik. The Little Book of Calm has the magic formula for anxiety This definitive book, written by a clinical psychotherapist, who regularly appears on CBBC and BBC Radio 1, offers techniques, advice and inspiration on the best and most effective ways to manage anxiety. From exercises to help you put your worries into perspective, to relaxation methods for when anxiety attacks, Dr Aaron Balick shows you how to feel more at ease and sustain a sense of calm. Aaron Balick Thu, 06 Sep 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348891 thebookvoice.com 1:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348891]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Little Book of Calm: Tame Your Anxieties, Face Your Fears, and Live Free Author: Aaron Balick Narrator: Aaron Balick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 23 minutes Release date: September 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of The Little Book of Calm written and read by Dr Aaron Balcik. The Little Book of Calm has the magic formula for anxiety This definitive book, written by a clinical psychotherapist, who regularly appears on CBBC and BBC Radio 1, offers techniques, advice and inspiration on the best and most effective ways to manage anxiety. From exercises to help you put your worries into perspective, to relaxation methods for when anxiety attacks, Dr Aaron Balick shows you how to feel more at ease and sustain a sense of calm. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348891]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Little Book of Calm: Tame Your Anxieties, Face Your Fears, and Live Free Author: Aaron Balick Narrator: Aaron Balick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 23 minutes Release date: September 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of The Little Book of Calm written and read by Dr Aaron Balcik. The Little Book of Calm has the magic formula for anxiety This definitive book, written by a clinical psychotherapist, who regularly appears on CBBC and BBC Radio 1, offers techniques, advice and inspiration on the best and most effective ways to manage anxiety. From exercises to help you put your worries into perspective, to relaxation methods for when anxiety attacks, Dr Aaron Balick shows you how to feel more at ease and sustain a sense of calm. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348866 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348866]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Paranoias are Inverted Desires Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 3 minutes Release date: August 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Paranoias are unconscious desires that are represented in consciousness as fears. In being paranoid, one unconsciously desires what one consciously fears. J.-M. Kuczynski Fri, 03 Aug 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348866 thebookvoice.com 0:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348866]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Paranoias are Inverted Desires Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 3 minutes Release date: August 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Paranoias are unconscious desires that are represented in consciousness as fears. In being paranoid, one unconsciously desires what one consciously fears. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348866]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Paranoias are Inverted Desires Author: J.-M. Kuczynski Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 3 minutes Release date: August 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Paranoias are unconscious desires that are represented in consciousness as fears. In being paranoid, one unconsciously desires what one consciously fears. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348797 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348797]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Well Gardened Mind: Rediscovering Nature in the Modern World Author: Sue Stuart-Smith Narrator: Sue Stuart-Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 31 minutes Release date: April 16, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ‘The wisest book I’ve read for many years … Much more than a gardening book, much more than a guide to mental health … Hugely recommended’ Stephen Fry THE SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER A Times and Sunday Times Best Book of 2020 How can gardening relieve stress and help us look after our mental health? What lies behind the restorative power of the natural world? In a powerful combination of contemporary neuroscience, psychoanalysis and brilliant storytelling, The Well Gardened Mind investigates the magic that many gardeners have known for years – working with nature can radically transform our health, wellbeing and confidence. With illuminating stories of how people struggling with stress, depression, trauma and addiction can change their lives, this inspiring and wise book of science, insight and anecdote – now translated into fifteen languages – shows how our understanding of nature and its restorative powers is only just beginning to flower. Sue Stuart-Smith Thu, 16 Apr 2020 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348797 thebookvoice.com 11:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348797]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Well Gardened Mind: Rediscovering Nature in the Modern World Author: Sue Stuart-Smith Narrator: Sue Stuart-Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 31 minutes Release date: April 16, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ‘The wisest book I’ve read for many years … Much more than a gardening book, much more than a guide to mental health … Hugely recommended’ Stephen Fry THE SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER A Times and Sunday Times Best Book of 2020 How can gardening relieve stress and help us look after our mental health? What lies behind the restorative power of the natural world? In a powerful combination of contemporary neuroscience, psychoanalysis and brilliant storytelling, The Well Gardened Mind investigates the magic that many gardeners have known for years – working with nature can radically transform our health, wellbeing and confidence. With illuminating stories of how people struggling with stress, depression, trauma and addiction can change their lives, this inspiring and wise book of science, insight and anecdote – now translated into fifteen languages – shows how our understanding of nature and its restorative powers is only just beginning to flower. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348797]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Well Gardened Mind: Rediscovering Nature in the Modern World Author: Sue Stuart-Smith Narrator: Sue Stuart-Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 31 minutes Release date: April 16, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ‘The wisest book I’ve read for many years … Much more than a gardening book, much more than a guide to mental health … Hugely recommended’ Stephen Fry THE SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER A Times and Sunday Times Best Book of 2020 How can gardening relieve stress and help us look after our mental health? What lies behind the restorative power of the natural world? In a powerful combination of contemporary neuroscience, psychoanalysis and brilliant storytelling, The Well Gardened Mind investigates the magic that many gardeners have known for years – working with nature can radically transform our health, wellbeing and confidence. With illuminating stories of how people struggling with stress, depression, trauma and addiction can change their lives, this inspiring and wise book of science, insight and anecdote – now translated into fifteen languages – shows how our understanding of nature and its restorative powers is only just beginning to flower. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348479 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348479]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - NO DEJES QUE NADA OPAQUE TU CHISPA Author: Doreen Virtue Narrator: Raquel Meza Quintanar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 29, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Doreen te dice cómo determinar tu Coeficiente de Drama Personal para que puedas descubrir cuánto estrés sufres, toleras y absorbes innecesariamente de las situaciones en las que te encuentras y también de otras personas. Doreen te explica las razones fisiológicas por las que puedes convertirte en adicto a las relaciones, trabajos y estilo de vida de alto dramatismo, y te enseña cómo curarte y romper este círculo vicioso. Te ayuda a comprender por qué los eventos postraumáticos incluyen ansiedad, aumento de peso y adicciones. Comparte contigo métodos naturales y también otros científicamente comprobados para restablecer el equilibrio de tu cuerpo y de tu vida. Aquí aprenderas a: -Evaluar tu propio nivel de adicción al drama. -Tratar con parientes, amigos y compañeros de trabajo que están 'enganchados' al drama. -No aceptar la negatividad en tu vida. -Aliviar el estrés y lograr la paz interior. -Desintoxicarte del drama, para eliminar la negatividad ¡y permitir que vuelva a brillar tu CHISPA! Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Doreen Virtue tiene estudios de licenciatura, maestría y doctorado en asesoría psicológica. Trabajó como psicoterapeuta especializada en desórdenes de alimentación y adicciones. Ahora imparte talleres sobre temas relacionados con sus libros y cartas del oráculo. Ha participado en varios programas de televisión y radio estadounidense y ha aparecido, a nivel mundial, en periódicos y revistas. Doreen Virtue Fri, 29 Oct 2021 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348479 thebookvoice.com 3:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348479]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - NO DEJES QUE NADA OPAQUE TU CHISPA Author: Doreen Virtue Narrator: Raquel Meza Quintanar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 29, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Doreen te dice cómo determinar tu Coeficiente de Drama Personal para que puedas descubrir cuánto estrés sufres, toleras y absorbes innecesariamente de las situaciones en las que te encuentras y también de otras personas. Doreen te explica las razones fisiológicas por las que puedes convertirte en adicto a las relaciones, trabajos y estilo de vida de alto dramatismo, y te enseña cómo curarte y romper este círculo vicioso. Te ayuda a comprender por qué los eventos postraumáticos incluyen ansiedad, aumento de peso y adicciones. Comparte contigo métodos naturales y también otros científicamente comprobados para restablecer el equilibrio de tu cuerpo y de tu vida. Aquí aprenderas a: -Evaluar tu propio nivel de adicción al drama. -Tratar con parientes, amigos y compañeros de trabajo que están 'enganchados' al drama. -No aceptar la negatividad en tu vida. -Aliviar el estrés y lograr la paz interior. -Desintoxicarte del drama, para eliminar la negatividad ¡y permitir que vuelva a brillar tu CHISPA! Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Doreen Virtue tiene estudios de licenciatura, maestría y doctorado en asesoría psicológica. Trabajó como psicoterapeuta especializada en desórdenes de alimentación y adicciones. Ahora imparte talleres sobre temas relacionados con sus libros y cartas del oráculo. Ha participado en varios programas de televisión y radio estadounidense y ha aparecido, a nivel mundial, en periódicos y revistas. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348479]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - NO DEJES QUE NADA OPAQUE TU CHISPA Author: Doreen Virtue Narrator: Raquel Meza Quintanar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 29, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Doreen te dice cómo determinar tu Coeficiente de Drama Personal para que puedas descubrir cuánto estrés sufres, toleras y absorbes innecesariamente de las situaciones en las que te encuentras y también de otras personas. Doreen te explica las razones fisiológicas por las que puedes convertirte en adicto a las relaciones, trabajos y estilo de vida de alto dramatismo, y te enseña cómo curarte y romper este círculo vicioso. Te ayuda a comprender por qué los eventos postraumáticos incluyen ansiedad, aumento de peso y adicciones. Comparte contigo métodos naturales y también otros científicamente comprobados para restablecer el equilibrio de tu cuerpo y de tu vida. Aquí aprenderas a: -Evaluar tu propio nivel de adicción al drama. -Tratar con parientes, amigos y compañeros de trabajo que están 'enganchados' al drama. -No aceptar la negatividad en tu vida. -Aliviar el estrés y lograr la paz interior. -Desintoxicarte del drama, para eliminar la negatividad ¡y permitir que vuelva a brillar tu CHISPA! Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Doreen Virtue tiene estudios de licenciatura, maestría y doctorado en asesoría psicológica. Trabajó como psicoterapeuta especializada en desórdenes de alimentación y adicciones. Ahora imparte talleres sobre temas relacionados con sus libros y cartas del oráculo. Ha participado en varios programas de televisión y radio estadounidense y ha aparecido, a nivel mundial, en periódicos y revistas. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348317 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348317]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Best Self: Be You, Only Better Author: Mike Bayer Narrator: Mike Bayer, Phil Mcgraw Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 485 Ratings of Narrator: 4.08 of Total 38 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: New York Times Bestseller Foreword by Dr. Phil McGraw Ask yourself…are you truly who you want to be? Is this the life you really want? Are you living each day as your best self? What can you change, today? How would you answer those questions? Think about your daily life. Are you thriving, or going through the motions? Are your days full of work, relationships and activities that are true to your authentic self, or do you feel trapped on a treadmill of responsibility? If you dream of a better life, now is the time to turn your dream into reality. And the tools you need are within your grasp, to design a life that is fulfilling on the deepest levels. Best Self will show you how. Mike Bayer, known to the thousands of clients whose lives he has changed as Coach Mike, has helped everyone from pop stars to business executives to people just like you discover the freedom to be their best selves. By asking them and leading them to ask themselves a series of important but tough questions—such as “What are your core values?”  “Do you go to bed each day more knowledgeable than when you woke up?” and “Am I neglecting some aspect of my physical health out of fear or denial?”—he helps them see what their Best Selves and Anti-Selves really look like. As a mental health specialist, a personal development coach, and an all-around change agent, Mike has seen the amazing ways in which lives can improve with honesty and clarity.  He understands our struggles intimately, because he’s faced—and overcome—his own. And he knows that change is possible. By working through each of the Seven SPHERES of life—Social, Personal, Health, Education, Relationships, Employment and Spiritual Development—Best Self is an accessible and interactive book that distills all of Coach Mike’s wisdom into a compact, focused guide that will ignite anyone’s desire for change. Chock full of revealing quizzes, and full of provocative questionnaires, Best Self will empower you to embrace your authenticity, acknowledge what is holding you back, and break through to live a passionate life to the fullest, forever. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Mike Bayer Tue, 08 Jan 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348317 thebookvoice.com 8:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348317]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Best Self: Be You, Only Better Author: Mike Bayer Narrator: Mike Bayer, Phil Mcgraw Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 485 Ratings of Narrator: 4.08 of Total 38 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: New York Times Bestseller Foreword by Dr. Phil McGraw Ask yourself…are you truly who you want to be? Is this the life you really want? Are you living each day as your best self? What can you change, today? How would you answer those questions? Think about your daily life. Are you thriving, or going through the motions? Are your days full of work, relationships and activities that are true to your authentic self, or do you feel trapped on a treadmill of responsibility? If you dream of a better life, now is the time to turn your dream into reality. And the tools you need are within your grasp, to design a life that is fulfilling on the deepest levels. Best Self will show you how. Mike Bayer, known to the thousands of clients whose lives he has changed as Coach Mike, has helped everyone from pop stars to business executives to people just like you discover the freedom to be their best selves. By asking them and leading them to ask themselves a series of important but tough questions—such as “What are your core values?”  “Do you go to bed each day more knowledgeable than when you woke up?” and “Am I neglecting some aspect of my physical health out of fear or denial?”—he helps them see what their Best Selves and Anti-Selves really look like. As a mental health specialist, a personal development coach, and an all-around change agent, Mike has seen the amazing ways in which lives can improve with honesty and clarity.  He understands our struggles intimately, because he’s faced—and overcome—his own. And he knows that change is possible. By working through each of the Seven SPHERES of life—Social, Personal, Health, Education, Relationships, Employment and Spiritual Development—Best Self is an accessible and interactive book that distills all of Coach Mike’s wisdom into a compact, focused guide that will ignite anyone’s desire for change. Chock full of revealing quizzes, and full of provocative questionnaires, Best Self will empower you to embrace your authenticity, acknowledge what is holding you back, and break through to live a passionate life to the fullest, forever. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348317]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Best Self: Be You, Only Better Author: Mike Bayer Narrator: Mike Bayer, Phil Mcgraw Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 485 Ratings of Narrator: 4.08 of Total 38 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: New York Times Bestseller Foreword by Dr. Phil McGraw Ask yourself…are you truly who you want to be? Is this the life you really want? Are you living each day as your best self? What can you change, today? How would you answer those questions? Think about your daily life. Are you thriving, or going through the motions? Are your days full of work, relationships and activities that are true to your authentic self, or do you feel trapped on a treadmill of responsibility? If you dream of a better life, now is the time to turn your dream into reality. And the tools you need are within your grasp, to design a life that is fulfilling on the deepest levels. Best Self will show you how. Mike Bayer, known to the thousands of clients whose lives he has changed as Coach Mike, has helped everyone from pop stars to business executives to people just like you discover the freedom to be their best selves. By asking them and leading them to ask themselves a series of important but tough questions—such as “What are your core values?”  “Do you go to bed each day more knowledgeable than when you woke up?” and “Am I neglecting some aspect of my physical health out of fear or denial?”—he helps them see what their Best Selves and Anti-Selves really look like. As a mental health specialist, a personal development coach, and an all-around change agent, Mike has seen the amazing ways in which lives can improve with honesty and clarity.  He understands our struggles intimately, because he’s faced—and overcome—his own. And he knows that change is possible. By working through each of the Seven SPHERES of life—Social, Personal, Health, Education, Relationships, Employment and Spiritual Development—Best Self is an accessible and interactive book that distills all of Coach Mike’s wisdom into a compact, focused guide that will ignite anyone’s desire for change. Chock full of revealing quizzes, and full of provocative questionnaires, Best Self will empower you to embrace your authenticity, acknowledge what is holding you back, and break through to live a passionate life to the fullest, forever. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347869 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347869]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to be a Brilliant Thinker: Exercise Your Mind and Find Creative Solutions Author: Paul Sloane Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you want to have great ideas? Do you want to break out of the rut of conventional thinking? Would you like to be a genius? Would presenting brilliant ideas help in your job, career and social life?How to be a Brilliant Thinker will help you to achieve all these ideals, by helping you to think in powerful new ways. It shows you how to harness techniques in lateral thinking, analytical thinking, problem analysis, idea generation and other areas so that you become much more creative. You will be able to conceive, evaluate and implement great ideas as well as improve your memory, sell your ideas and win arguments. It is packed with practical methods that you can put to immediate use. Paul Sloane Tue, 23 Oct 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347869 thebookvoice.com 5:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347869]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to be a Brilliant Thinker: Exercise Your Mind and Find Creative Solutions Author: Paul Sloane Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you want to have great ideas? Do you want to break out of the rut of conventional thinking? Would you like to be a genius? Would presenting brilliant ideas help in your job, career and social life?How to be a Brilliant Thinker will help you to achieve all these ideals, by helping you to think in powerful new ways. It shows you how to harness techniques in lateral thinking, analytical thinking, problem analysis, idea generation and other areas so that you become much more creative. You will be able to conceive, evaluate and implement great ideas as well as improve your memory, sell your ideas and win arguments. It is packed with practical methods that you can put to immediate use. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347869]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to be a Brilliant Thinker: Exercise Your Mind and Find Creative Solutions Author: Paul Sloane Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you want to have great ideas? Do you want to break out of the rut of conventional thinking? Would you like to be a genius? Would presenting brilliant ideas help in your job, career and social life?How to be a Brilliant Thinker will help you to achieve all these ideals, by helping you to think in powerful new ways. It shows you how to harness techniques in lateral thinking, analytical thinking, problem analysis, idea generation and other areas so that you become much more creative. You will be able to conceive, evaluate and implement great ideas as well as improve your memory, sell your ideas and win arguments. It is packed with practical methods that you can put to immediate use. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347782 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347782]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Are We So Angry?: And what is it doing to the world? Author: Oliver Burkeman Narrator: Oliver Burkeman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 15 minutes Release date: December 6, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Why is everyone so angry nowadays, and what is it doing to the world? In the developed world we live in a blessed epoch, a time and a place where life has never been better. Infant mortality has been all but abolished, we have greater personal choice than ever before, we have access to technology that would have been seen as the stuff of science fiction little more than a decade ago. We are safer and wealthier than at any time in human history. So why are we so damn angry about everything? On-line, in the street, in the ballot box, anger is the most dominant public emotion of our age. So what are we so angry about, and how is our anger shaping our world? We know the issues that people seem to be angry about - the iniquities of globalisation, diversity, democratic disconnect - but why has anger become our default emotion when responding to the state of the world- and what is anger doing to the world we live in? Oliver Burkeman is an award-winning feature writer for the Guardian. He writes a popular weekly column on psychology, ‘This Column Will Change Your Life’, and has reported from London, Washington and New York. Oliver Burkeman Thu, 06 Dec 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347782 thebookvoice.com 1:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347782]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Are We So Angry?: And what is it doing to the world? Author: Oliver Burkeman Narrator: Oliver Burkeman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 15 minutes Release date: December 6, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Why is everyone so angry nowadays, and what is it doing to the world? In the developed world we live in a blessed epoch, a time and a place where life has never been better. Infant mortality has been all but abolished, we have greater personal choice than ever before, we have access to technology that would have been seen as the stuff of science fiction little more than a decade ago. We are safer and wealthier than at any time in human history. So why are we so damn angry about everything? On-line, in the street, in the ballot box, anger is the most dominant public emotion of our age. So what are we so angry about, and how is our anger shaping our world? We know the issues that people seem to be angry about - the iniquities of globalisation, diversity, democratic disconnect - but why has anger become our default emotion when responding to the state of the world- and what is anger doing to the world we live in? Oliver Burkeman is an award-winning feature writer for the Guardian. He writes a popular weekly column on psychology, ‘This Column Will Change Your Life’, and has reported from London, Washington and New York. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347782]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Are We So Angry?: And what is it doing to the world? Author: Oliver Burkeman Narrator: Oliver Burkeman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 15 minutes Release date: December 6, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Why is everyone so angry nowadays, and what is it doing to the world? In the developed world we live in a blessed epoch, a time and a place where life has never been better. Infant mortality has been all but abolished, we have greater personal choice than ever before, we have access to technology that would have been seen as the stuff of science fiction little more than a decade ago. We are safer and wealthier than at any time in human history. So why are we so damn angry about everything? On-line, in the street, in the ballot box, anger is the most dominant public emotion of our age. So what are we so angry about, and how is our anger shaping our world? We know the issues that people seem to be angry about - the iniquities of globalisation, diversity, democratic disconnect - but why has anger become our default emotion when responding to the state of the world- and what is anger doing to the world we live in? Oliver Burkeman is an award-winning feature writer for the Guardian. He writes a popular weekly column on psychology, ‘This Column Will Change Your Life’, and has reported from London, Washington and New York. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347669 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347669]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Speaking for Ourselves: Conversations on Life, Music, and Autism Author: Michael B. Bakan Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Since the advent of autism as a diagnosed condition in the 1940s, the importance of music in the lives of autistic people has been widely observed and studied. Articles on musical savants, extraordinary feats of musical memory, unusually high rates of absolute or 'perfect' pitch, and the effectiveness of music-based therapies abound in the autism literature. Meanwhile, music scholars and historians have posited autism-centered explanatory models to account for the unique musical artistry of everyone from Béla Bartók and Glenn Gould to 'Blind Tom' Wiggins. Given the great deal of attention paid to music and autism, it is surprising to discover that autistic people have rarely been asked to account for how they themselves make and experience music or why it matters to them that they do. In Speaking for Ourselves, renowned ethnomusicologist Michael Bakan does just that, engaging in deep conversations—some spanning the course of years—with ten fascinating and very different individuals who share two basic things in common: an autism spectrum diagnosis and a life in which music plays a central part. Michael B. Bakan Tue, 21 Aug 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347669 thebookvoice.com 10:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347669]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Speaking for Ourselves: Conversations on Life, Music, and Autism Author: Michael B. Bakan Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Since the advent of autism as a diagnosed condition in the 1940s, the importance of music in the lives of autistic people has been widely observed and studied. Articles on musical savants, extraordinary feats of musical memory, unusually high rates of absolute or 'perfect' pitch, and the effectiveness of music-based therapies abound in the autism literature. Meanwhile, music scholars and historians have posited autism-centered explanatory models to account for the unique musical artistry of everyone from Béla Bartók and Glenn Gould to 'Blind Tom' Wiggins. Given the great deal of attention paid to music and autism, it is surprising to discover that autistic people have rarely been asked to account for how they themselves make and experience music or why it matters to them that they do. In Speaking for Ourselves, renowned ethnomusicologist Michael Bakan does just that, engaging in deep conversations—some spanning the course of years—with ten fascinating and very different individuals who share two basic things in common: an autism spectrum diagnosis and a life in which music plays a central part. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347669]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Speaking for Ourselves: Conversations on Life, Music, and Autism Author: Michael B. Bakan Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Since the advent of autism as a diagnosed condition in the 1940s, the importance of music in the lives of autistic people has been widely observed and studied. Articles on musical savants, extraordinary feats of musical memory, unusually high rates of absolute or 'perfect' pitch, and the effectiveness of music-based therapies abound in the autism literature. Meanwhile, music scholars and historians have posited autism-centered explanatory models to account for the unique musical artistry of everyone from Béla Bartók and Glenn Gould to 'Blind Tom' Wiggins. Given the great deal of attention paid to music and autism, it is surprising to discover that autistic people have rarely been asked to account for how they themselves make and experience music or why it matters to them that they do. In Speaking for Ourselves, renowned ethnomusicologist Michael Bakan does just that, engaging in deep conversations—some spanning the course of years—with ten fascinating and very different individuals who share two basic things in common: an autism spectrum diagnosis and a life in which music plays a central part. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347597 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond Birds and Bees: Bringing Home a New Message to Our Kids About Sex, Love, and Equality Author: Bonnie J. Rough Narrator: Bonnie J. Rough Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A provocative inquiry into how we teach our children about bodies, sex, relationships and equality -- with revelatory, practical takeaways from the author's research and eye-opening observations from the world-famous Dutch approach Award-winning author Bonnie J. Rough never expected to write a book about sex, but life handed her a revelation too vital to ignore. As an American parent grappling with concerns about raising children in a society steeped in stereotypes and sexual shame, she couldn't quite picture how to teach the facts of life with a fearless, easygoing, positive attitude. Then a job change relocated her family to Amsterdam, where she soon witnessed the relaxed and egalitarian sexual attitudes of the Dutch. There, she discovered, children learn from babyhood that bodies are normal, the world's best sex ed begins in kindergarten, cooties are a foreign concept, puberty is no big surprise, and questions about sex are welcome at the dinner table. In Beyond Birds and Bees, Rough reveals how although normalizing human sexuality may sound risky, doing so actually prevents unintended consequences, leads to better health and success for our children, and lays the foundation for a future of gender equality. Exploring how the Dutch example translates to American life, Rough highlights a growing wave of ambitious American parents, educators, and influencers poised to transform sex ed -- and our society -- for the better, and shows how families everywhere can give a modern lift to the birds and bees. Down to earth and up to the minute with our profound new cultural conversations about gender, sex, power, autonomy, diversity, and consent, Rough's careful research and engaging storytelling illuminate a forward path for a groundbreaking generation of Americans who want clear examples and actionable steps for how to support children's sexual development -- and overall wellbeing -- from birth onward at home, in schools, and across our evolving culture. Bonnie J. Rough Tue, 21 Aug 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347597 thebookvoice.com 9:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond Birds and Bees: Bringing Home a New Message to Our Kids About Sex, Love, and Equality Author: Bonnie J. Rough Narrator: Bonnie J. Rough Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A provocative inquiry into how we teach our children about bodies, sex, relationships and equality -- with revelatory, practical takeaways from the author's research and eye-opening observations from the world-famous Dutch approach Award-winning author Bonnie J. Rough never expected to write a book about sex, but life handed her a revelation too vital to ignore. As an American parent grappling with concerns about raising children in a society steeped in stereotypes and sexual shame, she couldn't quite picture how to teach the facts of life with a fearless, easygoing, positive attitude. Then a job change relocated her family to Amsterdam, where she soon witnessed the relaxed and egalitarian sexual attitudes of the Dutch. There, she discovered, children learn from babyhood that bodies are normal, the world's best sex ed begins in kindergarten, cooties are a foreign concept, puberty is no big surprise, and questions about sex are welcome at the dinner table. In Beyond Birds and Bees, Rough reveals how although normalizing human sexuality may sound risky, doing so actually prevents unintended consequences, leads to better health and success for our children, and lays the foundation for a future of gender equality. Exploring how the Dutch example translates to American life, Rough highlights a growing wave of ambitious American parents, educators, and influencers poised to transform sex ed -- and our society -- for the better, and shows how families everywhere can give a modern lift to the birds and bees. Down to earth and up to the minute with our profound new cultural conversations about gender, sex, power, autonomy, diversity, and consent, Rough's careful research and engaging storytelling illuminate a forward path for a groundbreaking generation of Americans who want clear examples and actionable steps for how to support children's sexual development -- and overall wellbeing -- from birth onward at home, in schools, and across our evolving culture. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond Birds and Bees: Bringing Home a New Message to Our Kids About Sex, Love, and Equality Author: Bonnie J. Rough Narrator: Bonnie J. Rough Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A provocative inquiry into how we teach our children about bodies, sex, relationships and equality -- with revelatory, practical takeaways from the author's research and eye-opening observations from the world-famous Dutch approach Award-winning author Bonnie J. Rough never expected to write a book about sex, but life handed her a revelation too vital to ignore. As an American parent grappling with concerns about raising children in a society steeped in stereotypes and sexual shame, she couldn't quite picture how to teach the facts of life with a fearless, easygoing, positive attitude. Then a job change relocated her family to Amsterdam, where she soon witnessed the relaxed and egalitarian sexual attitudes of the Dutch. There, she discovered, children learn from babyhood that bodies are normal, the world's best sex ed begins in kindergarten, cooties are a foreign concept, puberty is no big surprise, and questions about sex are welcome at the dinner table. In Beyond Birds and Bees, Rough reveals how although normalizing human sexuality may sound risky, doing so actually prevents unintended consequences, leads to better health and success for our children, and lays the foundation for a future of gender equality. Exploring how the Dutch example translates to American life, Rough highlights a growing wave of ambitious American parents, educators, and influencers poised to transform sex ed -- and our society -- for the better, and shows how families everywhere can give a modern lift to the birds and bees. Down to earth and up to the minute with our profound new cultural conversations about gender, sex, power, autonomy, diversity, and consent, Rough's careful research and engaging storytelling illuminate a forward path for a groundbreaking generation of Americans who want clear examples and actionable steps for how to support children's sexual development -- and overall wellbeing -- from birth onward at home, in schools, and across our evolving culture. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347514 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347514]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sober Curious: The Blissful Sleep, Greater Focus, Limitless Presence, and Deep Connection Awaiting Us All on the Other Side of Alcohol Author: Ruby Warrington Narrator: Ruby Warrington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: December 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 25 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Would life be better without alcohol? It’s the nagging question more and more of us are finding harder to ignore, whether we have a “problem” with alcohol or not. After all, we yoga. We green juice. We meditate. We self-care. And yet, come the end of a long work day, the start of a weekend, an awkward social situation, we drink. One glass of wine turns into two turns into a bottle. In the face of how we care for ourselves otherwise, it’s hard to avoid how alcohol really makes us feel… terrible. How different would our lives be if we stopped drinking on autopilot? If we stopped drinking altogether? Really different, it turns out. Really better. Frank, funny, and always judgment free, Sober Curious is a bold guide to choosing to live hangover-free, from Ruby Warrington, one of the leading voices of the new sobriety movement.  Drawing on research, expert interviews, and personal narrative, Sober Curious is a radical take down of the myths that keep so many of us drinking. Inspiring, timely, and blame free, Sober Curious is both conversation starter and handbook—essential information that empowers listeners to transform their relationship with alcohol, so we can lead our most fulfilling lives. Ruby Warrington Mon, 31 Dec 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347514 thebookvoice.com 6:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347514]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sober Curious: The Blissful Sleep, Greater Focus, Limitless Presence, and Deep Connection Awaiting Us All on the Other Side of Alcohol Author: Ruby Warrington Narrator: Ruby Warrington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: December 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 25 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Would life be better without alcohol? It’s the nagging question more and more of us are finding harder to ignore, whether we have a “problem” with alcohol or not. After all, we yoga. We green juice. We meditate. We self-care. And yet, come the end of a long work day, the start of a weekend, an awkward social situation, we drink. One glass of wine turns into two turns into a bottle. In the face of how we care for ourselves otherwise, it’s hard to avoid how alcohol really makes us feel… terrible. How different would our lives be if we stopped drinking on autopilot? If we stopped drinking altogether? Really different, it turns out. Really better. Frank, funny, and always judgment free, Sober Curious is a bold guide to choosing to live hangover-free, from Ruby Warrington, one of the leading voices of the new sobriety movement.  Drawing on research, expert interviews, and personal narrative, Sober Curious is a radical take down of the myths that keep so many of us drinking. Inspiring, timely, and blame free, Sober Curious is both conversation starter and handbook—essential information that empowers listeners to transform their relationship with alcohol, so we can lead our most fulfilling lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347514]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sober Curious: The Blissful Sleep, Greater Focus, Limitless Presence, and Deep Connection Awaiting Us All on the Other Side of Alcohol Author: Ruby Warrington Narrator: Ruby Warrington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: December 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 25 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Would life be better without alcohol? It’s the nagging question more and more of us are finding harder to ignore, whether we have a “problem” with alcohol or not. After all, we yoga. We green juice. We meditate. We self-care. And yet, come the end of a long work day, the start of a weekend, an awkward social situation, we drink. One glass of wine turns into two turns into a bottle. In the face of how we care for ourselves otherwise, it’s hard to avoid how alcohol really makes us feel… terrible. How different would our lives be if we stopped drinking on autopilot? If we stopped drinking altogether? Really different, it turns out. Really better. Frank, funny, and always judgment free, Sober Curious is a bold guide to choosing to live hangover-free, from Ruby Warrington, one of the leading voices of the new sobriety movement.  Drawing on research, expert interviews, and personal narrative, Sober Curious is a radical take down of the myths that keep so many of us drinking. Inspiring, timely, and blame free, Sober Curious is both conversation starter and handbook—essential information that empowers listeners to transform their relationship with alcohol, so we can lead our most fulfilling lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347510 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347510]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Intuición: Por que no somos tan conscientes como pensamos, y cómo el vernos claramente nos ayuda a tener exito en el trabajo y en la vida Author: Tasha Eurich Narrator: Susana Ballesteros Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ¿Qué tal si usted pudiera conocerse a sí mismo un poquito mejor, y con esa pequeña mejora obtuviera una gran ganancia... no sólo en su profesión, sino en su vida? ¿está dispuesto a intentarlo? La investigación muestra que la conciencia de uno mismo —saber quiénes somos y cómo nos ven los demás— es el fundamento para un alto rendimiento, unas decisiones inteligentes, y unas relaciones personales duraderas. Solo existe un problema: la mayoría de las personas no se ven a sí mismas con tanta claridad como podrían hacerlo. Felizmente, la psicóloga organizacional TashaEurich revela que la conciencia de uno mismo es una habilidad sorprendentemente deplorable. Integrando cientos de estudios con su propia investigación y su trabajo en el mundo de Fortuna 500, nos muestra lo que en realidad exige comprendernos nosotros mismos por dentro, y cómo lograr que los demás nos digan la verdad franca respecto a cómo nos ven. Mediante experiencias de personas que han logrado ganancias radicales en la conciencia de sí mismas, ofrece secretos, técnicas y estrategias sorprendentes y en español, para ayudar a los lectores a hacer lo mismo, y cómo usar esta noción para hallar mayor satisfacción, confianza y éxito en la vida y en el trabajo. En INTUICIÓN usted aprenderá: - Los siete tipos de la conciencia de sí mismas que poseen las personas que se conocen a sí mismas. - Los dos mayores obstáculos invisibles a la conciencia de uno mismo. - Por qué los enfoques como terapia y llevar un diario no siempre conducen a una noción verdadera. - Cómo abandonar los hábitos que matan la confianza y aprender a amar lo que uno es. - Como beneficiarse de la concentración mental sin pronunciar ni un sola mantra. - Por qué otras personas no nos dicen la verdad respecto a nosotros mismos, y cómo hallar lo que realmente piensan. - Cómo profundizar nuestra noción en nuestras pasiones, nuestros talentos y los puntos ciegos que nos pudieran estar deteniendo. - Cómo oír opiniones críticas sin perder la compostura. - Por qué las personas con mayor poder pueden ser con frecuencia las que menos conciencia tienen de sí mismas, y cómo evitan los líderes inteligentes esta trampa. - Los tres bloques de construcción para equipos de conciencia propia. - Cómo lidiar con jefes, clientes y compañeros de trabajo delirantes. Tasha Eurich Tue, 27 Nov 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347510 thebookvoice.com 13:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347510]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Intuición: Por que no somos tan conscientes como pensamos, y cómo el vernos claramente nos ayuda a tener exito en el trabajo y en la vida Author: Tasha Eurich Narrator: Susana Ballesteros Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ¿Qué tal si usted pudiera conocerse a sí mismo un poquito mejor, y con esa pequeña mejora obtuviera una gran ganancia... no sólo en su profesión, sino en su vida? ¿está dispuesto a intentarlo? La investigación muestra que la conciencia de uno mismo —saber quiénes somos y cómo nos ven los demás— es el fundamento para un alto rendimiento, unas decisiones inteligentes, y unas relaciones personales duraderas. Solo existe un problema: la mayoría de las personas no se ven a sí mismas con tanta claridad como podrían hacerlo. Felizmente, la psicóloga organizacional TashaEurich revela que la conciencia de uno mismo es una habilidad sorprendentemente deplorable. Integrando cientos de estudios con su propia investigación y su trabajo en el mundo de Fortuna 500, nos muestra lo que en realidad exige comprendernos nosotros mismos por dentro, y cómo lograr que los demás nos digan la verdad franca respecto a cómo nos ven. Mediante experiencias de personas que han logrado ganancias radicales en la conciencia de sí mismas, ofrece secretos, técnicas y estrategias sorprendentes y en español, para ayudar a los lectores a hacer lo mismo, y cómo usar esta noción para hallar mayor satisfacción, confianza y éxito en la vida y en el trabajo. En INTUICIÓN usted aprenderá: - Los siete tipos de la conciencia de sí mismas que poseen las personas que se conocen a sí mismas. - Los dos mayores obstáculos invisibles a la conciencia de uno mismo. - Por qué los enfoques como terapia y llevar un diario no siempre conducen a una noción verdadera. - Cómo abandonar los hábitos que matan la confianza y aprender a amar lo que uno es. - Como beneficiarse de la concentración mental sin pronunciar ni un sola mantra. - Por qué otras personas no nos dicen la verdad respecto a nosotros mismos, y cómo hallar lo que realmente piensan. - Cómo profundizar nuestra noción en nuestras pasiones, nuestros talentos y los puntos ciegos que nos pudieran estar deteniendo. - Cómo oír opiniones críticas sin perder la compostura. - Por qué las personas con mayor poder pueden ser con frecuencia las que menos conciencia tienen de sí mismas, y cómo evitan los líderes inteligentes esta trampa. - Los tres bloques de construcción para equipos de conciencia propia. - Cómo lidiar con jefes, clientes y compañeros de trabajo delirantes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347510]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Intuición: Por que no somos tan conscientes como pensamos, y cómo el vernos claramente nos ayuda a tener exito en el trabajo y en la vida Author: Tasha Eurich Narrator: Susana Ballesteros Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ¿Qué tal si usted pudiera conocerse a sí mismo un poquito mejor, y con esa pequeña mejora obtuviera una gran ganancia... no sólo en su profesión, sino en su vida? ¿está dispuesto a intentarlo? La investigación muestra que la conciencia de uno mismo —saber quiénes somos y cómo nos ven los demás— es el fundamento para un alto rendimiento, unas decisiones inteligentes, y unas relaciones personales duraderas. Solo existe un problema: la mayoría de las personas no se ven a sí mismas con tanta claridad como podrían hacerlo. Felizmente, la psicóloga organizacional TashaEurich revela que la conciencia de uno mismo es una habilidad sorprendentemente deplorable. Integrando cientos de estudios con su propia investigación y su trabajo en el mundo de Fortuna 500, nos muestra lo que en realidad exige comprendernos nosotros mismos por dentro, y cómo lograr que los demás nos digan la verdad franca respecto a cómo nos ven. Mediante experiencias de personas que han logrado ganancias radicales en la conciencia de sí mismas, ofrece secretos, técnicas y estrategias sorprendentes y en español, para ayudar a los lectores a hacer lo mismo, y cómo usar esta noción para hallar mayor satisfacción, confianza y éxito en la vida y en el trabajo. En INTUICIÓN usted aprenderá: - Los siete tipos de la conciencia de sí mismas que poseen las personas que se conocen a sí mismas. - Los dos mayores obstáculos invisibles a la conciencia de uno mismo. - Por qué los enfoques como terapia y llevar un diario no siempre conducen a una noción verdadera. - Cómo abandonar los hábitos que matan la confianza y aprender a amar lo que uno es. - Como beneficiarse de la concentración mental sin pronunciar ni un sola mantra. - Por qué otras personas no nos dicen la verdad respecto a nosotros mismos, y cómo hallar lo que realmente piensan. - Cómo profundizar nuestra noción en nuestras pasiones, nuestros talentos y los puntos ciegos que nos pudieran estar deteniendo. - Cómo oír opiniones críticas sin perder la compostura. - Por qué las personas con mayor poder pueden ser con frecuencia las que menos conciencia tienen de sí mismas, y cómo evitan los líderes inteligentes esta trampa. - Los tres bloques de construcción para equipos de conciencia propia. - Cómo lidiar con jefes, clientes y compañeros de trabajo delirantes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347433 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347433]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Millenneagram: The Enneagram Guide for Discovering Your Truest, Baddest Self Author: Hannah Paasch Narrator: Lori Prince Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Buckle up, folks. It’s time to jump in, embrace your inner self, and release the things that are holding you back from wholeness. Enter the Millenneagram. The Enneagram is an ancient personality typing system that has a sneaky way of revealing who we are and why we do the things we do. Using nine types, it gets to the root of our fears and motivations, unveiling our inner-most selves. Millenneagram reinvigorates the Enneagram by putting a modern spin on the classic nine types. Hannah Paasch, creator of the popular #millenneagream threads on Twitter, reveals how this system acts as a map toward our authentic selves. For Hannah, the Enneagram is not about changing who we are, but rather nurturing and loving our whole selves, even the pain in the ass qualities. “Only from this position of wholeness, rootedness in who we are, what we believe, and what kind of story we are writing, will we be able to act bravely for the sake of justice and humanity – to approach our f*cked-up world with the grounded courage it asks of us.” With her trademark irreverent humor and empowering affirmations, Millenneagram reframes the classic Enneagram types with a fresh perspective and new names that cut right to the chase: #1 The Machine “I’m an Enneagram 1 and I Can Fix This!” #2 The Parent “I’m an Enneagram 2 and Can I Get You a Refill?” #3 The Winner “I’m an Enneagram 3 and All I Do Is Win.” #4 The Tortured Artist “I’m an Enneagram 4 and I’m Deeper Than You.” #5 The Detective “I’m an Enneagram 5 and I Read an Article About That.” #6 The Oracle “I’m an Enneagram 6 and I’m Loyal as Fuck.” #7 The Party “I’m an Enneagram 7 so This Might Be Vodka In My Mug.” #8 The Dragon “I’m an Enneagram 8 so Nice Try, Bitch.” #9 The Wallflower “I’m an Enneagram 9 so Let’s Just All Chill Out, Dude.” A powerful tool for self-discovery (that doesn’t take itself too seriously), Millenneagram is an invitation for introspection and growth. Hannah’s revamped Enneagram goes beyond simply identifying with a type: it gives us permission to be our truest, enough-as-is, bad-ass selves. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Hannah Paasch Tue, 07 May 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347433 thebookvoice.com 6:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347433]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Millenneagram: The Enneagram Guide for Discovering Your Truest, Baddest Self Author: Hannah Paasch Narrator: Lori Prince Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Buckle up, folks. It’s time to jump in, embrace your inner self, and release the things that are holding you back from wholeness. Enter the Millenneagram. The Enneagram is an ancient personality typing system that has a sneaky way of revealing who we are and why we do the things we do. Using nine types, it gets to the root of our fears and motivations, unveiling our inner-most selves. Millenneagram reinvigorates the Enneagram by putting a modern spin on the classic nine types. Hannah Paasch, creator of the popular #millenneagream threads on Twitter, reveals how this system acts as a map toward our authentic selves. For Hannah, the Enneagram is not about changing who we are, but rather nurturing and loving our whole selves, even the pain in the ass qualities. “Only from this position of wholeness, rootedness in who we are, what we believe, and what kind of story we are writing, will we be able to act bravely for the sake of justice and humanity – to approach our f*cked-up world with the grounded courage it asks of us.” With her trademark irreverent humor and empowering affirmations, Millenneagram reframes the classic Enneagram types with a fresh perspective and new names that cut right to the chase: #1 The Machine “I’m an Enneagram 1 and I Can Fix This!” #2 The Parent “I’m an Enneagram 2 and Can I Get You a Refill?” #3 The Winner “I’m an Enneagram 3 and All I Do Is Win.” #4 The Tortured Artist “I’m an Enneagram 4 and I’m Deeper Than You.” #5 The Detective “I’m an Enneagram 5 and I Read an Article About That.” #6 The Oracle “I’m an Enneagram 6 and I’m Loyal as Fuck.” #7 The Party “I’m an Enneagram 7 so This Might Be Vodka In My Mug.” #8 The Dragon “I’m an Enneagram 8 so Nice Try, Bitch.” #9 The Wallflower “I’m an Enneagram 9 so Let’s Just All Chill Out, Dude.” A powerful tool for self-discovery (that doesn’t take itself too seriously), Millenneagram is an invitation for introspection and growth. Hannah’s revamped Enneagram goes beyond simply identifying with a type: it gives us permission to be our truest, enough-as-is, bad-ass selves. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347433]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Millenneagram: The Enneagram Guide for Discovering Your Truest, Baddest Self Author: Hannah Paasch Narrator: Lori Prince Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Buckle up, folks. It’s time to jump in, embrace your inner self, and release the things that are holding you back from wholeness. Enter the Millenneagram. The Enneagram is an ancient personality typing system that has a sneaky way of revealing who we are and why we do the things we do. Using nine types, it gets to the root of our fears and motivations, unveiling our inner-most selves. Millenneagram reinvigorates the Enneagram by putting a modern spin on the classic nine types. Hannah Paasch, creator of the popular #millenneagream threads on Twitter, reveals how this system acts as a map toward our authentic selves. For Hannah, the Enneagram is not about changing who we are, but rather nurturing and loving our whole selves, even the pain in the ass qualities. “Only from this position of wholeness, rootedness in who we are, what we believe, and what kind of story we are writing, will we be able to act bravely for the sake of justice and humanity – to approach our f*cked-up world with the grounded courage it asks of us.” With her trademark irreverent humor and empowering affirmations, Millenneagram reframes the classic Enneagram types with a fresh perspective and new names that cut right to the chase: #1 The Machine “I’m an Enneagram 1 and I Can Fix This!” #2 The Parent “I’m an Enneagram 2 and Can I Get You a Refill?” #3 The Winner “I’m an Enneagram 3 and All I Do Is Win.” #4 The Tortured Artist “I’m an Enneagram 4 and I’m Deeper Than You.” #5 The Detective “I’m an Enneagram 5 and I Read an Article About That.” #6 The Oracle “I’m an Enneagram 6 and I’m Loyal as Fuck.” #7 The Party “I’m an Enneagram 7 so This Might Be Vodka In My Mug.” #8 The Dragon “I’m an Enneagram 8 so Nice Try, Bitch.” #9 The Wallflower “I’m an Enneagram 9 so Let’s Just All Chill Out, Dude.” A powerful tool for self-discovery (that doesn’t take itself too seriously), Millenneagram is an invitation for introspection and growth. Hannah’s revamped Enneagram goes beyond simply identifying with a type: it gives us permission to be our truest, enough-as-is, bad-ass selves. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347368 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347368]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fear and Other Uninvited Guests Author: Harriet Lerner Narrator: Harriet Lerner Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 45 minutes Release date: June 8, 2004 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author Harriet Lerner is at her provocative best in this examination of fear as the key motivating force in our lives. Often unrecognised, fear and shame drive our choices and attitudes in ways that most of us never figure out. As Lerner explains, fear is not an amorphous unknown to be transcended or overcome but an emotion to be recognized, explored, decoded and embraced. Once we befriend fear, it can actually help us achieve calm, clarity and fundamental peace. Lerner teaches us the best ways to deal with fear: to expect, allow, and accept its presence in our lives, to mindfully observe and attend to how it feels in our bodies and, ultimately to own it. We can become experts on our personal triggers of anxiety, learning when fear signals real danger and when it's best to plough through it because it comes with the territory of making necessary changes. The very worst thing we can do in the face of fear is to run from it or try to avoid it. Fear is not something to be conquered or eliminated––or even tackled, for that matter. Instead, we need to pay close attention to the message it is trying to convey. Using her wonderfully rich and inviting therapeutic voice along with personal memories and examples drawn from her practice, Lerner gives fear its due. We needn't let anxiety, fear, and shame silence our authentic voice, close our hearts to the different voices of others, or stop us from acting with dignity, integrity and brio. We need to harness fear and put it in service to our best selves. Harriet Lerner Tue, 08 Jun 2004 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347368 thebookvoice.com 3:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347368]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fear and Other Uninvited Guests Author: Harriet Lerner Narrator: Harriet Lerner Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 45 minutes Release date: June 8, 2004 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author Harriet Lerner is at her provocative best in this examination of fear as the key motivating force in our lives. Often unrecognised, fear and shame drive our choices and attitudes in ways that most of us never figure out. As Lerner explains, fear is not an amorphous unknown to be transcended or overcome but an emotion to be recognized, explored, decoded and embraced. Once we befriend fear, it can actually help us achieve calm, clarity and fundamental peace. Lerner teaches us the best ways to deal with fear: to expect, allow, and accept its presence in our lives, to mindfully observe and attend to how it feels in our bodies and, ultimately to own it. We can become experts on our personal triggers of anxiety, learning when fear signals real danger and when it's best to plough through it because it comes with the territory of making necessary changes. The very worst thing we can do in the face of fear is to run from it or try to avoid it. Fear is not something to be conquered or eliminated––or even tackled, for that matter. Instead, we need to pay close attention to the message it is trying to convey. Using her wonderfully rich and inviting therapeutic voice along with personal memories and examples drawn from her practice, Lerner gives fear its due. We needn't let anxiety, fear, and shame silence our authentic voice, close our hearts to the different voices of others, or stop us from acting with dignity, integrity and brio. We need to harness fear and put it in service to our best selves. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347368]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fear and Other Uninvited Guests Author: Harriet Lerner Narrator: Harriet Lerner Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 45 minutes Release date: June 8, 2004 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author Harriet Lerner is at her provocative best in this examination of fear as the key motivating force in our lives. Often unrecognised, fear and shame drive our choices and attitudes in ways that most of us never figure out. As Lerner explains, fear is not an amorphous unknown to be transcended or overcome but an emotion to be recognized, explored, decoded and embraced. Once we befriend fear, it can actually help us achieve calm, clarity and fundamental peace. Lerner teaches us the best ways to deal with fear: to expect, allow, and accept its presence in our lives, to mindfully observe and attend to how it feels in our bodies and, ultimately to own it. We can become experts on our personal triggers of anxiety, learning when fear signals real danger and when it's best to plough through it because it comes with the territory of making necessary changes. The very worst thing we can do in the face of fear is to run from it or try to avoid it. Fear is not something to be conquered or eliminated––or even tackled, for that matter. Instead, we need to pay close attention to the message it is trying to convey. Using her wonderfully rich and inviting therapeutic voice along with personal memories and examples drawn from her practice, Lerner gives fear its due. We needn't let anxiety, fear, and shame silence our authentic voice, close our hearts to the different voices of others, or stop us from acting with dignity, integrity and brio. We need to harness fear and put it in service to our best selves. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347333 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347333]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Minds Make Societies: How Cognition Explains the World Humans Create Author: Pascal Boyer Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A watershed book that masterfully integrates insights from evolutionary biology, genetics, psychology, economics, and more to explore the development and workings of human societies “There is no good reason why human societies should not be described and explained with the same precision and success as the rest of nature.” Thus argues evolutionary psychologist Pascal Boyer in this uniquely innovative book. Integrating recent insights from evolutionary biology, genetics, psychology, economics, and other fields, Boyer offers precise models of why humans engage in social behaviors such as forming families, tribes, and nations, or creating gender roles. In fascinating, thought-provoking passages, he explores questions such as, Why is there conflict between groups? Why do people believe low-value information such as rumors? Why are there religions? What is social justice? What explains morality? Boyer provides a new picture of cultural transmission that draws on the pragmatics of human communication, the constructive nature of memory in human brains, and human motivation for group formation and cooperation. Pascal Boyer Tue, 30 Oct 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347333 thebookvoice.com 13:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347333]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Minds Make Societies: How Cognition Explains the World Humans Create Author: Pascal Boyer Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A watershed book that masterfully integrates insights from evolutionary biology, genetics, psychology, economics, and more to explore the development and workings of human societies “There is no good reason why human societies should not be described and explained with the same precision and success as the rest of nature.” Thus argues evolutionary psychologist Pascal Boyer in this uniquely innovative book. Integrating recent insights from evolutionary biology, genetics, psychology, economics, and other fields, Boyer offers precise models of why humans engage in social behaviors such as forming families, tribes, and nations, or creating gender roles. In fascinating, thought-provoking passages, he explores questions such as, Why is there conflict between groups? Why do people believe low-value information such as rumors? Why are there religions? What is social justice? What explains morality? Boyer provides a new picture of cultural transmission that draws on the pragmatics of human communication, the constructive nature of memory in human brains, and human motivation for group formation and cooperation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347333]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Minds Make Societies: How Cognition Explains the World Humans Create Author: Pascal Boyer Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A watershed book that masterfully integrates insights from evolutionary biology, genetics, psychology, economics, and more to explore the development and workings of human societies “There is no good reason why human societies should not be described and explained with the same precision and success as the rest of nature.” Thus argues evolutionary psychologist Pascal Boyer in this uniquely innovative book. Integrating recent insights from evolutionary biology, genetics, psychology, economics, and other fields, Boyer offers precise models of why humans engage in social behaviors such as forming families, tribes, and nations, or creating gender roles. In fascinating, thought-provoking passages, he explores questions such as, Why is there conflict between groups? Why do people believe low-value information such as rumors? Why are there religions? What is social justice? What explains morality? Boyer provides a new picture of cultural transmission that draws on the pragmatics of human communication, the constructive nature of memory in human brains, and human motivation for group formation and cooperation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347324 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347324]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Defense of Troublemakers: The Power of Dissent in Life and Business Author: Charlan Nemeth Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An eminent psychologist explains why dissent should be cherished, not feared We've decided by consensus that consensus is good. In In Defense of Troublemakers, psychologist Charlan Nemeth argues that this principle is completely wrong: left unchallenged, the majority opinion is often biased, unoriginal, or false. It leads planes and markets to crash, causes juries to convict innocent people, and can quite literally make people think blue is green. In the name of comity, we embrace stupidity. We can make better decisions by embracing dissent. Dissent forces us to question the status quo, consider more information, and engage in creative decision-making. From Twelve Angry Men to Edward Snowden, lone objectors who make people question their assumptions bring groups far closer to truth--regardless of whether they are right or wrong. Essential reading for anyone who works in groups, In Defense of Troublemakers will radically change the way you think, listen, and make decisions. Charlan Nemeth Tue, 30 Oct 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347324 thebookvoice.com 6:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347324]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Defense of Troublemakers: The Power of Dissent in Life and Business Author: Charlan Nemeth Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An eminent psychologist explains why dissent should be cherished, not feared We've decided by consensus that consensus is good. In In Defense of Troublemakers, psychologist Charlan Nemeth argues that this principle is completely wrong: left unchallenged, the majority opinion is often biased, unoriginal, or false. It leads planes and markets to crash, causes juries to convict innocent people, and can quite literally make people think blue is green. In the name of comity, we embrace stupidity. We can make better decisions by embracing dissent. Dissent forces us to question the status quo, consider more information, and engage in creative decision-making. From Twelve Angry Men to Edward Snowden, lone objectors who make people question their assumptions bring groups far closer to truth--regardless of whether they are right or wrong. Essential reading for anyone who works in groups, In Defense of Troublemakers will radically change the way you think, listen, and make decisions. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347324]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Defense of Troublemakers: The Power of Dissent in Life and Business Author: Charlan Nemeth Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An eminent psychologist explains why dissent should be cherished, not feared We've decided by consensus that consensus is good. In In Defense of Troublemakers, psychologist Charlan Nemeth argues that this principle is completely wrong: left unchallenged, the majority opinion is often biased, unoriginal, or false. It leads planes and markets to crash, causes juries to convict innocent people, and can quite literally make people think blue is green. In the name of comity, we embrace stupidity. We can make better decisions by embracing dissent. Dissent forces us to question the status quo, consider more information, and engage in creative decision-making. From Twelve Angry Men to Edward Snowden, lone objectors who make people question their assumptions bring groups far closer to truth--regardless of whether they are right or wrong. Essential reading for anyone who works in groups, In Defense of Troublemakers will radically change the way you think, listen, and make decisions. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347323 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347323]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fragile Bully: Understanding Our Destructive Affair With Narcissism in the Age of Trump Author: Laurie Helgoe, Ph.D. Narrator: Donna Postel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Obsessive self-promotion, an aggressive triggering response, and retaliatory rants. “Both sensitive and incisive, beautifully capturing the paradoxical dynamic of narcissism—that the grandiosity and surrounding bravado belies an underlying fragility and brittleness.” —Kenneth N. Levy, PhD, Associate Professor, Penn State University; Senior Fellow, Personality Disorders Institute, Cornell University Even before Donald Trump entered America’s highest office, an international survey revealed that narcissism is part of the assumed “national character” of Americans. While only a small number actually meet the criteria for Narcissistic Personality Disorder, those exploitive few have a way of gaining center stage in our culture. Fragile Bully: Understanding Our Destructive Affair With Narcissism in the Age of Trump looks beyond the sound bites of self-aggrandizing celebrities and selfish tweets to the real problem of narcissism. We see past the solo act to the vicious circles that arise in relationships with a fragile bully, and how patterns like this generate both power and self-destruction. We also look at the problem of Echo, how so many of us get hooked by the narcissist, and how variations on the destructive affair leave both partners dehumanized and diminished. Once we recognize the steps in each dance, we can break the cycle and allow and the possibility of true engagement. Laurie Helgoe, Ph.D. Tue, 12 Mar 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347323 thebookvoice.com 8:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347323]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fragile Bully: Understanding Our Destructive Affair With Narcissism in the Age of Trump Author: Laurie Helgoe, Ph.D. Narrator: Donna Postel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Obsessive self-promotion, an aggressive triggering response, and retaliatory rants. “Both sensitive and incisive, beautifully capturing the paradoxical dynamic of narcissism—that the grandiosity and surrounding bravado belies an underlying fragility and brittleness.” —Kenneth N. Levy, PhD, Associate Professor, Penn State University; Senior Fellow, Personality Disorders Institute, Cornell University Even before Donald Trump entered America’s highest office, an international survey revealed that narcissism is part of the assumed “national character” of Americans. While only a small number actually meet the criteria for Narcissistic Personality Disorder, those exploitive few have a way of gaining center stage in our culture. Fragile Bully: Understanding Our Destructive Affair With Narcissism in the Age of Trump looks beyond the sound bites of self-aggrandizing celebrities and selfish tweets to the real problem of narcissism. We see past the solo act to the vicious circles that arise in relationships with a fragile bully, and how patterns like this generate both power and self-destruction. We also look at the problem of Echo, how so many of us get hooked by the narcissist, and how variations on the destructive affair leave both partners dehumanized and diminished. Once we recognize the steps in each dance, we can break the cycle and allow and the possibility of true engagement. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347323]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fragile Bully: Understanding Our Destructive Affair With Narcissism in the Age of Trump Author: Laurie Helgoe, Ph.D. Narrator: Donna Postel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Obsessive self-promotion, an aggressive triggering response, and retaliatory rants. “Both sensitive and incisive, beautifully capturing the paradoxical dynamic of narcissism—that the grandiosity and surrounding bravado belies an underlying fragility and brittleness.” —Kenneth N. Levy, PhD, Associate Professor, Penn State University; Senior Fellow, Personality Disorders Institute, Cornell University Even before Donald Trump entered America’s highest office, an international survey revealed that narcissism is part of the assumed “national character” of Americans. While only a small number actually meet the criteria for Narcissistic Personality Disorder, those exploitive few have a way of gaining center stage in our culture. Fragile Bully: Understanding Our Destructive Affair With Narcissism in the Age of Trump looks beyond the sound bites of self-aggrandizing celebrities and selfish tweets to the real problem of narcissism. We see past the solo act to the vicious circles that arise in relationships with a fragile bully, and how patterns like this generate both power and self-destruction. We also look at the problem of Echo, how so many of us get hooked by the narcissist, and how variations on the destructive affair leave both partners dehumanized and diminished. Once we recognize the steps in each dance, we can break the cycle and allow and the possibility of true engagement. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347319 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347319]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feeling Better: Beat Depression and Improve Your Relationships with Interpersonal Psychotherapy Author: Cpsych Ronald J. Frey, Ph.D., Cpsych Dcs Cindy Goodman Stulberg Narrator: Scott Merriman, Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Beat Depression and Improve Your Relationships When it comes to treatment for depression, we have been getting it all wrong. Instead of focusing on just the biochemistry, we need to focus on the importance of relationships. Feeling Better offers a step-by-step guide using a research-proven approach called interpersonal psychotherapy, or IPT, which can help you deal with the issues that may be contributing to your unhappiness. Therapists Cindy Stulberg and Ron Frey have used IPT with clients for more than twenty years and achieved dramatic, lasting results after only eight to twelve weeks. They have now created this accessible, first-of-its kind guide. Feeling Better teaches skills and tools that will allow you to set and achieve goals, articulate feelings, and make constructive decisions. You’ll learn to identify and engage with allies and supporters, deal with difficult people, and, if need be, walk away from harmful relationships. Cindy and Ron have taught clients — diagnosed with depression or not — to use these skills in virtually every life situation, from preventing divorce to “consciously uncoupling,” raising healthy children, coping with loss, and dealing with addiction. Writing with wisdom, warmth, and humor, they are savvy coaches and inspiring cheerleaders who can offer a lifeline to the depressed and life enrichment to anyone. Cpsych Ronald J. Frey, Ph.D., Cpsych Dcs Cindy Goodman Stulberg Tue, 04 Dec 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347319 thebookvoice.com 10:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347319]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feeling Better: Beat Depression and Improve Your Relationships with Interpersonal Psychotherapy Author: Cpsych Ronald J. Frey, Ph.D., Cpsych Dcs Cindy Goodman Stulberg Narrator: Scott Merriman, Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Beat Depression and Improve Your Relationships When it comes to treatment for depression, we have been getting it all wrong. Instead of focusing on just the biochemistry, we need to focus on the importance of relationships. Feeling Better offers a step-by-step guide using a research-proven approach called interpersonal psychotherapy, or IPT, which can help you deal with the issues that may be contributing to your unhappiness. Therapists Cindy Stulberg and Ron Frey have used IPT with clients for more than twenty years and achieved dramatic, lasting results after only eight to twelve weeks. They have now created this accessible, first-of-its kind guide. Feeling Better teaches skills and tools that will allow you to set and achieve goals, articulate feelings, and make constructive decisions. You’ll learn to identify and engage with allies and supporters, deal with difficult people, and, if need be, walk away from harmful relationships. Cindy and Ron have taught clients — diagnosed with depression or not — to use these skills in virtually every life situation, from preventing divorce to “consciously uncoupling,” raising healthy children, coping with loss, and dealing with addiction. Writing with wisdom, warmth, and humor, they are savvy coaches and inspiring cheerleaders who can offer a lifeline to the depressed and life enrichment to anyone. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347319]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feeling Better: Beat Depression and Improve Your Relationships with Interpersonal Psychotherapy Author: Cpsych Ronald J. Frey, Ph.D., Cpsych Dcs Cindy Goodman Stulberg Narrator: Scott Merriman, Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Beat Depression and Improve Your Relationships When it comes to treatment for depression, we have been getting it all wrong. Instead of focusing on just the biochemistry, we need to focus on the importance of relationships. Feeling Better offers a step-by-step guide using a research-proven approach called interpersonal psychotherapy, or IPT, which can help you deal with the issues that may be contributing to your unhappiness. Therapists Cindy Stulberg and Ron Frey have used IPT with clients for more than twenty years and achieved dramatic, lasting results after only eight to twelve weeks. They have now created this accessible, first-of-its kind guide. Feeling Better teaches skills and tools that will allow you to set and achieve goals, articulate feelings, and make constructive decisions. You’ll learn to identify and engage with allies and supporters, deal with difficult people, and, if need be, walk away from harmful relationships. Cindy and Ron have taught clients — diagnosed with depression or not — to use these skills in virtually every life situation, from preventing divorce to “consciously uncoupling,” raising healthy children, coping with loss, and dealing with addiction. Writing with wisdom, warmth, and humor, they are savvy coaches and inspiring cheerleaders who can offer a lifeline to the depressed and life enrichment to anyone. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347297 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347297]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Consciousness Instinct: Unraveling the Mystery of How the Brain Makes the Mind Author: Michael S. Gazzaniga Narrator: David Colacci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “The father of cognitive neuroscience” illuminates the past, present, and future of the mind-brain problem How do neurons turn into minds? How does physical “stuff”―atoms, molecules, chemicals, and cells―create the vivid and various worlds inside our heads? The problem of consciousness has gnawed at us for millennia. In the last century there have been massive breakthroughs that have rewritten the science of the brain, and yet the puzzles faced by the ancient Greeks are still present. In The Consciousness Instinct, the neuroscience pioneer Michael S. Gazzaniga puts the latest research in conversation with the history of human thinking about the mind, giving a big-picture view of what science has revealed about consciousness. The idea of the brain as a machine, first proposed centuries ago, has led to assumptions about the relationship between mind and brain that dog scientists and philosophers to this day. Gazzaniga asserts that this model has it backward―brains make machines, but they cannot be reduced to one. New research suggests the brain is actually a confederation of independent modules working together. Understanding how consciousness could emanate from such an organization will help define the future of brain science and artificial intelligence, and close the gap between brain and mind. Captivating and accessible, with insights drawn from a lifetime at the forefront of the field, The Consciousness Instinct sets the course for the neuroscience of tomorrow. Michael S. Gazzaniga Tue, 27 Nov 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347297 thebookvoice.com 10:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347297]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Consciousness Instinct: Unraveling the Mystery of How the Brain Makes the Mind Author: Michael S. Gazzaniga Narrator: David Colacci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “The father of cognitive neuroscience” illuminates the past, present, and future of the mind-brain problem How do neurons turn into minds? How does physical “stuff”―atoms, molecules, chemicals, and cells―create the vivid and various worlds inside our heads? The problem of consciousness has gnawed at us for millennia. In the last century there have been massive breakthroughs that have rewritten the science of the brain, and yet the puzzles faced by the ancient Greeks are still present. In The Consciousness Instinct, the neuroscience pioneer Michael S. Gazzaniga puts the latest research in conversation with the history of human thinking about the mind, giving a big-picture view of what science has revealed about consciousness. The idea of the brain as a machine, first proposed centuries ago, has led to assumptions about the relationship between mind and brain that dog scientists and philosophers to this day. Gazzaniga asserts that this model has it backward―brains make machines, but they cannot be reduced to one. New research suggests the brain is actually a confederation of independent modules working together. Understanding how consciousness could emanate from such an organization will help define the future of brain science and artificial intelligence, and close the gap between brain and mind. Captivating and accessible, with insights drawn from a lifetime at the forefront of the field, The Consciousness Instinct sets the course for the neuroscience of tomorrow. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347297]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Consciousness Instinct: Unraveling the Mystery of How the Brain Makes the Mind Author: Michael S. Gazzaniga Narrator: David Colacci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “The father of cognitive neuroscience” illuminates the past, present, and future of the mind-brain problem How do neurons turn into minds? How does physical “stuff”―atoms, molecules, chemicals, and cells―create the vivid and various worlds inside our heads? The problem of consciousness has gnawed at us for millennia. In the last century there have been massive breakthroughs that have rewritten the science of the brain, and yet the puzzles faced by the ancient Greeks are still present. In The Consciousness Instinct, the neuroscience pioneer Michael S. Gazzaniga puts the latest research in conversation with the history of human thinking about the mind, giving a big-picture view of what science has revealed about consciousness. The idea of the brain as a machine, first proposed centuries ago, has led to assumptions about the relationship between mind and brain that dog scientists and philosophers to this day. Gazzaniga asserts that this model has it backward―brains make machines, but they cannot be reduced to one. New research suggests the brain is actually a confederation of independent modules working together. Understanding how consciousness could emanate from such an organization will help define the future of brain science and artificial intelligence, and close the gap between brain and mind. Captivating and accessible, with insights drawn from a lifetime at the forefront of the field, The Consciousness Instinct sets the course for the neuroscience of tomorrow. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347276 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347276]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Parent Talk: Transform Your Relationship with Your Child By Learning What to Say, How to Say it, and When to Listen Author: Wendy Mogel Narrator: Wendy Mogel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 6, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Parent Talk, written and read by Wendy Mogel. Includes a bonus PDF. Are you tired of arguing with your children? Do you find you're repeating the same messages over and over? Or perhaps you've given up trying to communicate with your kids at all? Several years ago Mogel began giving lessons to parents who were struggling with their children, demonstrating how changing the way they talked to them improved how well their child received the message, leading to fewer arguments and less household stress. In Parent Talk, Mogel elaborates on her approach, teaching parents: · How to talk to your children at every age from babies through to the teenage years · How to break the cycle of nagging, pleading, and shouting · How to feel less like your children are strangers to you · How to talk to your child about difficult topics such as death and sex · How to really listen to what it is your child is trying to say to you · Why talking to girls is a world away from talking to boys, and how to master this skill · Overcome the distraction of digital devices - for both you and your child Revealing how each stage of life brings new opportunities to relate better to your children, Parent Talk is the definitive guide for how to talk with your child, conquer parenting frustrations, and shape meaningful and lasting family relationships. Wendy Mogel Thu, 06 Sep 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347276 thebookvoice.com 11:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347276]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Parent Talk: Transform Your Relationship with Your Child By Learning What to Say, How to Say it, and When to Listen Author: Wendy Mogel Narrator: Wendy Mogel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 6, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Parent Talk, written and read by Wendy Mogel. Includes a bonus PDF. Are you tired of arguing with your children? Do you find you're repeating the same messages over and over? Or perhaps you've given up trying to communicate with your kids at all? Several years ago Mogel began giving lessons to parents who were struggling with their children, demonstrating how changing the way they talked to them improved how well their child received the message, leading to fewer arguments and less household stress. In Parent Talk, Mogel elaborates on her approach, teaching parents: · How to talk to your children at every age from babies through to the teenage years · How to break the cycle of nagging, pleading, and shouting · How to feel less like your children are strangers to you · How to talk to your child about difficult topics such as death and sex · How to really listen to what it is your child is trying to say to you · Why talking to girls is a world away from talking to boys, and how to master this skill · Overcome the distraction of digital devices - for both you and your child Revealing how each stage of life brings new opportunities to relate better to your children, Parent Talk is the definitive guide for how to talk with your child, conquer parenting frustrations, and shape meaningful and lasting family relationships. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347276]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Parent Talk: Transform Your Relationship with Your Child By Learning What to Say, How to Say it, and When to Listen Author: Wendy Mogel Narrator: Wendy Mogel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 6, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Parent Talk, written and read by Wendy Mogel. Includes a bonus PDF. Are you tired of arguing with your children? Do you find you're repeating the same messages over and over? Or perhaps you've given up trying to communicate with your kids at all? Several years ago Mogel began giving lessons to parents who were struggling with their children, demonstrating how changing the way they talked to them improved how well their child received the message, leading to fewer arguments and less household stress. In Parent Talk, Mogel elaborates on her approach, teaching parents: · How to talk to your children at every age from babies through to the teenage years · How to break the cycle of nagging, pleading, and shouting · How to feel less like your children are strangers to you · How to talk to your child about difficult topics such as death and sex · How to really listen to what it is your child is trying to say to you · Why talking to girls is a world away from talking to boys, and how to master this skill · Overcome the distraction of digital devices - for both you and your child Revealing how each stage of life brings new opportunities to relate better to your children, Parent Talk is the definitive guide for how to talk with your child, conquer parenting frustrations, and shape meaningful and lasting family relationships. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347251 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347251]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Psychology Book: Big Ideas Simply Explained Author: Dk Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Explore the history, theories, and concepts of psychology through more than 100 groundbreaking ideas presented in an approachable style that demystifies an often daunting subject matter. The Psychology Book looks at the biggest names in psychology, including William James, Sigmund Freud, and Ivan Pavlov, and unpacks each psychologist's contribution to our understanding of how the mind works. With straightforward information and a directory of scientists, this audio guide helps untangle the knot of theories behind the science of the mind. From its philosophical roots through behaviorism, psychotherapy, and developmental psychology, The Psychology Book incorporates the latest thinkings of today's psychologists alongside the theories of ancient philosophers, as well as the key experiments and ideas of the scientists and practitioners of the 19th and 20th centuries. As part of DK's award-winning Big Ideas Simply Explained series, The Psychology Book breaks down the most mysterious science of all in this essential, accessible, and comprehensive guide to psychology. Dk Tue, 08 Jan 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347251 thebookvoice.com 16:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347251]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Psychology Book: Big Ideas Simply Explained Author: Dk Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Explore the history, theories, and concepts of psychology through more than 100 groundbreaking ideas presented in an approachable style that demystifies an often daunting subject matter. The Psychology Book looks at the biggest names in psychology, including William James, Sigmund Freud, and Ivan Pavlov, and unpacks each psychologist's contribution to our understanding of how the mind works. With straightforward information and a directory of scientists, this audio guide helps untangle the knot of theories behind the science of the mind. From its philosophical roots through behaviorism, psychotherapy, and developmental psychology, The Psychology Book incorporates the latest thinkings of today's psychologists alongside the theories of ancient philosophers, as well as the key experiments and ideas of the scientists and practitioners of the 19th and 20th centuries. As part of DK's award-winning Big Ideas Simply Explained series, The Psychology Book breaks down the most mysterious science of all in this essential, accessible, and comprehensive guide to psychology. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347251]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Psychology Book: Big Ideas Simply Explained Author: Dk Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Explore the history, theories, and concepts of psychology through more than 100 groundbreaking ideas presented in an approachable style that demystifies an often daunting subject matter. The Psychology Book looks at the biggest names in psychology, including William James, Sigmund Freud, and Ivan Pavlov, and unpacks each psychologist's contribution to our understanding of how the mind works. With straightforward information and a directory of scientists, this audio guide helps untangle the knot of theories behind the science of the mind. From its philosophical roots through behaviorism, psychotherapy, and developmental psychology, The Psychology Book incorporates the latest thinkings of today's psychologists alongside the theories of ancient philosophers, as well as the key experiments and ideas of the scientists and practitioners of the 19th and 20th centuries. As part of DK's award-winning Big Ideas Simply Explained series, The Psychology Book breaks down the most mysterious science of all in this essential, accessible, and comprehensive guide to psychology. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347248 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347248]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dear Friend, from My Life I Write to You in Your Life Author: Yiyun Li Narrator: Jennifer Ikeda Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In her first memoir, award-winning novelist Yiyun Li offers a journey of recovery through literature: a letter from a writer to like-minded readers. “A meditation on the fact that literature itself lives and gives life.”—Marilynne Robinson, author of Gilead “What a long way it is from one life to another, yet why write if not for that distance?” Startlingly original and shining with quiet wisdom, this is a luminous account of a life lived with books. Written over two years while the author battled suicidal depression, Dear Friend, from My Life I Write to You in Your Life is a painful and yet richly affirming examination of what makes life worth living. Yiyun Li grew up in China and has spent her adult life as an immigrant in a country not her own. She has been a scientist, an author, a mother, a daughter—and through it all she has been sustained by a profound connection with the writers and books she loves. From William Trevor and Katherine Mansfield to Søren Kierkegaard and Philip Larkin, Dear Friend is a journey through the deepest themes that bind these writers together. Interweaving personal experiences with a wide-ranging homage to her most cherished literary influences, Yiyun Li confronts the two most essential questions of her identity: Why write? And why live? Praise for Dear Friend, from My Life I Write to You in Your Life “Li has stared in the face of much that is beautiful and ugly and treacherous and illuminating—and from her experience she has produced a nourishing exploration of the will to live willfully.”—The Washington Post “Li’s transformation into a writer . . . is nothing short of astonishing.’”—The New York Times Book Review “An arrestingly lucid, intellectually vital series of contemplations on art, identity, and depression.”—The Boston Globe “Li is an exemplary storyteller and this account of her journey back to equilibrium, assisted by her closest companion, literature, is as powerful as any of her award-winning fiction, with the dark fixture of her Beijing past at its centre.”—Financial Times “Every writer is a reader first, and Dear Friend is Li’s haunted, luminous love letter to the words that shaped her. . . . Her own prose is both lovely and opaque, fitfully illuminating a radiant landscape of the personal and profound.”—Entertainment Weekly “Yiyun Li’s prose is lean and intense, and her ideas about books and writing are wholly original.”—San Francisco Chronicle Yiyun Li Tue, 05 Feb 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347248 thebookvoice.com 5:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347248]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dear Friend, from My Life I Write to You in Your Life Author: Yiyun Li Narrator: Jennifer Ikeda Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In her first memoir, award-winning novelist Yiyun Li offers a journey of recovery through literature: a letter from a writer to like-minded readers. “A meditation on the fact that literature itself lives and gives life.”—Marilynne Robinson, author of Gilead “What a long way it is from one life to another, yet why write if not for that distance?” Startlingly original and shining with quiet wisdom, this is a luminous account of a life lived with books. Written over two years while the author battled suicidal depression, Dear Friend, from My Life I Write to You in Your Life is a painful and yet richly affirming examination of what makes life worth living. Yiyun Li grew up in China and has spent her adult life as an immigrant in a country not her own. She has been a scientist, an author, a mother, a daughter—and through it all she has been sustained by a profound connection with the writers and books she loves. From William Trevor and Katherine Mansfield to Søren Kierkegaard and Philip Larkin, Dear Friend is a journey through the deepest themes that bind these writers together. Interweaving personal experiences with a wide-ranging homage to her most cherished literary influences, Yiyun Li confronts the two most essential questions of her identity: Why write? And why live? Praise for Dear Friend, from My Life I Write to You in Your Life “Li has stared in the face of much that is beautiful and ugly and treacherous and illuminating—and from her experience she has produced a nourishing exploration of the will to live willfully.”—The Washington Post “Li’s transformation into a writer . . . is nothing short of astonishing.’”—The New York Times Book Review “An arrestingly lucid, intellectually vital series of contemplations on art, identity, and depression.”—The Boston Globe “Li is an exemplary storyteller and this account of her journey back to equilibrium, assisted by her closest companion, literature, is as powerful as any of her award-winning fiction, with the dark fixture of her Beijing past at its centre.”—Financial Times “Every writer is a reader first, and Dear Friend is Li’s haunted, luminous love letter to the words that shaped her. . . . Her own prose is both lovely and opaque, fitfully illuminating a radiant landscape of the personal and profound.”—Entertainment Weekly “Yiyun Li’s prose is lean and intense, and her ideas about books and writing are wholly original.”—San Francisco Chronicle Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347248]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dear Friend, from My Life I Write to You in Your Life Author: Yiyun Li Narrator: Jennifer Ikeda Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In her first memoir, award-winning novelist Yiyun Li offers a journey of recovery through literature: a letter from a writer to like-minded readers. “A meditation on the fact that literature itself lives and gives life.”—Marilynne Robinson, author of Gilead “What a long way it is from one life to another, yet why write if not for that distance?” Startlingly original and shining with quiet wisdom, this is a luminous account of a life lived with books. Written over two years while the author battled suicidal depression, Dear Friend, from My Life I Write to You in Your Life is a painful and yet richly affirming examination of what makes life worth living. Yiyun Li grew up in China and has spent her adult life as an immigrant in a country not her own. She has been a scientist, an author, a mother, a daughter—and through it all she has been sustained by a profound connection with the writers and books she loves. From William Trevor and Katherine Mansfield to Søren Kierkegaard and Philip Larkin, Dear Friend is a journey through the deepest themes that bind these writers together. Interweaving personal experiences with a wide-ranging homage to her most cherished literary influences, Yiyun Li confronts the two most essential questions of her identity: Why write? And why live? Praise for Dear Friend, from My Life I Write to You in Your Life “Li has stared in the face of much that is beautiful and ugly and treacherous and illuminating—and from her experience she has produced a nourishing exploration of the will to live willfully.”—The Washington Post “Li’s transformation into a writer . . . is nothing short of astonishing.’”—The New York Times Book Review “An arrestingly lucid, intellectually vital series of contemplations on art, identity, and depression.”—The Boston Globe “Li is an exemplary storyteller and this account of her journey back to equilibrium, assisted by her closest companion, literature, is as powerful as any of her award-winning fiction, with the dark fixture of her Beijing past at its centre.”—Financial Times “Every writer is a reader first, and Dear Friend is Li’s haunted, luminous love letter to the words that shaped her. . . . Her own prose is both lovely and opaque, fitfully illuminating a radiant landscape of the personal and profound.”—Entertainment Weekly “Yiyun Li’s prose is lean and intense, and her ideas about books and writing are wholly original.”—San Francisco Chronicle https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347217 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347217]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Super Thinking: The Big Book of Mental Models Author: Lauren Mccann, Gabriel Weinberg Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 38 minutes Release date: June 18, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'You can't really know anything if you just remember isolated facts. If the facts don't hang together on a latticework of theory, you don't have them in a usable form.  You've got to have models in your head.' - Charlie Munger, investor, vice chairman of Berkshire Hathaway The world's greatest problem-solvers, forecasters, and decision-makers all rely on a set of frameworks and shortcuts that help them cut through complexity and separate good ideas from bad ones. They're called mental models, and you can find them in dense textbooks on psychology, physics, economics, and more.  Or, you can just read Super Thinking, a fun, illustrated guide to every mental model you could possibly need. How can mental models help you? Well, here are just a few examples...   *  If you've ever been overwhelmed by a to-do list that's grown too long, maybe you need the Eisenhower Decision Matrix to help you prioritize.   *  Use the 5 Whys model to better understand people's motivations or get to the root cause of a problem.   *  Before concluding that your colleague who messes up your projects is out to sabotage you, consider Hanlon's Razor for an alternative explanation.   *  Ever sat through a bad movie just because you paid a lot for the ticket? You might be falling prey to Sunk Cost Fallacy.   *  Set up Forcing Functions, like standing meeting or deadlines, to help grease the wheels for changes you want to occur. So, the next time you find yourself faced with a difficult decision or just trying to understand a complex situation, let Super Thinking upgrade your brain with mental models. *Includes a PDF of charts, drawings, and cartoons illustrating the mental models of super thinking. Lauren Mccann, Gabriel Weinberg Tue, 18 Jun 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347217 thebookvoice.com 12:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347217]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Super Thinking: The Big Book of Mental Models Author: Lauren Mccann, Gabriel Weinberg Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 38 minutes Release date: June 18, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'You can't really know anything if you just remember isolated facts. If the facts don't hang together on a latticework of theory, you don't have them in a usable form.  You've got to have models in your head.' - Charlie Munger, investor, vice chairman of Berkshire Hathaway The world's greatest problem-solvers, forecasters, and decision-makers all rely on a set of frameworks and shortcuts that help them cut through complexity and separate good ideas from bad ones. They're called mental models, and you can find them in dense textbooks on psychology, physics, economics, and more.  Or, you can just read Super Thinking, a fun, illustrated guide to every mental model you could possibly need. How can mental models help you? Well, here are just a few examples...   *  If you've ever been overwhelmed by a to-do list that's grown too long, maybe you need the Eisenhower Decision Matrix to help you prioritize.   *  Use the 5 Whys model to better understand people's motivations or get to the root cause of a problem.   *  Before concluding that your colleague who messes up your projects is out to sabotage you, consider Hanlon's Razor for an alternative explanation.   *  Ever sat through a bad movie just because you paid a lot for the ticket? You might be falling prey to Sunk Cost Fallacy.   *  Set up Forcing Functions, like standing meeting or deadlines, to help grease the wheels for changes you want to occur. So, the next time you find yourself faced with a difficult decision or just trying to understand a complex situation, let Super Thinking upgrade your brain with mental models. *Includes a PDF of charts, drawings, and cartoons illustrating the mental models of super thinking. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347217]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Super Thinking: The Big Book of Mental Models Author: Lauren Mccann, Gabriel Weinberg Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 38 minutes Release date: June 18, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'You can't really know anything if you just remember isolated facts. If the facts don't hang together on a latticework of theory, you don't have them in a usable form.  You've got to have models in your head.' - Charlie Munger, investor, vice chairman of Berkshire Hathaway The world's greatest problem-solvers, forecasters, and decision-makers all rely on a set of frameworks and shortcuts that help them cut through complexity and separate good ideas from bad ones. They're called mental models, and you can find them in dense textbooks on psychology, physics, economics, and more.  Or, you can just read Super Thinking, a fun, illustrated guide to every mental model you could possibly need. How can mental models help you? Well, here are just a few examples...   *  If you've ever been overwhelmed by a to-do list that's grown too long, maybe you need the Eisenhower Decision Matrix to help you prioritize.   *  Use the 5 Whys model to better understand people's motivations or get to the root cause of a problem.   *  Before concluding that your colleague who messes up your projects is out to sabotage you, consider Hanlon's Razor for an alternative explanation.   *  Ever sat through a bad movie just because you paid a lot for the ticket? You might be falling prey to Sunk Cost Fallacy.   *  Set up Forcing Functions, like standing meeting or deadlines, to help grease the wheels for changes you want to occur. So, the next time you find yourself faced with a difficult decision or just trying to understand a complex situation, let Super Thinking upgrade your brain with mental models. *Includes a PDF of charts, drawings, and cartoons illustrating the mental models of super thinking. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347134 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347134]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Joyful: The Surprising Power of Ordinary Things to Create Extraordinary Happiness Author: Ingrid Fetell Lee Narrator: Ingrid Fetell Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Make small changes to your surroundings and create extraordinary happiness in your life with groundbreaking research from designer and TED star Ingrid Fetell Lee. Next Big Idea Club selection—chosen by Malcolm Gladwell, Susan Cain, Dan Pink, and Adam Grant as one of the "two most groundbreaking new nonfiction reads of the season!" "This book has the power to change everything! Writing with depth, wit, and insight, Ingrid Fetell Lee shares all you need to know in order to create external environments that give rise to inner joy." —Susan Cain, author of Quiet and founder of Quiet Revolution Have you ever wondered why we stop to watch the orange glow that arrives before sunset, or why we flock to see cherry blossoms bloom in spring? Is there a reason that people—regardless of gender, age, culture, or ethnicity—are mesmerized by baby animals, and can't help but smile when they see a burst of confetti or a cluster of colorful balloons? We are often made to feel that the physical world has little or no impact on our inner joy. Increasingly, experts urge us to find balance and calm by looking inward—through mindfulness or meditation—and muting the outside world. But what if the natural vibrancy of our surroundings is actually our most renewable and easily accessible source of joy? In Joyful, designer Ingrid Fetell Lee explores how the seemingly mundane spaces and objects we interact with every day have surprising and powerful effects on our mood. Drawing on insights from neuroscience and psychology, she explains why one setting makes us feel anxious or competitive, while another fosters acceptance and delight—and, most importantly, she reveals how we can harness the power of our surroundings to live fuller, healthier, and truly joyful lives. Ingrid Fetell Lee Tue, 04 Sep 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347134 thebookvoice.com 9:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347134]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Joyful: The Surprising Power of Ordinary Things to Create Extraordinary Happiness Author: Ingrid Fetell Lee Narrator: Ingrid Fetell Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Make small changes to your surroundings and create extraordinary happiness in your life with groundbreaking research from designer and TED star Ingrid Fetell Lee. Next Big Idea Club selection—chosen by Malcolm Gladwell, Susan Cain, Dan Pink, and Adam Grant as one of the "two most groundbreaking new nonfiction reads of the season!" "This book has the power to change everything! Writing with depth, wit, and insight, Ingrid Fetell Lee shares all you need to know in order to create external environments that give rise to inner joy." —Susan Cain, author of Quiet and founder of Quiet Revolution Have you ever wondered why we stop to watch the orange glow that arrives before sunset, or why we flock to see cherry blossoms bloom in spring? Is there a reason that people—regardless of gender, age, culture, or ethnicity—are mesmerized by baby animals, and can't help but smile when they see a burst of confetti or a cluster of colorful balloons? We are often made to feel that the physical world has little or no impact on our inner joy. Increasingly, experts urge us to find balance and calm by looking inward—through mindfulness or meditation—and muting the outside world. But what if the natural vibrancy of our surroundings is actually our most renewable and easily accessible source of joy? In Joyful, designer Ingrid Fetell Lee explores how the seemingly mundane spaces and objects we interact with every day have surprising and powerful effects on our mood. Drawing on insights from neuroscience and psychology, she explains why one setting makes us feel anxious or competitive, while another fosters acceptance and delight—and, most importantly, she reveals how we can harness the power of our surroundings to live fuller, healthier, and truly joyful lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347134]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Joyful: The Surprising Power of Ordinary Things to Create Extraordinary Happiness Author: Ingrid Fetell Lee Narrator: Ingrid Fetell Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Make small changes to your surroundings and create extraordinary happiness in your life with groundbreaking research from designer and TED star Ingrid Fetell Lee. Next Big Idea Club selection—chosen by Malcolm Gladwell, Susan Cain, Dan Pink, and Adam Grant as one of the "two most groundbreaking new nonfiction reads of the season!" "This book has the power to change everything! Writing with depth, wit, and insight, Ingrid Fetell Lee shares all you need to know in order to create external environments that give rise to inner joy." —Susan Cain, author of Quiet and founder of Quiet Revolution Have you ever wondered why we stop to watch the orange glow that arrives before sunset, or why we flock to see cherry blossoms bloom in spring? Is there a reason that people—regardless of gender, age, culture, or ethnicity—are mesmerized by baby animals, and can't help but smile when they see a burst of confetti or a cluster of colorful balloons? We are often made to feel that the physical world has little or no impact on our inner joy. Increasingly, experts urge us to find balance and calm by looking inward—through mindfulness or meditation—and muting the outside world. But what if the natural vibrancy of our surroundings is actually our most renewable and easily accessible source of joy? In Joyful, designer Ingrid Fetell Lee explores how the seemingly mundane spaces and objects we interact with every day have surprising and powerful effects on our mood. Drawing on insights from neuroscience and psychology, she explains why one setting makes us feel anxious or competitive, while another fosters acceptance and delight—and, most importantly, she reveals how we can harness the power of our surroundings to live fuller, healthier, and truly joyful lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347094 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347094]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Amor y desamor en el cerebro: Descubre la ciencia de la atracción, el sexo y el amor Author: Dr. Eduardo Calixto Narrator: Dr. Eduardo Calixto, Noé Velázquez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Descubre lo que realmente pasa en tu cerebro cuando te enamoras, cuando el deseo sexual explota en tus sentidos o cuando los celos te torturan. Cuando nos enamoramos el mundo es brillante y colorido, ella o él son lo máximo, poseen las más grandes virtudes, son hermosos, ¡perfectos! Pero qué pasa cuando ella o él deciden terminar la relación sin tomar en cuenta nuestros sentimientos: todo se vuelve dolor, tristeza, oscuridad# ¿Qué fue de tan inmenso amor? ¿A dónde volaron las mariposas que sentíamos en el estómago? ¿Por qué me han roto el corazón? Lo cierto es que ni tenías mariposas en el estómago -quizá algunos bichos sí-, ni te rompen nada: sólo ocurre que tu cerebro responde a las emociones y a los hechos de formas diversas, un mágico coctel de oxitocina, adrenalina, dopamina, endorfinas, y demás cosa fina, arman tremenda fiesta en tu cabeza. En este libro cautivante, el doctor Eduardo Calixto explica con gran claridad el papel del cerebro cuando nos enamoramos, sentimos un deseo sexual, experimentamos celos o la nostalgia se apodera de nosotros si terminamos una relación que nos hacía felices. A partir de numerosas historias de vida, testimonios divertidísimos, trágicos, conmovedores, incluso del más puro terror, el doctor Calixto revela diferentes tipos de personalidades en las relaciones: los manipuladores, los violentos pasivos, los mentirosos compulsivos, los codependientes, los infieles. En sus palabras, la compleja terminología de la neurociencia se vuelve accesible y fácil. Dr. Eduardo Calixto Thu, 26 Apr 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347094 thebookvoice.com 8:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347094]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Amor y desamor en el cerebro: Descubre la ciencia de la atracción, el sexo y el amor Author: Dr. Eduardo Calixto Narrator: Dr. Eduardo Calixto, Noé Velázquez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Descubre lo que realmente pasa en tu cerebro cuando te enamoras, cuando el deseo sexual explota en tus sentidos o cuando los celos te torturan. Cuando nos enamoramos el mundo es brillante y colorido, ella o él son lo máximo, poseen las más grandes virtudes, son hermosos, ¡perfectos! Pero qué pasa cuando ella o él deciden terminar la relación sin tomar en cuenta nuestros sentimientos: todo se vuelve dolor, tristeza, oscuridad# ¿Qué fue de tan inmenso amor? ¿A dónde volaron las mariposas que sentíamos en el estómago? ¿Por qué me han roto el corazón? Lo cierto es que ni tenías mariposas en el estómago -quizá algunos bichos sí-, ni te rompen nada: sólo ocurre que tu cerebro responde a las emociones y a los hechos de formas diversas, un mágico coctel de oxitocina, adrenalina, dopamina, endorfinas, y demás cosa fina, arman tremenda fiesta en tu cabeza. En este libro cautivante, el doctor Eduardo Calixto explica con gran claridad el papel del cerebro cuando nos enamoramos, sentimos un deseo sexual, experimentamos celos o la nostalgia se apodera de nosotros si terminamos una relación que nos hacía felices. A partir de numerosas historias de vida, testimonios divertidísimos, trágicos, conmovedores, incluso del más puro terror, el doctor Calixto revela diferentes tipos de personalidades en las relaciones: los manipuladores, los violentos pasivos, los mentirosos compulsivos, los codependientes, los infieles. En sus palabras, la compleja terminología de la neurociencia se vuelve accesible y fácil. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347094]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Amor y desamor en el cerebro: Descubre la ciencia de la atracción, el sexo y el amor Author: Dr. Eduardo Calixto Narrator: Dr. Eduardo Calixto, Noé Velázquez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Descubre lo que realmente pasa en tu cerebro cuando te enamoras, cuando el deseo sexual explota en tus sentidos o cuando los celos te torturan. Cuando nos enamoramos el mundo es brillante y colorido, ella o él son lo máximo, poseen las más grandes virtudes, son hermosos, ¡perfectos! Pero qué pasa cuando ella o él deciden terminar la relación sin tomar en cuenta nuestros sentimientos: todo se vuelve dolor, tristeza, oscuridad# ¿Qué fue de tan inmenso amor? ¿A dónde volaron las mariposas que sentíamos en el estómago? ¿Por qué me han roto el corazón? Lo cierto es que ni tenías mariposas en el estómago -quizá algunos bichos sí-, ni te rompen nada: sólo ocurre que tu cerebro responde a las emociones y a los hechos de formas diversas, un mágico coctel de oxitocina, adrenalina, dopamina, endorfinas, y demás cosa fina, arman tremenda fiesta en tu cabeza. En este libro cautivante, el doctor Eduardo Calixto explica con gran claridad el papel del cerebro cuando nos enamoramos, sentimos un deseo sexual, experimentamos celos o la nostalgia se apodera de nosotros si terminamos una relación que nos hacía felices. A partir de numerosas historias de vida, testimonios divertidísimos, trágicos, conmovedores, incluso del más puro terror, el doctor Calixto revela diferentes tipos de personalidades en las relaciones: los manipuladores, los violentos pasivos, los mentirosos compulsivos, los codependientes, los infieles. En sus palabras, la compleja terminología de la neurociencia se vuelve accesible y fácil. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346947 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346947]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: At Home with Muhammad Ali: A Memoir of Love, Loss and Forgiveness Author: Hana Yasmeen Ali Narrator: Kim Staunton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 6, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of At Home with Muhammad Ali by Hana Ali, read by Kim Staunton. At Home with Muhammad Ali is an intimate, behind-the-scenes portrait of a legend, a man admired and respected as the greatest sporting icon of our age, written by Ali’s daughter Hana. As Muhammad Ali approached the end of his astonishing boxing career, he strove to embrace a new purpose and role in life beyond the ring. It was a role that would see him take centre stage as an ambassador for peace and friendship, whilst at the same time attempting to find balance and harmony with his many commitments and responsibilities as a husband, devoted father, son and friend. In the 1970s Ali began recording a series of audio diaries, mostly in his LA home. Through these private tapes, as well as personal journals, love letters and many never-before-seen photographs, we discover Ali the family man and see how, despite the complexities of his personal life, he went to extraordinary lengths to keep all of his nine children united and to help others – be they family, friend or stranger. We also hear of the everyday adventures the family experienced, with visitors such as Michael Jackson, Clint Eastwood and John Travolta dropping by. Candid and revealing, At Home with Muhammad Ali is more than Hana’s family memoir. It is a moving and poignant letter of love and affection from a daughter to a father. Hana Yasmeen Ali Thu, 06 Sep 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346947 thebookvoice.com 15:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346947]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: At Home with Muhammad Ali: A Memoir of Love, Loss and Forgiveness Author: Hana Yasmeen Ali Narrator: Kim Staunton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 6, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of At Home with Muhammad Ali by Hana Ali, read by Kim Staunton. At Home with Muhammad Ali is an intimate, behind-the-scenes portrait of a legend, a man admired and respected as the greatest sporting icon of our age, written by Ali’s daughter Hana. As Muhammad Ali approached the end of his astonishing boxing career, he strove to embrace a new purpose and role in life beyond the ring. It was a role that would see him take centre stage as an ambassador for peace and friendship, whilst at the same time attempting to find balance and harmony with his many commitments and responsibilities as a husband, devoted father, son and friend. In the 1970s Ali began recording a series of audio diaries, mostly in his LA home. Through these private tapes, as well as personal journals, love letters and many never-before-seen photographs, we discover Ali the family man and see how, despite the complexities of his personal life, he went to extraordinary lengths to keep all of his nine children united and to help others – be they family, friend or stranger. We also hear of the everyday adventures the family experienced, with visitors such as Michael Jackson, Clint Eastwood and John Travolta dropping by. Candid and revealing, At Home with Muhammad Ali is more than Hana’s family memoir. It is a moving and poignant letter of love and affection from a daughter to a father. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346947]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: At Home with Muhammad Ali: A Memoir of Love, Loss and Forgiveness Author: Hana Yasmeen Ali Narrator: Kim Staunton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 6, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of At Home with Muhammad Ali by Hana Ali, read by Kim Staunton. At Home with Muhammad Ali is an intimate, behind-the-scenes portrait of a legend, a man admired and respected as the greatest sporting icon of our age, written by Ali’s daughter Hana. As Muhammad Ali approached the end of his astonishing boxing career, he strove to embrace a new purpose and role in life beyond the ring. It was a role that would see him take centre stage as an ambassador for peace and friendship, whilst at the same time attempting to find balance and harmony with his many commitments and responsibilities as a husband, devoted father, son and friend. In the 1970s Ali began recording a series of audio diaries, mostly in his LA home. Through these private tapes, as well as personal journals, love letters and many never-before-seen photographs, we discover Ali the family man and see how, despite the complexities of his personal life, he went to extraordinary lengths to keep all of his nine children united and to help others – be they family, friend or stranger. We also hear of the everyday adventures the family experienced, with visitors such as Michael Jackson, Clint Eastwood and John Travolta dropping by. Candid and revealing, At Home with Muhammad Ali is more than Hana’s family memoir. It is a moving and poignant letter of love and affection from a daughter to a father. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346939 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346939]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stress Solution: The 4 Steps to a Calmer, Happier, Healthier You Author: Rangan Chatterjee Narrator: Rangan Chatterjee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: December 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. *Narrated by Dr Rangan Chatterjee * **From the author of the Sunday Times bestselling The 4 Pillar Plan** 'It's thought that between 70 and 90% of GP consultations are related to stress' This has to change. Dr Rangan Chatterjee knows this better than anyone. As a practising GP he's seen first-hand how stress affects his patients and has found simple but effective methods to help them. Now he's on a mission to show that combatting stress is easier than you think. He shows how a small change in the way you approach your BODY MIND RELATIONSHIPS PURPOSE can help you lead a more fulfilled, calmer life. In The Stress Solution, Rangan offers simple and achievable interventions to help you re-set your life, offering simple tools for how to cope with modern-life, including: · How to design your morning routine effectively · How to keep a touch diary · How to mute your digital world and make maoi mates · How to eat the alphabet Packed with personal accounts and patient cases, this audiobook will become your blueprint on how to live stress-free in the modern world. 'Small changes make a big difference - we can all benefit from reading this' - Jamie Oliver 'Dr Chatterjee tackles stress through clear explanations and immediately actionable advice' - Matthew Walker, bestselling author of Why We Sleep © Rangan Chatterjee 2018 (P) Penguin Audio 2018 Rangan Chatterjee Wed, 19 Dec 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346939 thebookvoice.com 5:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346939]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stress Solution: The 4 Steps to a Calmer, Happier, Healthier You Author: Rangan Chatterjee Narrator: Rangan Chatterjee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: December 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. *Narrated by Dr Rangan Chatterjee * **From the author of the Sunday Times bestselling The 4 Pillar Plan** 'It's thought that between 70 and 90% of GP consultations are related to stress' This has to change. Dr Rangan Chatterjee knows this better than anyone. As a practising GP he's seen first-hand how stress affects his patients and has found simple but effective methods to help them. Now he's on a mission to show that combatting stress is easier than you think. He shows how a small change in the way you approach your BODY MIND RELATIONSHIPS PURPOSE can help you lead a more fulfilled, calmer life. In The Stress Solution, Rangan offers simple and achievable interventions to help you re-set your life, offering simple tools for how to cope with modern-life, including: · How to design your morning routine effectively · How to keep a touch diary · How to mute your digital world and make maoi mates · How to eat the alphabet Packed with personal accounts and patient cases, this audiobook will become your blueprint on how to live stress-free in the modern world. 'Small changes make a big difference - we can all benefit from reading this' - Jamie Oliver 'Dr Chatterjee tackles stress through clear explanations and immediately actionable advice' - Matthew Walker, bestselling author of Why We Sleep © Rangan Chatterjee 2018 (P) Penguin Audio 2018 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346939]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stress Solution: The 4 Steps to a Calmer, Happier, Healthier You Author: Rangan Chatterjee Narrator: Rangan Chatterjee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: December 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. *Narrated by Dr Rangan Chatterjee * **From the author of the Sunday Times bestselling The 4 Pillar Plan** 'It's thought that between 70 and 90% of GP consultations are related to stress' This has to change. Dr Rangan Chatterjee knows this better than anyone. As a practising GP he's seen first-hand how stress affects his patients and has found simple but effective methods to help them. Now he's on a mission to show that combatting stress is easier than you think. He shows how a small change in the way you approach your BODY MIND RELATIONSHIPS PURPOSE can help you lead a more fulfilled, calmer life. In The Stress Solution, Rangan offers simple and achievable interventions to help you re-set your life, offering simple tools for how to cope with modern-life, including: · How to design your morning routine effectively · How to keep a touch diary · How to mute your digital world and make maoi mates · How to eat the alphabet Packed with personal accounts and patient cases, this audiobook will become your blueprint on how to live stress-free in the modern world. 'Small changes make a big difference - we can all benefit from reading this' - Jamie Oliver 'Dr Chatterjee tackles stress through clear explanations and immediately actionable advice' - Matthew Walker, bestselling author of Why We Sleep © Rangan Chatterjee 2018 (P) Penguin Audio 2018 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346938 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346938]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Inner Level: How More Equal Societies Reduce Stress, Restore Sanity and Improve Everyone's Well-being Author: Richard Wilkinson, Kate Pickett Narrator: Finlay Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Inner Level by Richard Wilkinson and Kate Pickett, read by Finlay Robertson. Why is the incidence of mental illness in the UK twice that in Germany? Why are Americans three times more likely than the Dutch to develop gambling problems? Why is child well-being so much worse in New Zealand than Japan? As this groundbreaking study demonstrates, the answer to all these hinges on inequality. In The Spirit Level Richard Wilkinson and Kate Pickett put inequality at the centre of public debate by showing conclusively that less-equal societies fare worse than more equal ones across everything from education to life expectancy. The Inner Level now explains how inequality affects us individually, how it alters how we think, feel and behave. It sets out the overwhelming evidence that material inequalities have powerful psychological effects: when the gap between rich and poor increases, so does the tendency to defi ne and value ourselves and others in terms of superiority and inferiority. A deep well of data and analysis is drawn upon to empirically show, for example, that low social status is associated with elevated levels of stress, and how rates of anxiety and depression are intimately related to the inequality which makes that status paramount. Wilkinson and Pickett describe how these responses to hierarchies evolved, and why the impacts of inequality on us are so severe. In doing so, they challenge the conception that humans are innately competitive and self-interested. They undermine, too, the idea that inequality is the product of 'natural' differences in individual ability. This book sheds new light on many of the most urgent problems facing societies today, but it is not just an index of our ills. It demonstrates that societies based on fundamental equalities, sharing and reciprocity generate much higher levels of well-being, and lays out the path towards them. Richard Wilkinson, Kate Pickett Thu, 30 Aug 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346938 thebookvoice.com 10:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346938]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Inner Level: How More Equal Societies Reduce Stress, Restore Sanity and Improve Everyone's Well-being Author: Richard Wilkinson, Kate Pickett Narrator: Finlay Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Inner Level by Richard Wilkinson and Kate Pickett, read by Finlay Robertson. Why is the incidence of mental illness in the UK twice that in Germany? Why are Americans three times more likely than the Dutch to develop gambling problems? Why is child well-being so much worse in New Zealand than Japan? As this groundbreaking study demonstrates, the answer to all these hinges on inequality. In The Spirit Level Richard Wilkinson and Kate Pickett put inequality at the centre of public debate by showing conclusively that less-equal societies fare worse than more equal ones across everything from education to life expectancy. The Inner Level now explains how inequality affects us individually, how it alters how we think, feel and behave. It sets out the overwhelming evidence that material inequalities have powerful psychological effects: when the gap between rich and poor increases, so does the tendency to defi ne and value ourselves and others in terms of superiority and inferiority. A deep well of data and analysis is drawn upon to empirically show, for example, that low social status is associated with elevated levels of stress, and how rates of anxiety and depression are intimately related to the inequality which makes that status paramount. Wilkinson and Pickett describe how these responses to hierarchies evolved, and why the impacts of inequality on us are so severe. In doing so, they challenge the conception that humans are innately competitive and self-interested. They undermine, too, the idea that inequality is the product of 'natural' differences in individual ability. This book sheds new light on many of the most urgent problems facing societies today, but it is not just an index of our ills. It demonstrates that societies based on fundamental equalities, sharing and reciprocity generate much higher levels of well-being, and lays out the path towards them. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346938]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Inner Level: How More Equal Societies Reduce Stress, Restore Sanity and Improve Everyone's Well-being Author: Richard Wilkinson, Kate Pickett Narrator: Finlay Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Inner Level by Richard Wilkinson and Kate Pickett, read by Finlay Robertson. Why is the incidence of mental illness in the UK twice that in Germany? Why are Americans three times more likely than the Dutch to develop gambling problems? Why is child well-being so much worse in New Zealand than Japan? As this groundbreaking study demonstrates, the answer to all these hinges on inequality. In The Spirit Level Richard Wilkinson and Kate Pickett put inequality at the centre of public debate by showing conclusively that less-equal societies fare worse than more equal ones across everything from education to life expectancy. The Inner Level now explains how inequality affects us individually, how it alters how we think, feel and behave. It sets out the overwhelming evidence that material inequalities have powerful psychological effects: when the gap between rich and poor increases, so does the tendency to defi ne and value ourselves and others in terms of superiority and inferiority. A deep well of data and analysis is drawn upon to empirically show, for example, that low social status is associated with elevated levels of stress, and how rates of anxiety and depression are intimately related to the inequality which makes that status paramount. Wilkinson and Pickett describe how these responses to hierarchies evolved, and why the impacts of inequality on us are so severe. In doing so, they challenge the conception that humans are innately competitive and self-interested. They undermine, too, the idea that inequality is the product of 'natural' differences in individual ability. This book sheds new light on many of the most urgent problems facing societies today, but it is not just an index of our ills. It demonstrates that societies based on fundamental equalities, sharing and reciprocity generate much higher levels of well-being, and lays out the path towards them. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346793 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346793]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything in Its Place: First Loves and Last Tales Author: Oliver Sacks Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 23, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the best-selling author of Gratitude and On the Move, a final volume of essays that showcase Sacks's broad range of interests--from his passion for ferns, swimming, and horsetails, to his final case histories exploring schizophrenia, dementia, and Alzheimer's. Oliver Sacks, scientist and storyteller, is beloved by readers for his neurological case histories and his fascination and familiarity with human behavior at its most unexpected and unfamiliar. Everything in Its Place is a celebration of Sacks's myriad interests, told with his characteristic compassion and erudition, and in his luminous prose. Includes a PDF with the Bibliography, Permission & Acknowledgements, and a Note About the Author Oliver Sacks Tue, 23 Apr 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346793 thebookvoice.com 8:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346793]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything in Its Place: First Loves and Last Tales Author: Oliver Sacks Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 23, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the best-selling author of Gratitude and On the Move, a final volume of essays that showcase Sacks's broad range of interests--from his passion for ferns, swimming, and horsetails, to his final case histories exploring schizophrenia, dementia, and Alzheimer's. Oliver Sacks, scientist and storyteller, is beloved by readers for his neurological case histories and his fascination and familiarity with human behavior at its most unexpected and unfamiliar. Everything in Its Place is a celebration of Sacks's myriad interests, told with his characteristic compassion and erudition, and in his luminous prose. Includes a PDF with the Bibliography, Permission & Acknowledgements, and a Note About the Author Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346793]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything in Its Place: First Loves and Last Tales Author: Oliver Sacks Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 23, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the best-selling author of Gratitude and On the Move, a final volume of essays that showcase Sacks's broad range of interests--from his passion for ferns, swimming, and horsetails, to his final case histories exploring schizophrenia, dementia, and Alzheimer's. Oliver Sacks, scientist and storyteller, is beloved by readers for his neurological case histories and his fascination and familiarity with human behavior at its most unexpected and unfamiliar. Everything in Its Place is a celebration of Sacks's myriad interests, told with his characteristic compassion and erudition, and in his luminous prose. Includes a PDF with the Bibliography, Permission & Acknowledgements, and a Note About the Author https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346713 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346713]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life Unscripted: Using Improv Principles to Get Unstuck, Boost Confidence, and Transform Your Life Author: Jeff Katzman, Dan O'connor Narrator: Dan O'connor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 15, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Learn to collaborate with others, think on your feet, and celebrate mistakes using the skills of improv theater So many of us go through life following scripts we didn’t write for ourselves—scripts designed by our family, shaped by our friends, and influenced by the expectations of the people we meet. But the script that worked when we were younger can impact us in different ways as adults and make it tough to get along in the world.     Drawing from contemporary understandings in neuroscience and psychology, psychologist Jeff Katzman and Dan O'Connor, cofounder of TheaterSports LA, explore the nature of our personal capacities and limitations. Through an application of ideas from improvisational theater, we can all learn to collaborate with those around us, to think on our feet, and to celebrate our mistakes. Life Unscripted offers the reader critical tools to enrich relationships, unleash the imagination, and build a more personally meaningful life. Using exercises like “Yes, And,”, “Mistakes as Gifts,” and “No Waffling,” the authors convey practical take-aways for every chapter. Jeff Katzman, Dan O'connor Tue, 15 Jan 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346713 thebookvoice.com 4:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346713]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life Unscripted: Using Improv Principles to Get Unstuck, Boost Confidence, and Transform Your Life Author: Jeff Katzman, Dan O'connor Narrator: Dan O'connor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 15, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Learn to collaborate with others, think on your feet, and celebrate mistakes using the skills of improv theater So many of us go through life following scripts we didn’t write for ourselves—scripts designed by our family, shaped by our friends, and influenced by the expectations of the people we meet. But the script that worked when we were younger can impact us in different ways as adults and make it tough to get along in the world.     Drawing from contemporary understandings in neuroscience and psychology, psychologist Jeff Katzman and Dan O'Connor, cofounder of TheaterSports LA, explore the nature of our personal capacities and limitations. Through an application of ideas from improvisational theater, we can all learn to collaborate with those around us, to think on our feet, and to celebrate our mistakes. Life Unscripted offers the reader critical tools to enrich relationships, unleash the imagination, and build a more personally meaningful life. Using exercises like “Yes, And,”, “Mistakes as Gifts,” and “No Waffling,” the authors convey practical take-aways for every chapter. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346713]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life Unscripted: Using Improv Principles to Get Unstuck, Boost Confidence, and Transform Your Life Author: Jeff Katzman, Dan O'connor Narrator: Dan O'connor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 15, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Learn to collaborate with others, think on your feet, and celebrate mistakes using the skills of improv theater So many of us go through life following scripts we didn’t write for ourselves—scripts designed by our family, shaped by our friends, and influenced by the expectations of the people we meet. But the script that worked when we were younger can impact us in different ways as adults and make it tough to get along in the world.     Drawing from contemporary understandings in neuroscience and psychology, psychologist Jeff Katzman and Dan O'Connor, cofounder of TheaterSports LA, explore the nature of our personal capacities and limitations. Through an application of ideas from improvisational theater, we can all learn to collaborate with those around us, to think on our feet, and to celebrate our mistakes. Life Unscripted offers the reader critical tools to enrich relationships, unleash the imagination, and build a more personally meaningful life. Using exercises like “Yes, And,”, “Mistakes as Gifts,” and “No Waffling,” the authors convey practical take-aways for every chapter. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346584 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346584]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Clutter Connection: How Your Personality Type Determines Why You Organize the Way You Do Author: Cassandra Aarssen Narrator: Ann Richardson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 39 minutes Release date: January 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Fans of The Life Changing Magic of Tidying Up by Marie Kondo and The Four Tendencies by Gretchen Rubin will love The Clutter Connection by organization expert Cassandra Aarssen. An organization book for diverse habits “You’re not messy, you just organize differently.” The Clutter Connection examines and explains the correlation between brain types and how they directly relate to organization and clutter. Cassandra Aarssen smashes the stereotype that some people are “naturally messy” and offers listeners insight and real-life solutions based on their unique personal organizing style. The Clutter Connection will help you get organized, be more productive, and finally understand the why behind your clutter. Individualized real-life organizing Organizing isn’t one size fits all. Let go of the preconceived and conventional notions of what organization looks like and finally discover what Clutterbug you are. With self-awareness comes happiness, personal growth, and lasting change. The Clutter Connection examines the four different organizing styles and how they relate to each other;how motivation and happiness can be directly affected by our space;the “3P’s”—productivity, procrastination, and perfectionism—and how they are connected to your unique organizing style; andhow you can finally become clutter-free simply by knowing yourself better. Cassandra Aarssen Tue, 15 Jan 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346584 thebookvoice.com 5:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346584]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Clutter Connection: How Your Personality Type Determines Why You Organize the Way You Do Author: Cassandra Aarssen Narrator: Ann Richardson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 39 minutes Release date: January 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Fans of The Life Changing Magic of Tidying Up by Marie Kondo and The Four Tendencies by Gretchen Rubin will love The Clutter Connection by organization expert Cassandra Aarssen. An organization book for diverse habits “You’re not messy, you just organize differently.” The Clutter Connection examines and explains the correlation between brain types and how they directly relate to organization and clutter. Cassandra Aarssen smashes the stereotype that some people are “naturally messy” and offers listeners insight and real-life solutions based on their unique personal organizing style. The Clutter Connection will help you get organized, be more productive, and finally understand the why behind your clutter. Individualized real-life organizing Organizing isn’t one size fits all. Let go of the preconceived and conventional notions of what organization looks like and finally discover what Clutterbug you are. With self-awareness comes happiness, personal growth, and lasting change. The Clutter Connection examines the four different organizing styles and how they relate to each other;how motivation and happiness can be directly affected by our space;the “3P’s”—productivity, procrastination, and perfectionism—and how they are connected to your unique organizing style; andhow you can finally become clutter-free simply by knowing yourself better. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346584]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Clutter Connection: How Your Personality Type Determines Why You Organize the Way You Do Author: Cassandra Aarssen Narrator: Ann Richardson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 39 minutes Release date: January 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Fans of The Life Changing Magic of Tidying Up by Marie Kondo and The Four Tendencies by Gretchen Rubin will love The Clutter Connection by organization expert Cassandra Aarssen. An organization book for diverse habits “You’re not messy, you just organize differently.” The Clutter Connection examines and explains the correlation between brain types and how they directly relate to organization and clutter. Cassandra Aarssen smashes the stereotype that some people are “naturally messy” and offers listeners insight and real-life solutions based on their unique personal organizing style. The Clutter Connection will help you get organized, be more productive, and finally understand the why behind your clutter. Individualized real-life organizing Organizing isn’t one size fits all. Let go of the preconceived and conventional notions of what organization looks like and finally discover what Clutterbug you are. With self-awareness comes happiness, personal growth, and lasting change. The Clutter Connection examines the four different organizing styles and how they relate to each other;how motivation and happiness can be directly affected by our space;the “3P’s”—productivity, procrastination, and perfectionism—and how they are connected to your unique organizing style; andhow you can finally become clutter-free simply by knowing yourself better. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346425 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346425]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tell Me What You Want: The Science of Sexual Desire and How It Can Help You Improve Your Sex Life Author: Justin J. Lehmiller Narrator: Justin J. Lehmiller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From a leading expert on human sexuality and author of the Sex and Psychology blog, an overview of sexual fantasies–and how to get more satisfaction and pleasure–based on a monumental scientific survey. What do Americans really want when it comes to sex? And is it possible for us to get it? Justin J. Lehmiller has made it his career's ambition to answer these questions. Tell Me What You Want offers an unprecedented look into our fantasy worlds and what they reveal about us. It helps readers to better understand their own sexual desires and how to attain them within their relationships, while also appreciating the different desires of their partners. If we only better understood the incredible diversity of human sexual desire, we would experience less anxiety, and shame about our own sexual fantasies and better understand the needs of our partners. Ultimately, this book will help readers to enhance their sex lives. Justin J. Lehmiller Tue, 14 Aug 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346425 thebookvoice.com 7:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346425]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tell Me What You Want: The Science of Sexual Desire and How It Can Help You Improve Your Sex Life Author: Justin J. Lehmiller Narrator: Justin J. Lehmiller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From a leading expert on human sexuality and author of the Sex and Psychology blog, an overview of sexual fantasies–and how to get more satisfaction and pleasure–based on a monumental scientific survey. What do Americans really want when it comes to sex? And is it possible for us to get it? Justin J. Lehmiller has made it his career's ambition to answer these questions. Tell Me What You Want offers an unprecedented look into our fantasy worlds and what they reveal about us. It helps readers to better understand their own sexual desires and how to attain them within their relationships, while also appreciating the different desires of their partners. If we only better understood the incredible diversity of human sexual desire, we would experience less anxiety, and shame about our own sexual fantasies and better understand the needs of our partners. Ultimately, this book will help readers to enhance their sex lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346425]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tell Me What You Want: The Science of Sexual Desire and How It Can Help You Improve Your Sex Life Author: Justin J. Lehmiller Narrator: Justin J. Lehmiller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From a leading expert on human sexuality and author of the Sex and Psychology blog, an overview of sexual fantasies–and how to get more satisfaction and pleasure–based on a monumental scientific survey. What do Americans really want when it comes to sex? And is it possible for us to get it? Justin J. Lehmiller has made it his career's ambition to answer these questions. Tell Me What You Want offers an unprecedented look into our fantasy worlds and what they reveal about us. It helps readers to better understand their own sexual desires and how to attain them within their relationships, while also appreciating the different desires of their partners. If we only better understood the incredible diversity of human sexual desire, we would experience less anxiety, and shame about our own sexual fantasies and better understand the needs of our partners. Ultimately, this book will help readers to enhance their sex lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346256 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346256]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Behaving Ourselves: David Mitchell on Manners Author: David Mitchell Narrator: David Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 4, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: David Mitchell sets out on a vigorous but impeccably polite investigation into the confusing world of manners. Are they really in decline, as many would have us believe? Or are we just throwing off the shackles of the Victorian obsession with etiquette? Over the course of the series, David eats his lunchtime sandwiches with children in a primary school, and later goes to a street market to see manners - good and bad - in action. He explores where our manners come from with Professors Steven Pinker from Harvard University and the author Henry Hitchings. What do we mean by 'civility' and 'good manners' in public places? Why are people still pinching vicars' bottoms, and what can the state do to improve standards of public behaviour? And, David asks, how is the digital age changing our sense of public space? Produced by Chris Ledgard. David Mitchell Thu, 04 Oct 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346256 thebookvoice.com 2:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346256]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Behaving Ourselves: David Mitchell on Manners Author: David Mitchell Narrator: David Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 4, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: David Mitchell sets out on a vigorous but impeccably polite investigation into the confusing world of manners. Are they really in decline, as many would have us believe? Or are we just throwing off the shackles of the Victorian obsession with etiquette? Over the course of the series, David eats his lunchtime sandwiches with children in a primary school, and later goes to a street market to see manners - good and bad - in action. He explores where our manners come from with Professors Steven Pinker from Harvard University and the author Henry Hitchings. What do we mean by 'civility' and 'good manners' in public places? Why are people still pinching vicars' bottoms, and what can the state do to improve standards of public behaviour? And, David asks, how is the digital age changing our sense of public space? Produced by Chris Ledgard. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346256]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Behaving Ourselves: David Mitchell on Manners Author: David Mitchell Narrator: David Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 4, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: David Mitchell sets out on a vigorous but impeccably polite investigation into the confusing world of manners. Are they really in decline, as many would have us believe? Or are we just throwing off the shackles of the Victorian obsession with etiquette? Over the course of the series, David eats his lunchtime sandwiches with children in a primary school, and later goes to a street market to see manners - good and bad - in action. He explores where our manners come from with Professors Steven Pinker from Harvard University and the author Henry Hitchings. What do we mean by 'civility' and 'good manners' in public places? Why are people still pinching vicars' bottoms, and what can the state do to improve standards of public behaviour? And, David asks, how is the digital age changing our sense of public space? Produced by Chris Ledgard. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346251 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346251]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sweet Sorrow: Finding Enduring Wholeness after Loss and Grief Author: Sherry Cormier Narrator: Ann Richardson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 3 minutes Release date: September 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Few of us know how to navigate the territory of traumatic loss successfully. Sweet Sorrow shows how we can respond and grow stronger from loss and suffering. Written by a psychologist and certified bereavement trauma specialist in the decade following the loss of her husband, father, mother, and only sibling, this carefully considered work provides perspective on grief and healing over time. This longer-term approach allows readers to have a more complete and accurate picture of the oscillations of grief over time. The book describes not only the immediate agony of the author’s losses, but also the process of starting over and making a successful new life as a single person full of hope and joy. Sweet Sorrow combines the author’s psychological expertise and clinical experience with the compelling art of memoir to illuminate the surprising ways in which loss survivors can grow and even thrive to achieve wholeness after heartbreaking, traumatic losses. Using findings from post-traumatic growth, as well as evidence-based psychological approaches, Sweet Sorrow illustrates through story and example, ways for grief survivors to start over, to manage chaos and stress, to let go, and to heal with new strategies and re-storying. Sweet Sorrow also provides resources and recommendations for self-care, as well as tips and suggestions for all of us trying to respond creatively and helpfully to those around us suffering loss. Ultimately, Sweet Sorrow is a book of inspiration intended to companion readers through the processes of loss and grief much like a helpful Sherpa might guide a lost traveler. Sherry Cormier Sat, 08 Sep 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346251 thebookvoice.com 6:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346251]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sweet Sorrow: Finding Enduring Wholeness after Loss and Grief Author: Sherry Cormier Narrator: Ann Richardson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 3 minutes Release date: September 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Few of us know how to navigate the territory of traumatic loss successfully. Sweet Sorrow shows how we can respond and grow stronger from loss and suffering. Written by a psychologist and certified bereavement trauma specialist in the decade following the loss of her husband, father, mother, and only sibling, this carefully considered work provides perspective on grief and healing over time. This longer-term approach allows readers to have a more complete and accurate picture of the oscillations of grief over time. The book describes not only the immediate agony of the author’s losses, but also the process of starting over and making a successful new life as a single person full of hope and joy. Sweet Sorrow combines the author’s psychological expertise and clinical experience with the compelling art of memoir to illuminate the surprising ways in which loss survivors can grow and even thrive to achieve wholeness after heartbreaking, traumatic losses. Using findings from post-traumatic growth, as well as evidence-based psychological approaches, Sweet Sorrow illustrates through story and example, ways for grief survivors to start over, to manage chaos and stress, to let go, and to heal with new strategies and re-storying. Sweet Sorrow also provides resources and recommendations for self-care, as well as tips and suggestions for all of us trying to respond creatively and helpfully to those around us suffering loss. Ultimately, Sweet Sorrow is a book of inspiration intended to companion readers through the processes of loss and grief much like a helpful Sherpa might guide a lost traveler. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346251]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sweet Sorrow: Finding Enduring Wholeness after Loss and Grief Author: Sherry Cormier Narrator: Ann Richardson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 3 minutes Release date: September 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Few of us know how to navigate the territory of traumatic loss successfully. Sweet Sorrow shows how we can respond and grow stronger from loss and suffering. Written by a psychologist and certified bereavement trauma specialist in the decade following the loss of her husband, father, mother, and only sibling, this carefully considered work provides perspective on grief and healing over time. This longer-term approach allows readers to have a more complete and accurate picture of the oscillations of grief over time. The book describes not only the immediate agony of the author’s losses, but also the process of starting over and making a successful new life as a single person full of hope and joy. Sweet Sorrow combines the author’s psychological expertise and clinical experience with the compelling art of memoir to illuminate the surprising ways in which loss survivors can grow and even thrive to achieve wholeness after heartbreaking, traumatic losses. Using findings from post-traumatic growth, as well as evidence-based psychological approaches, Sweet Sorrow illustrates through story and example, ways for grief survivors to start over, to manage chaos and stress, to let go, and to heal with new strategies and re-storying. Sweet Sorrow also provides resources and recommendations for self-care, as well as tips and suggestions for all of us trying to respond creatively and helpfully to those around us suffering loss. Ultimately, Sweet Sorrow is a book of inspiration intended to companion readers through the processes of loss and grief much like a helpful Sherpa might guide a lost traveler. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346248 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346248]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make Peace With Anyone: Breakthrough Strategies to Quickly End Any Conflict, Feud, or Estrangement Author: David J. Lieberman Narrator: William Dufris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Make Peace with Anyone is the first audiobook that shows listeners how to quickly resolve any situation, no matter how long it's been going on, or how many people are involved. The techniques and psychological strategies presented here are simple, easy to understand, and work...fast. In this audiobook listeners will learn how to: *End any family feud *Get an apology from anyone *Jumpstart any relationship or friendship *Handle any passive-aggressive person *Get the respect you deserve from anyone *Dramatically improve any relationship *Get anyone to forgive you for anything *Align anyone to your way of thinking Dr. David J. Lieberman provides the path to permanent peace and will show you the way to Make Peace with Anyone. David J. Lieberman Tue, 23 Oct 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346248 thebookvoice.com 4:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346248]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make Peace With Anyone: Breakthrough Strategies to Quickly End Any Conflict, Feud, or Estrangement Author: David J. Lieberman Narrator: William Dufris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Make Peace with Anyone is the first audiobook that shows listeners how to quickly resolve any situation, no matter how long it's been going on, or how many people are involved. The techniques and psychological strategies presented here are simple, easy to understand, and work...fast. In this audiobook listeners will learn how to: *End any family feud *Get an apology from anyone *Jumpstart any relationship or friendship *Handle any passive-aggressive person *Get the respect you deserve from anyone *Dramatically improve any relationship *Get anyone to forgive you for anything *Align anyone to your way of thinking Dr. David J. Lieberman provides the path to permanent peace and will show you the way to Make Peace with Anyone. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346248]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make Peace With Anyone: Breakthrough Strategies to Quickly End Any Conflict, Feud, or Estrangement Author: David J. Lieberman Narrator: William Dufris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Make Peace with Anyone is the first audiobook that shows listeners how to quickly resolve any situation, no matter how long it's been going on, or how many people are involved. The techniques and psychological strategies presented here are simple, easy to understand, and work...fast. In this audiobook listeners will learn how to: *End any family feud *Get an apology from anyone *Jumpstart any relationship or friendship *Handle any passive-aggressive person *Get the respect you deserve from anyone *Dramatically improve any relationship *Get anyone to forgive you for anything *Align anyone to your way of thinking Dr. David J. Lieberman provides the path to permanent peace and will show you the way to Make Peace with Anyone. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345686 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345686]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Some of My Friends Are.: The Daunting Challenges and Untapped Benefits of Cross-Racial Friendships Author: Deborah Plummer Narrator: Melanie Taylor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An insightful look at how cross-racial friendships work and fail within American society. In a U.S. national survey conducted for this book, 70% of respondents strongly agreed that friendships across racial lines are essential to making progress toward improving race relations. However, further polling found that most Americans tend to gravitate towards friendships within their own racial category. Psychologist, Deborah L. Plummer tells us why that is so. She examines how factors such as leisure, politics, humor, faith, social media, and education influence the nature and intensity of cross-racial friendships. With engaging stories and inspiring anecdotes drawn from national focus groups, interviews, and analyses of survey results of contemporary patterns of adult friendships, she provides insights into the fears and discomforts associated with cross-racial friendships. Through these narratives and social analyses of friendship patterns, Plummer explores how we make connections to form solid bonds, and why it is so challenging to do so across a racial divide. She discusses how we cross that divide and get beyond the prickly uncomfortable moments and have meaningful, enlightening, empathetic conversations about race. With the inclusion of personal stories, this book stirs up authentic racial discourse, prompts readers to examine their own friendship patterns, and encourages us all to create a better path toward a more enlightened future by crossing racial lines in friendship and deepening the strength of current cross-racial friends. Deborah Plummer Tue, 22 Jan 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345686 thebookvoice.com 9:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345686]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Some of My Friends Are.: The Daunting Challenges and Untapped Benefits of Cross-Racial Friendships Author: Deborah Plummer Narrator: Melanie Taylor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An insightful look at how cross-racial friendships work and fail within American society. In a U.S. national survey conducted for this book, 70% of respondents strongly agreed that friendships across racial lines are essential to making progress toward improving race relations. However, further polling found that most Americans tend to gravitate towards friendships within their own racial category. Psychologist, Deborah L. Plummer tells us why that is so. She examines how factors such as leisure, politics, humor, faith, social media, and education influence the nature and intensity of cross-racial friendships. With engaging stories and inspiring anecdotes drawn from national focus groups, interviews, and analyses of survey results of contemporary patterns of adult friendships, she provides insights into the fears and discomforts associated with cross-racial friendships. Through these narratives and social analyses of friendship patterns, Plummer explores how we make connections to form solid bonds, and why it is so challenging to do so across a racial divide. She discusses how we cross that divide and get beyond the prickly uncomfortable moments and have meaningful, enlightening, empathetic conversations about race. With the inclusion of personal stories, this book stirs up authentic racial discourse, prompts readers to examine their own friendship patterns, and encourages us all to create a better path toward a more enlightened future by crossing racial lines in friendship and deepening the strength of current cross-racial friends. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345686]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Some of My Friends Are.: The Daunting Challenges and Untapped Benefits of Cross-Racial Friendships Author: Deborah Plummer Narrator: Melanie Taylor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An insightful look at how cross-racial friendships work and fail within American society. In a U.S. national survey conducted for this book, 70% of respondents strongly agreed that friendships across racial lines are essential to making progress toward improving race relations. However, further polling found that most Americans tend to gravitate towards friendships within their own racial category. Psychologist, Deborah L. Plummer tells us why that is so. She examines how factors such as leisure, politics, humor, faith, social media, and education influence the nature and intensity of cross-racial friendships. With engaging stories and inspiring anecdotes drawn from national focus groups, interviews, and analyses of survey results of contemporary patterns of adult friendships, she provides insights into the fears and discomforts associated with cross-racial friendships. Through these narratives and social analyses of friendship patterns, Plummer explores how we make connections to form solid bonds, and why it is so challenging to do so across a racial divide. She discusses how we cross that divide and get beyond the prickly uncomfortable moments and have meaningful, enlightening, empathetic conversations about race. With the inclusion of personal stories, this book stirs up authentic racial discourse, prompts readers to examine their own friendship patterns, and encourages us all to create a better path toward a more enlightened future by crossing racial lines in friendship and deepening the strength of current cross-racial friends. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345630 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345630]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Love as a Way of Life: Seven Keys to Transforming Every Aspect of Your Life Author: Gary Chapman Narrator: Gary Chapman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 15, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Each day involves countless interactions with others–not only among family and friends but also with neighbors, coworkers, even telephone solicitors. An attitude of love may ot be your top priority in some of these encounters. But what if the ancient maxim “love your neighbor as yourself” applied to everyone, including those you meet in the most ordinary circumstances? By giving love, instead of grabbing for it, you’ll become the person others want to love in return, no matter what their role in your life. Relationship expert Dr. Gary Chapman applies the seven characteristics of authentic love to family life, friendship, the workplace, and beyond. Eye-opening personal assessments uncover relational strengths and weaknesses, while real-life stories and ideas for building habits of love will inspire you to grow into the complete person you were meant/created to be. Capture a vision that will transform your relationships and make your corner of the world a better place–by choosing Love As a Way of Life. Includes questions for personal reflection or group discussion. Gary Chapman Tue, 15 Jul 2008 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345630 thebookvoice.com 8:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345630]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Love as a Way of Life: Seven Keys to Transforming Every Aspect of Your Life Author: Gary Chapman Narrator: Gary Chapman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 15, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Each day involves countless interactions with others–not only among family and friends but also with neighbors, coworkers, even telephone solicitors. An attitude of love may ot be your top priority in some of these encounters. But what if the ancient maxim “love your neighbor as yourself” applied to everyone, including those you meet in the most ordinary circumstances? By giving love, instead of grabbing for it, you’ll become the person others want to love in return, no matter what their role in your life. Relationship expert Dr. Gary Chapman applies the seven characteristics of authentic love to family life, friendship, the workplace, and beyond. Eye-opening personal assessments uncover relational strengths and weaknesses, while real-life stories and ideas for building habits of love will inspire you to grow into the complete person you were meant/created to be. Capture a vision that will transform your relationships and make your corner of the world a better place–by choosing Love As a Way of Life. Includes questions for personal reflection or group discussion. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345630]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Love as a Way of Life: Seven Keys to Transforming Every Aspect of Your Life Author: Gary Chapman Narrator: Gary Chapman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 15, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Each day involves countless interactions with others–not only among family and friends but also with neighbors, coworkers, even telephone solicitors. An attitude of love may ot be your top priority in some of these encounters. But what if the ancient maxim “love your neighbor as yourself” applied to everyone, including those you meet in the most ordinary circumstances? By giving love, instead of grabbing for it, you’ll become the person others want to love in return, no matter what their role in your life. Relationship expert Dr. Gary Chapman applies the seven characteristics of authentic love to family life, friendship, the workplace, and beyond. Eye-opening personal assessments uncover relational strengths and weaknesses, while real-life stories and ideas for building habits of love will inspire you to grow into the complete person you were meant/created to be. Capture a vision that will transform your relationships and make your corner of the world a better place–by choosing Love As a Way of Life. Includes questions for personal reflection or group discussion. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345573 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345573]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond Anger: A Guide for Men: How to Free Yourself from the Grip of Anger and Get More Out of Life Author: Thomas J. Harbin Narrator: Christopher Price Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 29 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A revised and updated edition of the popular self-help book for men that addresses contemporary issues and how they impact the way men deal with anger Men tend to express their anger differently than women do. Research shows men are often more violent and less willing to confront and deal with their emotions than women. Written by a psychologist who specializes in the treatment of male rage, Beyond Anger shows the angry--and miserable--man how to change his life and relationships for the better. This book helps men understand their anger by explaining what the specific symptoms of chronic anger are and by showing angry men how their actions negatively affect family, friends, and coworkers. It helps men control violent feelings by using simple exercises--developed especially for men--to identify when and why anger occurs and by helping them form new habits to prevent anger before it starts. Women, too, will learn essential strategies for understanding and helping the angry men in their lives. Beyond Anger is honest, tough, and real. In this revised edition, Harbin will update references throughout and discuss new topics such as the role of the internet and social media in fueling anger and how to protect yourself against these pitfalls, as well as a discussion on anger and aging, the political landscape and anger, PTSD, a brand-new section on preventing relapse into anger, and many other relevant, timely topics. Thomas J. Harbin Tue, 31 Jul 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345573 thebookvoice.com 9:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345573]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond Anger: A Guide for Men: How to Free Yourself from the Grip of Anger and Get More Out of Life Author: Thomas J. Harbin Narrator: Christopher Price Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 29 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A revised and updated edition of the popular self-help book for men that addresses contemporary issues and how they impact the way men deal with anger Men tend to express their anger differently than women do. Research shows men are often more violent and less willing to confront and deal with their emotions than women. Written by a psychologist who specializes in the treatment of male rage, Beyond Anger shows the angry--and miserable--man how to change his life and relationships for the better. This book helps men understand their anger by explaining what the specific symptoms of chronic anger are and by showing angry men how their actions negatively affect family, friends, and coworkers. It helps men control violent feelings by using simple exercises--developed especially for men--to identify when and why anger occurs and by helping them form new habits to prevent anger before it starts. Women, too, will learn essential strategies for understanding and helping the angry men in their lives. Beyond Anger is honest, tough, and real. In this revised edition, Harbin will update references throughout and discuss new topics such as the role of the internet and social media in fueling anger and how to protect yourself against these pitfalls, as well as a discussion on anger and aging, the political landscape and anger, PTSD, a brand-new section on preventing relapse into anger, and many other relevant, timely topics. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345573]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond Anger: A Guide for Men: How to Free Yourself from the Grip of Anger and Get More Out of Life Author: Thomas J. Harbin Narrator: Christopher Price Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 29 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A revised and updated edition of the popular self-help book for men that addresses contemporary issues and how they impact the way men deal with anger Men tend to express their anger differently than women do. Research shows men are often more violent and less willing to confront and deal with their emotions than women. Written by a psychologist who specializes in the treatment of male rage, Beyond Anger shows the angry--and miserable--man how to change his life and relationships for the better. This book helps men understand their anger by explaining what the specific symptoms of chronic anger are and by showing angry men how their actions negatively affect family, friends, and coworkers. It helps men control violent feelings by using simple exercises--developed especially for men--to identify when and why anger occurs and by helping them form new habits to prevent anger before it starts. Women, too, will learn essential strategies for understanding and helping the angry men in their lives. Beyond Anger is honest, tough, and real. In this revised edition, Harbin will update references throughout and discuss new topics such as the role of the internet and social media in fueling anger and how to protect yourself against these pitfalls, as well as a discussion on anger and aging, the political landscape and anger, PTSD, a brand-new section on preventing relapse into anger, and many other relevant, timely topics. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345529 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345529]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: To Have and to Hold: Motherhood, Marriage, and the Modern Dilemma Author: Molly Millwood Narrator: Molly Millwood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A clinical psychologist’s exploration of the modern dilemmas women face in the wake of new motherhood. When Molly Millwood became a mother, she was fully prepared for what she would gain: an adorable baby boy; hard-won mothering skills; and a messy, chaotic, beautiful life. But what she did not expect was what she would lose: aspects of her identity, a baseline level of happiness, a general sense of wellbeing. And though she had the benefit of a supportive husband during this transition, she also at times resented the fact that the disruption to his life seemed to pale in comparison to hers. As a clinical psychologist, Molly knew her experience was a normal response to a life-changing event. But without the advantage of such a perspective, many of the patients she treated in her private practice grappled with self-doubt, guilt, and fear, and suffered the dual pain of not only the struggle to adjust but also the overwhelming shame for struggling at all. In To Have and to Hold, Molly explores the complex terrain of new motherhood, illuminating the ways it affects women psychologically, emotionally, physically, and professionally—as well as how it impacts their partnership. Along with the arrival of a bundle of joy come thorny issues such as self-worth, control, autonomy, and dependency. And for most new mothers, these issues are experienced within the context of an intimate relationship, adding another layer of tension, conflict, and confusion to an already challenging time. As Molly examines the inextricable link between women’s well-being as new mothers and the well-being of their relationships, she offers guidance to help readers reclaim their identities, overcome their guilt and shame, and repair their relationships. A blend of personal narrative, scientific research, and stories from Molly’s clinical practice, To Have and to Hold provides a much-needed lifeline to new mothers everywhere. Molly Millwood Tue, 26 Mar 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345529 thebookvoice.com 9:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345529]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: To Have and to Hold: Motherhood, Marriage, and the Modern Dilemma Author: Molly Millwood Narrator: Molly Millwood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A clinical psychologist’s exploration of the modern dilemmas women face in the wake of new motherhood. When Molly Millwood became a mother, she was fully prepared for what she would gain: an adorable baby boy; hard-won mothering skills; and a messy, chaotic, beautiful life. But what she did not expect was what she would lose: aspects of her identity, a baseline level of happiness, a general sense of wellbeing. And though she had the benefit of a supportive husband during this transition, she also at times resented the fact that the disruption to his life seemed to pale in comparison to hers. As a clinical psychologist, Molly knew her experience was a normal response to a life-changing event. But without the advantage of such a perspective, many of the patients she treated in her private practice grappled with self-doubt, guilt, and fear, and suffered the dual pain of not only the struggle to adjust but also the overwhelming shame for struggling at all. In To Have and to Hold, Molly explores the complex terrain of new motherhood, illuminating the ways it affects women psychologically, emotionally, physically, and professionally—as well as how it impacts their partnership. Along with the arrival of a bundle of joy come thorny issues such as self-worth, control, autonomy, and dependency. And for most new mothers, these issues are experienced within the context of an intimate relationship, adding another layer of tension, conflict, and confusion to an already challenging time. As Molly examines the inextricable link between women’s well-being as new mothers and the well-being of their relationships, she offers guidance to help readers reclaim their identities, overcome their guilt and shame, and repair their relationships. A blend of personal narrative, scientific research, and stories from Molly’s clinical practice, To Have and to Hold provides a much-needed lifeline to new mothers everywhere. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345529]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: To Have and to Hold: Motherhood, Marriage, and the Modern Dilemma Author: Molly Millwood Narrator: Molly Millwood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A clinical psychologist’s exploration of the modern dilemmas women face in the wake of new motherhood. When Molly Millwood became a mother, she was fully prepared for what she would gain: an adorable baby boy; hard-won mothering skills; and a messy, chaotic, beautiful life. But what she did not expect was what she would lose: aspects of her identity, a baseline level of happiness, a general sense of wellbeing. And though she had the benefit of a supportive husband during this transition, she also at times resented the fact that the disruption to his life seemed to pale in comparison to hers. As a clinical psychologist, Molly knew her experience was a normal response to a life-changing event. But without the advantage of such a perspective, many of the patients she treated in her private practice grappled with self-doubt, guilt, and fear, and suffered the dual pain of not only the struggle to adjust but also the overwhelming shame for struggling at all. In To Have and to Hold, Molly explores the complex terrain of new motherhood, illuminating the ways it affects women psychologically, emotionally, physically, and professionally—as well as how it impacts their partnership. Along with the arrival of a bundle of joy come thorny issues such as self-worth, control, autonomy, and dependency. And for most new mothers, these issues are experienced within the context of an intimate relationship, adding another layer of tension, conflict, and confusion to an already challenging time. As Molly examines the inextricable link between women’s well-being as new mothers and the well-being of their relationships, she offers guidance to help readers reclaim their identities, overcome their guilt and shame, and repair their relationships. A blend of personal narrative, scientific research, and stories from Molly’s clinical practice, To Have and to Hold provides a much-needed lifeline to new mothers everywhere. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345484 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345484]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Magic Is Dead: My Journey into the World's Most Secretive Society of Magicians Author: Ian Frisch Narrator: Charlie Thurston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the vein of Neil Strauss’ The Game and Joshua Foer’s Moonwalking with Einstein comes the fascinating story of one man’s colorful, mysterious, and personal journey into the world of magic, and his unlikely invitation into an underground secret society of revolutionary magicians from around the world. Magic Is Dead is Ian Frisch’s head-first dive into a hidden world full of extraordinary characters and highly guarded secrets. It is a story of imagination, deception, and art that spotlights today’s most brilliant young magicians—a mysterious club known as the52, who are revolutionizing an ancient artform under the mantra Magic Is Dead. Ian brings us with him as he not only gets to know this fascinating world, but also becomes an integral part of it. We meet the52’s founding members—Laura London, Daniel Madison, and Chris Ramsay—and explore their personal demons, professional aspirations, and what drew them to their craft. We join them at private gatherings of the most extraordinary magicians working today, follow them to magic conventions in Las Vegas and England, and discover some of the best tricks of the trade. We also encounter David Blaine; hang out with Penn Jillette; meet Dynamo, the U.K.’s most famous magician; and go behind the scenes of a Netflix magic show. Magic Is Dead is also a chronicle of magic’s rich history and how it has changed in the internet age, as the young guns embrace social media and move away from the old-school take on the craft. As he tells the story of the52, and his role as its most unlikely member, Ian reveals his own connection with trickery and deceit and how he first learned the elements that make magic work from his poker-playing mother. He recalls their adventures in card rooms and casinos after his father’s sudden death, and shares a touching moment that he had, as a working journalist, with his childhood idol Shaquille O’Neal. “Magic—the romanticism of the inexplicable, the awe and admiration of the unexpected—is an underlying force in how we view the world and its myriad possibilities,” Ian writes. As his journey continues, Ian not only becomes a performer and creator of magic—even fooling the late Anthony Bourdain during a chance encounter—he also cements a new brotherhood, and begins to understand his relationship with his father, fifteen years after his death. Written with psychological acuity and a keen eye for detail, Magic Is Dead is an engrossing tale full of wonder and surprise. Ian Frisch Tue, 26 Feb 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345484 thebookvoice.com 10:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345484]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Magic Is Dead: My Journey into the World's Most Secretive Society of Magicians Author: Ian Frisch Narrator: Charlie Thurston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the vein of Neil Strauss’ The Game and Joshua Foer’s Moonwalking with Einstein comes the fascinating story of one man’s colorful, mysterious, and personal journey into the world of magic, and his unlikely invitation into an underground secret society of revolutionary magicians from around the world. Magic Is Dead is Ian Frisch’s head-first dive into a hidden world full of extraordinary characters and highly guarded secrets. It is a story of imagination, deception, and art that spotlights today’s most brilliant young magicians—a mysterious club known as the52, who are revolutionizing an ancient artform under the mantra Magic Is Dead. Ian brings us with him as he not only gets to know this fascinating world, but also becomes an integral part of it. We meet the52’s founding members—Laura London, Daniel Madison, and Chris Ramsay—and explore their personal demons, professional aspirations, and what drew them to their craft. We join them at private gatherings of the most extraordinary magicians working today, follow them to magic conventions in Las Vegas and England, and discover some of the best tricks of the trade. We also encounter David Blaine; hang out with Penn Jillette; meet Dynamo, the U.K.’s most famous magician; and go behind the scenes of a Netflix magic show. Magic Is Dead is also a chronicle of magic’s rich history and how it has changed in the internet age, as the young guns embrace social media and move away from the old-school take on the craft. As he tells the story of the52, and his role as its most unlikely member, Ian reveals his own connection with trickery and deceit and how he first learned the elements that make magic work from his poker-playing mother. He recalls their adventures in card rooms and casinos after his father’s sudden death, and shares a touching moment that he had, as a working journalist, with his childhood idol Shaquille O’Neal. “Magic—the romanticism of the inexplicable, the awe and admiration of the unexpected—is an underlying force in how we view the world and its myriad possibilities,” Ian writes. As his journey continues, Ian not only becomes a performer and creator of magic—even fooling the late Anthony Bourdain during a chance encounter—he also cements a new brotherhood, and begins to understand his relationship with his father, fifteen years after his death. Written with psychological acuity and a keen eye for detail, Magic Is Dead is an engrossing tale full of wonder and surprise. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345484]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Magic Is Dead: My Journey into the World's Most Secretive Society of Magicians Author: Ian Frisch Narrator: Charlie Thurston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the vein of Neil Strauss’ The Game and Joshua Foer’s Moonwalking with Einstein comes the fascinating story of one man’s colorful, mysterious, and personal journey into the world of magic, and his unlikely invitation into an underground secret society of revolutionary magicians from around the world. Magic Is Dead is Ian Frisch’s head-first dive into a hidden world full of extraordinary characters and highly guarded secrets. It is a story of imagination, deception, and art that spotlights today’s most brilliant young magicians—a mysterious club known as the52, who are revolutionizing an ancient artform under the mantra Magic Is Dead. Ian brings us with him as he not only gets to know this fascinating world, but also becomes an integral part of it. We meet the52’s founding members—Laura London, Daniel Madison, and Chris Ramsay—and explore their personal demons, professional aspirations, and what drew them to their craft. We join them at private gatherings of the most extraordinary magicians working today, follow them to magic conventions in Las Vegas and England, and discover some of the best tricks of the trade. We also encounter David Blaine; hang out with Penn Jillette; meet Dynamo, the U.K.’s most famous magician; and go behind the scenes of a Netflix magic show. Magic Is Dead is also a chronicle of magic’s rich history and how it has changed in the internet age, as the young guns embrace social media and move away from the old-school take on the craft. As he tells the story of the52, and his role as its most unlikely member, Ian reveals his own connection with trickery and deceit and how he first learned the elements that make magic work from his poker-playing mother. He recalls their adventures in card rooms and casinos after his father’s sudden death, and shares a touching moment that he had, as a working journalist, with his childhood idol Shaquille O’Neal. “Magic—the romanticism of the inexplicable, the awe and admiration of the unexpected—is an underlying force in how we view the world and its myriad possibilities,” Ian writes. As his journey continues, Ian not only becomes a performer and creator of magic—even fooling the late Anthony Bourdain during a chance encounter—he also cements a new brotherhood, and begins to understand his relationship with his father, fifteen years after his death. Written with psychological acuity and a keen eye for detail, Magic Is Dead is an engrossing tale full of wonder and surprise. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345441 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345441]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Alter Ego Effect: The Power of Secret Identities to Transform Your Life Author: Todd Herman Narrator: Todd Herman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 40 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A top performance expert reveals the secret behind many top athletes and executives: creating a heroic alter ego to activate when the chips are down. There’s only one person in the way of you untapping your potential: You. There’s also one person who can move you out of the way so you can perform at your peak.  That person is already inside you. You just need to unlock them. This other part of you is your Alter Ego. After twenty-one years of working with elite athletes, performers and leaders, Todd Herman has discovered how you can use your alter ego to achieve the seemingly impossible. It all clicked for Todd when he met Bo Jackson.  When Herman met Bo Jackson, the professional athlete told him, “Bo Jackson never played a down of football in his entire life.” Bo explained that when he was young, he’d get into trouble because chaos caused by his anger issues. Then, he saw Friday the 13th and became fascinated by the cold, calculating nature of Jason Vorhees. In that moment, he resolved to stop being Bo Jackson, and start being Jason the moment he stepped on the field.  In this transformative guide, Herman teaches you how to create and control an Alter Ego like Bo—and the thousands of other athletes, business leaders, entrepreneurs, and entertainers who have used this simple tool to change their lives. Herman also shares his own story: he knew that inside was a confident, self-assured, intelligent person who could help others get better results in their lives. When he started using superman’s classic trick—putting on a pair of glasses—he learned to trigger the specific traits he needed to achieve his goals. The Alter Ego Effect is not about creating a false mask—it’s about finding the hero already inside you. It’s a proven way of overcoming the self-doubt, negativity, and insecurity that hold you back, and empowering you to ultimately become your best self. Todd Herman Tue, 05 Feb 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345441 thebookvoice.com 7:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345441]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Alter Ego Effect: The Power of Secret Identities to Transform Your Life Author: Todd Herman Narrator: Todd Herman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 40 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A top performance expert reveals the secret behind many top athletes and executives: creating a heroic alter ego to activate when the chips are down. There’s only one person in the way of you untapping your potential: You. There’s also one person who can move you out of the way so you can perform at your peak.  That person is already inside you. You just need to unlock them. This other part of you is your Alter Ego. After twenty-one years of working with elite athletes, performers and leaders, Todd Herman has discovered how you can use your alter ego to achieve the seemingly impossible. It all clicked for Todd when he met Bo Jackson.  When Herman met Bo Jackson, the professional athlete told him, “Bo Jackson never played a down of football in his entire life.” Bo explained that when he was young, he’d get into trouble because chaos caused by his anger issues. Then, he saw Friday the 13th and became fascinated by the cold, calculating nature of Jason Vorhees. In that moment, he resolved to stop being Bo Jackson, and start being Jason the moment he stepped on the field.  In this transformative guide, Herman teaches you how to create and control an Alter Ego like Bo—and the thousands of other athletes, business leaders, entrepreneurs, and entertainers who have used this simple tool to change their lives. Herman also shares his own story: he knew that inside was a confident, self-assured, intelligent person who could help others get better results in their lives. When he started using superman’s classic trick—putting on a pair of glasses—he learned to trigger the specific traits he needed to achieve his goals. The Alter Ego Effect is not about creating a false mask—it’s about finding the hero already inside you. It’s a proven way of overcoming the self-doubt, negativity, and insecurity that hold you back, and empowering you to ultimately become your best self. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345441]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Alter Ego Effect: The Power of Secret Identities to Transform Your Life Author: Todd Herman Narrator: Todd Herman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 40 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A top performance expert reveals the secret behind many top athletes and executives: creating a heroic alter ego to activate when the chips are down. There’s only one person in the way of you untapping your potential: You. There’s also one person who can move you out of the way so you can perform at your peak.  That person is already inside you. You just need to unlock them. This other part of you is your Alter Ego. After twenty-one years of working with elite athletes, performers and leaders, Todd Herman has discovered how you can use your alter ego to achieve the seemingly impossible. It all clicked for Todd when he met Bo Jackson.  When Herman met Bo Jackson, the professional athlete told him, “Bo Jackson never played a down of football in his entire life.” Bo explained that when he was young, he’d get into trouble because chaos caused by his anger issues. Then, he saw Friday the 13th and became fascinated by the cold, calculating nature of Jason Vorhees. In that moment, he resolved to stop being Bo Jackson, and start being Jason the moment he stepped on the field.  In this transformative guide, Herman teaches you how to create and control an Alter Ego like Bo—and the thousands of other athletes, business leaders, entrepreneurs, and entertainers who have used this simple tool to change their lives. Herman also shares his own story: he knew that inside was a confident, self-assured, intelligent person who could help others get better results in their lives. When he started using superman’s classic trick—putting on a pair of glasses—he learned to trigger the specific traits he needed to achieve his goals. The Alter Ego Effect is not about creating a false mask—it’s about finding the hero already inside you. It’s a proven way of overcoming the self-doubt, negativity, and insecurity that hold you back, and empowering you to ultimately become your best self. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345428 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345428]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Used to Be a Miserable F*ck: An Everyman’s Guide to a Meaningful Life Author: John Kim Narrator: John Kim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 6 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Angry Therapist who has helped thousands of men find more happiness in their relationships and more purpose in their lives now shares his insights with everyone in this powerful guide—self-help in a shotglass—covering essential topics, from vulnerability and posturing to workouts and women. Deep in post-divorce soul searching, John Kim came to an astonishing realization: he was a miserable f*ck who might just be to blame for the problems in his life. Armed with this new insight, he began The Angry Therapist blog—an admission that, while he was a licensed therapist and life coach, he was no better than the people who sought his advice. In his first post, “My Fucking Feelings,” he wrote about the struggles and shortcomings that had led him to this point. As his work caught on, catapulting him into the role of unlikely and unconventional guide for thousands of people all over the world, Kim evolved from behaving like a boy to living like a man—and showed his clients how to do so as well. In I Used to Be a Miserable F*ck, Kim delivers the dos and don’ts for stepping up and into manhood, which he defines by transparency and strength of character, not six-pack abs or a corner office. With his signature no-nonsense approach that will make you laugh and think, Kim takes you on a rugged, rough and tumble road trip of self-exploration and discovery, sharing his wisdom and insights, such as why: - Being nice is for boys, and being kind is for men - Scheduling man dates could make you a better friend, lover, and human being - Peeing in the shower is a sign of a larger problem - Arguing, judging, and answering, “I dunno” are keeping you from a healthy relationship, a great career, and a happy life We are not born men. We are born boys. The transition from misery to meaning is an internal process that requires work: reflection, pain, courage, and sometimes, a rebirth. Kim knows because he’s been there. The truth is, men weren’t meant to just pay bills and die. With this audiobook as your guide, you will love hard, walk tall, and find a life filled with purpose and passion. John Kim Tue, 29 Jan 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345428 thebookvoice.com 5:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345428]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Used to Be a Miserable F*ck: An Everyman’s Guide to a Meaningful Life Author: John Kim Narrator: John Kim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 6 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Angry Therapist who has helped thousands of men find more happiness in their relationships and more purpose in their lives now shares his insights with everyone in this powerful guide—self-help in a shotglass—covering essential topics, from vulnerability and posturing to workouts and women. Deep in post-divorce soul searching, John Kim came to an astonishing realization: he was a miserable f*ck who might just be to blame for the problems in his life. Armed with this new insight, he began The Angry Therapist blog—an admission that, while he was a licensed therapist and life coach, he was no better than the people who sought his advice. In his first post, “My Fucking Feelings,” he wrote about the struggles and shortcomings that had led him to this point. As his work caught on, catapulting him into the role of unlikely and unconventional guide for thousands of people all over the world, Kim evolved from behaving like a boy to living like a man—and showed his clients how to do so as well. In I Used to Be a Miserable F*ck, Kim delivers the dos and don’ts for stepping up and into manhood, which he defines by transparency and strength of character, not six-pack abs or a corner office. With his signature no-nonsense approach that will make you laugh and think, Kim takes you on a rugged, rough and tumble road trip of self-exploration and discovery, sharing his wisdom and insights, such as why: - Being nice is for boys, and being kind is for men - Scheduling man dates could make you a better friend, lover, and human being - Peeing in the shower is a sign of a larger problem - Arguing, judging, and answering, “I dunno” are keeping you from a healthy relationship, a great career, and a happy life We are not born men. We are born boys. The transition from misery to meaning is an internal process that requires work: reflection, pain, courage, and sometimes, a rebirth. Kim knows because he’s been there. The truth is, men weren’t meant to just pay bills and die. With this audiobook as your guide, you will love hard, walk tall, and find a life filled with purpose and passion. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345428]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Used to Be a Miserable F*ck: An Everyman’s Guide to a Meaningful Life Author: John Kim Narrator: John Kim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 6 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.11 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Angry Therapist who has helped thousands of men find more happiness in their relationships and more purpose in their lives now shares his insights with everyone in this powerful guide—self-help in a shotglass—covering essential topics, from vulnerability and posturing to workouts and women. Deep in post-divorce soul searching, John Kim came to an astonishing realization: he was a miserable f*ck who might just be to blame for the problems in his life. Armed with this new insight, he began The Angry Therapist blog—an admission that, while he was a licensed therapist and life coach, he was no better than the people who sought his advice. In his first post, “My Fucking Feelings,” he wrote about the struggles and shortcomings that had led him to this point. As his work caught on, catapulting him into the role of unlikely and unconventional guide for thousands of people all over the world, Kim evolved from behaving like a boy to living like a man—and showed his clients how to do so as well. In I Used to Be a Miserable F*ck, Kim delivers the dos and don’ts for stepping up and into manhood, which he defines by transparency and strength of character, not six-pack abs or a corner office. With his signature no-nonsense approach that will make you laugh and think, Kim takes you on a rugged, rough and tumble road trip of self-exploration and discovery, sharing his wisdom and insights, such as why: - Being nice is for boys, and being kind is for men - Scheduling man dates could make you a better friend, lover, and human being - Peeing in the shower is a sign of a larger problem - Arguing, judging, and answering, “I dunno” are keeping you from a healthy relationship, a great career, and a happy life We are not born men. We are born boys. The transition from misery to meaning is an internal process that requires work: reflection, pain, courage, and sometimes, a rebirth. Kim knows because he’s been there. The truth is, men weren’t meant to just pay bills and die. With this audiobook as your guide, you will love hard, walk tall, and find a life filled with purpose and passion. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345406 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345406]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Enchanted Hour: The Miraculous Power of Reading Aloud in the Age of Distraction Author: Meghan Cox Gurdon Narrator: Meghan Cox Gurdon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: January 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A Wall Street Journal writer’s conversation-changing look at how reading aloud makes adults and children smarter, happier, healthier, more successful and more closely attached, even as technology pulls in the other direction. A miraculous alchemy occurs when one person reads to another, transforming the simple stuff of a book, a voice, and a bit of time into complex and powerful fuel for the heart, brain, and imagination. Grounded in the latest neuroscience and behavioral research, and drawing widely from literature, The Enchanted Hour explains the dazzling cognitive and social-emotional benefits that await children, whatever their class, nationality or family background. But it’s not just about bedtime stories for little kids: Reading aloud consoles, uplifts and invigorates at every age, deepening the intellectual lives and emotional well-being of teenagers and adults, too. Meghan Cox Gurdon argues that this ancient practice is a fast-working antidote to the fractured attention spans, atomized families and unfulfilling ephemera of the tech era, helping to replenish what our devices are leaching away. For everyone, reading aloud engages the mind in complex narratives; for children, it’s an irreplaceable gift that builds vocabulary, fosters imagination, and kindles a lifelong appreciation of language, stories and pictures. Bringing together the latest scientific research, practical tips, and reading recommendations, The Enchanted Hour will both charm and galvanize, inspiring readers to share this invaluable, life-altering tradition with the people they love most. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Meghan Cox Gurdon Tue, 15 Jan 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345406 thebookvoice.com 7:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345406]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Enchanted Hour: The Miraculous Power of Reading Aloud in the Age of Distraction Author: Meghan Cox Gurdon Narrator: Meghan Cox Gurdon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: January 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A Wall Street Journal writer’s conversation-changing look at how reading aloud makes adults and children smarter, happier, healthier, more successful and more closely attached, even as technology pulls in the other direction. A miraculous alchemy occurs when one person reads to another, transforming the simple stuff of a book, a voice, and a bit of time into complex and powerful fuel for the heart, brain, and imagination. Grounded in the latest neuroscience and behavioral research, and drawing widely from literature, The Enchanted Hour explains the dazzling cognitive and social-emotional benefits that await children, whatever their class, nationality or family background. But it’s not just about bedtime stories for little kids: Reading aloud consoles, uplifts and invigorates at every age, deepening the intellectual lives and emotional well-being of teenagers and adults, too. Meghan Cox Gurdon argues that this ancient practice is a fast-working antidote to the fractured attention spans, atomized families and unfulfilling ephemera of the tech era, helping to replenish what our devices are leaching away. For everyone, reading aloud engages the mind in complex narratives; for children, it’s an irreplaceable gift that builds vocabulary, fosters imagination, and kindles a lifelong appreciation of language, stories and pictures. Bringing together the latest scientific research, practical tips, and reading recommendations, The Enchanted Hour will both charm and galvanize, inspiring readers to share this invaluable, life-altering tradition with the people they love most. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345406]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Enchanted Hour: The Miraculous Power of Reading Aloud in the Age of Distraction Author: Meghan Cox Gurdon Narrator: Meghan Cox Gurdon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: January 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A Wall Street Journal writer’s conversation-changing look at how reading aloud makes adults and children smarter, happier, healthier, more successful and more closely attached, even as technology pulls in the other direction. A miraculous alchemy occurs when one person reads to another, transforming the simple stuff of a book, a voice, and a bit of time into complex and powerful fuel for the heart, brain, and imagination. Grounded in the latest neuroscience and behavioral research, and drawing widely from literature, The Enchanted Hour explains the dazzling cognitive and social-emotional benefits that await children, whatever their class, nationality or family background. But it’s not just about bedtime stories for little kids: Reading aloud consoles, uplifts and invigorates at every age, deepening the intellectual lives and emotional well-being of teenagers and adults, too. Meghan Cox Gurdon argues that this ancient practice is a fast-working antidote to the fractured attention spans, atomized families and unfulfilling ephemera of the tech era, helping to replenish what our devices are leaching away. For everyone, reading aloud engages the mind in complex narratives; for children, it’s an irreplaceable gift that builds vocabulary, fosters imagination, and kindles a lifelong appreciation of language, stories and pictures. Bringing together the latest scientific research, practical tips, and reading recommendations, The Enchanted Hour will both charm and galvanize, inspiring readers to share this invaluable, life-altering tradition with the people they love most. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345354 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345354]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Social Leap: The New Evolutionary Science of Who We Are, Where We Come From, and What Makes Us Happy Author: William Von Hippel Narrator: Michael David Axtell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 37 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the compelling popular science tradition of Sapiens and Guns, Germs, and Steel, a groundbreaking and eye-opening exploration that applies evolutionary science to provide a new perspective on human psychology, revealing how major challenges from our past have shaped some of the most fundamental aspects of our being. The most fundamental aspects of our lives—from leadership and innovation to aggression and happiness—were permanently altered by the ''social leap'' our ancestors made from the rainforest to the savannah. Their struggle to survive on the open grasslands required a shift from individualism to a new form of collectivism, which forever altered the way our mind works. It changed the way we fight and our proclivity to make peace, it changed the way we lead and the way we follow, it made us innovative but not inventive, it created a new kind of social intelligence, and it led to new sources of life satisfaction. In The Social Leap, William von Hippel lays out this revolutionary hypothesis, tracing human development through three critical evolutionary inflection points to explain how events in our distant past shape our lives today. From the mundane, such as why we exaggerate, to the surprising, such as why we believe our own lies and why fame and fortune are as likely to bring misery as happiness, the implications are far reaching and extraordinary. Blending anthropology, biology, history, and psychology with evolutionary science, The Social Leap is a fresh and provocative look at our species that provides new clues about who we are, what makes us happy, and how to use this knowledge to improve our lives. William Von Hippel Tue, 13 Nov 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345354 thebookvoice.com 8:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345354]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Social Leap: The New Evolutionary Science of Who We Are, Where We Come From, and What Makes Us Happy Author: William Von Hippel Narrator: Michael David Axtell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 37 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the compelling popular science tradition of Sapiens and Guns, Germs, and Steel, a groundbreaking and eye-opening exploration that applies evolutionary science to provide a new perspective on human psychology, revealing how major challenges from our past have shaped some of the most fundamental aspects of our being. The most fundamental aspects of our lives—from leadership and innovation to aggression and happiness—were permanently altered by the ''social leap'' our ancestors made from the rainforest to the savannah. Their struggle to survive on the open grasslands required a shift from individualism to a new form of collectivism, which forever altered the way our mind works. It changed the way we fight and our proclivity to make peace, it changed the way we lead and the way we follow, it made us innovative but not inventive, it created a new kind of social intelligence, and it led to new sources of life satisfaction. In The Social Leap, William von Hippel lays out this revolutionary hypothesis, tracing human development through three critical evolutionary inflection points to explain how events in our distant past shape our lives today. From the mundane, such as why we exaggerate, to the surprising, such as why we believe our own lies and why fame and fortune are as likely to bring misery as happiness, the implications are far reaching and extraordinary. Blending anthropology, biology, history, and psychology with evolutionary science, The Social Leap is a fresh and provocative look at our species that provides new clues about who we are, what makes us happy, and how to use this knowledge to improve our lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345354]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Social Leap: The New Evolutionary Science of Who We Are, Where We Come From, and What Makes Us Happy Author: William Von Hippel Narrator: Michael David Axtell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 37 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the compelling popular science tradition of Sapiens and Guns, Germs, and Steel, a groundbreaking and eye-opening exploration that applies evolutionary science to provide a new perspective on human psychology, revealing how major challenges from our past have shaped some of the most fundamental aspects of our being. The most fundamental aspects of our lives—from leadership and innovation to aggression and happiness—were permanently altered by the ''social leap'' our ancestors made from the rainforest to the savannah. Their struggle to survive on the open grasslands required a shift from individualism to a new form of collectivism, which forever altered the way our mind works. It changed the way we fight and our proclivity to make peace, it changed the way we lead and the way we follow, it made us innovative but not inventive, it created a new kind of social intelligence, and it led to new sources of life satisfaction. In The Social Leap, William von Hippel lays out this revolutionary hypothesis, tracing human development through three critical evolutionary inflection points to explain how events in our distant past shape our lives today. From the mundane, such as why we exaggerate, to the surprising, such as why we believe our own lies and why fame and fortune are as likely to bring misery as happiness, the implications are far reaching and extraordinary. Blending anthropology, biology, history, and psychology with evolutionary science, The Social Leap is a fresh and provocative look at our species that provides new clues about who we are, what makes us happy, and how to use this knowledge to improve our lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345341 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345341]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bad Advice: How to Survive and Thrive in an Age of Bullshit Author: Venus Nicolino Narrator: Venus Nicolino Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 31 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Over motivational messages? Sick AF of inspirational quotes? Done with the shiny happy bad advice that gets you nowhere? Well, heads up: you’re about to get a shitload of Good Advice. In Bad Advice, relationship expert Dr. Venus Nicolino—a.k.a. Dr. V—takes a blowtorch to the shrink-wrapped, “feel good” BS that passes for self-help these days. When you’re heartbroken, what do you hear? You can’t love anyone until you love yourself. When someone’s hurt you? Nobody can make you feel bad without your permission. When you’re just a little too positive? Expectations lead to disappointment. Pop culture noise gives Bad Advice the varnish of truthiness and inspiration.  But it’s not truth; it’s not inspiration. It’s bullshit. And at its root, all Bad Advice operates off the same lie: Emotions are optional. In Bad Advice, Dr. V delivers a bracing truth serum, in the form of Good Advice—an antidote to the bullshit, from “Just Be Yourself” to “Live Each Day Like It’s Your Last,” that teaches you to live your life in a way that honors who you are, what you need, and how you feel. Smart and irreverent, Dr. V fuses the brains and insight of a nerdy Ph.D. with the heart of a doting Italian Mother and the artful profanity of a Philly trucker. Dr. V’s signature combination of humor, hard science, and heart make Bad Advice an iconoclastic course-correction like no other. A fiercely sharp wake-up call that tackles some of self-help’s most damaging truisms, Bad Advice is a never shy guide to tapping into your full potential. Venus Nicolino Tue, 06 Nov 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345341 thebookvoice.com 5:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345341]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bad Advice: How to Survive and Thrive in an Age of Bullshit Author: Venus Nicolino Narrator: Venus Nicolino Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 31 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Over motivational messages? Sick AF of inspirational quotes? Done with the shiny happy bad advice that gets you nowhere? Well, heads up: you’re about to get a shitload of Good Advice. In Bad Advice, relationship expert Dr. Venus Nicolino—a.k.a. Dr. V—takes a blowtorch to the shrink-wrapped, “feel good” BS that passes for self-help these days. When you’re heartbroken, what do you hear? You can’t love anyone until you love yourself. When someone’s hurt you? Nobody can make you feel bad without your permission. When you’re just a little too positive? Expectations lead to disappointment. Pop culture noise gives Bad Advice the varnish of truthiness and inspiration.  But it’s not truth; it’s not inspiration. It’s bullshit. And at its root, all Bad Advice operates off the same lie: Emotions are optional. In Bad Advice, Dr. V delivers a bracing truth serum, in the form of Good Advice—an antidote to the bullshit, from “Just Be Yourself” to “Live Each Day Like It’s Your Last,” that teaches you to live your life in a way that honors who you are, what you need, and how you feel. Smart and irreverent, Dr. V fuses the brains and insight of a nerdy Ph.D. with the heart of a doting Italian Mother and the artful profanity of a Philly trucker. Dr. V’s signature combination of humor, hard science, and heart make Bad Advice an iconoclastic course-correction like no other. A fiercely sharp wake-up call that tackles some of self-help’s most damaging truisms, Bad Advice is a never shy guide to tapping into your full potential. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345341]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bad Advice: How to Survive and Thrive in an Age of Bullshit Author: Venus Nicolino Narrator: Venus Nicolino Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 31 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Over motivational messages? Sick AF of inspirational quotes? Done with the shiny happy bad advice that gets you nowhere? Well, heads up: you’re about to get a shitload of Good Advice. In Bad Advice, relationship expert Dr. Venus Nicolino—a.k.a. Dr. V—takes a blowtorch to the shrink-wrapped, “feel good” BS that passes for self-help these days. When you’re heartbroken, what do you hear? You can’t love anyone until you love yourself. When someone’s hurt you? Nobody can make you feel bad without your permission. When you’re just a little too positive? Expectations lead to disappointment. Pop culture noise gives Bad Advice the varnish of truthiness and inspiration.  But it’s not truth; it’s not inspiration. It’s bullshit. And at its root, all Bad Advice operates off the same lie: Emotions are optional. In Bad Advice, Dr. V delivers a bracing truth serum, in the form of Good Advice—an antidote to the bullshit, from “Just Be Yourself” to “Live Each Day Like It’s Your Last,” that teaches you to live your life in a way that honors who you are, what you need, and how you feel. Smart and irreverent, Dr. V fuses the brains and insight of a nerdy Ph.D. with the heart of a doting Italian Mother and the artful profanity of a Philly trucker. Dr. V’s signature combination of humor, hard science, and heart make Bad Advice an iconoclastic course-correction like no other. A fiercely sharp wake-up call that tackles some of self-help’s most damaging truisms, Bad Advice is a never shy guide to tapping into your full potential. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345298 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345298]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Horse: Achieving Success Through the Pursuit of Fulfillment Author: Ogi Ogas, Todd Rose Narrator: Roger Wayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For generations, we've been stuck with a cookie-cutter mold for success that requires us to be the same as everyone else, only better. This ''standard formula'' works for some people but leaves most of us feeling disengaged and frustrated. As much as we might dislike the standard formula, it seems like there's no other practical path to financial security and a fulfilling life. But what if there is? In the Dark Horse Project at the Harvard Graduate School of Education, bestselling author and acclaimed thought leader Todd Rose and neuroscientist Ogi Ogas studied women and men who achieved impressive success even though nobody saw them coming. Dark horses blaze their own trail to a life of happiness and prosperity. Yet what is so remarkable is that hidden inside their seemingly one-of-a-kind journeys are practical principles for achieving success that work for anyone, no matter who you are or what you hope to achieve. This mold-breaking approach doesn't depend on you SAT scores, who you know, or how much money you have. The secret is a mindset that can be expressed in plain English: Harness your individuality in the pursuit of fulfillment to achieve excellence. In Dark Horse, Rose and Ogas show how the four elements of the dark horse mindset empower you to consistently make the right choices that fit your unique interests, abilities, and circumstances and will guide you to a life of passion, purpose, and achievement. Ogi Ogas, Todd Rose Tue, 09 Oct 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345298 thebookvoice.com 6:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345298]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Horse: Achieving Success Through the Pursuit of Fulfillment Author: Ogi Ogas, Todd Rose Narrator: Roger Wayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For generations, we've been stuck with a cookie-cutter mold for success that requires us to be the same as everyone else, only better. This ''standard formula'' works for some people but leaves most of us feeling disengaged and frustrated. As much as we might dislike the standard formula, it seems like there's no other practical path to financial security and a fulfilling life. But what if there is? In the Dark Horse Project at the Harvard Graduate School of Education, bestselling author and acclaimed thought leader Todd Rose and neuroscientist Ogi Ogas studied women and men who achieved impressive success even though nobody saw them coming. Dark horses blaze their own trail to a life of happiness and prosperity. Yet what is so remarkable is that hidden inside their seemingly one-of-a-kind journeys are practical principles for achieving success that work for anyone, no matter who you are or what you hope to achieve. This mold-breaking approach doesn't depend on you SAT scores, who you know, or how much money you have. The secret is a mindset that can be expressed in plain English: Harness your individuality in the pursuit of fulfillment to achieve excellence. In Dark Horse, Rose and Ogas show how the four elements of the dark horse mindset empower you to consistently make the right choices that fit your unique interests, abilities, and circumstances and will guide you to a life of passion, purpose, and achievement. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345298]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Horse: Achieving Success Through the Pursuit of Fulfillment Author: Ogi Ogas, Todd Rose Narrator: Roger Wayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For generations, we've been stuck with a cookie-cutter mold for success that requires us to be the same as everyone else, only better. This ''standard formula'' works for some people but leaves most of us feeling disengaged and frustrated. As much as we might dislike the standard formula, it seems like there's no other practical path to financial security and a fulfilling life. But what if there is? In the Dark Horse Project at the Harvard Graduate School of Education, bestselling author and acclaimed thought leader Todd Rose and neuroscientist Ogi Ogas studied women and men who achieved impressive success even though nobody saw them coming. Dark horses blaze their own trail to a life of happiness and prosperity. Yet what is so remarkable is that hidden inside their seemingly one-of-a-kind journeys are practical principles for achieving success that work for anyone, no matter who you are or what you hope to achieve. This mold-breaking approach doesn't depend on you SAT scores, who you know, or how much money you have. The secret is a mindset that can be expressed in plain English: Harness your individuality in the pursuit of fulfillment to achieve excellence. In Dark Horse, Rose and Ogas show how the four elements of the dark horse mindset empower you to consistently make the right choices that fit your unique interests, abilities, and circumstances and will guide you to a life of passion, purpose, and achievement. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345274 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345274]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Never Called It Rape - Updated Edition: The Ms. Report on Recognizing, Fighting, and Surviving Date and Acquaintance Rape Author: Robin Warshaw Narrator: Wheatley Tanner Letters Llc, Gloria Steinem, Eileen Stevens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Featuring a new preface by feminist icon Gloria Steinem, and a new foreword by Salamishah Tillet, PhD, Rutgers University Professor of African American Studies and Creative Writing “Essential. . . . It is nonpolemical, lucid, and speaks eloquently not only to the victims of acquaintance rape but to all those caught in its net.”— Philadelphia Inquirer With the advent of the #MeToo and Time’s Up movements, and almost daily new reports about rape, both on and off campuses, Robin Warshaw’s I Never Called It Rape is even more relevant today than when it was first published in 1988. The sad truth is that statistics on date rape have not changed in more than thirty years. That our culture enables rape is not just shown by the numbers: the outbreak of complaints against alleged rapists from Bill Cosby and Harvey Weinstein to Matt Lauer and President Donald Trump has further amplified this horrifying reality. With more than 80,000 copies sold to date, I Never Called It Rape serves as a guide to understanding rape as a cultural phenomenon—providing women and men with strategies to address our rape endemic. It gives survivors the context and resources to help them heal from their experiences, and pulls the wool from all our eyes regarding the pervasiveness of rape and sexual assault in our society. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Robin Warshaw Tue, 26 Feb 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345274 thebookvoice.com 9:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345274]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Never Called It Rape - Updated Edition: The Ms. Report on Recognizing, Fighting, and Surviving Date and Acquaintance Rape Author: Robin Warshaw Narrator: Wheatley Tanner Letters Llc, Gloria Steinem, Eileen Stevens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Featuring a new preface by feminist icon Gloria Steinem, and a new foreword by Salamishah Tillet, PhD, Rutgers University Professor of African American Studies and Creative Writing “Essential. . . . It is nonpolemical, lucid, and speaks eloquently not only to the victims of acquaintance rape but to all those caught in its net.”— Philadelphia Inquirer With the advent of the #MeToo and Time’s Up movements, and almost daily new reports about rape, both on and off campuses, Robin Warshaw’s I Never Called It Rape is even more relevant today than when it was first published in 1988. The sad truth is that statistics on date rape have not changed in more than thirty years. That our culture enables rape is not just shown by the numbers: the outbreak of complaints against alleged rapists from Bill Cosby and Harvey Weinstein to Matt Lauer and President Donald Trump has further amplified this horrifying reality. With more than 80,000 copies sold to date, I Never Called It Rape serves as a guide to understanding rape as a cultural phenomenon—providing women and men with strategies to address our rape endemic. It gives survivors the context and resources to help them heal from their experiences, and pulls the wool from all our eyes regarding the pervasiveness of rape and sexual assault in our society. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345274]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Never Called It Rape - Updated Edition: The Ms. Report on Recognizing, Fighting, and Surviving Date and Acquaintance Rape Author: Robin Warshaw Narrator: Wheatley Tanner Letters Llc, Gloria Steinem, Eileen Stevens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Featuring a new preface by feminist icon Gloria Steinem, and a new foreword by Salamishah Tillet, PhD, Rutgers University Professor of African American Studies and Creative Writing “Essential. . . . It is nonpolemical, lucid, and speaks eloquently not only to the victims of acquaintance rape but to all those caught in its net.”— Philadelphia Inquirer With the advent of the #MeToo and Time’s Up movements, and almost daily new reports about rape, both on and off campuses, Robin Warshaw’s I Never Called It Rape is even more relevant today than when it was first published in 1988. The sad truth is that statistics on date rape have not changed in more than thirty years. That our culture enables rape is not just shown by the numbers: the outbreak of complaints against alleged rapists from Bill Cosby and Harvey Weinstein to Matt Lauer and President Donald Trump has further amplified this horrifying reality. With more than 80,000 copies sold to date, I Never Called It Rape serves as a guide to understanding rape as a cultural phenomenon—providing women and men with strategies to address our rape endemic. It gives survivors the context and resources to help them heal from their experiences, and pulls the wool from all our eyes regarding the pervasiveness of rape and sexual assault in our society. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345107 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345107]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Economist Walks into a Brothel: And Other Unexpected Places to Understand Risk Author: Allison Schrager Narrator: Holly Palance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A Financial Times Book of the Month pick for April! Is it worth swimming in shark-infested waters to surf a 50-foot, career-record wave? Is it riskier to make an action movie or a horror movie? Should sex workers forfeit 50 percent of their income for added security or take a chance and keep the extra money? Most people wouldn't expect an economist to have an answer to these questions--or to other questions of daily life, such as who to date or how early to leave for the airport. But those people haven't met Allison Schrager, an economist and award-winning journalist who has spent her career examining how people manage risk in their lives and careers. Whether we realize it or not, we all take risks large and small every day. Even the most cautious among us cannot opt out--the question is always which risks to take, not whether to take them at all. What most of us don't know is how to measure those risks and maximize the chances of getting what we want out of life. In An Economist Walks into a Brothel, Schrager equips readers with five principles for dealing with risk, principles used by some of the world's most interesting risk takers. For instance, she interviews a professional poker player about how to stay rational when the stakes are high, a paparazzo in Manhattan about how to spot different kinds of risk, horse breeders in Kentucky about how to diversify risk and minimize losses, and a war general who led troops in Iraq about how to prepare for what we don't see coming. When you start to look at risky decisions through Schrager's new framework, you can increase the upside to any situation and better mitigate the downside. Allison Schrager Tue, 02 Apr 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345107 thebookvoice.com 7:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345107]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Economist Walks into a Brothel: And Other Unexpected Places to Understand Risk Author: Allison Schrager Narrator: Holly Palance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A Financial Times Book of the Month pick for April! Is it worth swimming in shark-infested waters to surf a 50-foot, career-record wave? Is it riskier to make an action movie or a horror movie? Should sex workers forfeit 50 percent of their income for added security or take a chance and keep the extra money? Most people wouldn't expect an economist to have an answer to these questions--or to other questions of daily life, such as who to date or how early to leave for the airport. But those people haven't met Allison Schrager, an economist and award-winning journalist who has spent her career examining how people manage risk in their lives and careers. Whether we realize it or not, we all take risks large and small every day. Even the most cautious among us cannot opt out--the question is always which risks to take, not whether to take them at all. What most of us don't know is how to measure those risks and maximize the chances of getting what we want out of life. In An Economist Walks into a Brothel, Schrager equips readers with five principles for dealing with risk, principles used by some of the world's most interesting risk takers. For instance, she interviews a professional poker player about how to stay rational when the stakes are high, a paparazzo in Manhattan about how to spot different kinds of risk, horse breeders in Kentucky about how to diversify risk and minimize losses, and a war general who led troops in Iraq about how to prepare for what we don't see coming. When you start to look at risky decisions through Schrager's new framework, you can increase the upside to any situation and better mitigate the downside. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345107]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Economist Walks into a Brothel: And Other Unexpected Places to Understand Risk Author: Allison Schrager Narrator: Holly Palance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A Financial Times Book of the Month pick for April! Is it worth swimming in shark-infested waters to surf a 50-foot, career-record wave? Is it riskier to make an action movie or a horror movie? Should sex workers forfeit 50 percent of their income for added security or take a chance and keep the extra money? Most people wouldn't expect an economist to have an answer to these questions--or to other questions of daily life, such as who to date or how early to leave for the airport. But those people haven't met Allison Schrager, an economist and award-winning journalist who has spent her career examining how people manage risk in their lives and careers. Whether we realize it or not, we all take risks large and small every day. Even the most cautious among us cannot opt out--the question is always which risks to take, not whether to take them at all. What most of us don't know is how to measure those risks and maximize the chances of getting what we want out of life. In An Economist Walks into a Brothel, Schrager equips readers with five principles for dealing with risk, principles used by some of the world's most interesting risk takers. For instance, she interviews a professional poker player about how to stay rational when the stakes are high, a paparazzo in Manhattan about how to spot different kinds of risk, horse breeders in Kentucky about how to diversify risk and minimize losses, and a war general who led troops in Iraq about how to prepare for what we don't see coming. When you start to look at risky decisions through Schrager's new framework, you can increase the upside to any situation and better mitigate the downside. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345056 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345056]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Can You Learn to Be Lucky?: Why Some People Seem to Win More Often Than Others Author: Karla Starr Narrator: Arielle Siegel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “I don't know when I've been so wowed by a new author” –Chip Health, co-author of The Power of Moments and Switch A talented journalist reveals the hidden patterns behind what we call 'luck' -- and shows us how we can all improve outcomes despite life’s inevitable randomness. 'Do you believe in luck?' is a polarizing question, one you might ask on a first date. Some of us believe that we make our own luck. Others see inequality everywhere and think that everyone’s fate is at the whim of the cosmos. Karla Starr has a third answer: unlucky, 'random' outcomes have predictable effects on our behavior that often make us act in self-defeating ways without even realizing it. In this groundbreaking book, Starr traces wealth, health, and happiness back to subconscious neurological processes, blind cultural assumptions, and tiny details you're in the habit of overlooking. Each chapter reveals how we can cultivate personal strengths to overcome life’s unlucky patterns. For instance: • Everyone has free access to that magic productivity app—motivation. The problem? It isn’t evenly distributed. What lucky accidents of history explain patterns behind why certain groups of people are more motivated in some situations than others? • If you look like an underperforming employee, your resume can't override the gut-level assumptions that a potential boss will make from your LinkedIn photo. How can we make sure that someone’s first impression is favorable? • Just as people use irrelevant traits to make assumptions about your intelligence, kindness, and trustworthiness, we also make inaccurate snap judgments. How do these judgments affect our interactions, and what should we assume about others to maximize our odds of having lucky encounters? We don’t always realize when the world's invisible biases work to our advantage or recognize how much of a role we play in our own lack of luck. By ending the guessing game about how luck works, Starr allows you to improve your fortunes while expending minimal effort. Karla Starr Tue, 14 Aug 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345056 thebookvoice.com 6:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345056]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Can You Learn to Be Lucky?: Why Some People Seem to Win More Often Than Others Author: Karla Starr Narrator: Arielle Siegel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “I don't know when I've been so wowed by a new author” –Chip Health, co-author of The Power of Moments and Switch A talented journalist reveals the hidden patterns behind what we call 'luck' -- and shows us how we can all improve outcomes despite life’s inevitable randomness. 'Do you believe in luck?' is a polarizing question, one you might ask on a first date. Some of us believe that we make our own luck. Others see inequality everywhere and think that everyone’s fate is at the whim of the cosmos. Karla Starr has a third answer: unlucky, 'random' outcomes have predictable effects on our behavior that often make us act in self-defeating ways without even realizing it. In this groundbreaking book, Starr traces wealth, health, and happiness back to subconscious neurological processes, blind cultural assumptions, and tiny details you're in the habit of overlooking. Each chapter reveals how we can cultivate personal strengths to overcome life’s unlucky patterns. For instance: • Everyone has free access to that magic productivity app—motivation. The problem? It isn’t evenly distributed. What lucky accidents of history explain patterns behind why certain groups of people are more motivated in some situations than others? • If you look like an underperforming employee, your resume can't override the gut-level assumptions that a potential boss will make from your LinkedIn photo. How can we make sure that someone’s first impression is favorable? • Just as people use irrelevant traits to make assumptions about your intelligence, kindness, and trustworthiness, we also make inaccurate snap judgments. How do these judgments affect our interactions, and what should we assume about others to maximize our odds of having lucky encounters? We don’t always realize when the world's invisible biases work to our advantage or recognize how much of a role we play in our own lack of luck. By ending the guessing game about how luck works, Starr allows you to improve your fortunes while expending minimal effort. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345056]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Can You Learn to Be Lucky?: Why Some People Seem to Win More Often Than Others Author: Karla Starr Narrator: Arielle Siegel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “I don't know when I've been so wowed by a new author” –Chip Health, co-author of The Power of Moments and Switch A talented journalist reveals the hidden patterns behind what we call 'luck' -- and shows us how we can all improve outcomes despite life’s inevitable randomness. 'Do you believe in luck?' is a polarizing question, one you might ask on a first date. Some of us believe that we make our own luck. Others see inequality everywhere and think that everyone’s fate is at the whim of the cosmos. Karla Starr has a third answer: unlucky, 'random' outcomes have predictable effects on our behavior that often make us act in self-defeating ways without even realizing it. In this groundbreaking book, Starr traces wealth, health, and happiness back to subconscious neurological processes, blind cultural assumptions, and tiny details you're in the habit of overlooking. Each chapter reveals how we can cultivate personal strengths to overcome life’s unlucky patterns. For instance: • Everyone has free access to that magic productivity app—motivation. The problem? It isn’t evenly distributed. What lucky accidents of history explain patterns behind why certain groups of people are more motivated in some situations than others? • If you look like an underperforming employee, your resume can't override the gut-level assumptions that a potential boss will make from your LinkedIn photo. How can we make sure that someone’s first impression is favorable? • Just as people use irrelevant traits to make assumptions about your intelligence, kindness, and trustworthiness, we also make inaccurate snap judgments. How do these judgments affect our interactions, and what should we assume about others to maximize our odds of having lucky encounters? We don’t always realize when the world's invisible biases work to our advantage or recognize how much of a role we play in our own lack of luck. By ending the guessing game about how luck works, Starr allows you to improve your fortunes while expending minimal effort. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344991 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344991]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Shelter of Each Other Author: Mary Pipher Narrator: Mary Pipher Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 23 minutes Release date: July 5, 2000 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Simple solutions for survival in this family-unfriendly culture. . . . Eye-opening. . . heart-wrenching and uplifting.”—San Francisco Chronicle  Even more resonant today than at its original publication in 1996, The Shelter of Each Other traces the effects of our society’s “anti-family” way of life, where parents are overtaxed, children are undersupervised, and technology is rapidly dictating how we interact. As she did in her number-one bestseller Reviving Ophelia, Mary Pipher illuminates how our families are suffering at the hands of shifting cultural norms, and she snaps our gaze into crisp focus.    Drawing on the fascinating stories of families rich and poor, angry and despairing, religious and skeptical, and probing deep into her own family memories and experiences, Pipher clears a path to the strength and energy at the core of family life. Compassionate and heart-wrenching, The Shelter of Each Other is an impassioned call for us to gather our families in our arms and hold on to them for dear life. Mary Pipher Wed, 05 Jul 2000 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344991 thebookvoice.com 4:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344991]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Shelter of Each Other Author: Mary Pipher Narrator: Mary Pipher Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 23 minutes Release date: July 5, 2000 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Simple solutions for survival in this family-unfriendly culture. . . . Eye-opening. . . heart-wrenching and uplifting.”—San Francisco Chronicle  Even more resonant today than at its original publication in 1996, The Shelter of Each Other traces the effects of our society’s “anti-family” way of life, where parents are overtaxed, children are undersupervised, and technology is rapidly dictating how we interact. As she did in her number-one bestseller Reviving Ophelia, Mary Pipher illuminates how our families are suffering at the hands of shifting cultural norms, and she snaps our gaze into crisp focus.    Drawing on the fascinating stories of families rich and poor, angry and despairing, religious and skeptical, and probing deep into her own family memories and experiences, Pipher clears a path to the strength and energy at the core of family life. Compassionate and heart-wrenching, The Shelter of Each Other is an impassioned call for us to gather our families in our arms and hold on to them for dear life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344991]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Shelter of Each Other Author: Mary Pipher Narrator: Mary Pipher Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 23 minutes Release date: July 5, 2000 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Simple solutions for survival in this family-unfriendly culture. . . . Eye-opening. . . heart-wrenching and uplifting.”—San Francisco Chronicle  Even more resonant today than at its original publication in 1996, The Shelter of Each Other traces the effects of our society’s “anti-family” way of life, where parents are overtaxed, children are undersupervised, and technology is rapidly dictating how we interact. As she did in her number-one bestseller Reviving Ophelia, Mary Pipher illuminates how our families are suffering at the hands of shifting cultural norms, and she snaps our gaze into crisp focus.    Drawing on the fascinating stories of families rich and poor, angry and despairing, religious and skeptical, and probing deep into her own family memories and experiences, Pipher clears a path to the strength and energy at the core of family life. Compassionate and heart-wrenching, The Shelter of Each Other is an impassioned call for us to gather our families in our arms and hold on to them for dear life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344982 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344982]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How One of You Can Bring the Two of You Together: Breakthrough Strategies to Resolve Your Conflicts and Reignite Your Love Author: Susan Page Narrator: Susan Page Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 2 minutes Release date: July 4, 2000 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Susan Page's groundbreaking approach to relationships gives readers the tools and encouragement they need to bring positive changes to their relationship, even when their partners are unwilling to do the work. Based on the premise that what you do in a relationship makes changes faster than anything you discuss, Page introduces the concept of 'Loving Leadership' and offers fourteen empowering and doable strategies for recapturing the positive feelings, including how to: * Overcome resentment and move beyond blame * Solve major problems--one at a time * Recapture lost intimacy Step-by-step, Page demonstrates that with tangible goals, and new ways of thinking, one partner can bring new levels of harmony and love to a relationship. Susan Page Tue, 04 Jul 2000 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344982 thebookvoice.com 3:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344982]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How One of You Can Bring the Two of You Together: Breakthrough Strategies to Resolve Your Conflicts and Reignite Your Love Author: Susan Page Narrator: Susan Page Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 2 minutes Release date: July 4, 2000 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Susan Page's groundbreaking approach to relationships gives readers the tools and encouragement they need to bring positive changes to their relationship, even when their partners are unwilling to do the work. Based on the premise that what you do in a relationship makes changes faster than anything you discuss, Page introduces the concept of 'Loving Leadership' and offers fourteen empowering and doable strategies for recapturing the positive feelings, including how to: * Overcome resentment and move beyond blame * Solve major problems--one at a time * Recapture lost intimacy Step-by-step, Page demonstrates that with tangible goals, and new ways of thinking, one partner can bring new levels of harmony and love to a relationship. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344982]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How One of You Can Bring the Two of You Together: Breakthrough Strategies to Resolve Your Conflicts and Reignite Your Love Author: Susan Page Narrator: Susan Page Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 2 minutes Release date: July 4, 2000 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Susan Page's groundbreaking approach to relationships gives readers the tools and encouragement they need to bring positive changes to their relationship, even when their partners are unwilling to do the work. Based on the premise that what you do in a relationship makes changes faster than anything you discuss, Page introduces the concept of 'Loving Leadership' and offers fourteen empowering and doable strategies for recapturing the positive feelings, including how to: * Overcome resentment and move beyond blame * Solve major problems--one at a time * Recapture lost intimacy Step-by-step, Page demonstrates that with tangible goals, and new ways of thinking, one partner can bring new levels of harmony and love to a relationship. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344910 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344910]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Behave: The Biology of Humans at Our Best and Worst Author: Robert M. Sapolsky Narrator: Michael Goldstrom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 26 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.53 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The audiobook edition of Behave by Robert Sapolsky, read by Michael Goldstrom. The New York Times best seller Winner of the 2017 LA Times Book Prize Why do human beings behave as they do? We are capable of savage acts of violence but also spectacular feats of kindness: is one side of our nature destined to win out over the other? Every act of human behaviour has multiple layers of causation, spiralling back seconds, minutes, hours, days, months, years, even centuries, right back to the dawn of time and the origins of our species. In the epic sweep of history, how does our biology affect the arc of war and peace, justice and persecution? How have our brains evolved alongside our cultures? This is the exhilarating story of human morality and the science underpinning the biggest question of all: what makes us human? © Robert M Sapolsky 2018 (P) Penguin Audio 2018 Robert M. Sapolsky Thu, 16 Aug 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344910 thebookvoice.com 26:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344910]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Behave: The Biology of Humans at Our Best and Worst Author: Robert M. Sapolsky Narrator: Michael Goldstrom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 26 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.53 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The audiobook edition of Behave by Robert Sapolsky, read by Michael Goldstrom. The New York Times best seller Winner of the 2017 LA Times Book Prize Why do human beings behave as they do? We are capable of savage acts of violence but also spectacular feats of kindness: is one side of our nature destined to win out over the other? Every act of human behaviour has multiple layers of causation, spiralling back seconds, minutes, hours, days, months, years, even centuries, right back to the dawn of time and the origins of our species. In the epic sweep of history, how does our biology affect the arc of war and peace, justice and persecution? How have our brains evolved alongside our cultures? This is the exhilarating story of human morality and the science underpinning the biggest question of all: what makes us human? © Robert M Sapolsky 2018 (P) Penguin Audio 2018 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344910]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Behave: The Biology of Humans at Our Best and Worst Author: Robert M. Sapolsky Narrator: Michael Goldstrom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 26 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.53 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The audiobook edition of Behave by Robert Sapolsky, read by Michael Goldstrom. The New York Times best seller Winner of the 2017 LA Times Book Prize Why do human beings behave as they do? We are capable of savage acts of violence but also spectacular feats of kindness: is one side of our nature destined to win out over the other? Every act of human behaviour has multiple layers of causation, spiralling back seconds, minutes, hours, days, months, years, even centuries, right back to the dawn of time and the origins of our species. In the epic sweep of history, how does our biology affect the arc of war and peace, justice and persecution? How have our brains evolved alongside our cultures? This is the exhilarating story of human morality and the science underpinning the biggest question of all: what makes us human? © Robert M Sapolsky 2018 (P) Penguin Audio 2018 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344762 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344762]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Help Your Teenager Beat an Eating Disorder, Second Edition Author: Daniel Le Grange PhD, James Lock MD PhD Narrator: Norah Tocci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Tens of thousands of parents have turned to this compassionate guide for support and practical advice grounded in cutting-edge scientific knowledge. Top experts James Lock and Daniel Le Grange explain what you need to know about eating disorders, which treatments work, and why it is absolutely essential to play an active role in your teen's recovery—even though parents have often been told to take a back seat. Learn how to monitor your teen's eating and exercise, manage mealtimes, end weight-related power struggles, and partner successfully with health care providers. When families work together to get the most out of treatment and prevent relapse, eating disorders can be beat. This book is your essential roadmap. Featuring the latest research, resources, and diagnostic information, the second edition has been expanded to cover binge-eating disorder. Daniel Le Grange PhD, James Lock MD PhD Tue, 31 Jul 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344762 thebookvoice.com 10:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344762]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Help Your Teenager Beat an Eating Disorder, Second Edition Author: Daniel Le Grange PhD, James Lock MD PhD Narrator: Norah Tocci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Tens of thousands of parents have turned to this compassionate guide for support and practical advice grounded in cutting-edge scientific knowledge. Top experts James Lock and Daniel Le Grange explain what you need to know about eating disorders, which treatments work, and why it is absolutely essential to play an active role in your teen's recovery—even though parents have often been told to take a back seat. Learn how to monitor your teen's eating and exercise, manage mealtimes, end weight-related power struggles, and partner successfully with health care providers. When families work together to get the most out of treatment and prevent relapse, eating disorders can be beat. This book is your essential roadmap. Featuring the latest research, resources, and diagnostic information, the second edition has been expanded to cover binge-eating disorder. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344762]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Help Your Teenager Beat an Eating Disorder, Second Edition Author: Daniel Le Grange PhD, James Lock MD PhD Narrator: Norah Tocci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Tens of thousands of parents have turned to this compassionate guide for support and practical advice grounded in cutting-edge scientific knowledge. Top experts James Lock and Daniel Le Grange explain what you need to know about eating disorders, which treatments work, and why it is absolutely essential to play an active role in your teen's recovery—even though parents have often been told to take a back seat. Learn how to monitor your teen's eating and exercise, manage mealtimes, end weight-related power struggles, and partner successfully with health care providers. When families work together to get the most out of treatment and prevent relapse, eating disorders can be beat. This book is your essential roadmap. Featuring the latest research, resources, and diagnostic information, the second edition has been expanded to cover binge-eating disorder. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344741 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344741]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Moving Beyond Betrayal: The 5-Step Boundary Solution for Partners of Sex Addicts Author: Vicki Tidwell Palmer LCSW CSAT Narrator: Tanya Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 52 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A go-to guide on how to confront, heal from, and ultimately thrive after the devastation of betrayal by a partner's compulsive sexual or other addictive behavior This is the first book specifically for partners affected by addictive behavior that addresses, in detail, how to identify, create, and maintain boundaries as a vital component of self-care and an indispensable tool for healing and growth. Through working the 5-Step Boundary Solution partners will gain clarity; reduce the chaos inherent in relationships impacted by sex addiction; feel more empowered and in control of their lives; discover whether or not their relationship with the addict is salvageable. Contains mature themes. Vicki Tidwell Palmer LCSW CSAT Tue, 31 Jul 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344741 thebookvoice.com 4:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344741]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Moving Beyond Betrayal: The 5-Step Boundary Solution for Partners of Sex Addicts Author: Vicki Tidwell Palmer LCSW CSAT Narrator: Tanya Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 52 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A go-to guide on how to confront, heal from, and ultimately thrive after the devastation of betrayal by a partner's compulsive sexual or other addictive behavior This is the first book specifically for partners affected by addictive behavior that addresses, in detail, how to identify, create, and maintain boundaries as a vital component of self-care and an indispensable tool for healing and growth. Through working the 5-Step Boundary Solution partners will gain clarity; reduce the chaos inherent in relationships impacted by sex addiction; feel more empowered and in control of their lives; discover whether or not their relationship with the addict is salvageable. Contains mature themes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344741]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Moving Beyond Betrayal: The 5-Step Boundary Solution for Partners of Sex Addicts Author: Vicki Tidwell Palmer LCSW CSAT Narrator: Tanya Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 52 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A go-to guide on how to confront, heal from, and ultimately thrive after the devastation of betrayal by a partner's compulsive sexual or other addictive behavior This is the first book specifically for partners affected by addictive behavior that addresses, in detail, how to identify, create, and maintain boundaries as a vital component of self-care and an indispensable tool for healing and growth. Through working the 5-Step Boundary Solution partners will gain clarity; reduce the chaos inherent in relationships impacted by sex addiction; feel more empowered and in control of their lives; discover whether or not their relationship with the addict is salvageable. Contains mature themes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344667 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344667]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Normal Sucks: How to Live, Learn, and Thrive, Outside the Lines Author: Jonathan Mooney Narrator: Jonathan Mooney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. Confessional and often hilarious, in Normal Sucks a neuro-diverse writer, advocate, and father meditates on his life, offering the radical message that we should stop trying to fix people and start empowering them to succeed. Jonathan Mooney blends anecdote, expertise, and memoir to present a new mode of thinking about how we live and learn—individually, uniquely, and with advantages and upshots to every type of brain and body. As a neuro-diverse kid diagnosed with dyslexia and ADHD who didn't learn to read until he was twelve, the realization that that he wasn’t the problem—the system and the concept of normal were—saved Mooney’s life and fundamentally changed his outlook. Here he explores the toll that being not normal takes on kids and adults when they’re trapped in environments that label them, shame them, and tell them, even in subtle ways, that they are the problem. But, he argues, if we can reorient the ways in which we think about diversity, abilities, and disabilities, we can start a revolution. A highly sought after public speaker, Mooney has been inspiring audiences with his story and his message for nearly two decades. Now he’s ready to share what he’s learned from parents, educators, researchers, and kids in a book that is as much a survival guide as it is a call to action. Whip-smart, insightful, and utterly inspiring—and movingly framed as a letter to his own young sons, as they work to find their ways in the world—this audiobook will upend what we call normal and empower us all. Jonathan Mooney Tue, 13 Aug 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344667 thebookvoice.com 5:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344667]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Normal Sucks: How to Live, Learn, and Thrive, Outside the Lines Author: Jonathan Mooney Narrator: Jonathan Mooney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. Confessional and often hilarious, in Normal Sucks a neuro-diverse writer, advocate, and father meditates on his life, offering the radical message that we should stop trying to fix people and start empowering them to succeed. Jonathan Mooney blends anecdote, expertise, and memoir to present a new mode of thinking about how we live and learn—individually, uniquely, and with advantages and upshots to every type of brain and body. As a neuro-diverse kid diagnosed with dyslexia and ADHD who didn't learn to read until he was twelve, the realization that that he wasn’t the problem—the system and the concept of normal were—saved Mooney’s life and fundamentally changed his outlook. Here he explores the toll that being not normal takes on kids and adults when they’re trapped in environments that label them, shame them, and tell them, even in subtle ways, that they are the problem. But, he argues, if we can reorient the ways in which we think about diversity, abilities, and disabilities, we can start a revolution. A highly sought after public speaker, Mooney has been inspiring audiences with his story and his message for nearly two decades. Now he’s ready to share what he’s learned from parents, educators, researchers, and kids in a book that is as much a survival guide as it is a call to action. Whip-smart, insightful, and utterly inspiring—and movingly framed as a letter to his own young sons, as they work to find their ways in the world—this audiobook will upend what we call normal and empower us all. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344667]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Normal Sucks: How to Live, Learn, and Thrive, Outside the Lines Author: Jonathan Mooney Narrator: Jonathan Mooney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. Confessional and often hilarious, in Normal Sucks a neuro-diverse writer, advocate, and father meditates on his life, offering the radical message that we should stop trying to fix people and start empowering them to succeed. Jonathan Mooney blends anecdote, expertise, and memoir to present a new mode of thinking about how we live and learn—individually, uniquely, and with advantages and upshots to every type of brain and body. As a neuro-diverse kid diagnosed with dyslexia and ADHD who didn't learn to read until he was twelve, the realization that that he wasn’t the problem—the system and the concept of normal were—saved Mooney’s life and fundamentally changed his outlook. Here he explores the toll that being not normal takes on kids and adults when they’re trapped in environments that label them, shame them, and tell them, even in subtle ways, that they are the problem. But, he argues, if we can reorient the ways in which we think about diversity, abilities, and disabilities, we can start a revolution. A highly sought after public speaker, Mooney has been inspiring audiences with his story and his message for nearly two decades. Now he’s ready to share what he’s learned from parents, educators, researchers, and kids in a book that is as much a survival guide as it is a call to action. Whip-smart, insightful, and utterly inspiring—and movingly framed as a letter to his own young sons, as they work to find their ways in the world—this audiobook will upend what we call normal and empower us all. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344609 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344609]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Personality Brokers: The Strange History of Myers-Briggs and the Birth of Personality Testing Author: Merve Emre Narrator: Ellen Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: *A New York Times Critics' Best Book of 2018* *An Economist Best Book of 2018* *A Spectator Best Book of 2018* *A Mental Floss Best Book of 2018* An unprecedented history of the personality test conceived a century ago by a mother and her daughter--fiction writers with no formal training in psychology--and how it insinuated itself into our boardrooms, classrooms, and beyond The Myers-Briggs Type Indicator is the most popular personality test in the world. It is used regularly by Fortune 500 companies, universities, hospitals, churches, and the military. Its language of personality types--extraversion and introversion, sensing and intuiting, thinking and feeling, judging and perceiving--has inspired television shows, online dating platforms, and Buzzfeed quizzes. Yet despite the test's widespread adoption, experts in the field of psychometric testing, a $2 billion industry, have struggled to validate its results--no less account for its success. How did Myers-Briggs, a homegrown multiple choice questionnaire, infiltrate our workplaces, our relationships, our Internet, our lives? First conceived in the 1920s by the mother-daughter team of Katherine Briggs and Isabel Briggs Myers, a pair of devoted homemakers, novelists, and amateur psychoanalysts, Myers-Briggs was designed to bring the gospel of Carl Jung to the masses. But it would take on a life entirely its own, reaching from the smoke-filled boardrooms of mid-century New York to Berkeley, California, where it was administered to some of the twentieth century's greatest creative minds. It would travel across the world to London, Zurich, Cape Town, Melbourne, and Tokyo, until it could be found just as easily in elementary schools, nunneries, and wellness retreats as in shadowy political consultancies and on social networks. Drawing from original reporting and never-before-published documents, The Personality Brokers takes a critical look at the personality indicator that became a cultural icon. Along the way it examines nothing less than the definition of the self--our attempts to grasp, categorize, and quantify our personalities. Surprising and absorbing, the book, like the test at its heart, considers the timeless question: What makes you, you? Merve Emre Tue, 11 Sep 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344609 thebookvoice.com 11:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344609]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Personality Brokers: The Strange History of Myers-Briggs and the Birth of Personality Testing Author: Merve Emre Narrator: Ellen Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: *A New York Times Critics' Best Book of 2018* *An Economist Best Book of 2018* *A Spectator Best Book of 2018* *A Mental Floss Best Book of 2018* An unprecedented history of the personality test conceived a century ago by a mother and her daughter--fiction writers with no formal training in psychology--and how it insinuated itself into our boardrooms, classrooms, and beyond The Myers-Briggs Type Indicator is the most popular personality test in the world. It is used regularly by Fortune 500 companies, universities, hospitals, churches, and the military. Its language of personality types--extraversion and introversion, sensing and intuiting, thinking and feeling, judging and perceiving--has inspired television shows, online dating platforms, and Buzzfeed quizzes. Yet despite the test's widespread adoption, experts in the field of psychometric testing, a $2 billion industry, have struggled to validate its results--no less account for its success. How did Myers-Briggs, a homegrown multiple choice questionnaire, infiltrate our workplaces, our relationships, our Internet, our lives? First conceived in the 1920s by the mother-daughter team of Katherine Briggs and Isabel Briggs Myers, a pair of devoted homemakers, novelists, and amateur psychoanalysts, Myers-Briggs was designed to bring the gospel of Carl Jung to the masses. But it would take on a life entirely its own, reaching from the smoke-filled boardrooms of mid-century New York to Berkeley, California, where it was administered to some of the twentieth century's greatest creative minds. It would travel across the world to London, Zurich, Cape Town, Melbourne, and Tokyo, until it could be found just as easily in elementary schools, nunneries, and wellness retreats as in shadowy political consultancies and on social networks. Drawing from original reporting and never-before-published documents, The Personality Brokers takes a critical look at the personality indicator that became a cultural icon. Along the way it examines nothing less than the definition of the self--our attempts to grasp, categorize, and quantify our personalities. Surprising and absorbing, the book, like the test at its heart, considers the timeless question: What makes you, you? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344609]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Personality Brokers: The Strange History of Myers-Briggs and the Birth of Personality Testing Author: Merve Emre Narrator: Ellen Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: *A New York Times Critics' Best Book of 2018* *An Economist Best Book of 2018* *A Spectator Best Book of 2018* *A Mental Floss Best Book of 2018* An unprecedented history of the personality test conceived a century ago by a mother and her daughter--fiction writers with no formal training in psychology--and how it insinuated itself into our boardrooms, classrooms, and beyond The Myers-Briggs Type Indicator is the most popular personality test in the world. It is used regularly by Fortune 500 companies, universities, hospitals, churches, and the military. Its language of personality types--extraversion and introversion, sensing and intuiting, thinking and feeling, judging and perceiving--has inspired television shows, online dating platforms, and Buzzfeed quizzes. Yet despite the test's widespread adoption, experts in the field of psychometric testing, a $2 billion industry, have struggled to validate its results--no less account for its success. How did Myers-Briggs, a homegrown multiple choice questionnaire, infiltrate our workplaces, our relationships, our Internet, our lives? First conceived in the 1920s by the mother-daughter team of Katherine Briggs and Isabel Briggs Myers, a pair of devoted homemakers, novelists, and amateur psychoanalysts, Myers-Briggs was designed to bring the gospel of Carl Jung to the masses. But it would take on a life entirely its own, reaching from the smoke-filled boardrooms of mid-century New York to Berkeley, California, where it was administered to some of the twentieth century's greatest creative minds. It would travel across the world to London, Zurich, Cape Town, Melbourne, and Tokyo, until it could be found just as easily in elementary schools, nunneries, and wellness retreats as in shadowy political consultancies and on social networks. Drawing from original reporting and never-before-published documents, The Personality Brokers takes a critical look at the personality indicator that became a cultural icon. Along the way it examines nothing less than the definition of the self--our attempts to grasp, categorize, and quantify our personalities. Surprising and absorbing, the book, like the test at its heart, considers the timeless question: What makes you, you? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344608 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344608]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Orchid and the Dandelion: Why Some Children Struggle and How All Can Thrive Author: W. Thomas Boyce Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Based on groundbreaking research that has the power to change the lives of countless children--and the adults who love them.' --Susan Cain, author of Quiet: The Power of Introverts. A book that offers hope and a pathway to success for parents, teachers, psychologists, and child development experts coping with difficult children.      In Tom Boyce's extraordinary new book, he explores the 'dandelion' child (hardy, resilient, healthy), able to survive and flourish under most circumstances, and the 'orchid' child (sensitive, susceptible, fragile), who, given the right support, can thrive as much as, if not more than, other children.      Boyce writes of his pathfinding research as a developmental pediatrician working with troubled children in child-development research for almost four decades, and explores his major discovery that reveals how genetic make-up and environment shape behavior. He writes that certain variant genes can increase a person's susceptibility to depression, anxiety, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, and antisocial, sociopathic, or violent behaviors. But rather than seeing this 'risk' gene as a liability, Boyce, through his daring research, has recast the way we think of human frailty, and has shown that while these 'bad' genes can create problems, they can also, in the right setting and the right environment, result in producing children who not only do better than before but far exceed their peers. Orchid children, Boyce makes clear, are not failed dandelions; they are a different category of child, with special sensitivities and strengths, and need to be nurtured and taught in special ways. And in The Orchid and the Dandelion, Boyce shows us how to understand these children for their unique sensibilities, their considerable challenges, their remarkable gifts. W. Thomas Boyce Tue, 29 Jan 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344608 thebookvoice.com 10:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344608]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Orchid and the Dandelion: Why Some Children Struggle and How All Can Thrive Author: W. Thomas Boyce Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Based on groundbreaking research that has the power to change the lives of countless children--and the adults who love them.' --Susan Cain, author of Quiet: The Power of Introverts. A book that offers hope and a pathway to success for parents, teachers, psychologists, and child development experts coping with difficult children.      In Tom Boyce's extraordinary new book, he explores the 'dandelion' child (hardy, resilient, healthy), able to survive and flourish under most circumstances, and the 'orchid' child (sensitive, susceptible, fragile), who, given the right support, can thrive as much as, if not more than, other children.      Boyce writes of his pathfinding research as a developmental pediatrician working with troubled children in child-development research for almost four decades, and explores his major discovery that reveals how genetic make-up and environment shape behavior. He writes that certain variant genes can increase a person's susceptibility to depression, anxiety, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, and antisocial, sociopathic, or violent behaviors. But rather than seeing this 'risk' gene as a liability, Boyce, through his daring research, has recast the way we think of human frailty, and has shown that while these 'bad' genes can create problems, they can also, in the right setting and the right environment, result in producing children who not only do better than before but far exceed their peers. Orchid children, Boyce makes clear, are not failed dandelions; they are a different category of child, with special sensitivities and strengths, and need to be nurtured and taught in special ways. And in The Orchid and the Dandelion, Boyce shows us how to understand these children for their unique sensibilities, their considerable challenges, their remarkable gifts. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344608]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Orchid and the Dandelion: Why Some Children Struggle and How All Can Thrive Author: W. Thomas Boyce Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Based on groundbreaking research that has the power to change the lives of countless children--and the adults who love them.' --Susan Cain, author of Quiet: The Power of Introverts. A book that offers hope and a pathway to success for parents, teachers, psychologists, and child development experts coping with difficult children.      In Tom Boyce's extraordinary new book, he explores the 'dandelion' child (hardy, resilient, healthy), able to survive and flourish under most circumstances, and the 'orchid' child (sensitive, susceptible, fragile), who, given the right support, can thrive as much as, if not more than, other children.      Boyce writes of his pathfinding research as a developmental pediatrician working with troubled children in child-development research for almost four decades, and explores his major discovery that reveals how genetic make-up and environment shape behavior. He writes that certain variant genes can increase a person's susceptibility to depression, anxiety, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, and antisocial, sociopathic, or violent behaviors. But rather than seeing this 'risk' gene as a liability, Boyce, through his daring research, has recast the way we think of human frailty, and has shown that while these 'bad' genes can create problems, they can also, in the right setting and the right environment, result in producing children who not only do better than before but far exceed their peers. Orchid children, Boyce makes clear, are not failed dandelions; they are a different category of child, with special sensitivities and strengths, and need to be nurtured and taught in special ways. And in The Orchid and the Dandelion, Boyce shows us how to understand these children for their unique sensibilities, their considerable challenges, their remarkable gifts. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344544 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344544]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Hard Feelings: Owning Intense Emotions (Before They Own You) Author: Liz Fosslien, Mollie West Duffy Narrator: Mollie West Duffy, Liz Fosslien Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 48 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'A must-read that topples the idea that emotions don't belong in the workplace.' --Susan Cain, author of Quiet  A hilarious guide to effectively expressing your emotions at the office, finding fulfillment, and defining work-life balance on your own terms. How do you stop the office grouch from ruining your day? How do you enjoy a vacation without obsessing about the unanswered emails in your inbox? If you're a boss, what should you do when your new, eager hire wants to follow you on Instagram?  The modern workplace can be an emotional minefield, filled with confusing power structures and unwritten rules. We're expected to be authentic, but not too authentic. Professional, but not stiff. Friendly, but not an oversharer. Easier said than done! As both organizational consultants and regular people, we know what it's like to experience uncomfortable emotions at work - everything from mild jealousy and insecurity to panic and rage. Ignoring or suppressing what you feel hurts your health and productivity -- but so does letting your emotions run wild. Our goal in this book is to teach you how to figure out which emotions to toss, which to keep to yourself, and which to express in order to be both happier and more effective. We'll share some surprising new strategies, such as:   *   Be selectively vulnerable: Be honest about how you feel, but don't burden others with your deepest problems.   *   Remember that your feelings aren't facts: What we say isn't always what we mean. In times of conflict and miscommunication, try to talk about your emotions without getting emotional.   *   Be less passionate about your job: Taking a chill pill can actually make you healthier and more focused. Drawing on what we've learned from behavioral economics, psychology, and our own experiences at countless organizations, we'll show you how to bring your best self (and your whole self) to work every day. Includes a bonus pdf of illustrations. Liz Fosslien, Mollie West Duffy Tue, 05 Feb 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344544 thebookvoice.com 4:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344544]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Hard Feelings: Owning Intense Emotions (Before They Own You) Author: Liz Fosslien, Mollie West Duffy Narrator: Mollie West Duffy, Liz Fosslien Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 48 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'A must-read that topples the idea that emotions don't belong in the workplace.' --Susan Cain, author of Quiet  A hilarious guide to effectively expressing your emotions at the office, finding fulfillment, and defining work-life balance on your own terms. How do you stop the office grouch from ruining your day? How do you enjoy a vacation without obsessing about the unanswered emails in your inbox? If you're a boss, what should you do when your new, eager hire wants to follow you on Instagram?  The modern workplace can be an emotional minefield, filled with confusing power structures and unwritten rules. We're expected to be authentic, but not too authentic. Professional, but not stiff. Friendly, but not an oversharer. Easier said than done! As both organizational consultants and regular people, we know what it's like to experience uncomfortable emotions at work - everything from mild jealousy and insecurity to panic and rage. Ignoring or suppressing what you feel hurts your health and productivity -- but so does letting your emotions run wild. Our goal in this book is to teach you how to figure out which emotions to toss, which to keep to yourself, and which to express in order to be both happier and more effective. We'll share some surprising new strategies, such as:   *   Be selectively vulnerable: Be honest about how you feel, but don't burden others with your deepest problems.   *   Remember that your feelings aren't facts: What we say isn't always what we mean. In times of conflict and miscommunication, try to talk about your emotions without getting emotional.   *   Be less passionate about your job: Taking a chill pill can actually make you healthier and more focused. Drawing on what we've learned from behavioral economics, psychology, and our own experiences at countless organizations, we'll show you how to bring your best self (and your whole self) to work every day. Includes a bonus pdf of illustrations. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344544]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Hard Feelings: Owning Intense Emotions (Before They Own You) Author: Liz Fosslien, Mollie West Duffy Narrator: Mollie West Duffy, Liz Fosslien Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 48 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'A must-read that topples the idea that emotions don't belong in the workplace.' --Susan Cain, author of Quiet  A hilarious guide to effectively expressing your emotions at the office, finding fulfillment, and defining work-life balance on your own terms. How do you stop the office grouch from ruining your day? How do you enjoy a vacation without obsessing about the unanswered emails in your inbox? If you're a boss, what should you do when your new, eager hire wants to follow you on Instagram?  The modern workplace can be an emotional minefield, filled with confusing power structures and unwritten rules. We're expected to be authentic, but not too authentic. Professional, but not stiff. Friendly, but not an oversharer. Easier said than done! As both organizational consultants and regular people, we know what it's like to experience uncomfortable emotions at work - everything from mild jealousy and insecurity to panic and rage. Ignoring or suppressing what you feel hurts your health and productivity -- but so does letting your emotions run wild. Our goal in this book is to teach you how to figure out which emotions to toss, which to keep to yourself, and which to express in order to be both happier and more effective. We'll share some surprising new strategies, such as:   *   Be selectively vulnerable: Be honest about how you feel, but don't burden others with your deepest problems.   *   Remember that your feelings aren't facts: What we say isn't always what we mean. In times of conflict and miscommunication, try to talk about your emotions without getting emotional.   *   Be less passionate about your job: Taking a chill pill can actually make you healthier and more focused. Drawing on what we've learned from behavioral economics, psychology, and our own experiences at countless organizations, we'll show you how to bring your best self (and your whole self) to work every day. Includes a bonus pdf of illustrations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344545 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344545]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good Reasons for Bad Feelings: Insights from the Frontier of Evolutionary Psychiatry Author: Randolph M. Nesse Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 13 minutes Release date: February 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A founder of the field of evolutionary medicine uses his decades of experience as a psychiatrist to provide a much-needed new framework for making sense of mental illness. With his classic book Why We Get Sick, Dr. Randolph Nesse helped to establish the field of evolutionary medicine. Now he returns with a book that transforms our understanding of mental disorders by exploring a fundamentally new question. Instead of asking why certain people suffer from mental illness, Nesse asks why natural selection has left us all with fragile minds. Drawing on revealing stories from his own clinical practice and insights from evolutionary biology, Nesse shows how negative emotions are useful in certain situations, yet can become excessive. Anxiety protects us from harm in the face of danger, but false alarms are inevitable. Low mood prevents us from wasting effort in pursuit of unreachable goals, but it often escalates into pathological depression. Other mental disorders, such as addiction and anorexia, result from the mismatch between modern environments and our ancient human past. And there are good evolutionary reasons for sexual disorders and for why genes for schizophrenia persist. Taken together, these and many more insights help to explain the pervasiveness of human suffering, and show us new paths for relieving it by understanding individuals as individuals. Includes a Bonus PDF of charts and visuals. Cover art © The Josef and Anni Albers Foundation / Artists Rights Society (ARS), New York, 2018 Randolph M. Nesse Tue, 12 Feb 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344545 thebookvoice.com 11:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344545]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good Reasons for Bad Feelings: Insights from the Frontier of Evolutionary Psychiatry Author: Randolph M. Nesse Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 13 minutes Release date: February 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A founder of the field of evolutionary medicine uses his decades of experience as a psychiatrist to provide a much-needed new framework for making sense of mental illness. With his classic book Why We Get Sick, Dr. Randolph Nesse helped to establish the field of evolutionary medicine. Now he returns with a book that transforms our understanding of mental disorders by exploring a fundamentally new question. Instead of asking why certain people suffer from mental illness, Nesse asks why natural selection has left us all with fragile minds. Drawing on revealing stories from his own clinical practice and insights from evolutionary biology, Nesse shows how negative emotions are useful in certain situations, yet can become excessive. Anxiety protects us from harm in the face of danger, but false alarms are inevitable. Low mood prevents us from wasting effort in pursuit of unreachable goals, but it often escalates into pathological depression. Other mental disorders, such as addiction and anorexia, result from the mismatch between modern environments and our ancient human past. And there are good evolutionary reasons for sexual disorders and for why genes for schizophrenia persist. Taken together, these and many more insights help to explain the pervasiveness of human suffering, and show us new paths for relieving it by understanding individuals as individuals. Includes a Bonus PDF of charts and visuals. Cover art © The Josef and Anni Albers Foundation / Artists Rights Society (ARS), New York, 2018 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344545]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good Reasons for Bad Feelings: Insights from the Frontier of Evolutionary Psychiatry Author: Randolph M. Nesse Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 13 minutes Release date: February 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A founder of the field of evolutionary medicine uses his decades of experience as a psychiatrist to provide a much-needed new framework for making sense of mental illness. With his classic book Why We Get Sick, Dr. Randolph Nesse helped to establish the field of evolutionary medicine. Now he returns with a book that transforms our understanding of mental disorders by exploring a fundamentally new question. Instead of asking why certain people suffer from mental illness, Nesse asks why natural selection has left us all with fragile minds. Drawing on revealing stories from his own clinical practice and insights from evolutionary biology, Nesse shows how negative emotions are useful in certain situations, yet can become excessive. Anxiety protects us from harm in the face of danger, but false alarms are inevitable. Low mood prevents us from wasting effort in pursuit of unreachable goals, but it often escalates into pathological depression. Other mental disorders, such as addiction and anorexia, result from the mismatch between modern environments and our ancient human past. And there are good evolutionary reasons for sexual disorders and for why genes for schizophrenia persist. Taken together, these and many more insights help to explain the pervasiveness of human suffering, and show us new paths for relieving it by understanding individuals as individuals. Includes a Bonus PDF of charts and visuals. Cover art © The Josef and Anni Albers Foundation / Artists Rights Society (ARS), New York, 2018 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344518 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344518]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Keep Pain in the Past: Getting Over Trauma, Grief, and the Worst That’s Ever Happened to You Author: Joseph Walden, Chris Cortman Narrator: Jack De Golia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 15, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Heal psychological wounds on your own Move on from the emotional trauma of your past: Contrary to what many people believe, we can recover from emotional trauma relatively quickly and completely on our own, without thousands of dollars spent on therapists. Whether it’s extreme trauma such as sexual abuse or the horrors of war, or less dramatic but, psychologically speaking, just as serious wounds involving shame and guilt, we don’t need to spend years in intensive therapy to recover. Keep Pain in the Past explains a process that allows you to do most, if not all, of the recovery on your own. Train yourself in psychological self-healing: While most people know what they can do on their own to treat physical ills―like using ice on a muscle sprain―they don’t realize that they can apply certain psychological principles to treat anxiety, depression, and many other conditions. Keep Pain in the Past will teach you the critical twenty-first century skill of treating psychological wounds on your own. Treat yourself and heal old wounds: As much as people may suspect that some trauma from their past is affecting them negatively, they struggle to do anything about it. They take refuge in denial, avoidance, or addictions rather than grapple with that long-ago emotional pain―because honestly, surfacing that pain hurts. Keep Pain in the Past will help you identify and face this pain and find closure on your own. Use Dr. Chris Cortman’s easy-to-master method to remember, feel, express, release, and reframe the trauma that has been haunting you for years. Learn from the success of others: Follow their example in healing yourself. Discover how Sheri, a thirty-seven-year-old attorney, recovered from panic attacks that seemed to come out of nowhere. Follow the journey of Mark, a twenty-nine-year-old army veteran who experienced the horror of war in Afghanistan, as he healed from the downward spiral that had caused him to lose his job and become increasingly uncommunicative with his family. Explore how Melinda, a forty-two-year-old professor who struggled to sustain a romantic relationship, confronted her torturous childhood and has now found love that is still going strong after three years. Keep Pain in the Past achieves what conventional therapy does not. After reading this book, you will be able to: Confront the emotional baggage of your pastReach closure by completing the eventDiscover a life unhaunted by the trauma of your past Joseph Walden, Chris Cortman Mon, 15 Oct 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344518 thebookvoice.com 7:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344518]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Keep Pain in the Past: Getting Over Trauma, Grief, and the Worst That’s Ever Happened to You Author: Joseph Walden, Chris Cortman Narrator: Jack De Golia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 15, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Heal psychological wounds on your own Move on from the emotional trauma of your past: Contrary to what many people believe, we can recover from emotional trauma relatively quickly and completely on our own, without thousands of dollars spent on therapists. Whether it’s extreme trauma such as sexual abuse or the horrors of war, or less dramatic but, psychologically speaking, just as serious wounds involving shame and guilt, we don’t need to spend years in intensive therapy to recover. Keep Pain in the Past explains a process that allows you to do most, if not all, of the recovery on your own. Train yourself in psychological self-healing: While most people know what they can do on their own to treat physical ills―like using ice on a muscle sprain―they don’t realize that they can apply certain psychological principles to treat anxiety, depression, and many other conditions. Keep Pain in the Past will teach you the critical twenty-first century skill of treating psychological wounds on your own. Treat yourself and heal old wounds: As much as people may suspect that some trauma from their past is affecting them negatively, they struggle to do anything about it. They take refuge in denial, avoidance, or addictions rather than grapple with that long-ago emotional pain―because honestly, surfacing that pain hurts. Keep Pain in the Past will help you identify and face this pain and find closure on your own. Use Dr. Chris Cortman’s easy-to-master method to remember, feel, express, release, and reframe the trauma that has been haunting you for years. Learn from the success of others: Follow their example in healing yourself. Discover how Sheri, a thirty-seven-year-old attorney, recovered from panic attacks that seemed to come out of nowhere. Follow the journey of Mark, a twenty-nine-year-old army veteran who experienced the horror of war in Afghanistan, as he healed from the downward spiral that had caused him to lose his job and become increasingly uncommunicative with his family. Explore how Melinda, a forty-two-year-old professor who struggled to sustain a romantic relationship, confronted her torturous childhood and has now found love that is still going strong after three years. Keep Pain in the Past achieves what conventional therapy does not. After reading this book, you will be able to: Confront the emotional baggage of your pastReach closure by completing the eventDiscover a life unhaunted by the trauma of your past Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344518]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Keep Pain in the Past: Getting Over Trauma, Grief, and the Worst That’s Ever Happened to You Author: Joseph Walden, Chris Cortman Narrator: Jack De Golia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 15, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Heal psychological wounds on your own Move on from the emotional trauma of your past: Contrary to what many people believe, we can recover from emotional trauma relatively quickly and completely on our own, without thousands of dollars spent on therapists. Whether it’s extreme trauma such as sexual abuse or the horrors of war, or less dramatic but, psychologically speaking, just as serious wounds involving shame and guilt, we don’t need to spend years in intensive therapy to recover. Keep Pain in the Past explains a process that allows you to do most, if not all, of the recovery on your own. Train yourself in psychological self-healing: While most people know what they can do on their own to treat physical ills―like using ice on a muscle sprain―they don’t realize that they can apply certain psychological principles to treat anxiety, depression, and many other conditions. Keep Pain in the Past will teach you the critical twenty-first century skill of treating psychological wounds on your own. Treat yourself and heal old wounds: As much as people may suspect that some trauma from their past is affecting them negatively, they struggle to do anything about it. They take refuge in denial, avoidance, or addictions rather than grapple with that long-ago emotional pain―because honestly, surfacing that pain hurts. Keep Pain in the Past will help you identify and face this pain and find closure on your own. Use Dr. Chris Cortman’s easy-to-master method to remember, feel, express, release, and reframe the trauma that has been haunting you for years. Learn from the success of others: Follow their example in healing yourself. Discover how Sheri, a thirty-seven-year-old attorney, recovered from panic attacks that seemed to come out of nowhere. Follow the journey of Mark, a twenty-nine-year-old army veteran who experienced the horror of war in Afghanistan, as he healed from the downward spiral that had caused him to lose his job and become increasingly uncommunicative with his family. Explore how Melinda, a forty-two-year-old professor who struggled to sustain a romantic relationship, confronted her torturous childhood and has now found love that is still going strong after three years. Keep Pain in the Past achieves what conventional therapy does not. After reading this book, you will be able to: Confront the emotional baggage of your pastReach closure by completing the eventDiscover a life unhaunted by the trauma of your past https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344203 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344203]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Morning Mind: Use Your Brain to Master Your Day and Supercharge Your Life Author: Kirti Salwe Carter, Mbbs, Mph, Robert Carter Iii Narrator: Wayne Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.24 of Total 177 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 20 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Unleash positive thinking and productive imagination, and flip negative thoughts and behaviors into a lifetime to improve every aspect of your life—each morning, one day at a time. Bad habits. Bad feelings. Bad mornings that turn into regrettable days. Banish them all with simple brain hacks that flip negative thoughts and behaviors into positive, productive ones. The Morning Mind makes it easy. Based on findings from neuroscience and medicine, Dr. Robert Carter and Dr. Kirti Carter help you tamp down on the fear-driven reptile brain and tap into the part linked to thinking and imagination. With topics ranging from diet and hydration to exercise and meditation, you’ll find ideas for activating your brain—and improving every aspect of your life: - Restore healthy cycles of waking and sleeping - Block harmful cortisol hormones - Boost mental performance - Create calmer mornings - Develop self-discipline - Stimulate creativity - Improve your leadership skills   Instead of dragging through your day, learn to wake up refreshed, recharge regularly, and live better than ever. From the moment the alarm clock rings, The Morning Mind helps you greet each day with gusto. Accompanying charts and tables available in the audiobook companion PDF download. Kirti Salwe Carter, Mbbs, Mph, Robert Carter Iii Tue, 08 Jan 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344203 thebookvoice.com 5:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344203]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Morning Mind: Use Your Brain to Master Your Day and Supercharge Your Life Author: Kirti Salwe Carter, Mbbs, Mph, Robert Carter Iii Narrator: Wayne Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.24 of Total 177 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 20 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Unleash positive thinking and productive imagination, and flip negative thoughts and behaviors into a lifetime to improve every aspect of your life—each morning, one day at a time. Bad habits. Bad feelings. Bad mornings that turn into regrettable days. Banish them all with simple brain hacks that flip negative thoughts and behaviors into positive, productive ones. The Morning Mind makes it easy. Based on findings from neuroscience and medicine, Dr. Robert Carter and Dr. Kirti Carter help you tamp down on the fear-driven reptile brain and tap into the part linked to thinking and imagination. With topics ranging from diet and hydration to exercise and meditation, you’ll find ideas for activating your brain—and improving every aspect of your life: - Restore healthy cycles of waking and sleeping - Block harmful cortisol hormones - Boost mental performance - Create calmer mornings - Develop self-discipline - Stimulate creativity - Improve your leadership skills   Instead of dragging through your day, learn to wake up refreshed, recharge regularly, and live better than ever. From the moment the alarm clock rings, The Morning Mind helps you greet each day with gusto. Accompanying charts and tables available in the audiobook companion PDF download. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344203]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Morning Mind: Use Your Brain to Master Your Day and Supercharge Your Life Author: Kirti Salwe Carter, Mbbs, Mph, Robert Carter Iii Narrator: Wayne Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.24 of Total 177 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 20 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Unleash positive thinking and productive imagination, and flip negative thoughts and behaviors into a lifetime to improve every aspect of your life—each morning, one day at a time. Bad habits. Bad feelings. Bad mornings that turn into regrettable days. Banish them all with simple brain hacks that flip negative thoughts and behaviors into positive, productive ones. The Morning Mind makes it easy. Based on findings from neuroscience and medicine, Dr. Robert Carter and Dr. Kirti Carter help you tamp down on the fear-driven reptile brain and tap into the part linked to thinking and imagination. With topics ranging from diet and hydration to exercise and meditation, you’ll find ideas for activating your brain—and improving every aspect of your life: - Restore healthy cycles of waking and sleeping - Block harmful cortisol hormones - Boost mental performance - Create calmer mornings - Develop self-discipline - Stimulate creativity - Improve your leadership skills   Instead of dragging through your day, learn to wake up refreshed, recharge regularly, and live better than ever. From the moment the alarm clock rings, The Morning Mind helps you greet each day with gusto. Accompanying charts and tables available in the audiobook companion PDF download. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344002 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344002]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Your ADHD Child Wishes You Knew: Working Together to Empower Kids for Success in School and Life Author: Sharon Saline Narrator: Sharon Saline, Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 22 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.43 of Total 7 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A veteran psychologist presents a proven roadmap to help ADHD kids succeed in school and life You’ve read all the expert advice, but despite countless efforts to help your child cope better and stay on track, you’re still struggling with everyday issues like homework, chores, getting to soccer practice on time, and simply getting along without pushback and power struggles. What if you could work with your child, motivating and engaging them in the process, to create positive change once and for all? In this insightful and practical book, veteran psychologist Sharon Saline shares the words and inner struggles of children and teens living with ADHD—and a blueprint for achieving lasting success by working together. Based on more than 25 years of experience counseling young people and their families, Dr. Saline’s advice and real-world examples reveal how parents can shift the dynamic and truly help kids succeed. Topics include: * Setting mutual goals that foster cooperation * Easing academic struggles * Tackling everyday challenges, from  tantrums and backtalk to staying organized, building friendships, and more. With useful exercises and easy-to-remember techniques, you’ll discover a variety of practical strategies that really work, creating positive change that will last a lifetime. Sharon Saline Tue, 07 Aug 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344002 thebookvoice.com 7:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344002]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Your ADHD Child Wishes You Knew: Working Together to Empower Kids for Success in School and Life Author: Sharon Saline Narrator: Sharon Saline, Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 22 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.43 of Total 7 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A veteran psychologist presents a proven roadmap to help ADHD kids succeed in school and life You’ve read all the expert advice, but despite countless efforts to help your child cope better and stay on track, you’re still struggling with everyday issues like homework, chores, getting to soccer practice on time, and simply getting along without pushback and power struggles. What if you could work with your child, motivating and engaging them in the process, to create positive change once and for all? In this insightful and practical book, veteran psychologist Sharon Saline shares the words and inner struggles of children and teens living with ADHD—and a blueprint for achieving lasting success by working together. Based on more than 25 years of experience counseling young people and their families, Dr. Saline’s advice and real-world examples reveal how parents can shift the dynamic and truly help kids succeed. Topics include: * Setting mutual goals that foster cooperation * Easing academic struggles * Tackling everyday challenges, from  tantrums and backtalk to staying organized, building friendships, and more. With useful exercises and easy-to-remember techniques, you’ll discover a variety of practical strategies that really work, creating positive change that will last a lifetime. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344002]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Your ADHD Child Wishes You Knew: Working Together to Empower Kids for Success in School and Life Author: Sharon Saline Narrator: Sharon Saline, Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 22 minutes Release date: August 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.43 of Total 7 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A veteran psychologist presents a proven roadmap to help ADHD kids succeed in school and life You’ve read all the expert advice, but despite countless efforts to help your child cope better and stay on track, you’re still struggling with everyday issues like homework, chores, getting to soccer practice on time, and simply getting along without pushback and power struggles. What if you could work with your child, motivating and engaging them in the process, to create positive change once and for all? In this insightful and practical book, veteran psychologist Sharon Saline shares the words and inner struggles of children and teens living with ADHD—and a blueprint for achieving lasting success by working together. Based on more than 25 years of experience counseling young people and their families, Dr. Saline’s advice and real-world examples reveal how parents can shift the dynamic and truly help kids succeed. Topics include: * Setting mutual goals that foster cooperation * Easing academic struggles * Tackling everyday challenges, from  tantrums and backtalk to staying organized, building friendships, and more. With useful exercises and easy-to-remember techniques, you’ll discover a variety of practical strategies that really work, creating positive change that will last a lifetime. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343931 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343931]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Biological Mind: How Brain, Body, and Environment Collaborate to Make Us Who We Are Author: Alan Jasanoff Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 42 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: To many, the brain is the seat of personal identity and autonomy. But the way we talk about the brain is often rooted more in mystical conceptions of the soul than in scientific fact. This blinds us to the physical realities of mental function. We ignore bodily influences on our psychology, from chemicals in the blood to bacteria in the gut, and overlook the ways that the environment affects our behavior, via factors varying from subconscious sights and sounds to the weather. As a result, we alternately overestimate our capacity for free will or equate brains to inorganic machines like computers. But a brain is neither a soul nor an electrical network: it is a bodily organ, and it cannot be separated from its surroundings. Our selves aren't just inside our heads—they're spread throughout our bodies and beyond. Only once we come to terms with this can we grasp the true nature of our humanity. Alan Jasanoff Tue, 24 Jul 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343931 thebookvoice.com 10:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343931]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Biological Mind: How Brain, Body, and Environment Collaborate to Make Us Who We Are Author: Alan Jasanoff Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 42 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: To many, the brain is the seat of personal identity and autonomy. But the way we talk about the brain is often rooted more in mystical conceptions of the soul than in scientific fact. This blinds us to the physical realities of mental function. We ignore bodily influences on our psychology, from chemicals in the blood to bacteria in the gut, and overlook the ways that the environment affects our behavior, via factors varying from subconscious sights and sounds to the weather. As a result, we alternately overestimate our capacity for free will or equate brains to inorganic machines like computers. But a brain is neither a soul nor an electrical network: it is a bodily organ, and it cannot be separated from its surroundings. Our selves aren't just inside our heads—they're spread throughout our bodies and beyond. Only once we come to terms with this can we grasp the true nature of our humanity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343931]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Biological Mind: How Brain, Body, and Environment Collaborate to Make Us Who We Are Author: Alan Jasanoff Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 42 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: To many, the brain is the seat of personal identity and autonomy. But the way we talk about the brain is often rooted more in mystical conceptions of the soul than in scientific fact. This blinds us to the physical realities of mental function. We ignore bodily influences on our psychology, from chemicals in the blood to bacteria in the gut, and overlook the ways that the environment affects our behavior, via factors varying from subconscious sights and sounds to the weather. As a result, we alternately overestimate our capacity for free will or equate brains to inorganic machines like computers. But a brain is neither a soul nor an electrical network: it is a bodily organ, and it cannot be separated from its surroundings. Our selves aren't just inside our heads—they're spread throughout our bodies and beyond. Only once we come to terms with this can we grasp the true nature of our humanity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343898 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343898]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cognitive Gadgets: The Cultural Evolution of Thinking Author: Cecilia Heyes Narrator: Esther Wane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How did human minds become so different from those of other animals? What accounts for our capacity to understand the way the physical world works, to think ourselves into the minds of others, to gossip, read, tell stories about the past, and imagine the future? These questions are not new: they have been debated by philosophers, psychologists, anthropologists, evolutionists, and neurobiologists over the course of centuries. One explanation widely accepted today is that humans have special cognitive instincts. Unlike other living animal species, we are born with complicated mechanisms for reasoning about causation, reading the minds of others, copying behaviors, and using language. Cecilia Heyes agrees that adult humans have impressive pieces of cognitive equipment. In her framing, however, these cognitive gadgets are not instincts programmed in the genes but are constructed in the course of childhood through social interaction. Cognitive gadgets are products of cultural evolution, rather than genetic evolution. At birth, the minds of human babies are only subtly different from the minds of newborn chimpanzees. We are friendlier, our attention is drawn to different things, and we have a capacity to learn and remember that outstrips the abilities of newborn chimpanzees. Yet when these subtle differences are exposed to culture-soaked human environments, they have enormous effects. They enable us to upload distinctively human ways of thinking from the social world around us. As Cognitive Gadgets makes clear, from birth our malleable human minds can learn through culture not only what to think but how to think it. Cecilia Heyes Tue, 24 Jul 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343898 thebookvoice.com 7:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343898]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cognitive Gadgets: The Cultural Evolution of Thinking Author: Cecilia Heyes Narrator: Esther Wane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How did human minds become so different from those of other animals? What accounts for our capacity to understand the way the physical world works, to think ourselves into the minds of others, to gossip, read, tell stories about the past, and imagine the future? These questions are not new: they have been debated by philosophers, psychologists, anthropologists, evolutionists, and neurobiologists over the course of centuries. One explanation widely accepted today is that humans have special cognitive instincts. Unlike other living animal species, we are born with complicated mechanisms for reasoning about causation, reading the minds of others, copying behaviors, and using language. Cecilia Heyes agrees that adult humans have impressive pieces of cognitive equipment. In her framing, however, these cognitive gadgets are not instincts programmed in the genes but are constructed in the course of childhood through social interaction. Cognitive gadgets are products of cultural evolution, rather than genetic evolution. At birth, the minds of human babies are only subtly different from the minds of newborn chimpanzees. We are friendlier, our attention is drawn to different things, and we have a capacity to learn and remember that outstrips the abilities of newborn chimpanzees. Yet when these subtle differences are exposed to culture-soaked human environments, they have enormous effects. They enable us to upload distinctively human ways of thinking from the social world around us. As Cognitive Gadgets makes clear, from birth our malleable human minds can learn through culture not only what to think but how to think it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343898]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cognitive Gadgets: The Cultural Evolution of Thinking Author: Cecilia Heyes Narrator: Esther Wane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How did human minds become so different from those of other animals? What accounts for our capacity to understand the way the physical world works, to think ourselves into the minds of others, to gossip, read, tell stories about the past, and imagine the future? These questions are not new: they have been debated by philosophers, psychologists, anthropologists, evolutionists, and neurobiologists over the course of centuries. One explanation widely accepted today is that humans have special cognitive instincts. Unlike other living animal species, we are born with complicated mechanisms for reasoning about causation, reading the minds of others, copying behaviors, and using language. Cecilia Heyes agrees that adult humans have impressive pieces of cognitive equipment. In her framing, however, these cognitive gadgets are not instincts programmed in the genes but are constructed in the course of childhood through social interaction. Cognitive gadgets are products of cultural evolution, rather than genetic evolution. At birth, the minds of human babies are only subtly different from the minds of newborn chimpanzees. We are friendlier, our attention is drawn to different things, and we have a capacity to learn and remember that outstrips the abilities of newborn chimpanzees. Yet when these subtle differences are exposed to culture-soaked human environments, they have enormous effects. They enable us to upload distinctively human ways of thinking from the social world around us. As Cognitive Gadgets makes clear, from birth our malleable human minds can learn through culture not only what to think but how to think it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343885 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343885]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 151 Quick Ideas to Improve Your People Skills Author: Robert E. Dittmer, Stephanie Mcfarland Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 1 minute Release date: July 24, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you work with other people? Fellow employees; your boss; customers; vendors; colleagues? Of course, we all work in organizations comprised of people. People with whom we must have strong, positive relationships in order to ensure our own success as well as the organization's. Do we get any training or education on this key skill at our companies? Rarely. 151 Quick Ideas to Improve Your People Skills is constructed to help everyone do a better, more effective job of working with others. These ideas are culled from the study of human behavior, relationships, and communication. Everything here will help you be more effective, efficient and in control of your relationships with people. In this book you will: ● Learn the difference between social intelligence and technical knowledge ● Create friends, allies, and supporters ● Learn how to analyze tough personal situations and solve them ● Understand when and how to negotiate Robert E. Dittmer, Stephanie Mcfarland Tue, 24 Jul 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343885 thebookvoice.com 4:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343885]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 151 Quick Ideas to Improve Your People Skills Author: Robert E. Dittmer, Stephanie Mcfarland Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 1 minute Release date: July 24, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you work with other people? Fellow employees; your boss; customers; vendors; colleagues? Of course, we all work in organizations comprised of people. People with whom we must have strong, positive relationships in order to ensure our own success as well as the organization's. Do we get any training or education on this key skill at our companies? Rarely. 151 Quick Ideas to Improve Your People Skills is constructed to help everyone do a better, more effective job of working with others. These ideas are culled from the study of human behavior, relationships, and communication. Everything here will help you be more effective, efficient and in control of your relationships with people. In this book you will: ● Learn the difference between social intelligence and technical knowledge ● Create friends, allies, and supporters ● Learn how to analyze tough personal situations and solve them ● Understand when and how to negotiate Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343885]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 151 Quick Ideas to Improve Your People Skills Author: Robert E. Dittmer, Stephanie Mcfarland Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 1 minute Release date: July 24, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you work with other people? Fellow employees; your boss; customers; vendors; colleagues? Of course, we all work in organizations comprised of people. People with whom we must have strong, positive relationships in order to ensure our own success as well as the organization's. Do we get any training or education on this key skill at our companies? Rarely. 151 Quick Ideas to Improve Your People Skills is constructed to help everyone do a better, more effective job of working with others. These ideas are culled from the study of human behavior, relationships, and communication. Everything here will help you be more effective, efficient and in control of your relationships with people. In this book you will: ● Learn the difference between social intelligence and technical knowledge ● Create friends, allies, and supporters ● Learn how to analyze tough personal situations and solve them ● Understand when and how to negotiate https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343831 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343831]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Whole Again: Healing Your Heart and Rediscovering Your True Self After Toxic Relationships and Emotional Abuse Author: Jackson MacKenzie Narrator: Erin Spencer, Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 48 Ratings of Narrator: 4.9 of Total 10 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From a leading voice on recovering from toxic relationships, a deeply insightful guide to getting back to your 'old self' again--in order to truly heal and move on. Jackson MacKenzie has helped millions of readers in their struggle to understand the experience of toxic relationships. His first book, Psychopath Free, explained how to identify and survive the immediate situation. In this highly anticipated new audiobook, he guides listeners on what to do next--how to fully heal from abuse in order to find love and acceptance for the self and others. Through his work with thousands of survivors of abusive relationships, Jackson discovered that survivors frequently have symptoms of trauma lasting long after the relationship is over. These may include feelings of numbness and emptiness, depression, mood swings, isolation, perfectionism, rumination, caretaking and people-pleasing, a need for control, physical maladies, substance abuse, and more. But he also found that it is possible to work through these symptoms and find fulfillment and love on the other side. In Whole Again, he shares insights and tools for working through the protective self we've developed, so that we can finally move on to live a full and authentic life--to once again feel light, free, whole, and ready to give and receive love. Like Brené Brown's The Gifts of Imperfection and John Bradshaw's Healing the Shame that Binds You, Whole Again offers hope and multiple strategies to anyone who has survived a toxic relationship, as well as anyone suffering the effects of a breakup involving lying, cheating and other forms of abuse--to release old wounds and safely let the love back inside where it belongs. Jackson MacKenzie Tue, 08 Jan 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343831 thebookvoice.com 8:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343831]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Whole Again: Healing Your Heart and Rediscovering Your True Self After Toxic Relationships and Emotional Abuse Author: Jackson MacKenzie Narrator: Erin Spencer, Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 48 Ratings of Narrator: 4.9 of Total 10 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From a leading voice on recovering from toxic relationships, a deeply insightful guide to getting back to your 'old self' again--in order to truly heal and move on. Jackson MacKenzie has helped millions of readers in their struggle to understand the experience of toxic relationships. His first book, Psychopath Free, explained how to identify and survive the immediate situation. In this highly anticipated new audiobook, he guides listeners on what to do next--how to fully heal from abuse in order to find love and acceptance for the self and others. Through his work with thousands of survivors of abusive relationships, Jackson discovered that survivors frequently have symptoms of trauma lasting long after the relationship is over. These may include feelings of numbness and emptiness, depression, mood swings, isolation, perfectionism, rumination, caretaking and people-pleasing, a need for control, physical maladies, substance abuse, and more. But he also found that it is possible to work through these symptoms and find fulfillment and love on the other side. In Whole Again, he shares insights and tools for working through the protective self we've developed, so that we can finally move on to live a full and authentic life--to once again feel light, free, whole, and ready to give and receive love. Like Brené Brown's The Gifts of Imperfection and John Bradshaw's Healing the Shame that Binds You, Whole Again offers hope and multiple strategies to anyone who has survived a toxic relationship, as well as anyone suffering the effects of a breakup involving lying, cheating and other forms of abuse--to release old wounds and safely let the love back inside where it belongs. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343831]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Whole Again: Healing Your Heart and Rediscovering Your True Self After Toxic Relationships and Emotional Abuse Author: Jackson MacKenzie Narrator: Erin Spencer, Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 48 Ratings of Narrator: 4.9 of Total 10 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From a leading voice on recovering from toxic relationships, a deeply insightful guide to getting back to your 'old self' again--in order to truly heal and move on. Jackson MacKenzie has helped millions of readers in their struggle to understand the experience of toxic relationships. His first book, Psychopath Free, explained how to identify and survive the immediate situation. In this highly anticipated new audiobook, he guides listeners on what to do next--how to fully heal from abuse in order to find love and acceptance for the self and others. Through his work with thousands of survivors of abusive relationships, Jackson discovered that survivors frequently have symptoms of trauma lasting long after the relationship is over. These may include feelings of numbness and emptiness, depression, mood swings, isolation, perfectionism, rumination, caretaking and people-pleasing, a need for control, physical maladies, substance abuse, and more. But he also found that it is possible to work through these symptoms and find fulfillment and love on the other side. In Whole Again, he shares insights and tools for working through the protective self we've developed, so that we can finally move on to live a full and authentic life--to once again feel light, free, whole, and ready to give and receive love. Like Brené Brown's The Gifts of Imperfection and John Bradshaw's Healing the Shame that Binds You, Whole Again offers hope and multiple strategies to anyone who has survived a toxic relationship, as well as anyone suffering the effects of a breakup involving lying, cheating and other forms of abuse--to release old wounds and safely let the love back inside where it belongs. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343825 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343825]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump on the Couch: Inside the Mind of the President Author: Justin A. Frank Narrator: Justin A. Frank, Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'A great public service--critical for our time.' --Bandy X. Lee, M.D., M.Div., Yale psychiatrist, expert on violence, and editor of The Dangerous Case of Donald Trump The New York Times-bestselling author of Bush on the Couch shows that Donald Trump is mentally and emotionally unfit to execute the duties of President. No president in the history of the United States has inspired more alarm and confusion than Donald Trump. As questions and concerns about his decisions, behavior, and qualifications for office have multiplied, they point to one primary question: Does he pose a genuine threat to our country? The American Psychiatric Association's Goldwater Rule constrains psychiatrists from offering diagnoses on public figures who are not patients and who have not endorsed such statements. But in Trump on the Couch Clinical Professor of Psychiatry Justin A Frank invokes the moral responsibility that compels him to speak out and present a full portrait of a man who presents us with a clear and present danger. Using observations gained from a close study of Trump's patterns of thought, action, and communication, Dr. Frank uncovers a personality riddled with mental health issues. His analysis is filled with important revelations about our nation's leader, including disturbing insights into his childhood, his family, his business dealings, and his unusual relationship with alternative facts, including how - The absence of a strong maternal force during childhood has led to Trump's remarkable lack of empathy and disregard for women's boundaries; - His compulsion to polarize America has grown out of the way he perceives the world as full of deceitful and destructive persecutors; - His inability to tolerate the pain of frustration has triggered his belief that omnipotence will finally remove it; - His idiosyncratic use of language points to larger issues than even his tweets might suggest. With our country itself at stake, Dr. Frank calls attention to the underlying narcissism, misogyny, deception, and racism that drive the President who endangers it. A penetrating examination of how we as a nation got here and, more important, where we are going, Trump on the Couch sounds a call to action that we cannot ignore. Justin A. Frank Tue, 25 Sep 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343825 thebookvoice.com 7:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343825]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump on the Couch: Inside the Mind of the President Author: Justin A. Frank Narrator: Justin A. Frank, Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'A great public service--critical for our time.' --Bandy X. Lee, M.D., M.Div., Yale psychiatrist, expert on violence, and editor of The Dangerous Case of Donald Trump The New York Times-bestselling author of Bush on the Couch shows that Donald Trump is mentally and emotionally unfit to execute the duties of President. No president in the history of the United States has inspired more alarm and confusion than Donald Trump. As questions and concerns about his decisions, behavior, and qualifications for office have multiplied, they point to one primary question: Does he pose a genuine threat to our country? The American Psychiatric Association's Goldwater Rule constrains psychiatrists from offering diagnoses on public figures who are not patients and who have not endorsed such statements. But in Trump on the Couch Clinical Professor of Psychiatry Justin A Frank invokes the moral responsibility that compels him to speak out and present a full portrait of a man who presents us with a clear and present danger. Using observations gained from a close study of Trump's patterns of thought, action, and communication, Dr. Frank uncovers a personality riddled with mental health issues. His analysis is filled with important revelations about our nation's leader, including disturbing insights into his childhood, his family, his business dealings, and his unusual relationship with alternative facts, including how - The absence of a strong maternal force during childhood has led to Trump's remarkable lack of empathy and disregard for women's boundaries; - His compulsion to polarize America has grown out of the way he perceives the world as full of deceitful and destructive persecutors; - His inability to tolerate the pain of frustration has triggered his belief that omnipotence will finally remove it; - His idiosyncratic use of language points to larger issues than even his tweets might suggest. With our country itself at stake, Dr. Frank calls attention to the underlying narcissism, misogyny, deception, and racism that drive the President who endangers it. A penetrating examination of how we as a nation got here and, more important, where we are going, Trump on the Couch sounds a call to action that we cannot ignore. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343825]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump on the Couch: Inside the Mind of the President Author: Justin A. Frank Narrator: Justin A. Frank, Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'A great public service--critical for our time.' --Bandy X. Lee, M.D., M.Div., Yale psychiatrist, expert on violence, and editor of The Dangerous Case of Donald Trump The New York Times-bestselling author of Bush on the Couch shows that Donald Trump is mentally and emotionally unfit to execute the duties of President. No president in the history of the United States has inspired more alarm and confusion than Donald Trump. As questions and concerns about his decisions, behavior, and qualifications for office have multiplied, they point to one primary question: Does he pose a genuine threat to our country? The American Psychiatric Association's Goldwater Rule constrains psychiatrists from offering diagnoses on public figures who are not patients and who have not endorsed such statements. But in Trump on the Couch Clinical Professor of Psychiatry Justin A Frank invokes the moral responsibility that compels him to speak out and present a full portrait of a man who presents us with a clear and present danger. Using observations gained from a close study of Trump's patterns of thought, action, and communication, Dr. Frank uncovers a personality riddled with mental health issues. His analysis is filled with important revelations about our nation's leader, including disturbing insights into his childhood, his family, his business dealings, and his unusual relationship with alternative facts, including how - The absence of a strong maternal force during childhood has led to Trump's remarkable lack of empathy and disregard for women's boundaries; - His compulsion to polarize America has grown out of the way he perceives the world as full of deceitful and destructive persecutors; - His inability to tolerate the pain of frustration has triggered his belief that omnipotence will finally remove it; - His idiosyncratic use of language points to larger issues than even his tweets might suggest. With our country itself at stake, Dr. Frank calls attention to the underlying narcissism, misogyny, deception, and racism that drive the President who endangers it. A penetrating examination of how we as a nation got here and, more important, where we are going, Trump on the Couch sounds a call to action that we cannot ignore. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343811 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343811]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Not to Fall Apart: Lessons Learned on the Road from Self-Harm to Self-Care Author: Maggy Van Eijk Narrator: Nicola Barber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 40 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What no one tells you about living with anxiety and depression—learned the hard way   Maggy van Eijk knows the best place to cry in public. She also knows that eating super salty licorice or swimming in icy cold water are things that make you feel alive but, unlike self-harm, aren't bad for you. These are the things to remember when you're sad. Turning 27, Maggy had the worst mental health experience of her life so far. She ended a three-year relationship. She lost friends and made bad decisions. She drank too much and went to ER over twelve times. She saw three different therapists and had three different diagnoses. She went to two burn units for self-inflicted wounds and was escorted in an ambulance to a mental health crisis center. But that's not the end of her story. How Not to Fall Apart shares the author's hard-won lessons about what helps and what hurts on the road to self-awareness and better mental health. This is an audiobook about what it's like to live with anxiety and depression, panic attacks, self-harm and self-loathing--and it's also a hopeful roadmap written by someone who's been there and is still finding her way. Maggy Van Eijk Tue, 04 Sep 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343811 thebookvoice.com 5:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343811]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Not to Fall Apart: Lessons Learned on the Road from Self-Harm to Self-Care Author: Maggy Van Eijk Narrator: Nicola Barber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 40 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What no one tells you about living with anxiety and depression—learned the hard way   Maggy van Eijk knows the best place to cry in public. She also knows that eating super salty licorice or swimming in icy cold water are things that make you feel alive but, unlike self-harm, aren't bad for you. These are the things to remember when you're sad. Turning 27, Maggy had the worst mental health experience of her life so far. She ended a three-year relationship. She lost friends and made bad decisions. She drank too much and went to ER over twelve times. She saw three different therapists and had three different diagnoses. She went to two burn units for self-inflicted wounds and was escorted in an ambulance to a mental health crisis center. But that's not the end of her story. How Not to Fall Apart shares the author's hard-won lessons about what helps and what hurts on the road to self-awareness and better mental health. This is an audiobook about what it's like to live with anxiety and depression, panic attacks, self-harm and self-loathing--and it's also a hopeful roadmap written by someone who's been there and is still finding her way. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343811]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Not to Fall Apart: Lessons Learned on the Road from Self-Harm to Self-Care Author: Maggy Van Eijk Narrator: Nicola Barber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 40 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What no one tells you about living with anxiety and depression—learned the hard way   Maggy van Eijk knows the best place to cry in public. She also knows that eating super salty licorice or swimming in icy cold water are things that make you feel alive but, unlike self-harm, aren't bad for you. These are the things to remember when you're sad. Turning 27, Maggy had the worst mental health experience of her life so far. She ended a three-year relationship. She lost friends and made bad decisions. She drank too much and went to ER over twelve times. She saw three different therapists and had three different diagnoses. She went to two burn units for self-inflicted wounds and was escorted in an ambulance to a mental health crisis center. But that's not the end of her story. How Not to Fall Apart shares the author's hard-won lessons about what helps and what hurts on the road to self-awareness and better mental health. This is an audiobook about what it's like to live with anxiety and depression, panic attacks, self-harm and self-loathing--and it's also a hopeful roadmap written by someone who's been there and is still finding her way. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343624 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343624]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Late Bloomers: The Power of Patience in a World Obsessed with Early Achievement Author: Rich Karlgaard Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 20 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking exploration of how finding one's way later in life can be an advantage to long-term achievement and happiness. “What Yogi Berra observed about a baseball game—it ain't over till it's over—is true about life, and [Late Bloomers] is the ultimate proof of this. . . . It’s a keeper.”—Forbes We live in a society where kids and parents are obsessed with early achievement, from getting perfect scores on SATs to getting into Ivy League colleges to landing an amazing job at Google or Facebook—or even better, creating a start-up with the potential to be the next Google, Facebook or Uber. We see coders and entrepreneurs become millionaires or billionaires before age thirty, and feel we are failing if we are not one of them. Late bloomers, on the other hand, are under-valued—in popular culture, by educators and employers, and even unwittingly by parents. Yet the fact is, a lot of us—most of us—do not explode out of the gates in life. We have to discover our passions and talents and gifts. That was true for author Rich Karlgaard, who had a mediocre academic career at Stanford (which he got into by a fluke) and, after graduating, worked as a dishwasher and night watchman before finding the inner motivation and drive that ultimately led him to start up a high-tech magazine in Silicon Valley, and eventually to become the publisher of Forbes magazine. There is a scientific explanation for why so many of us bloom later in life. The executive function of our brains doesn’t mature until age twenty-five, and later for some. In fact, our brain’s capabilities peak at different ages. We actually experience multiple periods of blooming in our lives. Moreover, late bloomers enjoy hidden strengths because they take their time to discover their way in life—strengths coveted by many employers and partners—including curiosity, insight, compassion, resilience, and wisdom. Based on years of research, personal experience, interviews with neuroscientists, psychologists, and countless people at different stages of their careers, Late Bloomers reveals how and when we achieve our full potential. Praise for Late Bloomers “The underlying message that we should ‘consider a kinder clock for human development’ is a compelling one.”—Financial Times “Late Bloomers spoke to me deeply as a parent of two millennials and as a coach to many new college grads (the children of my friends and associates). It’s a bracing tonic for the anxiety they are swimming through, with a facts-based approach to help us all calm down.”—Robin Wolaner, founder of Parenting magazine Rich Karlgaard Tue, 16 Apr 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343624 thebookvoice.com 9:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343624]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Late Bloomers: The Power of Patience in a World Obsessed with Early Achievement Author: Rich Karlgaard Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 20 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking exploration of how finding one's way later in life can be an advantage to long-term achievement and happiness. “What Yogi Berra observed about a baseball game—it ain't over till it's over—is true about life, and [Late Bloomers] is the ultimate proof of this. . . . It’s a keeper.”—Forbes We live in a society where kids and parents are obsessed with early achievement, from getting perfect scores on SATs to getting into Ivy League colleges to landing an amazing job at Google or Facebook—or even better, creating a start-up with the potential to be the next Google, Facebook or Uber. We see coders and entrepreneurs become millionaires or billionaires before age thirty, and feel we are failing if we are not one of them. Late bloomers, on the other hand, are under-valued—in popular culture, by educators and employers, and even unwittingly by parents. Yet the fact is, a lot of us—most of us—do not explode out of the gates in life. We have to discover our passions and talents and gifts. That was true for author Rich Karlgaard, who had a mediocre academic career at Stanford (which he got into by a fluke) and, after graduating, worked as a dishwasher and night watchman before finding the inner motivation and drive that ultimately led him to start up a high-tech magazine in Silicon Valley, and eventually to become the publisher of Forbes magazine. There is a scientific explanation for why so many of us bloom later in life. The executive function of our brains doesn’t mature until age twenty-five, and later for some. In fact, our brain’s capabilities peak at different ages. We actually experience multiple periods of blooming in our lives. Moreover, late bloomers enjoy hidden strengths because they take their time to discover their way in life—strengths coveted by many employers and partners—including curiosity, insight, compassion, resilience, and wisdom. Based on years of research, personal experience, interviews with neuroscientists, psychologists, and countless people at different stages of their careers, Late Bloomers reveals how and when we achieve our full potential. Praise for Late Bloomers “The underlying message that we should ‘consider a kinder clock for human development’ is a compelling one.”—Financial Times “Late Bloomers spoke to me deeply as a parent of two millennials and as a coach to many new college grads (the children of my friends and associates). It’s a bracing tonic for the anxiety they are swimming through, with a facts-based approach to help us all calm down.”—Robin Wolaner, founder of Parenting magazine Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343624]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Late Bloomers: The Power of Patience in a World Obsessed with Early Achievement Author: Rich Karlgaard Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 20 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking exploration of how finding one's way later in life can be an advantage to long-term achievement and happiness. “What Yogi Berra observed about a baseball game—it ain't over till it's over—is true about life, and [Late Bloomers] is the ultimate proof of this. . . . It’s a keeper.”—Forbes We live in a society where kids and parents are obsessed with early achievement, from getting perfect scores on SATs to getting into Ivy League colleges to landing an amazing job at Google or Facebook—or even better, creating a start-up with the potential to be the next Google, Facebook or Uber. We see coders and entrepreneurs become millionaires or billionaires before age thirty, and feel we are failing if we are not one of them. Late bloomers, on the other hand, are under-valued—in popular culture, by educators and employers, and even unwittingly by parents. Yet the fact is, a lot of us—most of us—do not explode out of the gates in life. We have to discover our passions and talents and gifts. That was true for author Rich Karlgaard, who had a mediocre academic career at Stanford (which he got into by a fluke) and, after graduating, worked as a dishwasher and night watchman before finding the inner motivation and drive that ultimately led him to start up a high-tech magazine in Silicon Valley, and eventually to become the publisher of Forbes magazine. There is a scientific explanation for why so many of us bloom later in life. The executive function of our brains doesn’t mature until age twenty-five, and later for some. In fact, our brain’s capabilities peak at different ages. We actually experience multiple periods of blooming in our lives. Moreover, late bloomers enjoy hidden strengths because they take their time to discover their way in life—strengths coveted by many employers and partners—including curiosity, insight, compassion, resilience, and wisdom. Based on years of research, personal experience, interviews with neuroscientists, psychologists, and countless people at different stages of their careers, Late Bloomers reveals how and when we achieve our full potential. Praise for Late Bloomers “The underlying message that we should ‘consider a kinder clock for human development’ is a compelling one.”—Financial Times “Late Bloomers spoke to me deeply as a parent of two millennials and as a coach to many new college grads (the children of my friends and associates). It’s a bracing tonic for the anxiety they are swimming through, with a facts-based approach to help us all calm down.”—Robin Wolaner, founder of Parenting magazine https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343613 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343613]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dementia Reimagined: Building a Life of Joy and Dignity from Beginning to End Author: Tia Powell Narrator: Tia Powell, Kimberly Farr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The cultural and medical history of dementia and Alzheimer's disease by a leading psychiatrist and bioethicist who urges us to turn our focus from cure to care. Despite being a physician and a bioethicist, Tia Powell wasn't prepared to address the challenges she faced when her grandmother, and then her mother, were diagnosed with dementia--not to mention confronting the hard truth that her own odds aren't great. In the U.S., 10,000 baby boomers turn 65 every day; by the time a person reaches 85, their chances of having dementia approach 50 percent. And the truth is, there is no cure, and none coming soon, despite the perpetual promises by pharmaceutical companies that they are just one more expensive study away from a pill. Dr. Powell's goal is to move the conversation away from an exclusive focus on cure to a genuine appreciation of care--what we can do for those who have dementia, and how to keep life meaningful and even joyful. Reimagining Dementia is a moving combination of medicine and memoir, peeling back the untold history of dementia, from the story of Solomon Fuller, a black doctor whose research at the turn of the twentieth century anticipated important aspects of what we know about dementia today, to what has been gained and lost with the recent bonanza of funding for Alzheimer's at the expense of other forms of the disease. In demystifying dementia, Dr. Powell helps us understand it with clearer eyes, from the point of view of both physician and caregiver. Ultimately, she wants us all to know that dementia is not only about loss--it's also about the preservation of dignity and hope. Tia Powell Tue, 02 Apr 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343613 thebookvoice.com 11:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343613]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dementia Reimagined: Building a Life of Joy and Dignity from Beginning to End Author: Tia Powell Narrator: Tia Powell, Kimberly Farr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The cultural and medical history of dementia and Alzheimer's disease by a leading psychiatrist and bioethicist who urges us to turn our focus from cure to care. Despite being a physician and a bioethicist, Tia Powell wasn't prepared to address the challenges she faced when her grandmother, and then her mother, were diagnosed with dementia--not to mention confronting the hard truth that her own odds aren't great. In the U.S., 10,000 baby boomers turn 65 every day; by the time a person reaches 85, their chances of having dementia approach 50 percent. And the truth is, there is no cure, and none coming soon, despite the perpetual promises by pharmaceutical companies that they are just one more expensive study away from a pill. Dr. Powell's goal is to move the conversation away from an exclusive focus on cure to a genuine appreciation of care--what we can do for those who have dementia, and how to keep life meaningful and even joyful. Reimagining Dementia is a moving combination of medicine and memoir, peeling back the untold history of dementia, from the story of Solomon Fuller, a black doctor whose research at the turn of the twentieth century anticipated important aspects of what we know about dementia today, to what has been gained and lost with the recent bonanza of funding for Alzheimer's at the expense of other forms of the disease. In demystifying dementia, Dr. Powell helps us understand it with clearer eyes, from the point of view of both physician and caregiver. Ultimately, she wants us all to know that dementia is not only about loss--it's also about the preservation of dignity and hope. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343613]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dementia Reimagined: Building a Life of Joy and Dignity from Beginning to End Author: Tia Powell Narrator: Tia Powell, Kimberly Farr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The cultural and medical history of dementia and Alzheimer's disease by a leading psychiatrist and bioethicist who urges us to turn our focus from cure to care. Despite being a physician and a bioethicist, Tia Powell wasn't prepared to address the challenges she faced when her grandmother, and then her mother, were diagnosed with dementia--not to mention confronting the hard truth that her own odds aren't great. In the U.S., 10,000 baby boomers turn 65 every day; by the time a person reaches 85, their chances of having dementia approach 50 percent. And the truth is, there is no cure, and none coming soon, despite the perpetual promises by pharmaceutical companies that they are just one more expensive study away from a pill. Dr. Powell's goal is to move the conversation away from an exclusive focus on cure to a genuine appreciation of care--what we can do for those who have dementia, and how to keep life meaningful and even joyful. Reimagining Dementia is a moving combination of medicine and memoir, peeling back the untold history of dementia, from the story of Solomon Fuller, a black doctor whose research at the turn of the twentieth century anticipated important aspects of what we know about dementia today, to what has been gained and lost with the recent bonanza of funding for Alzheimer's at the expense of other forms of the disease. In demystifying dementia, Dr. Powell helps us understand it with clearer eyes, from the point of view of both physician and caregiver. Ultimately, she wants us all to know that dementia is not only about loss--it's also about the preservation of dignity and hope. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343598 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343598]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Biased: Uncovering the Hidden Prejudice That Shapes What We See, Think, and Do Author: Jennifer L. Eberhardt Narrator: Jennifer L. Eberhardt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Poignant....important and illuminating.'—The New York Times Book Review 'Groundbreaking.'—Bryan Stevenson, New York Times bestselling author of Just Mercy From one of the world’s leading experts on unconscious racial bias come stories, science, and strategies to address one of the central controversies of our time How do we talk about bias? How do we address racial disparities and inequities? What role do our institutions play in creating, maintaining, and magnifying those inequities? What role do we play? With a perspective that is at once scientific, investigative, and informed by personal experience, Dr. Jennifer Eberhardt offers us the language and courage we need to face one of the biggest and most troubling issues of our time. She exposes racial bias at all levels of society—in our neighborhoods, schools, workplaces, and criminal justice system. Yet she also offers us tools to address it. Eberhardt shows us how we can be vulnerable to bias but not doomed to live under its grip. Racial bias is a problem that we all have a role to play in solving. Jennifer L. Eberhardt Tue, 26 Mar 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343598 thebookvoice.com 10:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343598]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Biased: Uncovering the Hidden Prejudice That Shapes What We See, Think, and Do Author: Jennifer L. Eberhardt Narrator: Jennifer L. Eberhardt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Poignant....important and illuminating.'—The New York Times Book Review 'Groundbreaking.'—Bryan Stevenson, New York Times bestselling author of Just Mercy From one of the world’s leading experts on unconscious racial bias come stories, science, and strategies to address one of the central controversies of our time How do we talk about bias? How do we address racial disparities and inequities? What role do our institutions play in creating, maintaining, and magnifying those inequities? What role do we play? With a perspective that is at once scientific, investigative, and informed by personal experience, Dr. Jennifer Eberhardt offers us the language and courage we need to face one of the biggest and most troubling issues of our time. She exposes racial bias at all levels of society—in our neighborhoods, schools, workplaces, and criminal justice system. Yet she also offers us tools to address it. Eberhardt shows us how we can be vulnerable to bias but not doomed to live under its grip. Racial bias is a problem that we all have a role to play in solving. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343598]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Biased: Uncovering the Hidden Prejudice That Shapes What We See, Think, and Do Author: Jennifer L. Eberhardt Narrator: Jennifer L. Eberhardt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Poignant....important and illuminating.'—The New York Times Book Review 'Groundbreaking.'—Bryan Stevenson, New York Times bestselling author of Just Mercy From one of the world’s leading experts on unconscious racial bias come stories, science, and strategies to address one of the central controversies of our time How do we talk about bias? How do we address racial disparities and inequities? What role do our institutions play in creating, maintaining, and magnifying those inequities? What role do we play? With a perspective that is at once scientific, investigative, and informed by personal experience, Dr. Jennifer Eberhardt offers us the language and courage we need to face one of the biggest and most troubling issues of our time. She exposes racial bias at all levels of society—in our neighborhoods, schools, workplaces, and criminal justice system. Yet she also offers us tools to address it. Eberhardt shows us how we can be vulnerable to bias but not doomed to live under its grip. Racial bias is a problem that we all have a role to play in solving. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343556 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343556]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Countdown to College: The Essential Steps to Your Child's Successful Launch Author: Monique Rinere Narrator: Nicol Zanzarella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: After all the testing and touring and applying, your child has been accepted to college. Congratulations! Now what? Every new student grapples with making a successful transition to college—with remaining healthy, happy, grounded, and in school. Indeed, the national statistics are sobering: One in three freshmen will not come back for sophomore year, and less than 50 percent will graduate on time. A student’s adjustment is key, especially during the period starting with the lazy summer months before move-in and ending at the dizzying close of a student’s first semester. Distilling lessons and sharing stories (some cautionary, some entertaining, all helpful) from her long college advisory career, three-time Ivy League dean Monique Rinere presents a unique month-by-month road map to a college experience that is rich, rewarding, and successful for teens and parents alike. Taking parents from the moment the acceptances arrive to the end of the first college semester, her expert advice covers: • assessing the right fit among your child’s options: who and what to ask to get the real scoop on campus and academic life • understanding actual costs: considering hidden expenses, financial-aid and scholarship fine print, loans, and work-study opportunities • parenting through the senior slump so that students don’t jeopardize their hard-won college spot • talking to your child about freshman culture shock and their new freedoms around parties, food, finances, and sleep • what your child needs to know about working with an academic advisor, interacting with professors, and creating their own community of advisors • how to help your rising freshman create a conceptual bridge from what they are, a graduating high school senior, to what they want to be, a college alum • time-management and class-scheduling tips to help your child pick an appropriate class (and extracurricular) load • advice for parents facing the emptying nest: letting go of your anxieties about your child’s autonomy and seizing this opportunity to reinvent your life in new and intentional ways “A valuable and comprehensive guide for parents of college-bound students . . . The months between high school and college are a critical time, but Dr. Monique Rinere gives you confidence that everything will be all right.”—Marvin Krislov, president, Pace University Monique Rinere Tue, 05 Mar 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343556 thebookvoice.com 8:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343556]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Countdown to College: The Essential Steps to Your Child's Successful Launch Author: Monique Rinere Narrator: Nicol Zanzarella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: After all the testing and touring and applying, your child has been accepted to college. Congratulations! Now what? Every new student grapples with making a successful transition to college—with remaining healthy, happy, grounded, and in school. Indeed, the national statistics are sobering: One in three freshmen will not come back for sophomore year, and less than 50 percent will graduate on time. A student’s adjustment is key, especially during the period starting with the lazy summer months before move-in and ending at the dizzying close of a student’s first semester. Distilling lessons and sharing stories (some cautionary, some entertaining, all helpful) from her long college advisory career, three-time Ivy League dean Monique Rinere presents a unique month-by-month road map to a college experience that is rich, rewarding, and successful for teens and parents alike. Taking parents from the moment the acceptances arrive to the end of the first college semester, her expert advice covers: • assessing the right fit among your child’s options: who and what to ask to get the real scoop on campus and academic life • understanding actual costs: considering hidden expenses, financial-aid and scholarship fine print, loans, and work-study opportunities • parenting through the senior slump so that students don’t jeopardize their hard-won college spot • talking to your child about freshman culture shock and their new freedoms around parties, food, finances, and sleep • what your child needs to know about working with an academic advisor, interacting with professors, and creating their own community of advisors • how to help your rising freshman create a conceptual bridge from what they are, a graduating high school senior, to what they want to be, a college alum • time-management and class-scheduling tips to help your child pick an appropriate class (and extracurricular) load • advice for parents facing the emptying nest: letting go of your anxieties about your child’s autonomy and seizing this opportunity to reinvent your life in new and intentional ways “A valuable and comprehensive guide for parents of college-bound students . . . The months between high school and college are a critical time, but Dr. Monique Rinere gives you confidence that everything will be all right.”—Marvin Krislov, president, Pace University Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343556]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Countdown to College: The Essential Steps to Your Child's Successful Launch Author: Monique Rinere Narrator: Nicol Zanzarella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: After all the testing and touring and applying, your child has been accepted to college. Congratulations! Now what? Every new student grapples with making a successful transition to college—with remaining healthy, happy, grounded, and in school. Indeed, the national statistics are sobering: One in three freshmen will not come back for sophomore year, and less than 50 percent will graduate on time. A student’s adjustment is key, especially during the period starting with the lazy summer months before move-in and ending at the dizzying close of a student’s first semester. Distilling lessons and sharing stories (some cautionary, some entertaining, all helpful) from her long college advisory career, three-time Ivy League dean Monique Rinere presents a unique month-by-month road map to a college experience that is rich, rewarding, and successful for teens and parents alike. Taking parents from the moment the acceptances arrive to the end of the first college semester, her expert advice covers: • assessing the right fit among your child’s options: who and what to ask to get the real scoop on campus and academic life • understanding actual costs: considering hidden expenses, financial-aid and scholarship fine print, loans, and work-study opportunities • parenting through the senior slump so that students don’t jeopardize their hard-won college spot • talking to your child about freshman culture shock and their new freedoms around parties, food, finances, and sleep • what your child needs to know about working with an academic advisor, interacting with professors, and creating their own community of advisors • how to help your rising freshman create a conceptual bridge from what they are, a graduating high school senior, to what they want to be, a college alum • time-management and class-scheduling tips to help your child pick an appropriate class (and extracurricular) load • advice for parents facing the emptying nest: letting go of your anxieties about your child’s autonomy and seizing this opportunity to reinvent your life in new and intentional ways “A valuable and comprehensive guide for parents of college-bound students . . . The months between high school and college are a critical time, but Dr. Monique Rinere gives you confidence that everything will be all right.”—Marvin Krislov, president, Pace University https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343496 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343496]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Notes on a Nervous Planet Author: Matt Haig Narrator: Matt Haig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the #1 New York Times bestselling author of The Midnight Library. The world is messing with our minds. What if there was something we could do about it? Don’t miss Matt Haig’s new novel The Life Impossible, coming September 2024 Looking at sleep, news, social media, addiction, work and play, Matt Haig invites us to feel calmer, happier and to question the habits of the digital age. This book might even change the way you spend your precious time on earth. Matt Haig Tue, 29 Jan 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343496 thebookvoice.com 5:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343496]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Notes on a Nervous Planet Author: Matt Haig Narrator: Matt Haig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the #1 New York Times bestselling author of The Midnight Library. The world is messing with our minds. What if there was something we could do about it? Don’t miss Matt Haig’s new novel The Life Impossible, coming September 2024 Looking at sleep, news, social media, addiction, work and play, Matt Haig invites us to feel calmer, happier and to question the habits of the digital age. This book might even change the way you spend your precious time on earth. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343496]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Notes on a Nervous Planet Author: Matt Haig Narrator: Matt Haig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the #1 New York Times bestselling author of The Midnight Library. The world is messing with our minds. What if there was something we could do about it? Don’t miss Matt Haig’s new novel The Life Impossible, coming September 2024 Looking at sleep, news, social media, addiction, work and play, Matt Haig invites us to feel calmer, happier and to question the habits of the digital age. This book might even change the way you spend your precious time on earth. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343494 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343494]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Under Pressure: Confronting the Epidemic of Stress and Anxiety in Girls Author: Lisa Damour Narrator: Lisa Damour Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: February 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • An urgently needed guide to the alarming increase in anxiety and stress experienced by girls from elementary school through college, from the author of Untangled Dr. Lisa Damour worked as an expert collaborator on Pixar’s Inside Out 2! “An invaluable read for anyone who has girls, works with girls, or cares about girls—for everyone!”—Claire Shipman, author of The Confidence Code and The Confidence Code for Girls Though anxiety has risen among young people overall, studies confirm that it has skyrocketed in girls. Research finds that the number of girls who said that they often felt nervous, worried, or fearful jumped 55 percent from 2009 to 2014, while the comparable number for adolescent boys has remained unchanged. As a clinical psychologist who specializes in working with girls, Lisa Damour, Ph.D., has witnessed this rising tide of stress and anxiety in her own research, in private practice, and in the all-girls’ school where she consults. She knew this had to be the topic of her new book. In the engaging, anecdotal style and reassuring tone that won over thousands of readers of her first book, Untangled, Damour starts by addressing the facts about psychological pressure. She explains the surprising and underappreciated value of stress and anxiety: that stress can helpfully stretch us beyond our comfort zones, and anxiety can play a key role in keeping girls safe. When we emphasize the benefits of stress and anxiety, we can help our daughters take them in stride. But no parents want their daughter to suffer from emotional overload, so Damour then turns to the many facets of girls’ lives where tension takes hold: their interactions at home, pressures at school, social anxiety among other girls and among boys, and their lives online. As readers move through the layers of girls’ lives, they’ll learn about the critical steps that adults can take to shield their daughters from the toxic pressures to which our culture—including we, as parents—subjects girls. Readers who know Damour from Untangled or the New York Times, or from her regular appearances on CBS News, will be drawn to this important new contribution to understanding and supporting today’s girls. Praise for Under Pressure “Truly a must-read for parents, teachers, coaches, and mentors wanting to help girls along the path to adulthood.”—Julie Lythcott-Haims, New York Times bestselling author of How to Raise an Adult Lisa Damour Tue, 12 Feb 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343494 thebookvoice.com 7:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343494]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Under Pressure: Confronting the Epidemic of Stress and Anxiety in Girls Author: Lisa Damour Narrator: Lisa Damour Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: February 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • An urgently needed guide to the alarming increase in anxiety and stress experienced by girls from elementary school through college, from the author of Untangled Dr. Lisa Damour worked as an expert collaborator on Pixar’s Inside Out 2! “An invaluable read for anyone who has girls, works with girls, or cares about girls—for everyone!”—Claire Shipman, author of The Confidence Code and The Confidence Code for Girls Though anxiety has risen among young people overall, studies confirm that it has skyrocketed in girls. Research finds that the number of girls who said that they often felt nervous, worried, or fearful jumped 55 percent from 2009 to 2014, while the comparable number for adolescent boys has remained unchanged. As a clinical psychologist who specializes in working with girls, Lisa Damour, Ph.D., has witnessed this rising tide of stress and anxiety in her own research, in private practice, and in the all-girls’ school where she consults. She knew this had to be the topic of her new book. In the engaging, anecdotal style and reassuring tone that won over thousands of readers of her first book, Untangled, Damour starts by addressing the facts about psychological pressure. She explains the surprising and underappreciated value of stress and anxiety: that stress can helpfully stretch us beyond our comfort zones, and anxiety can play a key role in keeping girls safe. When we emphasize the benefits of stress and anxiety, we can help our daughters take them in stride. But no parents want their daughter to suffer from emotional overload, so Damour then turns to the many facets of girls’ lives where tension takes hold: their interactions at home, pressures at school, social anxiety among other girls and among boys, and their lives online. As readers move through the layers of girls’ lives, they’ll learn about the critical steps that adults can take to shield their daughters from the toxic pressures to which our culture—including we, as parents—subjects girls. Readers who know Damour from Untangled or the New York Times, or from her regular appearances on CBS News, will be drawn to this important new contribution to understanding and supporting today’s girls. Praise for Under Pressure “Truly a must-read for parents, teachers, coaches, and mentors wanting to help girls along the path to adulthood.”—Julie Lythcott-Haims, New York Times bestselling author of How to Raise an Adult Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343494]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Under Pressure: Confronting the Epidemic of Stress and Anxiety in Girls Author: Lisa Damour Narrator: Lisa Damour Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: February 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • An urgently needed guide to the alarming increase in anxiety and stress experienced by girls from elementary school through college, from the author of Untangled Dr. Lisa Damour worked as an expert collaborator on Pixar’s Inside Out 2! “An invaluable read for anyone who has girls, works with girls, or cares about girls—for everyone!”—Claire Shipman, author of The Confidence Code and The Confidence Code for Girls Though anxiety has risen among young people overall, studies confirm that it has skyrocketed in girls. Research finds that the number of girls who said that they often felt nervous, worried, or fearful jumped 55 percent from 2009 to 2014, while the comparable number for adolescent boys has remained unchanged. As a clinical psychologist who specializes in working with girls, Lisa Damour, Ph.D., has witnessed this rising tide of stress and anxiety in her own research, in private practice, and in the all-girls’ school where she consults. She knew this had to be the topic of her new book. In the engaging, anecdotal style and reassuring tone that won over thousands of readers of her first book, Untangled, Damour starts by addressing the facts about psychological pressure. She explains the surprising and underappreciated value of stress and anxiety: that stress can helpfully stretch us beyond our comfort zones, and anxiety can play a key role in keeping girls safe. When we emphasize the benefits of stress and anxiety, we can help our daughters take them in stride. But no parents want their daughter to suffer from emotional overload, so Damour then turns to the many facets of girls’ lives where tension takes hold: their interactions at home, pressures at school, social anxiety among other girls and among boys, and their lives online. As readers move through the layers of girls’ lives, they’ll learn about the critical steps that adults can take to shield their daughters from the toxic pressures to which our culture—including we, as parents—subjects girls. Readers who know Damour from Untangled or the New York Times, or from her regular appearances on CBS News, will be drawn to this important new contribution to understanding and supporting today’s girls. Praise for Under Pressure “Truly a must-read for parents, teachers, coaches, and mentors wanting to help girls along the path to adulthood.”—Julie Lythcott-Haims, New York Times bestselling author of How to Raise an Adult https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343421 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343421]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Inner Level: How More Equal Societies Reduce Stress, Restore Sanity and Improve Everyone's Well-Being Author: Richard Wilkinson, Kate Pickett Narrator: Shridhar Solanki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking investigation of how inequality infects our minds and gets under our skin Why are people more relaxed and at ease with each other in some countries than others? Why do we worry so much about what others think of us and often feel social life is a stressful performance? Why is mental illness three times as common in the USA as in Germany? Why is the American dream more of a reality in Denmark than the USA? What makes child well-being so much worse in some countries than others? As The Inner Level demonstrates, the answer to all these is inequality. In The Spirit Level Richard Wilkinson and Kate Pickett put inequality at the center of public debate by showing conclusively that less equal societies fare worse than more equal ones across everything from education to life expectancy. The Inner Level now explains how inequality affects us individually, altering how we think, feel and behave. It sets out the overwhelming evidence that material inequities have powerful psychological effects: when the gap between rich and poor increases, so does the tendency to define and value ourselves and others in terms of superiority and inferiority. A deep well of data and analysis is drawn upon to empirically show, for example, that low social status leads to elevated levels of stress hormones, and how rates of anxiety, depression and addictions are intimately related to the inequality which makes that status paramount. Wilkinson and Pickett describe how these responses to hierarchies evolved, and why the impacts of inequality on us are so severe. In doing so, they challenge the conception that humans are inescapably competitive and self-interested. They undermine, too, the idea that inequality is the product of 'natural' differences in individual ability. This book draws together many of the most urgent problems facing societies today, but it is not just an index of our ills. It demonstrates that societies based on fundamental equalities, sharing and reciprocity generate much higher levels of well-being, and lays out the path towards them. Richard Wilkinson, Kate Pickett Tue, 22 Jan 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343421 thebookvoice.com 11:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343421]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Inner Level: How More Equal Societies Reduce Stress, Restore Sanity and Improve Everyone's Well-Being Author: Richard Wilkinson, Kate Pickett Narrator: Shridhar Solanki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking investigation of how inequality infects our minds and gets under our skin Why are people more relaxed and at ease with each other in some countries than others? Why do we worry so much about what others think of us and often feel social life is a stressful performance? Why is mental illness three times as common in the USA as in Germany? Why is the American dream more of a reality in Denmark than the USA? What makes child well-being so much worse in some countries than others? As The Inner Level demonstrates, the answer to all these is inequality. In The Spirit Level Richard Wilkinson and Kate Pickett put inequality at the center of public debate by showing conclusively that less equal societies fare worse than more equal ones across everything from education to life expectancy. The Inner Level now explains how inequality affects us individually, altering how we think, feel and behave. It sets out the overwhelming evidence that material inequities have powerful psychological effects: when the gap between rich and poor increases, so does the tendency to define and value ourselves and others in terms of superiority and inferiority. A deep well of data and analysis is drawn upon to empirically show, for example, that low social status leads to elevated levels of stress hormones, and how rates of anxiety, depression and addictions are intimately related to the inequality which makes that status paramount. Wilkinson and Pickett describe how these responses to hierarchies evolved, and why the impacts of inequality on us are so severe. In doing so, they challenge the conception that humans are inescapably competitive and self-interested. They undermine, too, the idea that inequality is the product of 'natural' differences in individual ability. This book draws together many of the most urgent problems facing societies today, but it is not just an index of our ills. It demonstrates that societies based on fundamental equalities, sharing and reciprocity generate much higher levels of well-being, and lays out the path towards them. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343421]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Inner Level: How More Equal Societies Reduce Stress, Restore Sanity and Improve Everyone's Well-Being Author: Richard Wilkinson, Kate Pickett Narrator: Shridhar Solanki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking investigation of how inequality infects our minds and gets under our skin Why are people more relaxed and at ease with each other in some countries than others? Why do we worry so much about what others think of us and often feel social life is a stressful performance? Why is mental illness three times as common in the USA as in Germany? Why is the American dream more of a reality in Denmark than the USA? What makes child well-being so much worse in some countries than others? As The Inner Level demonstrates, the answer to all these is inequality. In The Spirit Level Richard Wilkinson and Kate Pickett put inequality at the center of public debate by showing conclusively that less equal societies fare worse than more equal ones across everything from education to life expectancy. The Inner Level now explains how inequality affects us individually, altering how we think, feel and behave. It sets out the overwhelming evidence that material inequities have powerful psychological effects: when the gap between rich and poor increases, so does the tendency to define and value ourselves and others in terms of superiority and inferiority. A deep well of data and analysis is drawn upon to empirically show, for example, that low social status leads to elevated levels of stress hormones, and how rates of anxiety, depression and addictions are intimately related to the inequality which makes that status paramount. Wilkinson and Pickett describe how these responses to hierarchies evolved, and why the impacts of inequality on us are so severe. In doing so, they challenge the conception that humans are inescapably competitive and self-interested. They undermine, too, the idea that inequality is the product of 'natural' differences in individual ability. This book draws together many of the most urgent problems facing societies today, but it is not just an index of our ills. It demonstrates that societies based on fundamental equalities, sharing and reciprocity generate much higher levels of well-being, and lays out the path towards them. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343412 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343412]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Enough: The Neuroscience and Experience of Addiction Author: Judith Grisel Narrator: Judith Grisel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 10 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER From a renowned behavioral neuroscientist and recovering addict, a rare page-turning work of science that draws on personal insights to reveal how drugs work, the dangerous hold they can take on the brain, and the surprising way to combat today's epidemic of addiction. Judith Grisel was a daily drug user and college dropout when she began to consider that her addiction might have a cure, one that she herself could perhaps discover by studying the brain. Now, after twenty-five years as a neuroscientist, she shares what she and other scientists have learned about addiction, enriched by captivating glimpses of her personal journey.      In Never Enough, Grisel reveals the unfortunate bottom line of all regular drug use: there is no such thing as a free lunch. All drugs act on the brain in a way that diminishes their enjoyable effects and creates unpleasant ones with repeated use. Yet they have their appeal, and Grisel draws on anecdotes both comic and tragic from her own days of using as she limns the science behind the love of various drugs, from marijuana to alcohol, opiates to psychedelics, speed to spice.      With more than one in five people over the age of fourteen addicted, drug abuse has been called the most formidable health problem worldwide, and Grisel delves with compassion into the science of this scourge. She points to what is different about the brains of addicts even before they first pick up a drink or drug, highlights the changes that take place in the brain and behavior as a result of chronic using, and shares the surprising hidden gifts of personality that addiction can expose. She describes what drove her to addiction, what helped her recover, and her belief that a “cure” for addiction will not be found in our individual brains but in the way we interact with our communities.      Set apart by its color, candor, and bell-clear writing, Never Enough is a revelatory look at the roles drugs play in all of our lives and offers crucial new insight into how we can solve the epidemic of abuse. Judith Grisel Tue, 19 Feb 2019 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343412 thebookvoice.com 7:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343412]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Enough: The Neuroscience and Experience of Addiction Author: Judith Grisel Narrator: Judith Grisel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 10 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER From a renowned behavioral neuroscientist and recovering addict, a rare page-turning work of science that draws on personal insights to reveal how drugs work, the dangerous hold they can take on the brain, and the surprising way to combat today's epidemic of addiction. Judith Grisel was a daily drug user and college dropout when she began to consider that her addiction might have a cure, one that she herself could perhaps discover by studying the brain. Now, after twenty-five years as a neuroscientist, she shares what she and other scientists have learned about addiction, enriched by captivating glimpses of her personal journey.      In Never Enough, Grisel reveals the unfortunate bottom line of all regular drug use: there is no such thing as a free lunch. All drugs act on the brain in a way that diminishes their enjoyable effects and creates unpleasant ones with repeated use. Yet they have their appeal, and Grisel draws on anecdotes both comic and tragic from her own days of using as she limns the science behind the love of various drugs, from marijuana to alcohol, opiates to psychedelics, speed to spice.      With more than one in five people over the age of fourteen addicted, drug abuse has been called the most formidable health problem worldwide, and Grisel delves with compassion into the science of this scourge. She points to what is different about the brains of addicts even before they first pick up a drink or drug, highlights the changes that take place in the brain and behavior as a result of chronic using, and shares the surprising hidden gifts of personality that addiction can expose. She describes what drove her to addiction, what helped her recover, and her belief that a “cure” for addiction will not be found in our individual brains but in the way we interact with our communities.      Set apart by its color, candor, and bell-clear writing, Never Enough is a revelatory look at the roles drugs play in all of our lives and offers crucial new insight into how we can solve the epidemic of abuse. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343412]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Enough: The Neuroscience and Experience of Addiction Author: Judith Grisel Narrator: Judith Grisel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 10 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER From a renowned behavioral neuroscientist and recovering addict, a rare page-turning work of science that draws on personal insights to reveal how drugs work, the dangerous hold they can take on the brain, and the surprising way to combat today's epidemic of addiction. Judith Grisel was a daily drug user and college dropout when she began to consider that her addiction might have a cure, one that she herself could perhaps discover by studying the brain. Now, after twenty-five years as a neuroscientist, she shares what she and other scientists have learned about addiction, enriched by captivating glimpses of her personal journey.      In Never Enough, Grisel reveals the unfortunate bottom line of all regular drug use: there is no such thing as a free lunch. All drugs act on the brain in a way that diminishes their enjoyable effects and creates unpleasant ones with repeated use. Yet they have their appeal, and Grisel draws on anecdotes both comic and tragic from her own days of using as she limns the science behind the love of various drugs, from marijuana to alcohol, opiates to psychedelics, speed to spice.      With more than one in five people over the age of fourteen addicted, drug abuse has been called the most formidable health problem worldwide, and Grisel delves with compassion into the science of this scourge. She points to what is different about the brains of addicts even before they first pick up a drink or drug, highlights the changes that take place in the brain and behavior as a result of chronic using, and shares the surprising hidden gifts of personality that addiction can expose. She describes what drove her to addiction, what helped her recover, and her belief that a “cure” for addiction will not be found in our individual brains but in the way we interact with our communities.      Set apart by its color, candor, and bell-clear writing, Never Enough is a revelatory look at the roles drugs play in all of our lives and offers crucial new insight into how we can solve the epidemic of abuse. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343304 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343304]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Atomic Habits: An Easy & Proven Way to Build Good Habits & Break Bad Ones Author: James Clear Narrator: James Clear Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 35 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.51 of Total 2413 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 305 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The #1 New York Times bestseller. Over 20 million copies sold! Translated into 60+ languages! Tiny Changes, Remarkable Results No matter your goals, Atomic Habits offers a proven framework for improving--every day. James Clear, one of the world's leading experts on habit formation, reveals practical strategies that will teach you exactly how to form good habits, break bad ones, and master the tiny behaviors that lead to remarkable results. If you're having trouble changing your habits, the problem isn't you. The problem is your system. Bad habits repeat themselves again and again not because you don't want to change, but because you have the wrong system for change. You do not rise to the level of your goals. You fall to the level of your systems. Here, you'll get a proven system that can take you to new heights. Clear is known for his ability to distill complex topics into simple behaviors that can be easily applied to daily life and work. Here, he draws on the most proven ideas from biology, psychology, and neuroscience to create an easy-to-understand guide for making good habits inevitable and bad habits impossible. Along the way, readers will be inspired and entertained with true stories from Olympic gold medalists, award-winning artists, business leaders, life-saving physicians, and star comedians who have used the science of small habits to master their craft and vault to the top of their field. Learn how to: - make time for new habits (even when life gets crazy); - overcome a lack of motivation and willpower; - design your environment to make success easier; - get back on track when you fall off course; ...and much more. Atomic Habits will reshape the way you think about progress and success, and give you the tools and strategies you need to transform your habits--whether you are a team looking to win a championship, an organization hoping to redefine an industry, or simply an individual who wishes to quit smoking, lose weight, reduce stress, or achieve any other goal. James Clear Tue, 16 Oct 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343304 thebookvoice.com 5:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343304]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Atomic Habits: An Easy & Proven Way to Build Good Habits & Break Bad Ones Author: James Clear Narrator: James Clear Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 35 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.51 of Total 2413 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 305 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The #1 New York Times bestseller. Over 20 million copies sold! Translated into 60+ languages! Tiny Changes, Remarkable Results No matter your goals, Atomic Habits offers a proven framework for improving--every day. James Clear, one of the world's leading experts on habit formation, reveals practical strategies that will teach you exactly how to form good habits, break bad ones, and master the tiny behaviors that lead to remarkable results. If you're having trouble changing your habits, the problem isn't you. The problem is your system. Bad habits repeat themselves again and again not because you don't want to change, but because you have the wrong system for change. You do not rise to the level of your goals. You fall to the level of your systems. Here, you'll get a proven system that can take you to new heights. Clear is known for his ability to distill complex topics into simple behaviors that can be easily applied to daily life and work. Here, he draws on the most proven ideas from biology, psychology, and neuroscience to create an easy-to-understand guide for making good habits inevitable and bad habits impossible. Along the way, readers will be inspired and entertained with true stories from Olympic gold medalists, award-winning artists, business leaders, life-saving physicians, and star comedians who have used the science of small habits to master their craft and vault to the top of their field. Learn how to: - make time for new habits (even when life gets crazy); - overcome a lack of motivation and willpower; - design your environment to make success easier; - get back on track when you fall off course; ...and much more. Atomic Habits will reshape the way you think about progress and success, and give you the tools and strategies you need to transform your habits--whether you are a team looking to win a championship, an organization hoping to redefine an industry, or simply an individual who wishes to quit smoking, lose weight, reduce stress, or achieve any other goal. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343304]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Atomic Habits: An Easy & Proven Way to Build Good Habits & Break Bad Ones Author: James Clear Narrator: James Clear Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 35 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.51 of Total 2413 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 305 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The #1 New York Times bestseller. Over 20 million copies sold! Translated into 60+ languages! Tiny Changes, Remarkable Results No matter your goals, Atomic Habits offers a proven framework for improving--every day. James Clear, one of the world's leading experts on habit formation, reveals practical strategies that will teach you exactly how to form good habits, break bad ones, and master the tiny behaviors that lead to remarkable results. If you're having trouble changing your habits, the problem isn't you. The problem is your system. Bad habits repeat themselves again and again not because you don't want to change, but because you have the wrong system for change. You do not rise to the level of your goals. You fall to the level of your systems. Here, you'll get a proven system that can take you to new heights. Clear is known for his ability to distill complex topics into simple behaviors that can be easily applied to daily life and work. Here, he draws on the most proven ideas from biology, psychology, and neuroscience to create an easy-to-understand guide for making good habits inevitable and bad habits impossible. Along the way, readers will be inspired and entertained with true stories from Olympic gold medalists, award-winning artists, business leaders, life-saving physicians, and star comedians who have used the science of small habits to master their craft and vault to the top of their field. Learn how to: - make time for new habits (even when life gets crazy); - overcome a lack of motivation and willpower; - design your environment to make success easier; - get back on track when you fall off course; ...and much more. Atomic Habits will reshape the way you think about progress and success, and give you the tools and strategies you need to transform your habits--whether you are a team looking to win a championship, an organization hoping to redefine an industry, or simply an individual who wishes to quit smoking, lose weight, reduce stress, or achieve any other goal. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343298 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343298]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dare to Lead: Brave Work. Tough Conversations. Whole Hearts. Author: Brené Brown Narrator: Brené Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 975 Ratings of Narrator: 4.57 of Total 99 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • Brené Brown has taught us what it means to dare greatly, rise strong, and brave the wilderness. Now, based on new research conducted with leaders, change makers, and culture shifters, she’s showing us how to put those ideas into practice so we can step up and lead. Don’t miss the five-part Max docuseries Brené Brown: Atlas of the Heart! ONE OF BLOOMBERG’S BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR Leadership is not about titles, status, and wielding power. A leader is anyone who takes responsibility for recognizing the potential in people and ideas, and has the courage to develop that potential. When we dare to lead, we don’t pretend to have the right answers; we stay curious and ask the right questions. We don’t see power as finite and hoard it; we know that power becomes infinite when we share it with others. We don’t avoid difficult conversations and situations; we lean into vulnerability when it’s necessary to do good work. But daring leadership in a culture defined by scarcity, fear, and uncertainty requires skill-building around traits that are deeply and uniquely human. The irony is that we’re choosing not to invest in developing the hearts and minds of leaders at the exact same time as we’re scrambling to figure out what we have to offer that machines and AI can’t do better and faster. What can we do better? Empathy, connection, and courage, to start. Four-time #1 New York Times bestselling author Brené Brown has spent the past two decades studying the emotions and experiences that give meaning to our lives, and the past seven years working with transformative leaders and teams spanning the globe. She found that leaders in organizations ranging from small entrepreneurial startups and family-owned businesses to nonprofits, civic organizations, and Fortune 50 companies all ask the same question: How do you cultivate braver, more daring leaders, and how do you embed the value of courage in your culture? In Dare to Lead, Brown uses research, stories, and examples to answer these questions in the no-BS style that millions of readers have come to expect and love. Brown writes, “One of the most important findings of my career is that daring leadership is a collection of four skill sets that are 100 percent teachable, observable, and measurable. It’s learning and unlearning that requires brave work, tough conversations, and showing up with your whole heart. Easy? No. Because choosing courage over comfort is not always our default. Worth it? Always. We want to be brave with our lives and our work. It’s why we’re here.” Whether you’ve read Daring Greatly and Rising Strong or you’re new to Brené Brown’s work, this book is for anyone who wants to step up and into brave leadership. Brené Brown Tue, 09 Oct 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343298 thebookvoice.com 8:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343298]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dare to Lead: Brave Work. Tough Conversations. Whole Hearts. Author: Brené Brown Narrator: Brené Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 975 Ratings of Narrator: 4.57 of Total 99 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • Brené Brown has taught us what it means to dare greatly, rise strong, and brave the wilderness. Now, based on new research conducted with leaders, change makers, and culture shifters, she’s showing us how to put those ideas into practice so we can step up and lead. Don’t miss the five-part Max docuseries Brené Brown: Atlas of the Heart! ONE OF BLOOMBERG’S BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR Leadership is not about titles, status, and wielding power. A leader is anyone who takes responsibility for recognizing the potential in people and ideas, and has the courage to develop that potential. When we dare to lead, we don’t pretend to have the right answers; we stay curious and ask the right questions. We don’t see power as finite and hoard it; we know that power becomes infinite when we share it with others. We don’t avoid difficult conversations and situations; we lean into vulnerability when it’s necessary to do good work. But daring leadership in a culture defined by scarcity, fear, and uncertainty requires skill-building around traits that are deeply and uniquely human. The irony is that we’re choosing not to invest in developing the hearts and minds of leaders at the exact same time as we’re scrambling to figure out what we have to offer that machines and AI can’t do better and faster. What can we do better? Empathy, connection, and courage, to start. Four-time #1 New York Times bestselling author Brené Brown has spent the past two decades studying the emotions and experiences that give meaning to our lives, and the past seven years working with transformative leaders and teams spanning the globe. She found that leaders in organizations ranging from small entrepreneurial startups and family-owned businesses to nonprofits, civic organizations, and Fortune 50 companies all ask the same question: How do you cultivate braver, more daring leaders, and how do you embed the value of courage in your culture? In Dare to Lead, Brown uses research, stories, and examples to answer these questions in the no-BS style that millions of readers have come to expect and love. Brown writes, “One of the most important findings of my career is that daring leadership is a collection of four skill sets that are 100 percent teachable, observable, and measurable. It’s learning and unlearning that requires brave work, tough conversations, and showing up with your whole heart. Easy? No. Because choosing courage over comfort is not always our default. Worth it? Always. We want to be brave with our lives and our work. It’s why we’re here.” Whether you’ve read Daring Greatly and Rising Strong or you’re new to Brené Brown’s work, this book is for anyone who wants to step up and into brave leadership. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343298]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dare to Lead: Brave Work. Tough Conversations. Whole Hearts. Author: Brené Brown Narrator: Brené Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 975 Ratings of Narrator: 4.57 of Total 99 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • Brené Brown has taught us what it means to dare greatly, rise strong, and brave the wilderness. Now, based on new research conducted with leaders, change makers, and culture shifters, she’s showing us how to put those ideas into practice so we can step up and lead. Don’t miss the five-part Max docuseries Brené Brown: Atlas of the Heart! ONE OF BLOOMBERG’S BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR Leadership is not about titles, status, and wielding power. A leader is anyone who takes responsibility for recognizing the potential in people and ideas, and has the courage to develop that potential. When we dare to lead, we don’t pretend to have the right answers; we stay curious and ask the right questions. We don’t see power as finite and hoard it; we know that power becomes infinite when we share it with others. We don’t avoid difficult conversations and situations; we lean into vulnerability when it’s necessary to do good work. But daring leadership in a culture defined by scarcity, fear, and uncertainty requires skill-building around traits that are deeply and uniquely human. The irony is that we’re choosing not to invest in developing the hearts and minds of leaders at the exact same time as we’re scrambling to figure out what we have to offer that machines and AI can’t do better and faster. What can we do better? Empathy, connection, and courage, to start. Four-time #1 New York Times bestselling author Brené Brown has spent the past two decades studying the emotions and experiences that give meaning to our lives, and the past seven years working with transformative leaders and teams spanning the globe. She found that leaders in organizations ranging from small entrepreneurial startups and family-owned businesses to nonprofits, civic organizations, and Fortune 50 companies all ask the same question: How do you cultivate braver, more daring leaders, and how do you embed the value of courage in your culture? In Dare to Lead, Brown uses research, stories, and examples to answer these questions in the no-BS style that millions of readers have come to expect and love. Brown writes, “One of the most important findings of my career is that daring leadership is a collection of four skill sets that are 100 percent teachable, observable, and measurable. It’s learning and unlearning that requires brave work, tough conversations, and showing up with your whole heart. Easy? No. Because choosing courage over comfort is not always our default. Worth it? Always. We want to be brave with our lives and our work. It’s why we’re here.” Whether you’ve read Daring Greatly and Rising Strong or you’re new to Brené Brown’s work, this book is for anyone who wants to step up and into brave leadership. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343266 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343266]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Zen Your Work: Create Your Ideal Work Experience Through Mindful Self-Mastery Author: Karlyn Borysenko Narrator: Judith Hoag Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Use mindfulness techniques to handle toxic stress in the workplace and to create your ideal professional experience from the inside out. While working in a particularly toxic environment, Karlyn Borysenko came to this liberating realization: she couldn't control other people, but she could control herself, her perspective, and her actions. Now an organizational psychologist, consultant, and executive coach, Borysenko shows us how to bridge the gap between where we are now and what will bring us the most professional success and happiness. We must achieve self-mastery--by accepting responsibility for our actions, understanding our innate work style, and discerning when and how to push outside our comfort zone.    In Zen Your Work, Borysenko shows us how to set personal goals that allow us to focus our energy and create measures of success that aren't affected by the cynicism, competitiveness, or narcissism of others. Borysenko teaches us to apply mindfulness techniques in a highly practical way to achieve professional success, create game-changing relationships (even with the most negative people in the office), decrease stress, and enjoy a better work/life balance. Karlyn Borysenko Tue, 25 Sep 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343266 thebookvoice.com 6:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343266]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Zen Your Work: Create Your Ideal Work Experience Through Mindful Self-Mastery Author: Karlyn Borysenko Narrator: Judith Hoag Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Use mindfulness techniques to handle toxic stress in the workplace and to create your ideal professional experience from the inside out. While working in a particularly toxic environment, Karlyn Borysenko came to this liberating realization: she couldn't control other people, but she could control herself, her perspective, and her actions. Now an organizational psychologist, consultant, and executive coach, Borysenko shows us how to bridge the gap between where we are now and what will bring us the most professional success and happiness. We must achieve self-mastery--by accepting responsibility for our actions, understanding our innate work style, and discerning when and how to push outside our comfort zone.    In Zen Your Work, Borysenko shows us how to set personal goals that allow us to focus our energy and create measures of success that aren't affected by the cynicism, competitiveness, or narcissism of others. Borysenko teaches us to apply mindfulness techniques in a highly practical way to achieve professional success, create game-changing relationships (even with the most negative people in the office), decrease stress, and enjoy a better work/life balance. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343266]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Zen Your Work: Create Your Ideal Work Experience Through Mindful Self-Mastery Author: Karlyn Borysenko Narrator: Judith Hoag Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Use mindfulness techniques to handle toxic stress in the workplace and to create your ideal professional experience from the inside out. While working in a particularly toxic environment, Karlyn Borysenko came to this liberating realization: she couldn't control other people, but she could control herself, her perspective, and her actions. Now an organizational psychologist, consultant, and executive coach, Borysenko shows us how to bridge the gap between where we are now and what will bring us the most professional success and happiness. We must achieve self-mastery--by accepting responsibility for our actions, understanding our innate work style, and discerning when and how to push outside our comfort zone.    In Zen Your Work, Borysenko shows us how to set personal goals that allow us to focus our energy and create measures of success that aren't affected by the cynicism, competitiveness, or narcissism of others. Borysenko teaches us to apply mindfulness techniques in a highly practical way to achieve professional success, create game-changing relationships (even with the most negative people in the office), decrease stress, and enjoy a better work/life balance. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343258 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343258]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Notes for the Everlost: A Field Guide to Grief Author: Kate Inglis Narrator: Kate Inglis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Part memoir, part handbook for the heartbroken, this powerful, unsparing account of losing a premature baby will speak to all who have been bereaved and are grieving, and offers inspiration on moving forward, gently integrating the loss into life. Inglis's story is a springboard that can help other bereaved parents--and anyone who has experienced wrenching loss--reflect on emotional survival in the first year; dealing with family, friends, and bystanders post-loss; the unique survivors' guilt, feelings of failure, and isolation of bereavement; and the fortitude of like-minded community and small kindnesses. Inglis's unique voice--at once brash, irreverent, and achingly beautiful--creates a nuanced picture of the landscape of grief, encompassing the trauma, the waves of disbelief and emptiness, the moments of unexpected affinity and lightness, and the compassion that grows from our most intense chapters of the human experience. Kate Inglis Tue, 18 Sep 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343258 thebookvoice.com 7:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343258]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Notes for the Everlost: A Field Guide to Grief Author: Kate Inglis Narrator: Kate Inglis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Part memoir, part handbook for the heartbroken, this powerful, unsparing account of losing a premature baby will speak to all who have been bereaved and are grieving, and offers inspiration on moving forward, gently integrating the loss into life. Inglis's story is a springboard that can help other bereaved parents--and anyone who has experienced wrenching loss--reflect on emotional survival in the first year; dealing with family, friends, and bystanders post-loss; the unique survivors' guilt, feelings of failure, and isolation of bereavement; and the fortitude of like-minded community and small kindnesses. Inglis's unique voice--at once brash, irreverent, and achingly beautiful--creates a nuanced picture of the landscape of grief, encompassing the trauma, the waves of disbelief and emptiness, the moments of unexpected affinity and lightness, and the compassion that grows from our most intense chapters of the human experience. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343258]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Notes for the Everlost: A Field Guide to Grief Author: Kate Inglis Narrator: Kate Inglis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Part memoir, part handbook for the heartbroken, this powerful, unsparing account of losing a premature baby will speak to all who have been bereaved and are grieving, and offers inspiration on moving forward, gently integrating the loss into life. Inglis's story is a springboard that can help other bereaved parents--and anyone who has experienced wrenching loss--reflect on emotional survival in the first year; dealing with family, friends, and bystanders post-loss; the unique survivors' guilt, feelings of failure, and isolation of bereavement; and the fortitude of like-minded community and small kindnesses. Inglis's unique voice--at once brash, irreverent, and achingly beautiful--creates a nuanced picture of the landscape of grief, encompassing the trauma, the waves of disbelief and emptiness, the moments of unexpected affinity and lightness, and the compassion that grows from our most intense chapters of the human experience. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343235 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343235]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Coddling of the American Mind: How Good Intentions and Bad Ideas Are Setting Up a Generation for Failure Author: Jonathan Haidt, Greg Lukianoff Narrator: Jonathan Haidt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.34 of Total 133 Ratings of Narrator: 4.41 of Total 32 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Something has been going wrong on many college campuses in the last few years. Speakers are shouted down. Students and professors say they are walking on eggshells and are afraid to speak honestly. Rates of anxiety, depression, and suicide are rising—on campus as well as nationally. How did this happen? First Amendment expert Greg Lukianoff and social psychologist Jonathan Haidt show how the new problems on campus have their origins in three terrible ideas that have become increasingly woven into American childhood and education: What doesn’t kill you makes you weaker; always trust your feelings; and life is a battle between good people and evil people. These three Great Untruths contradict basic psychological principles about well-being and ancient wisdom from many cultures.  Embracing these untruths—and the resulting culture of safetyism—interferes with young people’s social, emotional, and intellectual development. It makes it harder for them to become autonomous adults who are able to navigate the bumpy road of life. Lukianoff and Haidt investigate the many social trends that have intersected to promote the spread of these untruths. They explore changes in childhood such as the rise of fearful parenting, the decline of unsupervised, child-directed play, and the new world of social media that has engulfed teenagers in the last decade. They examine changes on campus, including the corporatization of universities and the emergence of new ideas about identity and justice. They situate the conflicts on campus within the context of America’s rapidly rising political polarization and dysfunction. This is an audiobook for anyone who is confused by what is happening on college campuses today, or has children, or is concerned about the growing inability of Americans to live, work, and cooperate across party lines. Jonathan Haidt, Greg Lukianoff Tue, 04 Sep 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343235 thebookvoice.com 10:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343235]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Coddling of the American Mind: How Good Intentions and Bad Ideas Are Setting Up a Generation for Failure Author: Jonathan Haidt, Greg Lukianoff Narrator: Jonathan Haidt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.34 of Total 133 Ratings of Narrator: 4.41 of Total 32 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Something has been going wrong on many college campuses in the last few years. Speakers are shouted down. Students and professors say they are walking on eggshells and are afraid to speak honestly. Rates of anxiety, depression, and suicide are rising—on campus as well as nationally. How did this happen? First Amendment expert Greg Lukianoff and social psychologist Jonathan Haidt show how the new problems on campus have their origins in three terrible ideas that have become increasingly woven into American childhood and education: What doesn’t kill you makes you weaker; always trust your feelings; and life is a battle between good people and evil people. These three Great Untruths contradict basic psychological principles about well-being and ancient wisdom from many cultures.  Embracing these untruths—and the resulting culture of safetyism—interferes with young people’s social, emotional, and intellectual development. It makes it harder for them to become autonomous adults who are able to navigate the bumpy road of life. Lukianoff and Haidt investigate the many social trends that have intersected to promote the spread of these untruths. They explore changes in childhood such as the rise of fearful parenting, the decline of unsupervised, child-directed play, and the new world of social media that has engulfed teenagers in the last decade. They examine changes on campus, including the corporatization of universities and the emergence of new ideas about identity and justice. They situate the conflicts on campus within the context of America’s rapidly rising political polarization and dysfunction. This is an audiobook for anyone who is confused by what is happening on college campuses today, or has children, or is concerned about the growing inability of Americans to live, work, and cooperate across party lines. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343235]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Coddling of the American Mind: How Good Intentions and Bad Ideas Are Setting Up a Generation for Failure Author: Jonathan Haidt, Greg Lukianoff Narrator: Jonathan Haidt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.34 of Total 133 Ratings of Narrator: 4.41 of Total 32 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Something has been going wrong on many college campuses in the last few years. Speakers are shouted down. Students and professors say they are walking on eggshells and are afraid to speak honestly. Rates of anxiety, depression, and suicide are rising—on campus as well as nationally. How did this happen? First Amendment expert Greg Lukianoff and social psychologist Jonathan Haidt show how the new problems on campus have their origins in three terrible ideas that have become increasingly woven into American childhood and education: What doesn’t kill you makes you weaker; always trust your feelings; and life is a battle between good people and evil people. These three Great Untruths contradict basic psychological principles about well-being and ancient wisdom from many cultures.  Embracing these untruths—and the resulting culture of safetyism—interferes with young people’s social, emotional, and intellectual development. It makes it harder for them to become autonomous adults who are able to navigate the bumpy road of life. Lukianoff and Haidt investigate the many social trends that have intersected to promote the spread of these untruths. They explore changes in childhood such as the rise of fearful parenting, the decline of unsupervised, child-directed play, and the new world of social media that has engulfed teenagers in the last decade. They examine changes on campus, including the corporatization of universities and the emergence of new ideas about identity and justice. They situate the conflicts on campus within the context of America’s rapidly rising political polarization and dysfunction. This is an audiobook for anyone who is confused by what is happening on college campuses today, or has children, or is concerned about the growing inability of Americans to live, work, and cooperate across party lines. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343234 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343234]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Farsighted: How We Make the Decisions That Matter the Most Author: Steven Johnson Narrator: George Newbern, Steven Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The hardest choices are also the most consequential. So why do we know so little about how to get them right? Big, life-altering decisions matter so much more than the decisions we make every day, and they're also the most difficult: where to live, whom to marry, what to believe, whether to start a company, how to end a war. There's no one-size-fits-all approach for addressing these kinds of conundrums. Steven Johnson's classic Where Good Ideas Come From inspired creative people all over the world with new ways of thinking about innovation. In Farsighted, he uncovers powerful tools for honing the important skill of complex decision-making. While you can't model a once-in-a-lifetime choice, you can model the deliberative tactics of expert decision-makers. These experts aren't just the master strategists running major companies or negotiating high-level diplomacy. They're the novelists who draw out the complexity of their characters' inner lives, the city officials who secure long-term water supplies, and the scientists who reckon with future challenges most of us haven't even imagined. The smartest decision-makers don't go with their guts. Their success relies on having a future-oriented approach and the ability to consider all their options in a creative, productive way. Through compelling stories that reveal surprising insights, Johnson explains how we can most effectively approach the choices that can chart the course of a life, an organization, or a civilization. Farsighted will help you imagine your possible futures and appreciate the subtle intelligence of the choices that shaped our broader social history. Steven Johnson Tue, 04 Sep 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343234 thebookvoice.com 6:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343234]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Farsighted: How We Make the Decisions That Matter the Most Author: Steven Johnson Narrator: George Newbern, Steven Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The hardest choices are also the most consequential. So why do we know so little about how to get them right? Big, life-altering decisions matter so much more than the decisions we make every day, and they're also the most difficult: where to live, whom to marry, what to believe, whether to start a company, how to end a war. There's no one-size-fits-all approach for addressing these kinds of conundrums. Steven Johnson's classic Where Good Ideas Come From inspired creative people all over the world with new ways of thinking about innovation. In Farsighted, he uncovers powerful tools for honing the important skill of complex decision-making. While you can't model a once-in-a-lifetime choice, you can model the deliberative tactics of expert decision-makers. These experts aren't just the master strategists running major companies or negotiating high-level diplomacy. They're the novelists who draw out the complexity of their characters' inner lives, the city officials who secure long-term water supplies, and the scientists who reckon with future challenges most of us haven't even imagined. The smartest decision-makers don't go with their guts. Their success relies on having a future-oriented approach and the ability to consider all their options in a creative, productive way. Through compelling stories that reveal surprising insights, Johnson explains how we can most effectively approach the choices that can chart the course of a life, an organization, or a civilization. Farsighted will help you imagine your possible futures and appreciate the subtle intelligence of the choices that shaped our broader social history. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343234]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Farsighted: How We Make the Decisions That Matter the Most Author: Steven Johnson Narrator: George Newbern, Steven Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The hardest choices are also the most consequential. So why do we know so little about how to get them right? Big, life-altering decisions matter so much more than the decisions we make every day, and they're also the most difficult: where to live, whom to marry, what to believe, whether to start a company, how to end a war. There's no one-size-fits-all approach for addressing these kinds of conundrums. Steven Johnson's classic Where Good Ideas Come From inspired creative people all over the world with new ways of thinking about innovation. In Farsighted, he uncovers powerful tools for honing the important skill of complex decision-making. While you can't model a once-in-a-lifetime choice, you can model the deliberative tactics of expert decision-makers. These experts aren't just the master strategists running major companies or negotiating high-level diplomacy. They're the novelists who draw out the complexity of their characters' inner lives, the city officials who secure long-term water supplies, and the scientists who reckon with future challenges most of us haven't even imagined. The smartest decision-makers don't go with their guts. Their success relies on having a future-oriented approach and the ability to consider all their options in a creative, productive way. Through compelling stories that reveal surprising insights, Johnson explains how we can most effectively approach the choices that can chart the course of a life, an organization, or a civilization. Farsighted will help you imagine your possible futures and appreciate the subtle intelligence of the choices that shaped our broader social history. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342730 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342730]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seeing Green: Don't Let Envy Color Your Joy Author: Tilly Dillehay Narrator: Kate Marcin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Don't Let the Shadow of Envy Color Your JoyYou know that feeling, don't you? That heart sting when someone else receives the very thing you desire. When your best friend announces her engagement. When your sister says she's pregnant. When your coworker gets the promotion. You tell yourself you're happy for her, but something casts a shadow. That something is envy.What if, in those moments, you were able to turn away from the green glow of envy, and see the spotlight of God's glory shine on your friend? What if your first response was joy?Join Tilly Dillehay as she uncovers seven common sources of envy and challenges you to change the way you think about God's glory. In doing so, you will learn to rejoice with others, you will experience greater contentment, and you will discover how to truly love your neighbor as yourself. Tilly Dillehay Wed, 05 Sep 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342730 thebookvoice.com 5:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342730]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seeing Green: Don't Let Envy Color Your Joy Author: Tilly Dillehay Narrator: Kate Marcin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Don't Let the Shadow of Envy Color Your JoyYou know that feeling, don't you? That heart sting when someone else receives the very thing you desire. When your best friend announces her engagement. When your sister says she's pregnant. When your coworker gets the promotion. You tell yourself you're happy for her, but something casts a shadow. That something is envy.What if, in those moments, you were able to turn away from the green glow of envy, and see the spotlight of God's glory shine on your friend? What if your first response was joy?Join Tilly Dillehay as she uncovers seven common sources of envy and challenges you to change the way you think about God's glory. In doing so, you will learn to rejoice with others, you will experience greater contentment, and you will discover how to truly love your neighbor as yourself. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342730]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seeing Green: Don't Let Envy Color Your Joy Author: Tilly Dillehay Narrator: Kate Marcin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Don't Let the Shadow of Envy Color Your JoyYou know that feeling, don't you? That heart sting when someone else receives the very thing you desire. When your best friend announces her engagement. When your sister says she's pregnant. When your coworker gets the promotion. You tell yourself you're happy for her, but something casts a shadow. That something is envy.What if, in those moments, you were able to turn away from the green glow of envy, and see the spotlight of God's glory shine on your friend? What if your first response was joy?Join Tilly Dillehay as she uncovers seven common sources of envy and challenges you to change the way you think about God's glory. In doing so, you will learn to rejoice with others, you will experience greater contentment, and you will discover how to truly love your neighbor as yourself. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342632 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342632]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Psychology of the Vegan Author: J.-M. Kuczynski & Laura Cone Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 2 minutes Release date: July 9, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Vegans self-identify as animals. So for them, consuming animal products is cannibalism, and that is why don't consume such products. J.-M. Kuczynski & Laura Cone Mon, 09 Jul 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342632 thebookvoice.com 0:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342632]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Psychology of the Vegan Author: J.-M. Kuczynski & Laura Cone Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 2 minutes Release date: July 9, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Vegans self-identify as animals. So for them, consuming animal products is cannibalism, and that is why don't consume such products. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342632]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Psychology of the Vegan Author: J.-M. Kuczynski & Laura Cone Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 2 minutes Release date: July 9, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Vegans self-identify as animals. So for them, consuming animal products is cannibalism, and that is why don't consume such products. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342555 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342555]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Artful Assertiveness Skills for Women Author: Margaret Nash Narrator: Margaret Nash Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 9 minutes Release date: June 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Attention Ladies! Are you tired of being ignored, not taken seriously, feeling like a victim, and saying yes when you want to say no? Instead, would you like to know how to get your way, be listened to, and handle every situation with calm assurance and authority? You need to listen to this book! • Learn how to say no, artfully and effectively without anyone getting upset. • Define and protect your boundaries without anyone noticing. • Project a calm, confident energy that will make the Dog Whisperer jealous. • Shut down bullies and passive-aggressive, catty types with style and wit. • Learn the body language that will ensure you are listened to and taken seriously. • Discover how to keep yourself safe both physically and emotionally. You will absolutely adore the feeling of stepping into your power. It’s a trip! About the author Margaret Nash, Life-Coach, Business Trainer, NLP Master Practitioner, self-help writer, aging brat, hippie at heart… shares her experience with clients, family, friends, dogs and cats, honing her assertiveness skills. (OK, she totally failed with the cats.) She grew up in the States, lived in England for several decades, and now resides in San Miguel de Allende, a lovely, artistic, alternative haven in the central highlands of Mexico. She has been a successful practicing NLP coach and trainer for nearly 20 years. She enjoys her semi-retirement. Margaret Nash Sat, 30 Jun 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342555 thebookvoice.com 3:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342555]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Artful Assertiveness Skills for Women Author: Margaret Nash Narrator: Margaret Nash Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 9 minutes Release date: June 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Attention Ladies! Are you tired of being ignored, not taken seriously, feeling like a victim, and saying yes when you want to say no? Instead, would you like to know how to get your way, be listened to, and handle every situation with calm assurance and authority? You need to listen to this book! • Learn how to say no, artfully and effectively without anyone getting upset. • Define and protect your boundaries without anyone noticing. • Project a calm, confident energy that will make the Dog Whisperer jealous. • Shut down bullies and passive-aggressive, catty types with style and wit. • Learn the body language that will ensure you are listened to and taken seriously. • Discover how to keep yourself safe both physically and emotionally. You will absolutely adore the feeling of stepping into your power. It’s a trip! About the author Margaret Nash, Life-Coach, Business Trainer, NLP Master Practitioner, self-help writer, aging brat, hippie at heart… shares her experience with clients, family, friends, dogs and cats, honing her assertiveness skills. (OK, she totally failed with the cats.) She grew up in the States, lived in England for several decades, and now resides in San Miguel de Allende, a lovely, artistic, alternative haven in the central highlands of Mexico. She has been a successful practicing NLP coach and trainer for nearly 20 years. She enjoys her semi-retirement. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342555]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Artful Assertiveness Skills for Women Author: Margaret Nash Narrator: Margaret Nash Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 9 minutes Release date: June 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Attention Ladies! Are you tired of being ignored, not taken seriously, feeling like a victim, and saying yes when you want to say no? Instead, would you like to know how to get your way, be listened to, and handle every situation with calm assurance and authority? You need to listen to this book! • Learn how to say no, artfully and effectively without anyone getting upset. • Define and protect your boundaries without anyone noticing. • Project a calm, confident energy that will make the Dog Whisperer jealous. • Shut down bullies and passive-aggressive, catty types with style and wit. • Learn the body language that will ensure you are listened to and taken seriously. • Discover how to keep yourself safe both physically and emotionally. You will absolutely adore the feeling of stepping into your power. It’s a trip! About the author Margaret Nash, Life-Coach, Business Trainer, NLP Master Practitioner, self-help writer, aging brat, hippie at heart… shares her experience with clients, family, friends, dogs and cats, honing her assertiveness skills. (OK, she totally failed with the cats.) She grew up in the States, lived in England for several decades, and now resides in San Miguel de Allende, a lovely, artistic, alternative haven in the central highlands of Mexico. She has been a successful practicing NLP coach and trainer for nearly 20 years. She enjoys her semi-retirement. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342553 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342553]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cognitive Behavioral Therapy: A Guide To Managing Depression, Anxiety and Intrusive Thoughts With Highly Effective Tips and Tricks for Rewiring Your Brain and Overcoming Phobias Author: Adam Brown Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 33 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.25 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This audiobook contains proven steps and strategies on how to overcome anxiety, depression, and negative thoughts with the use of various techniques that relate to how your mind operates. Today only, get this audio bestseller for a special price. Through this audiobook, you will learn about the unconscious and conscious parts of your mind. You will know the factors that make people tick so that you can get along with them better, as well as improve the quality of your life. You will also learn how your spirituality can help you fight anxious thoughts and stress. You will discover the connection between your spirituality and the way you seek treatment or manage your life. Likewise, you will learn how you can effectively deal with anxiety as well as challenge intrusive thoughts that hold you back. You will also learn the connection between your anxiety and your behavior. What’s more, you will learn about the ways on how you can improve your relationship with yourself, as well as pointers on how you can finally get rid of your negative habits and replace them with positive ones. Furthermore, you will be given a guide that can help you manage your life properly so that you can live your life to the fullest. If you want to be a happier, healthier, and more productive person, you should read this book right away. It will surely improve the way you think and act. So, what are you still waiting for? Start listening and learning. Here Is A Preview Of What You'll Learn... - Understand What Makes Your Mind Tick - See The Link Between Spirituality and Self-Help - Confront Anxiety Head-On! - Challenge Unhelpful, Intrusive Thoughts - Build A Better Relationship With Yourself - Break Bad Habits and Enjoy Life - Optimal Life Management - And much, much more! Download your copy today! Take action today and download this audiobook now at a special price! Adam Brown Tue, 30 Aug 2022 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342553 thebookvoice.com 0:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342553]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cognitive Behavioral Therapy: A Guide To Managing Depression, Anxiety and Intrusive Thoughts With Highly Effective Tips and Tricks for Rewiring Your Brain and Overcoming Phobias Author: Adam Brown Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 33 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.25 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This audiobook contains proven steps and strategies on how to overcome anxiety, depression, and negative thoughts with the use of various techniques that relate to how your mind operates. Today only, get this audio bestseller for a special price. Through this audiobook, you will learn about the unconscious and conscious parts of your mind. You will know the factors that make people tick so that you can get along with them better, as well as improve the quality of your life. You will also learn how your spirituality can help you fight anxious thoughts and stress. You will discover the connection between your spirituality and the way you seek treatment or manage your life. Likewise, you will learn how you can effectively deal with anxiety as well as challenge intrusive thoughts that hold you back. You will also learn the connection between your anxiety and your behavior. What’s more, you will learn about the ways on how you can improve your relationship with yourself, as well as pointers on how you can finally get rid of your negative habits and replace them with positive ones. Furthermore, you will be given a guide that can help you manage your life properly so that you can live your life to the fullest. If you want to be a happier, healthier, and more productive person, you should read this book right away. It will surely improve the way you think and act. So, what are you still waiting for? Start listening and learning. Here Is A Preview Of What You'll Learn... - Understand What Makes Your Mind Tick - See The Link Between Spirituality and Self-Help - Confront Anxiety Head-On! - Challenge Unhelpful, Intrusive Thoughts - Build A Better Relationship With Yourself - Break Bad Habits and Enjoy Life - Optimal Life Management - And much, much more! Download your copy today! Take action today and download this audiobook now at a special price! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342553]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cognitive Behavioral Therapy: A Guide To Managing Depression, Anxiety and Intrusive Thoughts With Highly Effective Tips and Tricks for Rewiring Your Brain and Overcoming Phobias Author: Adam Brown Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 33 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.25 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This audiobook contains proven steps and strategies on how to overcome anxiety, depression, and negative thoughts with the use of various techniques that relate to how your mind operates. Today only, get this audio bestseller for a special price. Through this audiobook, you will learn about the unconscious and conscious parts of your mind. You will know the factors that make people tick so that you can get along with them better, as well as improve the quality of your life. You will also learn how your spirituality can help you fight anxious thoughts and stress. You will discover the connection between your spirituality and the way you seek treatment or manage your life. Likewise, you will learn how you can effectively deal with anxiety as well as challenge intrusive thoughts that hold you back. You will also learn the connection between your anxiety and your behavior. What’s more, you will learn about the ways on how you can improve your relationship with yourself, as well as pointers on how you can finally get rid of your negative habits and replace them with positive ones. Furthermore, you will be given a guide that can help you manage your life properly so that you can live your life to the fullest. If you want to be a happier, healthier, and more productive person, you should read this book right away. It will surely improve the way you think and act. So, what are you still waiting for? Start listening and learning. Here Is A Preview Of What You'll Learn... - Understand What Makes Your Mind Tick - See The Link Between Spirituality and Self-Help - Confront Anxiety Head-On! - Challenge Unhelpful, Intrusive Thoughts - Build A Better Relationship With Yourself - Break Bad Habits and Enjoy Life - Optimal Life Management - And much, much more! Download your copy today! Take action today and download this audiobook now at a special price! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342554 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342554]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empath: The Ultimate Guide to Master Your Personality, Overcome Fears and Nurture Your Gift; Emotional, Psychological and Spiritual Healing for Highly Sensitive People Author: Adam Brown Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 31 minutes Release date: June 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Learn exactly how you can center yourself to prevent getting too overwhelmed with the influx of stressful emotions and getting overloaded. Today only, get this audio bestseller for a special price. This audiobook contains proven steps and strategies on how to embrace your gift as an empath, hone it, and live a normal life despite your highly sensitive nature. As an empath, you may have noticed how other people’s energies seem to affect you. There are even instances when their energies drain you. It is mainly because of your innate ability to perceive and feel others intuitively. The people around you tend to influence your life unconsciously because of their individual moods, thoughts, wishes, and desires. This is somewhat draining, especially if you’re still unsure about how you can control your own emotions. Fortunately, this book is now around to guide you all throughout the process of understanding your gift as an empath and embracing it. It will serve as your guide in dealing with all the challenges that you might experience as a highly sensitive person. Here Is A Preview Of What You'll Learn... Understanding your Potential as an Empath Recognizing your Innate Ability and Energy How to Embrace your Gift Fully? Coping with Spiritual Hypersensitivity How to Heal from Negative Energies Living a Normal Day-to-Day Life with the Gift And much, much more! Download your copy today! Take action today and download this audiobook now at a special price! Adam Brown Sat, 30 Jun 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342554 thebookvoice.com 0:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342554]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empath: The Ultimate Guide to Master Your Personality, Overcome Fears and Nurture Your Gift; Emotional, Psychological and Spiritual Healing for Highly Sensitive People Author: Adam Brown Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 31 minutes Release date: June 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Learn exactly how you can center yourself to prevent getting too overwhelmed with the influx of stressful emotions and getting overloaded. Today only, get this audio bestseller for a special price. This audiobook contains proven steps and strategies on how to embrace your gift as an empath, hone it, and live a normal life despite your highly sensitive nature. As an empath, you may have noticed how other people’s energies seem to affect you. There are even instances when their energies drain you. It is mainly because of your innate ability to perceive and feel others intuitively. The people around you tend to influence your life unconsciously because of their individual moods, thoughts, wishes, and desires. This is somewhat draining, especially if you’re still unsure about how you can control your own emotions. Fortunately, this book is now around to guide you all throughout the process of understanding your gift as an empath and embracing it. It will serve as your guide in dealing with all the challenges that you might experience as a highly sensitive person. Here Is A Preview Of What You'll Learn... Understanding your Potential as an Empath Recognizing your Innate Ability and Energy How to Embrace your Gift Fully? Coping with Spiritual Hypersensitivity How to Heal from Negative Energies Living a Normal Day-to-Day Life with the Gift And much, much more! Download your copy today! Take action today and download this audiobook now at a special price! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342554]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empath: The Ultimate Guide to Master Your Personality, Overcome Fears and Nurture Your Gift; Emotional, Psychological and Spiritual Healing for Highly Sensitive People Author: Adam Brown Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 31 minutes Release date: June 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Learn exactly how you can center yourself to prevent getting too overwhelmed with the influx of stressful emotions and getting overloaded. Today only, get this audio bestseller for a special price. This audiobook contains proven steps and strategies on how to embrace your gift as an empath, hone it, and live a normal life despite your highly sensitive nature. As an empath, you may have noticed how other people’s energies seem to affect you. There are even instances when their energies drain you. It is mainly because of your innate ability to perceive and feel others intuitively. The people around you tend to influence your life unconsciously because of their individual moods, thoughts, wishes, and desires. This is somewhat draining, especially if you’re still unsure about how you can control your own emotions. Fortunately, this book is now around to guide you all throughout the process of understanding your gift as an empath and embracing it. It will serve as your guide in dealing with all the challenges that you might experience as a highly sensitive person. Here Is A Preview Of What You'll Learn... Understanding your Potential as an Empath Recognizing your Innate Ability and Energy How to Embrace your Gift Fully? Coping with Spiritual Hypersensitivity How to Heal from Negative Energies Living a Normal Day-to-Day Life with the Gift And much, much more! Download your copy today! Take action today and download this audiobook now at a special price! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342518 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342518]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Manipulation: The Ultimate Guide To Influence People with Persuasion, Mind Control and NLP With Highly Effective Manipulation Techniques Author: Adam Brown Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 25 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.63 of Total 38 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The things that you will learn in this audiobook include (but are not limited to), how to manipulate people’s emotions, how to make people feel so comfortable around you that they will willingly do anything for you, and many more. Today only, get this audio bestseller for a special price. This audiobook contains proven steps and strategies on how to covertly manipulate and brainwash anyone into doing what you want. Manipulation might sound like an evil word, but you actually can use it in your day-to-day life. Even people with good intentions use manipulations to change other people’s behavior. Psychiatrists use manipulation every day, and even the police use it when they are responding to any kind of altercation. In fact, you might not notice it, but other people might be manipulating you too. By learning how to manipulate others, not only can you improve your quality of life, you will also learn how to counter the same techniques when they are used on you. - Here Is A Preview Of What You'll Learn... - How To Build Rapport And Use It In Your Advantage - Mirroring And Reciprocating With Your Target - Setting The Mood - Creating Comfort With The Target - The Power Of Doing Favors - And much, much more! Get your copy today! Take action today and buy this book now at a special price! Adam Brown Tue, 30 Aug 2022 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342518 thebookvoice.com 0:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342518]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Manipulation: The Ultimate Guide To Influence People with Persuasion, Mind Control and NLP With Highly Effective Manipulation Techniques Author: Adam Brown Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 25 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.63 of Total 38 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The things that you will learn in this audiobook include (but are not limited to), how to manipulate people’s emotions, how to make people feel so comfortable around you that they will willingly do anything for you, and many more. Today only, get this audio bestseller for a special price. This audiobook contains proven steps and strategies on how to covertly manipulate and brainwash anyone into doing what you want. Manipulation might sound like an evil word, but you actually can use it in your day-to-day life. Even people with good intentions use manipulations to change other people’s behavior. Psychiatrists use manipulation every day, and even the police use it when they are responding to any kind of altercation. In fact, you might not notice it, but other people might be manipulating you too. By learning how to manipulate others, not only can you improve your quality of life, you will also learn how to counter the same techniques when they are used on you. - Here Is A Preview Of What You'll Learn... - How To Build Rapport And Use It In Your Advantage - Mirroring And Reciprocating With Your Target - Setting The Mood - Creating Comfort With The Target - The Power Of Doing Favors - And much, much more! Get your copy today! Take action today and buy this book now at a special price! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342518]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Manipulation: The Ultimate Guide To Influence People with Persuasion, Mind Control and NLP With Highly Effective Manipulation Techniques Author: Adam Brown Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 25 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.63 of Total 38 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The things that you will learn in this audiobook include (but are not limited to), how to manipulate people’s emotions, how to make people feel so comfortable around you that they will willingly do anything for you, and many more. Today only, get this audio bestseller for a special price. This audiobook contains proven steps and strategies on how to covertly manipulate and brainwash anyone into doing what you want. Manipulation might sound like an evil word, but you actually can use it in your day-to-day life. Even people with good intentions use manipulations to change other people’s behavior. Psychiatrists use manipulation every day, and even the police use it when they are responding to any kind of altercation. In fact, you might not notice it, but other people might be manipulating you too. By learning how to manipulate others, not only can you improve your quality of life, you will also learn how to counter the same techniques when they are used on you. - Here Is A Preview Of What You'll Learn... - How To Build Rapport And Use It In Your Advantage - Mirroring And Reciprocating With Your Target - Setting The Mood - Creating Comfort With The Target - The Power Of Doing Favors - And much, much more! Get your copy today! Take action today and buy this book now at a special price! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342227 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342227]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading with Dignity: How to Create a Culture That Brings Out the Best in People Author: Donna Hicks Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What every leader needs to know about dignity and how to create a culture in which everyone thrives This landmark book from an expert in dignity studies explores the essential but under-recognized role of dignity as part of good leadership. Extending the reach of her award-winning book Dignity: Its Essential Role in Resolving Conflict, Donna Hicks now contributes a specific, practical guide to achieving a culture of dignity. Most people know very little about dignity, the author has found, and when leaders fail to respect the dignity of others, conflict and distrust ensue. She highlights three components of leading with dignity: what one must know in order to honor dignity and avoid violating it; what one must do to lead with dignity; and how one can create a culture of dignity in any organization, whether corporate, religious, governmental, health care, or beyond. Brimming with key research findings, real-life case studies, and workable recommendations, this book fills an important gap in our understanding of how best to be together in a conflict-ridden world. Donna Hicks Tue, 21 Aug 2018 04:02:17 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342227 thebookvoice.com 5:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342227]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading with Dignity: How to Create a Culture That Brings Out the Best in People Author: Donna Hicks Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What every leader needs to know about dignity and how to create a culture in which everyone thrives This landmark book from an expert in dignity studies explores the essential but under-recognized role of dignity as part of good leadership. Extending the reach of her award-winning book Dignity: Its Essential Role in Resolving Conflict, Donna Hicks now contributes a specific, practical guide to achieving a culture of dignity. Most people know very little about dignity, the author has found, and when leaders fail to respect the dignity of others, conflict and distrust ensue. She highlights three components of leading with dignity: what one must know in order to honor dignity and avoid violating it; what one must do to lead with dignity; and how one can create a culture of dignity in any organization, whether corporate, religious, governmental, health care, or beyond. Brimming with key research findings, real-life case studies, and workable recommendations, this book fills an important gap in our understanding of how best to be together in a conflict-ridden world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342227]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading with Dignity: How to Create a Culture That Brings Out the Best in People Author: Donna Hicks Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What every leader needs to know about dignity and how to create a culture in which everyone thrives This landmark book from an expert in dignity studies explores the essential but under-recognized role of dignity as part of good leadership. Extending the reach of her award-winning book Dignity: Its Essential Role in Resolving Conflict, Donna Hicks now contributes a specific, practical guide to achieving a culture of dignity. Most people know very little about dignity, the author has found, and when leaders fail to respect the dignity of others, conflict and distrust ensue. She highlights three components of leading with dignity: what one must know in order to honor dignity and avoid violating it; what one must do to lead with dignity; and how one can create a culture of dignity in any organization, whether corporate, religious, governmental, health care, or beyond. Brimming with key research findings, real-life case studies, and workable recommendations, this book fills an important gap in our understanding of how best to be together in a conflict-ridden world.